Backup Documents 01/26/2010 Item #10E
lOE ~
MEMORANDUM
Date:
February 2, 2010
To:
Lyn Wood, Contract Specialist
Purchasing Department
From:
Martha Vergara, Deputy Clerk
Minutes and Records Department
Re:
Contract #10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers
Office Renovations"
Contractor: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co.,
Inc. (BCBE)
Attached is an original contract, referenced above (Item #10E) approved
by the Board of County Commissioners on January 26, 2010.
An original will be kept in the Minutes and Records Department for the
Official Records of the Board.
If you should have any questions please contact me at 252-7240.
Thank you.
Attachment
REQUEST FOR LEGAL SERVICES
10 E t.:! ~"t
DATE RECEI~EJ
_A-/' J;.c, ~ D )
~~ L j).t' VI ~
J2-~~~
~.
/!,L-..L /
S' 7!/f'
:y1-J1d
ITEM NO,:
FILE NO,:
ROUTED TO:
I () - 712C - U !L{il
DO NOT WRITE ABOVE THIS LINE
Date: February 1, 2010
~R-I 1)VJa-/Ll{JO
To: Office of the County Attorney
Scott R. Teach, Deputy County Attorney
From:
Lyn M. Wood, C.P,M., Contract Specialist ~. ",Y'Y'"
Purchasing Department, Extension 2667'( '\
Re: Contract: #10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Contractor: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. (BCBE)
BACKGROUND OF REQUEST:
This Contract was approved by the BCC on January 26,2010; AgendrV.
Item 10.E ~
This item has not been previously submitted.
r
l\ .
\K~~~\\O
'1.-\
ACTION REQUESTED:
Contract review and approval.
OTHER COMMENTS:
Please forward to BCC for signature after approval. If there are any
questions concerning the document, please contact me. Purchasing would
appreciate notification when the documents exit your office. Thank you.
lOE-_
MEMORANDUM
TO: Ray Carter
Risk Management Department
FROM:
Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M., Contract Specialist
Purchasing Department
,
~
DATE: February 1, 2010
RE: Review Insurance for Contract: #10-5396 "Collier County
Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Contractor: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc.
(BCBE)
This Contract was approved by the BCC on January 26, 2010; Agenda Item
10.E
Please review the Insurance Certificates for the above referenced contract. If
everything is acceptable, please forward to the County Attorney for further
review and approval. Also, will you advise me when it has been forwarded.
Thank you. If you have any questions, please contact me at extension 2667,
dod/LMW
www.sunbiz.org -- Department of State
~
Home
Contact Us
E-Filing Services
Document Searches
Forms
Help
Previous .on List
lIle"Lctn List Ret~rn To List
IEntity Name Search
Submit I
J;yent'!
Name_HistQJY
Detail by Entity Name
Florida Profit Corporation
BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO" INC.
Filing Information
Document Number H95943
FEIIEIN Number 592624440
Date Filed 01/27/1986
State FL
Status ACTIVE
Effective Date 01/22/1986
Last Event NAME CHANGE AMENDMENT
Event Date Filed 06/28/1996
Event Effective Date NONE
Principal Address
3606 ENTERPRISE AVE
NAPLES FL 34104 US
Changed 05/18/1998
Mailing Address
3606 ENTERPRISE AVE
NAPLES FL 34104 US
Changed 03/27/2009
Registered Agent Name & Address
ENGEL, MELVIN L JR
3606 ENTERPRISE AVE.
NAPLES FL 34104 US
Name Changed: 10/24/2002
Address Changed: 04/25/2005
Officer/Director Detail
Name & Address
Tille CD
BORAN, MICHAEL J
3606 ENTERPRISE AVE
NAPLES FL 34104 US
Tille VD
BARBER, DONALD R
3606 ENTERPRISE AVE.
http://www.sunbiz.org/scripts/cordet.exe?action=DETFIL&inCLdoc_number=H95943&in...1/26/20 1 0
Page 2 of2
10 E t.,i!~1
www.sunbiz.org -- Department of State
NAPLES FL 34104 US
Title PD
ENGEL, MELVIN L JR
3606 ENTERPRISE AVE.
NAPLES FL 34104 US
Title ST
BUNNELL, JAMES F
3606 ENTERPRISE AVE
NAPLES FL 34104 US
Annual Reports
Report Year Filed Date
2007 03/27/2007
2008 04/04/2008
2009 03/27/2009
Document Images
03/27/2009 -= ANNUAL REPORT
04/04/2008 "ANNUAL REPORT
03/27/2007 =- ANNUAL REPORT
04/10/2006" ANNUAL REPORT
04/25/2005 -= ANNUAL REPORT
04/20/2004 -= ANNUAL REPORT
03/28/2003 =ANNUAL REPORT
10/24/20ll.2..'.'Beg, Agent Change
0.1/27/2002" ANNUAL REPORT
03/30/2001 -= ANNUAL REPORT
041.25/2000 ,,,Ai'JNLJAL REPORT
Q.4L26/1999 ',,6NNUALBEPORT
ll.!>/) 8/1998 -- ANNUAL REPORT
04/2:),'1997 =-6NNUAL REP.QR'(
04/30/1996 -- AN_i'JWAL REPORT.
Q1I21/1995 -- ANNUA.LREPORT
y
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF format
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF format
View image in PDF.format
View image in PDF format
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF format
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF fonnat
View image in PDF fonnat
View image In PDF format
Note: This is not official record. See documents if question or confiict.1
Previous on List
IEntity Name Search
Submit I
Next on List RetymTo List
E:yents
Namettj!;,tQfY
I Home I Contact us I Document Searclles I E-Filing Services I Forms I Help I
Copyrigllt and Privacy Policies
Copyright (s) 2007 State of Florida, Department of State.
http://www.sunbiz.org/scripts/cordet.exe?action=DETFIl.&inq..doc_numbcr=H95943&in...1/26/20 1 0
RLS # ~-IIC.~~.t)L'i11}
CHECKLIST FOR REVIEWING CONTRACTS
Entity Name: {JO/UtfJ (lAA-,lo....A-~lUlue ~M3'i.1 ~7A!"m'L1 (10,) ~tU<!-,
Insurance
Insurance Certificate attached?
Insured registered in Florida?
Contract # &/or Project referenced on Certificate?
Certificate Holder name correct (BCC)'!
Commercial General Liability
General Aggregate Required $-L~_
Products/CornpVOp Required $____
Personal & Advert Required $~_
Eaeh Occurrence Required $ ~__
FirelProp Damage Required $ _____._
Automobile Liability
Bodily Inj & Prop Required $ S~O),o ()
Workers Compensatioll
Each accident Required $ )'oP1oP(J
Disease Aggregate Required $___
Disease Each Ernpl Required $___
Umbrella Liability
Each Occurrence Provided $ 'Z.'/lAIL
Aggregate Provided $ , ,
Does Umbrella sufficiently cover any underinsured portion?
Professional Liability
Each Occurrence Required $
Per Aggregate Required $
Other Insurance
Each Occur Type:kll1W
Entity name COlTeet on contract?
Entity registered with FL Sec. of State?
_V"" Yes
_v"'Yes
_../ Yes
_~Yes
V Yes
_~Yes
Provided $ 2 M t L-
Provided $ ___~_. .._
Provided $ 1M! l.
Provided $ __-.!:.'.____.
Provided $.t1~~ _
Provided $-L~.
Provided $
Provided $
Provided $
Provided $ .
Provided $
I kAt L _
'"
-.--..-
t.
tOE
. ~
No
No
No
No
No
No
Exp, Date .~~
Exp. Date __U~~ ~~___
Exp. Date l I
Exp. Date__-'..'.__
Exp. Date ,,_ ...__1'-_
Exp Date ..~
Exp Date ~)1JL
Exp Date _.. _-' '___..
Exp Date _.l_~__~
Exp Date ~k
.~L~t:s-----_t~~~
Required $ _----=- _
Provided $ / P 1\>1.{ l.-
County required to be named as additional insured?
County named as additional insured?
Indemnification
Does indemnification meet County standards?
Is County indemnifying other party'!
Performance Bond
Bond requirement referenced in contract?
If attached, expiration date of bond
Does dollar amount match contract?
Agent registered in Florida?
.l' P<
\
Signature Blocks
Correct executor name in signature block?
Correct title of executor?
Executor authorized to sign for entity?
Proper number of witnesses/notary?
Authorization for executor to sign, if necessary: _~_~_____
Chairman's signature block?
Clerk's attestation signature block?
County Attorney's signature block'!
Attachments
Are all required attachments included?
_~Yes
Yes
v'. Yes
~Yes
__.~es
__LYes
V'Yes
~Yes
V Yes
~_Yes
v'Yes
VYes
__Lycs
No
Exp. Date .____._.___
Exp, Date ..__ ....____
Exp Date~/)
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No "-
ReViewer Initials: ~
Date' ~l#llJ
04-COA-Q 030/222
1 0 E I'~.'
Co~' County
- ~'-
Administrative Services DMsion
Purchasing
Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations
COLLIER COUNTY BID NO. 10-5396
COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA
Design Professional:
Victor J. Latavish
Architect, P.A.
JACK CURRAN, PURCHASING AGENT
COLLIER COUNTY PURCHASING
DEPARTMENT
0..
.;},
.,,,,;".
Purr..hasing Department- 3301 Tamlarni Trml EilSl . N;:lp,es, Flond<l 34112 . www.co:liergov.ret.purchasing
IOE
l', ~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. PUBLIC NOTICE/LEGAL ADVERTISEMENT (PAGE 1 ONLY)
B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
C. BID, BID SCHEDULE AND OTHER DOCUMENTS
D. AGREEMENT
E. AGREEMENT EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms
EXHIBIT B: Insurance Requirement Form
EXHIBIT C: Release and Affidavit Form
EXHIBIT D: Contractor Application for Payment Form
EXHIBIT E: Change Order Form
EXHIBIT F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form
EXHIBIT G: Final Payment Checklist
EXHIBIT H: General Terms and Conditions
EXHIBIT I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions
EXHIBIT J: Technical Specifications
EXHIBIT K: Permits
EXHIBIT L: Standard Details (if applicable)
EXHIBIT M: Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor J Latavish, Architect,
PA and identified as follows: Collier County Property Appraiser's
Office Renovations, as shown on Plan Sheets 1 through see
attachments..
EXHIBIT N: Contractor's List of Key Personnel
tOE
Co~ County
- ~ -
Administralive Servires Divisloo
Purchasing
PUBLIC NOTICE
INVITATION TO BID
Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
COUNTY BID NO. 10-5396
Separate sealed bids for the construction of Collier County Property Appraiser's Office
Renovations, addressed to Mr. Steve Carnell, Purchasing Director, will be received at
the Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Purchasing
Building, Purchasing Department, Naples, Florida 34112, until 2:30 P.M. LOCAL TIME,
on the 6th day of January, 2010, at which time all bids will be publicly opened and read
aloud. Any bids received after the time and date specified will not be accepted and
shall be returned unopened to the Bidder.
A mandatory pre-bid conference shall be held at the Purchasing Department,
Conference Room A, Purchasing Building "G" at 9:00a.m. LOCAL TIME on the 10th
day of December, 2009, at which time all prospective Bidders may have questions
answered regarding the Bidding Documents for this Project.
[In instances where the Owner has deemed the pre-bid to be Mandatorv. the
Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in the reiection of its
bid.'
Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be marked or endorsed "Bid for Collier County
Government, Collier County, "Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
Bid No. 10-5396 and Bid Date of January 6th, 2010". No bid shall be considered unless
it is made on an unaltered Bid form which is included in the Bidding Documents. The
Bid Schedule (GC-P-1 through GC-P-15) shall be removed from the Bidding Documents
prior to submittal.
One contract will be awarded for all Work. Bidding Documents may be examined on the
Collier County Purchasing Department E-Procurement website: WWW.collierqov.neUbid.
Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained only from the denoted website.
Bidding Documents obtained from sources other than the Collier County Purchasing
Department website may not be accurate or current.
Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond in an
amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total Sid to be retained as liquidated
damages in the event the Successful Bidder fails to execute the Agreement and file the
required bonds and insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days after the receipt of the
Notice of Award. The Successful Bidder acknowledges and agrees that it shall execute
the Agreement in the form attached hereto and incorporated herein.
GC-PN.1
(Construction Services Agreement_Revised July 2009)
tOE
I
The Successful Bidder shall be required to furnish the necessary Payment and
Performance Bonds, as prescribed in the General Conditions of the Contract
Documents. All Bid Bonds, Payment and Performance Bonds, Insurance Contracts and
Certificates of Insurance shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed
resident agent of the surety or insurance company having its place of business in the
State of Florida. Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly licensed
and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Attorneys-in-fact that sign Bid
Bonds or Payment and Performance Bonds must file with each bond a certified and
effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney,
In order to perform public work, the Successful Bidder shall, as applicable, hold or
obtain such contractor's and business licenses, certifications and registrations as
required by State statutes and County ordinances.
Before a contract will be awarded for the Work contemplated herein, the Owner shall
conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the performance record
and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified in
the Bidding Documents. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as
deemed necessary by the Owner to evaluate the Bidder's qualifications.
The Successful Bidder shall be required to finally complete all Work for Plan A within
one hundred and fifty(150) calendar days from and after the Commencement Date
specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Successful Bidder shall be required to finally
complete all Work for Plan B within one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days from
and after the Commencement Date specified in the Notice to Proceed. Note: Only one
Plan, either "Plan A" OR "Plan B" will be awarded.
The Owner reserves the right to reject all Bids or any Bid not conforming to the intent
and purpose of the Bidding Documents, and to postpone the award of the contract for a
period of time which, however, shall not extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days
from the bid opening date without the consent of the Successful Bidder.
Dated this 1st day of December, 2009.
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA
BY: /s/ Stephen Y. Carnell, C.P.M,
Purchasing and General Services Director
GC-PN-2
(Construction Services Agreement_Revised July 2009)
lOE It~
PART B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Section 1. Definitions
1.1 The term "Owner" used herein refers to the Board of County Commissioners, or
its duly authorized representative.
1.2 The term "Project Manager" used herein refers to the Owner's duly authorized
representative and shall mean the Division Administrator or Department Director, as
applicable, acting directly or through duly authorized representatives.
1.3 The term "Design Professional" refers to the licensed professional engineer or
architect who is in privity with the Owner for the purpose of designing and/or monitoring
the construction of the project. At the Owner's discretion, any or all duties of the Design
Professional referenced in the Contract Documents may be assumed at any time by the
Project Manager on behalf of the Owner. Conversely, at the Owner's discretion the
Project Manager may formally assign any of his/her duties specified in the Contract
Documents to the Design Professional.
1.4 The term "Bidder" used herein means one who submits a bid directly to the
Owner in response to this solicitation,
The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest qualified, responsible and responsive
Bidder who is awarded the contract by the Board of County Commissioners, on the
basis of the Owner's evaluation. Note: Only one Bid will be awarded, either "Plan A"
OR "Plan B",
1.5
1.6 The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Legal Advertisement, these
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Schedule and the Contract Documents as defined in the
Agreement.
1.7 The term "Bid" shall mean a completed Bid Schedule, bound in the Bidding
Documents, properly signed, providing the Owner a proposed cost for providing the
services required in the Bidding Documents.
Section 2. Preparation of Bids
2.1 The Bids must be submitted on the standard form herein furnished by the Owner
(pages GC-P-1 to GC-P-15 as bound in these Bidding Documents). By submitting a Bid,
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that it shall execute the Agreement in the form
attached hereto and incorporated herein. The Bidder shall complete the Bid in ink or by
typewriter and shall sign the Bid correctly. Bid Schedules submitted on disk/CD shall be
accompanied by a hard copy of the completed Bid Schedule which shall be signed and
dated by the Bidder. The Bid may be rejected if it contains any omission, alteration of
form, conditional bid or irregularities of any kind. Bids must be submitted in sealed
envelopes, marked with the Bid Number, Project Name and Bid opening Date and Time,
GC-IB-1
10 E '11
~:
and shall be addressed to the Collier County Purchasing Department, Purchasing
Building, Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail, East, Naples,
Florida 34112. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be
enclosed in another sealed envelope addressed as above. Bids received at the
location specified herein after the time specified for bid opening will be returned to the
bidder unopened and shall not be considered.
Section 3. Bid Deposit Requirements
3.1 No Bid shall be considered or accepted unless at the time of Bid filing the same
shall be accompanied by a cashiers check, a cash bond posted with the County Clerk, a
certified check payable to Owner on some bank or trust company located in the State
of Florida insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or Bid Bond, in an
amount not less than 5% of the bidder's maximum possible award (base bid plus all
add alternates) (collectively referred to herein as the "Bid Deposit"). The Bid Deposit
shall be retained by Owner as liquidated damages if the Successful Bidder fails to
execute and deliver to Owner the unaltered Agreement, or fails to deliver the required
Performance and Payment Bonds or Certificates of Insurance, all within ten (10)
calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award. Bid Bonds shall be executed by a
corporate surety licensed under the laws of the State of Florida to execute such bonds,
with conditions that the surety will, upon demand, forthwith make payment to Owner
upon said bond. Bid Deposits of the three (3) lowest Bidders shall be held until the
Agreement has been executed by the Successful Bidder and same has been delivered
to Owner together with the required bonds and insurance, after which all three (3) Bid
Deposits shall be returned to the respective Bidders. All other Bid Deposits shall be
released within ten (10) working days of the Bid Opening. No Bid including alternates,
shall be withdrawn within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the public opening
thereof. If a Bid is not accepted within said time period it shall be deemed rejected and
the Bid Deposit shall be returned to Bidder. In the event that the Owner awards the
contract prior to the expiration of the 120 day period without selecting any or all
alternates, the Owner shall retain the right to subsequently award to the Successful
Bidder said alternates at a later time but no later than 120 days from opening, unless
otherwise agreed by the Purchasing Director and the Successful Bidder.
3.2 The Successful Bidder shall execute five (5) copies of the Agreement in the form
attached and deliver same to Owner within the time period noted above. The Owner
shall execute all copies and return one fully executed copy of the Agreement to
Successful Bidder within thirty (30) working days after receipt of the executed
Agreement from Successful Bidder unless any governmental agency having funding
control over the Project requires additional time, in which event the Owner shall have
such additional time to execute the Agreement as may be reasonably necessary.
Section 4. Riqht to Reiect Bids
4.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or to waive informalities
and negotiate with the apparent lowest, qualified Bidder to such extent as may be
necessary for budgetary reasons.
GC-IB-2
1 0 E' ..
Section 5. Sianina of Bids
5.1 Bids submitted by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the
president, a vice president, or duly authorized representative. The corporate address
and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature.
5.2 Bids by a partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
general partner whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of
the partnership must be shown below said signature.
5.3 If Bidder is an individual, his or her signature shall be inscribed.
5.4 If signature is by an agent or other than an officer of corporation or general
partner of partnership, a properly notarized power of attorney must be submitted with
the Bid.
5.5 All Bids shall have names typed or printed below all signatures.
5.6 All Bids shall state the Bidder's contractor license number.
5,7 Failure to follow the provisions of this section shall be grounds for rejecting the
Bid as irregular or unauthorized.
Section 6. Withdrawal of Bids
Any Bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the hour fixed in the Legal Advertisement
for the opening of Bids, provided that the withdrawal is requested in writing, properly
executed by the Bidder and received by Owner prior to Bid Opening. The withdrawal of
a Bid will not prejudice the right of a Bidder to file a new Bid prior to the time specified
for Bid opening.
Section 7. Late Bids
No Bid shall be accepted that fails to be submitted prior to the time specified in the
Legal Advertisement.
Section 8. Interpretation of Contract Documents
8.1 No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other Bidding
Documents shall be made to a Bidder orally. Any such oral or other interpretations or
clarifications shall be without legal effect. All requests for interpretations or clarifications
shall be in writing, addressed to the Purchasing Department, to be given consideration.
All such requests for interpretations or clarification must be received at least ten (10)
calendar days prior to the Bid opening date, Any and all such interpretations and
supplemental instructions shall be in the form of written addendum which, if issued,
shall be sent by mail or fax to all known Bidders at their respective addresses furnished
for such purposes no later than three (3) working days prior to the date fixed for the
GC.IB-3
lOEr1
opening of Bids. Such written addenda shall be binding on Bidder and shall become a
part of the Bidding Documents.
8.2 It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to ascertain, prior to submitting its Bid,
that it has received all addenda issued and it shall acknowledge same in its Bid.
8.3 As noted in the Legal Advertisement, attendance by all bidders at the Pre-Bid
Conference is mandatory. In instances where the Owner has deemed the pre-bid to
be mandatory, the Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in
the reiection of his bid.
Section 9. Examination of Site and Contract Documents
9,1 By executing and submitting its Bid, each Bidder certifies that it has:
a. Examined all Bidding Documents thoroughly;
b. Visited the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner
affect performance of the Work;
c. Become familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and
regulations affecting performance of the Work; and
d. Correlated all of its observations with the requirements of Bidding documents.
No plea of ignorance of conditions or difficulties that may exist or conditions or
difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the Work pursuant to these
Bidding Documents as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations and
investigations shall be accepted as an excuse for any failure or omission on the part of
the Successful Bidder, nor shall they be accepted as a basis for any claims whatsoever
for extra compensation or for an extension of time.
9,2 The Owner will make copies of surveys and reports performed in conjunction with
this Project available to any Bidder requesting them at cost; provided, however, the
Owner does not warrant or represent to any Bidder either the completeness or accuracy
of any such surveys and reports. Before submitting its Bid, each Bidder shall, at its own
expense, make such additional surveys and investigations as may be necessary to
determine its Bid price for the performance of the Work within the terms of the Bidding
Documents. This provision shall be subject to Section 2,3 of the General Conditions to
the Agreement.
Section 10. Material Requirements
It is the intention of these Bidding Documents to identify standard materials. When
space is provided on the Bid Schedule, Bidders shall specify the materials which they
propose to use in the Project. The Owner may declare any Bid non-responsive or
irregular if such materials are not specifically named by Bidder.
GC-IB-4
IOE
Section 11. Bid Quantities
11.1 Quantities given in the Bid Schedule, while estimated from the best information
available, are approximate only. Payment for unit price items shall be based on the
actual number of units installed for the Work. Bids shall be compared on the basis of
number of units stated in the Bid Schedule as set forth in the Bidding Documents. Said
unit prices shall be multiplied by the bid quantities for the total Bid price. Any Sid not
conforming to this requirement may be rejected. Special attention to all Bidders is
called to this provision, because if conditions make it necessary or prudent to revise the
unit quantities, the unit prices will be fixed for such increased or decreased quantities.
Compensation for such additive or subtractive changes in the quantities shall be limited
to the unit prices in the Bid. Subsequent to the issuance of a notice to proceed, the
Project Manager and the Successful Bidder shall have the discretion to re-negotiate any
unit price(s) where the actual quantity varies by more than 25% from the estimate at the
time of bid.
Section 12. Award of Contract
12.1 Any prospective bidder who desires to protest any aspect(s) or provision(s) of the
bid invitation (including the form of the bid documents or bid procedures) shall file their
protest with the Purchasing Director prior to the time of the bid opening strictly in
accordance with Owner's then current Purchasing Policy.
12.2 The Collier County Board of County Commissioners has adopted a Local
Preference "Right to Match" policy to enhance the opportunities of local businesses to
receive awards of Collier County contracts.
A "local business" is defined as a business that has a valid occupational license issued
by either Collier or Lee County for a minimum of one (1) year prior to a Collier County
bid or proposal submission that authorizes the business to provide the commodities or
services to be purchased, and a physical business address located within the limits of
Collier or Lee Counties from which the vendor operates or performs business. Post
Office Boxes are not verifiable and shall not be used for the purpose of establishing said
physical address. In addition to the foregoing, a vendor shall not be considered a "local
business" unless it contributes to the economic development and well-being of either
Collier or Lee County in a verifiable and measurable way. This may include, but not be
limited to, the retention and expansion of employment opportunities, the support and
increase to either Collier or Lee County's tax base, and residency of employees and
principals of the business within Collier or Lee County. Vendors shall affirm in writing
their compliance with the foregoing at the time of submitting their bid or proposal to be
eligible for consideration as a "local business" under this section,
When a qualified and responsive, non-local business submits the lowest price bid, and
the bid submitted by one or more qualified and responsive local businesses is within ten
percent (10%) of the price submitted by the non-local business, then the local business
with the apparent lowest bid offer (i.e. the lowest local bidder) shall have the opportunity
to submit, an offer to match the price(s) offered by the overall lowest, qualified and
GC-IB-5
10,E: 'n
responsive bidder. In such instances, staff shall first verify if the lowest non-local bidder
and the lowest local bidder are in fact qualified and responsive bidders. Next, the
Purchasing Department shall determine if the lowest local bidder meets the
requirements of Section 287.087 F,S.
If the lowest local bidder meets the requirements of 287.087, F.S., the Purchasing
Department shall invite the lowest local bidder to submit a matching offer to the
Purchasing Department which shall be submitted within five (5) business days
thereafter. If the lowest local bidder submits an offer that fully matches the lowest bid
from the lowest non-local bidder tendered previously, then award shall be made to the
local bidder. If the lowest local bidder declines or is unable to match the lowest non
local bid price(s), then award will be made to the lowest overall qualified and responsive
bidder. If the lowest local bidder does not meet the requirement of Section 287.087 F.S.
and the lowest non-local bidder does, award will be made to the bidder that meets the
requirements of the reference state law.
Bidder must complete and submit with their bid response the Affidavit for Claiming
Status as a Loca/ Business which is included as part of this solicitation.
Failure on the part of a Bidder to submit this Affidavit with their bid response will
preclude said Bidder from being considered for local preference on this
solicitation.
A Bidder who misrepresents the Local Preference status of its firm in a bid submitted to
the County will lose the privilege to claim Local Preference status for a period of up to
one year.
The County may, as it deems necessary, conduct discussions with responsible bidders
determined to be in contention for being selected for award for the purpose of
clarification to assure full understanding of, and responsiveness to solicitation
requirements.
12.3 The County intends to award to the lowest qualified and responsive bidder
meeting specifications
12.4 For Bidders who may wish to receive copies of Bids after the Bid opening, The
Owner reserves the right to recover all costs associated with the printing and distribution
of such copies.
12.5 Certificate of Authoritv to Conduct Business in the State of Florida
(Florida Statute 607.1501)
In order to be considered for award, firms submitting a response to this solicitation shall
be required to provide a certificate of authority from the Florida Department of State
Divisions of Corporations in accordance with the requirements of Florida Statute
607.1501 (www.sunbiz.orq/search.html). A copy of the document shall be submitted
GC-IB-6
IOE
It
with the solicitation response and the document number shall be identified. Firms who
do not provide the certificate of authority at the time of response shall be required to
provide same within five (5) days upon notification of selection for award, If the firm
cannot provide the document within the referenced timeframe, the County reserves the
right to award to another firm.
Section 13. Sales Tax
13.1 The Successful Bidder acknowledges and agrees that Owner may utilize a sales
tax savings program and the Successful Bidder agrees to fully comply, at no additional
cost to Owner, with such sales tax savings program implemented by the Owner as set
forth in the Agreement and in accordance with Owner's policies and procedures.
Section 14. Exclusion of County Permits in Bid Prices
14.1 To ensure compliance with Section 218.80, F.S., otherwise known as "The Public
Bid Disclosure Act", Collier County will pay for all Collier County permits and fees
applicable to the Project, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection
fees applicable to this Work through an internal budget transfer(s). Hence, bidders shall
not include these permiUfee amounts in their bid offer. However, the Successful Bidder
shall retain the responsibility to initiate and complete all necessary and appropriate
actions to obtain the required permits other than payment for the items identified in this
section.
14.2 The Successful Bidder shall be responsible for procuring and paying for all
necessary permits not issued by Collier County pursuant to the prosecution of the work.
Section 15. Use of Subcontractors
15.1 To ensure the Work contemplated by the Contract Documents is performed in a
professional and timely manner, all Subcontractors performing any portion of the work
on this Project shall be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87-25,
meaning a person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the
Agreement requirements and has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith
performance. A Subcontractor's disqualification from bidding by the Owner, or other
public contracting entity within the past twelve months shall be considered by the Owner
when determining whether the Subcontractors are "qualified,"
15,2 The Owner may consider the past performance and capability of a Subcontractor
when evaluating the ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder and its ability to perform the
Agreement within the time required. Owner reserves the right to disqualify a Bidder who
includes Subcontractors in its bid offer which are not "qualified" or who do not meet the
legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by this Agreement.
15.3 The Owner may reject all bids proposing the use of any subcontractors who have
been disqualified from submitting bids to the Owner, disqualified or de-certified for
bidding purposes by any public contracting entity, or who has exhibited an inability to
perform through any other means.
GC,IB-7
lOE
4
15.4 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, the Bidders
shall identify the subcontractor(s) it intends to use for the categories of work as set forth
in the List of Subcontracts attached hereto, said list to be submitted with its bid. Bidders
acknowledge and agree that the subcontractors identified on the list is not a complete
list of the subcontractors to be used on the Project, but rather only the major
subcontractors for each category of Work as established by Owner. Bidders further
acknowledge that once there is an Award of Contract, the Successful Bidder shall
identify, subject to Owner's review and approval, all the subcontractors it intends to use
on the Project. Once approved by Owner, no subcontractor shall be removed or
replaced without Owner's prior written approval.
Section 16. Prohibition of Gifts
No organization or individual shall offer or give, either directly or indirectly, any favor,
gift, loan, fee, service or other item of value to any County employee, as set forth in
Chapter 112, Part III, Florida Statutes, Collier County Ethics Ordinance No. 2004-05,
and County Administrative Procedure 5311. Violation of this provision may result in one
or more of the following consequences: a. Prohibition by the individual, firm, and/or any
employee of the firm from contact with County staff for a specified period of time; b.
Prohibition by the individual and/or firm from doing business with the County for a
specified period of time, including but not limited to: submitting bids, RFP, and/or
quotes; and, c. immediate termination of any contract held by the individual and/or firm
for cause.
Section 17. Public Entitv Crimes
By its submitting a Bid, Bidder acknowledges and agrees to and represents it is
in compliance with the terms of Section 287.133(2)(a) of the Florida Statutes which read
as follows:
"A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted
vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime
may not submit a bid, proposal, or reply on a contract to
provide any goods or services to a public entity; may not
submit a bid, proposal, or reply on a contract with a public
entity for the construction or repair of a public building or
public work; may not submit bids, proposals, or replies on
leases of real property to a public entity'; may not be
awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier,
subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public
entity; and may not transact business with any public entity
in excess of the threshold amount provided in s, 287.017 for
CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of
being placed on the convicted vendor list."
GC-IB-8
BORAN CRAIGlAQ~ ENGEL
CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
General Contractors
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples FL 34104.3698
,
"
~~Cmmty-
Adrnir1isIJatiI Services Division
Purd13$ing
Email: iohncurran(1i)collierqov.net
Telephone: (239) 252-6098
FAX: (239) 252-6596
ADDENDUM
Memorandum
Date:
January 5th, 2009
From:
Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent
To:
I nterested Bidders
Subject: Addendum # 6 -ITS #10-5396
"Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations"
Delete: ~'N\ Jf
All Bid schedules in original documents and AdJindum #5 and Revised Addendum #5:
ADD:
Attached Bid Schedule. This will be the only bid schedule to be used by bidders.
If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me
(contact information above).
c: Hank Jones
Ruberto Fuentes
AddendumTempfate
Revised: 3/25/09
1
BID SCHEDULE
Total BASE BID. RENOVATION OPTION A without Alternates
TOTAL BASE BID OPTION A
A-1 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR
A-2 SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
A-3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM
A-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS
A-5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING
A-6 IMPACT RATED DOORSIWINDOWS
A-7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM
A-8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION
A-9 EXTERIOR PAINT
A-10 CARPET
A-11 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION
A-12 FIRE-RATED CORRIDORS
A-13 UPGRADE DOOR FINISH
A-14 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS
A-15 WINDOW TREATMENT
A-16 CARD-KEY ACCESS HARDWARE
Total of Option A Alternates only
TOTAL OPTION A- BASE BID Plus ALL A- ALTERNATES:
ALTERNATE BID- RENOVATION OPTION B
Total Base Bid OPTION B (WITHOUT ADD ALTERNATES)
B-1 UPGRADE ELECTRICAL GENERATOR
B-2 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION
B-3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM
B-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS
B-5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING
B-6 IMPACT RATED DOORSIWINDOWS
B-7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM
B,8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION
B-9 EXTERIOR PAINT
B,10 CARPET
B,11 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS
B-12 WINDOW TREATMENT
B-13 FIRE ALARM
Total of Option B Alternates only
TOTAL OPTION B- BASE BID WITH ALL B. ALTERNATES:
$0.00
$0.00
$0,00
$0,00
$0,00
$0,00
$0,00
$0.00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0,00
$0.00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0,00
$0,00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
lOE
.1
10 E ~,~
BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL
CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
General Contractors
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples FL 34104-3698
~~Cmmty
~ ~
Adninisbalive SeIVials CMsion
Purchasing
Email: iohncurran@collieraov.net
Telephone: (239) 252-6098
FAX: (239) 252-6596
ADDENDUM
Memorandum
Date:
January 5th, 2009
From:
Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent
Interested Bidders . AI
Addendum # 5 - ITB #1 0-5396 1\~ ~
"Collier County Property APpraise~Office Renovations"
To:
Subject:
If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me
(contact information above).
c: Hank Jones
Ruberto Fuentes
AddendumTemplate
Revised: 3/25/09
1
lOE
!. 4
1
ALTERNATE BID- RENOVATION OPTION B
TOTAL RENOVATION OPTION B ALTERNATES
$0.00
$0,00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
$0,00
$0,00
$0.00
$0,00
$0,00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
B-1 UPGRADE ELECTRICAL GENERATOR
B-2 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION
B-3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM
B-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS
B-5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING
B-6 IMPACT RATED DOORS/WINDOWS
B-7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM
B-8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION
B-9 EXTERIOR PAINT
B-10 CARPET
B-11 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS
B-12 WINDOW TREATMENT
TOTAL OPTION B- BASE BID WITH ALL OPTION B ALTERNATES:
$0.00
,~--'----"'-~'--."'~~,_, - ; ,
---""'-
._"'-',,,,,-,,-
---~"._, -
Addendum #4
BORAN1JJ~AR~E~ ENGEL
CONSTRUCTION CO.. INC.
General Contractors
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples FL 34104-3698
ADDENDUM
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER OFFICE
NAPLES, FLORIDA
This addendum contains mandatory changes to the Contract Documents and is made part thereof.
RENOVATION OPTION A SPECIFICATIONS:
01015
Permits, Licences, Codes, and Fees; add 1.2. a. I. add: "Contractor shall comply with
adopted Codes, including but not limited to Florida Fire Prevention Code, NFP A I,
Uniform Fire Code, Florida Edition, including Ch. 16 Safeguards During Building
Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. Coordinate work with the
local AHJ."
01030
Alternates; Add Alternate #16 (attached)
02070
Selective Demolition, 3.3 add "Remove abandoned and unused equipment, brackets,
shelves, accessories, signs, fixtures, fasteners, etc. throughout, typical,"
08716
Hardware Schedule Revised (attached)
10425
Signs, Add the following items:
1. "1.2.A.3 Exterior Sign Panels"
2. "2.8 Exterior Sign Panels; Provide replacement translucent sign panels for
existing backlit double-face sign located at driveway entrance. Sign shall
include Collier County Logo and text indicating Collier County Property
Appraiser. Field measure existing sign size. Sign shall generally match
colors and style of existing Property Appraiser sign located at intersection of
Airport Rd. and East Tamiami Trail. Bid shall include all related costs
including fabrication, permit and installation. Existing lower panels with
changeable letters shall remain as-is. "-
RENOVATION OPTION A DRAWINGS:
Sheet AO.I Cover Sheet, Project Data, clarification of construction type "II B".
Add note: Interior Finishes shall be class A or B.
Sheet AO.3 Site Plan is revised and re-issued dated 12-21-09, add keynotes 36 & 37 for
accessible route to East Porch doors.
Sheet A1.0 Selective Demolition Plan is revised and re-issued dated 12-09-09, added keynotes
18 and 19 for replacement of damaged existing gypsum board at rooms 131 and 134,
removal of existing louver in Equipment Room 127, and provide infill cmu wall with
matching gyp.bd. and stucco finishes at same location.
----,--
-
'" ,
, . ". ",'-~,., ,_. -,
------,--
--
r'
"
. - .' .. .
lOE .UtI
... .. fil.
',' 00;1
Sheet AI.l Floor Plan is revised and re-issued dated 12-21-09, added room sf areas and corridor
dimensions.
Sheet A1.4 Partial Floor Plan, add note "Replace damaged and mismatched screen panels at SE
corner of room to mau:h existing screen above rail, approx size 3' x 36'."
Sheet A1.7 Details revised as follows:
1. Detaill/A1.7, add note "Fasteners to connect the top track to the ceiling grid
are specified as 3/4" long #12 TEK self-drilling, self-tapping "Grabber"screw
fasteners spaced either 12" oc or 2 screws at 24"oc."
2. Detail All.7 deleted.
Sheet A2.1 Door Schedule is revised and re-issued dated 12-21-09;
1. Door DI20E change hardware to set #11
2. Door D133-E, change hardware to set #12
3. Add hardware notes A, B, C, D
4. Add folding partition detail
Sheet A2.2 Finish Schedule; Add the following notes:
10. "Patch existing gypsum board finishes to include soffits, partitions,
demolition, etc. to eliminate holes, surface defects, cracks, fastener holes, etc.
typical throughout entire building interior; Level 4 finish required.
11. Equipment Room 127; Remove wallloliver center of south wall at floor
level. Provide CMU infill and interior and exterior finishes to match existing.
Provide paint finishes to match existing.
12, Existing Janitor Room 105 - Remove and replace gypsum board, insulation,
furring; Paint entire room".
Sheet A5.3 Detail sheet revised and re-issued dated 12-21-09, rated ceiling revised
Sheet A5.4 Detail sheet revised and re-issued dated 12-21-09, added notes
Sheet ULl.1 Detail sheet revised and re-issued dated 12-21-09, deleted UL detail, added UL
detail, added notes per Fire Official policy.
Sheet E7.0 Electrical Plan; Delete note near Computer Room referring to conduits extending to
right of way and substitute the following: "Provide pair of2" conduits from TELCO/
Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to location 5' from face of building at SE corner of
building. Note: 1) Conduits beyond 5' are NIC. 2) Fiber optic cables are NIC".
Sheet FA-l Add the following notes:
1. "In addition to primary notification to central station service, provide separate
standalone dialer to report alann trouble and supervisory signal to Collier
County Building W.
2. Provide additional relay modules, wiring, components, accessories,
connections, etc. as required for complete and proper operation.
IDE
RENOVATION OPTION B SPECIFICATIONS:
Specifications:
01015
Permits, Licences, Codes, and Fees; add 1.2. a. 1. add: "Contractor shall comply with
adopted Codes, including but not limited to Florida Fire Prevention Code, NFP A I
Uniform Fire Code, Florida Edition, including Ch. 16 Safeguards During Building
Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. Coordinate work with the
local AHJ."
02070
Selective Demolition, 3.3 add "F. Remove abandoned and unused equipment,
brackets, shelves, accessories, fixtures, fasteners, signs, etc. throughout, typical."
08716
Hardware Schedule Revised (attached)
10425
Signs, Add the following items:
I. "1.2.A.3 Exterior Sign Panels"
2. "2.8 Exterior Sign Panels; Provide replacement translucent sign panels for
existing backlit double-face sign located at driveway entrance. Sign shall
include Collier County Logo and text indicating Collier County Property
Appraiser. Field measure existing sign size. Sign shall generally match
colors and style of existing Property Appraiser sign located at intersection of
Airport Rd. and East Tamiami Trail. Bid shall include all related costs
including fabrication, permit and installation. Existing lower panels with
changeable letters shall remain as-is."
RENOVATION OPTION B DRAWINGS:
Sheet AO.I Cover Sheet, Project Data, clarification of construction type "II B".
Sheet AO.3 Site Plan is revised and re-issued dated 12-21-09, add keynotes 38 & 39 for
accessible route to East Porch doors.
Sheet AI.4 Partial Floor Plan, add note "Replace damaged and mismatched screen panels at SE
comer of room to match existing screen above rail, approx size 3' x 36'."
Sheet A2.1 Door Schedule, D220.5 change hardware to set #14.
Sheet A2.2 Finish Schedule; Add the following notes:
10. "Patch existing gypsum board finishes to include soffits, partitions,
demolition, etc. to e1iminate holes, surface defects, cracks, fastener holes, etc.
typical throughout entire building interior; Level 4 finish required.
II. Equipment Room 245; Remove wall louver at south wall at floor level.
Provide CMU infill, insulation, and interior and exterior finishes to match
existing. Provide paint finishes to match existing.
12. Existing Janitor Room 208 - Remove and replace gypsum board, insulation,
furring; Paint entire room".
- - ,-- '-~ '-"'~'-
.. -, ---,.~.,."._.,
,-- ..,_.__..............,~--'-"'_........--,._._---_.. ...._,.
1 (lE ~...~.
Sheet PO.! Plumbing Fixture Schedule, item DR, changed to "Kohler K 4918 Stuart" water-free
urinal
Sheet E4.0 Electrical Plan; Computer Room, delete note referring to conduits extending to right
of way and substitute the following: "Provide pair of2" conduits from TELCO/ Main
Distribution Frame (MDF) to location 5' from face of building at SE corner of
building. Note: I) Conduits beyond 5' are NIC. 2) Fiber optic cables are NIC".
Sheet FA-I Fire Almm Clarification: Refer to FA specifications section 16720 and Vertical
Standards for additional requirements:
C. Fire Almm system shall report to primary monitoring system as designated by
the Owner, and also report to existing backup monitoring system at Collier
Country Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W.
I. System shall be addressable & compatible with existing system at
Collier Country Building W Facilities Management Operations Center
2. System shall report specific trouble conditions to Operation Center."
D. Add: the following: "Modules compatible with existing lCI system at
Building W are manufactured by lCI and GE (EST-2 and EST-3)."
RENOVATION OPTION B VERTICAL STANDARDS:
Vertical Standards apply to Plan Option B and are modified as follows:
010020
Special design requirements are modified as follows:
1. Item E, add "Provide Card Key CK72I data controller for card readers,
integrated into the existing lCI Pegasys system at Collier County Building W.
Provide all equipment, labor, accessories, and connections required for a
complete and proper installation."
224000
Urinal specification changed to "Kohler K 4918 Stuart" waterless urinal.
END OF ADDENDUM
lOE II
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
REVISED 12-21-09
Set Number
I. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additional/replacement hardware:
I set Weatherstrip
I ea. Threshold
2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the followmg additional/replacement hardware:
I ea. Lockset with lever atLobby side' .
3. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation.
4. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation.
Provide the following additional/replacement hardware:
I ea. Full-width panic bar exit device
5. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation
6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position
7. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additional hardware:
1 ea. Lockset
I pro Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf
8. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additional hardware:
I ea. "KABA SUtiplex 5000 Cylindrical. or aJ:!Proved equal mechanical
pushbutton cypher lock"
1 ea. Closer
I ea Weatherstrip
9. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned imd adjust for proper operation;
Provide the following additional hardware:
I ea. "KABA Sim"'plex 5000 Cylindrical. or al1Proved equal mechanical
pushbutton cypher lock"
I pro Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf
I pro Closers
I ea. Weatherstrip
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - I
._ ____._w. ....-..l. " L_~',_~_____'_,,_,._,,____,-,_ -. .______ .' U~
.
lOE'~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10. Screen door manufacturer to provide butts, closer, pull and full-width push bar
with no latch,
II. Remove existing latching hardware. provide pulls on Lobby side and full width
l1.ush bars on corridor sige. clean and aQiust balance of hardware.
12. Same as #3 above except at doors DI33-E only, add pair electro-ml!g!letic hold-
QPen devices lied to fire alarm system to release upon activation of fire alarm
and/or power failure. GC to coontinate work of all trades and include all wiring,
conduits. connections. etc. reQuired for R!QPer operation.
General Notes:
I. Provide all hardware required for a complete and proper installation including but not.
limited to butts, locksets, closers, wall or floor stops, etc.
2. Contractor may salvage and re-use serviceable existing hardware where applicable.
3. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress
4. Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent.
5. Re-key all locks with grandmaster key system, Deliver keys to Owner at substantial
completion.
END OF SECTION 08715
VICTOR J. LATA VISH, ARCffiTECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E'-
SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES
REVISED 12-21-09
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates.
.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for
certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from
the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the
amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems,
or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
B. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
1:4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully
integrate that Work into the Project.
B. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the
Alternate.
C. . Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each party involved,
in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted,
rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated
modifications to alternates.
D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract.
E. Alternates shall include all labor, materials, accessories, connections, etc. required for a
complete and proper assembly of work indicated.
ALTERNATES
01030 - 1
""".'''--''---~---'''-''''----
..., "'""~""'''''''-- .'~--'
,.-.....-
~~
- - -- - --,-_..._,,-
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E-'1
PART 2- SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
Alternate Number A-I:
Generator; Provide permanent installation and wiring for 75 kw
Standby Generator, Automatic Transfer Switch (A TS), and related
work required for a complete and proper installation; ref. sheet E6.0.
Alternate Number A-2:
Surge Suppression System; Provide TVSS at MDP; ref sheet E6.0.
Alternate Number A-3:
Roof Drainage System; Provide 12" dia PVC stormwater collection
system with connections to existing downspouts, concrete flume at
lake, and related work required for a complete and proper installation;
ref. keynote 15, sheet AO.3.
Alternate Number A-4:
Dumpster Wall Repairs; Repair rear wall of dumpster enclosure
including demolition, masonry, reinforcing, stucco, paint, and related
work, ref. keynote 24 on sheet AO.3 and details 1&2 on sheet AI.6.
Alternate Number A-5:
Parking Lot Refurbishing: Re-stripe parking lot spaces, stop bars, and
related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref
keynote 26 on sheet AO.3.
Alternate Number A-6:
Impact-Rated Doors and Windows; In lieu of hurricane screens
indicated on the drawings, remove existing storefront entrances,
windows, and exterior overhead doors, and provide new impact rated
aluminum storefront system equal to "Vistawall FG-5000" (NOA No.
03-0604.01). All. Bid includes installation of storefront entrances,
storefront windows, aluminum sill flashing, pulls, hardware, sealant,
patching existing finishes, permit revisions, sealed shop drawings, and
other related work required for a complete and proper installation, ref.
sheet A2.3.
Alternate Number A-7:
Security Camera System: Provide security camera system including
fixed cameras, conduit, wiring, connections, posts, etc, required for a
complete and proper installation; ref sheet AI.8.
Alternate Number A-8:
Upgrade Roof Insulation: Remove existing roof insulation and provide
additional specified roof insulation, ref. section 07210.
Alternate Number A-9:
Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and
soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match
existing colors; ref. section 09912,
Alternate Number A-IO:
Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 0 I 000.
ALTERNATES
01030 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
,
Alternate Number A-II:
Computer Room Pre-action Fire Sprinkler System; Provide alternate
bid dry-pipe pre-action fire suppression system at Computer Room in
lieu of base bid wet pipe system. Include all labor, materials,
connections, permits, etc. required for a complete and proper
installation; ref sheet no. FPI.O.
Alternate Number A-12:
Fire-Rated Corridors; Provide gypsum board, sealant, patches,
penetration assemblies, replacement paint-grade doors, hardware, and
related work required for complete and proper I-hr rated Corridors
indicated on sheet A1.2 A]ternate Floor Plan and related details on
sheets A5.!, A5.2, A5.3, and A5.4.
Alternate Number A-13:
Upgrade Door Finish: Provide plastic laminate interior door finish in
lieu of paint grade finish on all interior doors. Upgrade alternate bid
plastic laminate finish includes doors replaced as part of Alternate 12
above, and replacement of al] existing and/or relocated doors indicated
on the drawings; ref section 08211.
Alternate Number A-14:
Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 116.! and 116.2 in Lobby, as
specified in section 087] 5-2, complete with all required hardware,
controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a
complete and proper installation. A]ternate bid automatic door
operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 above), not on
existing doors.
Alternate Number A-15
Window Treatment; Provide mini-blinds at each interior and exterior
window; ref section 12941.
Altermlte Number A-16
Qard KeX Access: Provide IDD ProxP.ro 5355 card rea4~rs. CK721
data controller. and related harQware to congo] doors D116.2E and
D120-E. Installation shal] be comwmb]e wi1h atId mte.il'ateQ into the
existing lCI Pegasys system at Collier County Bui]ding W. Provide al]
~ent. Ia.bor. electJjc strikes. wiriItg. circuit bre~ers. conduits,
transformers. lu!,rdware. accessories. and connections required for a
complete and J!IQP.~r installation.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 Alternates
A. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery,
storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid
work.
ALTERNATES
0]030 - 3
10E~jrt
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
B. Direct Purchase Option
1. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct
purchase of alternate bid materials.
2. Alternate Bids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of
alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include
credit for sales tax.
END OF SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
01030 -4
IOE I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
REVISED 12-21-09
Set Number
I. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additiona1lreplacement hardware:
I ea. Card Reader
I pro Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices
I set Weatherstrip
I ea. Threshold
2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additiona1lreplacement hardware:
I ea. Card Reader
I ea. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices
I ea. Cylinder Lock
I set Weatherstrip
I ea. Threshold
3.
1.5 pr
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
4.
1.5 pr
I ea.
5.
1.5 pr
I ea.
1 ea.
I ea.
Butts
Closer
Lockset
Door Holder
Butts
Lockset
Butts
Closer
Latchset
Door Holder
6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - I
",,_._____.. ____,._....._.___.___~__.._...H.__"
--
. .__~~_.__d. .... _ ". __~___.._
."----._."."0"-
tOlE .il
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
7.
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
8.
3 pr
I pr
I pr
I pr
9.
3 pr
I ea.
lea
I pr
Card Reader
Electric Lockset
Closer
Door Holder
Butts
Closers
Full-width panic bar exit devices
Door Holders
Butts
Lockset
Dunimy Lever
Flushbolts
10. Screen door manufacturer to provide the following hardware:
1.5 pro Butts
I ea Full-width panic bar exit device
I ea Lever
I ea Horizontal rail to support exit hardware
I ea. Closer
II.
4 pro
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
I pro
I set
1 ea.
1 pr.
12.
3 pr.
I ea.
1 ea.
I ea.
1 pro
I set
I ea.
1 pro
Butts
Card Reader
Electric Lockset
Dummy Lever
Flush Bolts
Weatherstrip
Threshold
Door Holders
Butts
Card Reader
Electric Lockset
Dummy Lever
Flush Bolts
Weatherstrip
1breshold
Door Holders
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716,2
IDE
,
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTIONB
NAPLES, FLORIDA
] 3. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation
Provide the following additional/replacement hardware:
1 ea. Card Reader
1 pro Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices
1 set Weatherstrip
1 ea. Threshold
14. Delayed Egress Hardware:
I ea. Card Reader.l!>cllt!l.4 QnJ,Qbby side onlx
lJ;1r. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices
lJ;1r. Levers
.l..m.,.. Alarm
.l..m.,.. Closers
1 ea. Coordinator
!JlL- ~
Special delayed e~ess requirementUn accordance with NFP A 101 Florida
edition 7.2.1.6.1:
L Provisions of 7 .2.1.6.2 shail.nQtlmply to delayed egress hardware
2. Doors with delayed egress hardware ~ball unlock upon actuation of any
of the following;,
a. Auto1.llatic sprinkler system is activ~
b. Not more than one heat detector of lip al1proved automatic fire
detection system is activi!ted
c. Not mQre tJ:um..two smoke detecto~~ of an al1Proved autome.tic ~
detection system is activated
1, The doors shall unlock upon losS of power controlline; the lock or
10cJAIlg mechanism.
4. ~ irreversible process shall release the lock within 15 seconds \!lm!!
mwlication ot.1l force to release device required in 7.2.1.5.9 under the
following conditjons:
lh The force shall not be required to exceed 15 Ibf.
b. The force shall not be required to be continuously aJllllied for
more th!lll three seconds.
c. The initiation of the release shall activate !\!l audible sillJ)aI in the
vicinity of the door.
d. Once the door lock has been released by allPlication of force to
the releasing device. relocking shall be by manual means only.;
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716.3
~"_'~",,"'~,__--..__."__m , "_______._.__~_ .
....
__ .. _ __ "'__'''_'''>"'~ A .,_"" 0..__' "
-._-'
-. .-
_._~--"-- - - ~..
IDE
~'lIj
,
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
~ ~ readily visible. qurable sign with letters not less than I inch in heig!!!
and not less t!:la!1 1/8 incl;1 stroke wit,lth on a contrasting background that
reads as follows s!J.all be located on the door adjacent to the releasing
device:
PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS
DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 SECONDS
Delayed Egress Hardware Notes:
A. Delayed egress is from Lobby side only.
B. Corridor side is always unlocked.
C. Install panic bars on Lobbv side and Levers on Corridor side.
.!1 Electric panic bar latches shall be released upon activation of the fire
alann system.
E. Authorized activation of card reader shall disable door alann and allow
staff open doors without activation of door alann.
F. GC to coordinate the work of all trades
Hardware Schedule Notes:
I, Provide all hardware and accessories required for a complete and proper installation,
including power supplies, EPT. enclosures, backup batteries, controllers, door contacts,
wiring, connections, etc.
2. Provide silencers at all interior HM door frames
3. Provide stops at all interior doors.
4. Provide kick plates both sides all Restroom and Janitor doors
5. Provide locksets functions as follows:
a. Office Function: Offices, Files, Storage
b. Storeroom Function: Custodian, Janitor, Equipment Rooms
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - 4
lOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
6. Confirm function of lockset hardware with Owner prior to ordering hardware.
7. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress
8. Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent.
9. Key all locks with grandmaster key system. Deliver keys to Owner at substantial
completion.
10. Hardware at Exterior Egress Doors with Card Readers shaH include the followi~
a. A sensor on the egress side arrarjged to detect an occ~roaching the doors
that are arranged to unloc~ in the direction of egress UpOl). detection of an
lUlProaching occupant or loss of power to the sensor.
b, Loss of power to the part of the access control system that locks the doors shall
automatically unlock tile doors in the direction of egress.
~ poors shall be arranged to unlock in the direction of egress from a manual release
device located 40 in. to 48 in. (1015 mID to 1220 mrn) vertically above the floor
llIld withip 60 iI), D 525 mrn) of the secured dOOf~.,
d. The manua1~e device sJlecified in 7.2.1.6.2Q) smul be readily accessible and
clearly identified bv a sign that reads as follows: PUSH TO EXIT.
~ When operated. the manual release device shall result in direct interruJltion of
power to the lock - ~dent of tbll access control system electronics - and the
doors shall remain unlocked for not less than 30 seconds.
f. Activation of the building fire-protective signaling system. if Jlrovided. shall
automatically uplock the doors iu the direction of egress. and the doors sh;1l1
remain unlocked until the fire-protectJve signaling system has been manually
reset.
g" The activation of ml\!lual fire alarm boxes that activate the building fire protective
ggnaling system specified in 7.2.1.6.2(6) shall not be required to Wllock the
doors.
!h Activation of the buildilJE automatic sprinkler or fire detec~on system. if
provided. shall automatically \lI1lpck the doors in the direction of egress. and.J,he
900rs shall remain unlocked until (/le fire-protective signaling system has been
manually reset.
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - 5
,.,....,----
a.'. _
~_..... , .,..
-
, '" --, , .
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE.. ~.
i. After reciept of bids and before award of Contract to. the installed costs for the
above items a. throygh h. including all related material. labor. connections.
coordination. etc. shall be identified as a line item on the Contractors schedule of
values.
END OF SECTION 08715
VICTOR J. LATA VISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - 6
.
C"'-
,
~
-. - -'1
. -
,jiliil'
'j'llnl
I 1'1111
I'rllnl
Ii, pd
ill "-I'!
:;1
i I
I !
I I
, .
; I
i '
I I
II
I I
Ii
i I
I II'ljllllillild111d!IIIl'lI',l!llIlli!
II'! 1111 I I II' i d 1111 I d I' I!
!: 'l Ill!1 ~ l
I
I I . i I 1111 Ii I
,
I , !
! J I I'p-J'
. I , .;<<<<; .1 did
. I
. I
I I I I I I I ,
I ! I! m I i l
,
I I ; << ; << . ; I II [)> I ~ I
I I ,
..
j ! ' ,I
I
11.,,,1 I I'
I I , ,
i
, ! I. _... I ,,1
"
I I !
.
i ~ c_ ~ i I
I . . ~ ! I t
. . . . . .
-
f I J: ; - . ~ n . . ~
, , ~ ! I ! 11111
IOE
0"-'_"-"--'- __ .___._.____.___
o
~ . . ." . . , . " ,. I 8
'Iilll!lilli ;
dl'lIl'!1 ;
'lI!!jld i !
I! II!I! Ii !
IiI I,i,
I II il!
, i I" i
! , !
. ,
i ~ ~
I I !
l I
I
,
I
,
,
,
-
,
,
i
j
.
I
.
.
,
I
W!
Ii!
"
~~p
-I. ~
J JH~;1
l~~i ~
I t
>
_n_.".U. .....,____
OCJO'z~m
00 .., Q) """",;;c
=0> _'"0 w
CD'..,:::r -0 fI)
..,~CDm:;;or
08. ~ Q)&'
00 "9:cc
5 0 Q 0 CD
,z'" c:;c;c
- =- D,) 0 CD
,,'< D,) :::I
-() 0.0
o <
:::!.O Q)
~3 ~
OJ 3 g
en
en
o
:J
CD
~
en
()Q';tJ
o 3'CD
_ CD
== :::::s
CD 0
..., <
OJ
r-+
-.
o
:J
o
"C
r-+
-.
o
:J
)>
()
o
C
:J
r-+
"<
-0
a
"C
CD
;::1-
"<
)>
"C
"C
...,
Q)
-.
en
CD
...,
-. ~;;~~.~ HI H ' ~~!UUttetU'H.H'!" I
L .... .. .._ '.. _ ~-: u..~. ............. _
IlIWI!iilllliilliiil!iIiIi!l'lillill!ll!
III!! Ii! II! II! ! ili I i'I!!11
'h li
! .
"
L
I
,
.. _.'u J ..r.~'__"~' . _.,..... _ ___
'!I!'!Il"j:<.
:il li'Plj!
II lUll! "'
I ','
. ,
.
; g ~ ~
II :;
.....- ." "..
-
_.. ~__.."_o,
[10
~
'"
en
"'
r-
>
z
EOl
"
:1
,
"
,
,
!I
,
,
ii,
"
,
I'
"
,
"
~,
,
II
'f" ''\. '"
11"\ "'="
,
'I' '",
,. ""
'I', ",,-,
" '
~ : ,I
"'I
,,'
,:,
,,,
':'
j:
!I,
,
,I
,I
"
:5
! .~
::1 [i.j@ l!il;] @] @]~~~fi @[~j ~ 3~1'J@]~gl@@i ~~[g613 @ E l:..J [:<1 G Ii] G B B BI~
l0:n ~~l ~ l"~ ~ ~! ~E ~ ~ ~ I 3~ ;: ~~ H B ~ ! : ~ ~.: ~ "~~ ~ , of ~ l~ ~~ Hg H~ H U W ~~ I ~i~ ;
~~g ~~~ i ~ ~ .~ ~f g ~ ~ ~ ji i ~! Q~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , ~~i~ 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~g I;~ Ij!~!~ ~~~ I~ ~I~ ~
~U 'I'ii ~ In iPI q I i i~ Hq~ !' H q n ~i!n ~ PI J~ jl.H ~~ ~~ i,~ !~! 'I' 'j' '''!5 ~
!. ~~ I ~; ~ ~~ ~ . ~ .~ ~ ~~~. ~ 1 . ~ ~ l~ H n I ' ~y ~g ~!'l' i'j Ii ~~ iji '. ,',,','
~I~ ~!~ ~ ~~ , ii::~ ! ~ ~ ii I .~ ~~ i ~ ~ ! ~ <; z ;,. ~ ~ ~i R E ~ ~ u . - ~
',I",' ',i !q 11'"'>''''' ! > .1 "I' ",' I ,
i.~ib!~ It U !H.,.~ ~ ~ ~ U E ~~l n. ! f,~ ~ H ~~~ d ~ ~ !~~ J f!, I,HH! ~~ ~ P~i
'I~: ~ .!' I f j ~ ~ .. 'I" ~ : f t ~ ~ I 0 !l~' I" H ; ~ ~~
ih !! ,i II'! ! . ~ II! I Hi 11 !1 1 i Ii!, , jl iHlli I' i ; l!
!ill i! ! ! J, ~ ' ! la, "i ! ~ ,I 'i!! '! i 'I Ii i' ,1 .! ! . Ii
~~ ',~ g I' ,~~~. J ~ ~". ;., ~ ,~~ 0 ~ ~ I ~f ~ ~ ~. '"I- ~ !~ ! i !J
~. . ~ ~u € i ~ i:~ i H ~~ ~ 6. { .; a~
~h i! ! ~~!} ! ~ ~ I! ql'~~ ~ o,,~ H It ~ !~~ ~~i ~ ~ :!Iq :.~ ! ~~ I
~~~,~ ~ i~! ~ ~ E ? .~~ ~, ~ ~., I ,~ ~~ ',-_ ! ~ . il ~I',
~1J~ ~~ ~ . ~" ! ,'{, 9 -.; - It ~ ~,l g ~
;i~ ~~ . I, ~ ~ ~ I
,
H Iii'!
Ii !'Ii I
".i,'
U ~~~ t
~~ i~~ i
I! hi!
,I I!,
II "Ii
'I i !
i ' ,
'. !
, I
.
,
"
g: I'
o
!
'I
I,
"
i ~
"
':1
I'
,
,-=
\'-
"
.
j !
,
,
;
,
,
.
,
.
1
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
L--_ __ _~~
L____
IIIP m ~~ 'V n if;U "I iil ,- !~. "i ,. l.
. ~ 0 . ! ~ -! .'i i'i
l~~~l~ ""1'1 ;
, . n III. , , .
! . . 1} ~n ~ i' ,
, 0 ~il'>g " 'I .,1 ,
." ' ,II ;
'" 0 0 >
,~ ! .
> " ! ,
, ,
0 . . , ~! HI j .
~ ;, ~ ,
W _1& ~
""',,,..... .""
,
,
,
,
,
, I
'.----T--'l, :
, '
,
I
,
,
,
,
"
,
,
I
,
,
I
,
,
I
_______H ____n________
:-~T-
,
I
______u_____
.c=+=.__.
~d'
( ()
~~~ ~~~~:- =1=:_
-C:J~ ~ "r
-'1r- _~_u :--=::::L-~
CS. --- - ~.-
-j---- -----
r--'----J r------;
~
,'I ~-'
[
t
e--
L.
]
~
~
l=:
i---
~~
c
.-
CF-'
t- --
,-
I'
-I
-,
::':'-1=
,
--j
C
c. .
L
;:::0
I!
I
=::J
-,
-=
,
] ----1---
'1 -r-
,...--
~
,
1--
,-
,-
I.
\'"
,
---,---
"
'I
I
27
;;
Ii
'I
,.
oj
"~
"
"
"
,@i~
cr-
"
,,---
:or:-"
~t~
I! --
i!I'1f'loJ
1
.
.,
;
;:::0
,...--
-{oj
,
1,-
-
1---
~
c.
,
,
"
"
I,
II
I
"
Of!
L_~
'8
:r:;,
r.,Q
~c
.
<'-",',
.
,-
-,
,
,
G>I!J
'-'- --.-...-'"---
@:>-
@--
_//--
/
.-
.~
-------''-.,'\
"' \
, .
". \
,
r-~=-:./
I
''-----
I!
,
"
I
.II [I
//=~=/-lJ I :
_---- ---------------- -----B '
--------------------- ""'.."..~ =-" ~
______,_____________~____H_~_____/>-
"-- - -_:/
,
~
,
: --8- .
L._. _
------------
""""'.~,,-;
~~~ @]
o
tOE
\
-
0"
o
8
o
~.0 __
J 0
~ G
/' ~!0
. _.._--~._-_._.__.
'0
o
- . . . ~. -!
I! I! I! !I III I III l
1,.1 II'" III
p! II'"
I Iii !"ill h I
i I I I II! II
II II 1':1 II
I! I i' "
. ' I j. II
[g'
ElEl' El
.
0' [!J
~.,' ''-.0',
~MI _",' 0~,
... B'
El -< (~)
EJ'
""
'.
B \
.n_'
1El'
8
r------------.--.-.---.-.---
0~,-.\(1, .
0~
0.._. .1El
B /
~jr-
88
8
B
,
"
B~LOOl 100011
G'
C'
c
mmmm, i
I I I ! I I ! I I I I I I
,0 1I'11I11l1!!
, 0~ -< ~- [:;nijl'ill'lll!l~ i~
,~jB i!illilillll Ii I'i .III
~:~ BB !IIHI',II'I! llh i !
ii;1 ~j R~.~ ~ ~~ i
@1 "
'u..u'
._--
I>-
,
'0
,0
@j'
8
,
@]...:
,
-tllf
8.<.'
o
o
8
8
@j,-'
@]'
8
o
........~..............................1:1
,
B
0,
o
B' .'\
o
,
JEI
",
@] ('_Y-'-;';-~~---
i f,J@j", 0
n . ~ I. "f
, 1----1 'I (] ,
118 I 'Le~'!""; j. .
=----,:o,~J';:;,.~ B I 1 [!J EI B EI BEl.' '"'iT' ,I "'~,===o,-~~ ~' 0
EI c ,.___.__________~::...__,~ [!)""~_?J_~.~_8 r-- [!I0~
JTT-----Tr------1i ![G<::I]r-- -- Cl
',Cl ' " U, 'l!J
- G ".' ,
I 1 =~!
l@ElBBGB,'i(l[
, , ",.J,
" , -1'
'" '
II I; :
I I r~ I:
!!l..!
\
~@
......~....................-........J:j
8
Tn
,
---------------.-
'y
0~
8
i
,
,
i
I
,
I
!
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
//
B
'\
I
I
I
1
1
,
,
,
.-'
,
.'
"
u
, "
[?; 0~
, AA'
8
<:
"'.
,/
...
,)
0,
c.
I
,;
,
,
,
~----
o
.---~'n
,_______-'__JJ,
-----"'----
o
o
o
B
------------------------------~
@IE]
8
0"
.'
.@]
E9!
,
BEl )
I @]
,
----~
@
@ m
,
II II ~~ J~! ~ ~ f ~ " " II I 'I " . !11!lij!! I.
B0 ' il Ii d
! Ii I,
II .1 ~ " ,
~~ j .
! I l!l II II II I II.I!! .
O. IF~ ~ , l
, ~$ g 1:11111'1 II t ~
)> ~ I I I .
.. . ~ 1'1. I ~
C'. " , I
" " I .
o' .. > >
-
-- "'--
-
r~~c,
Ii i -
~
,
~
I'
(
1-;
r1
c
"I
1
" <.~
~
lOE
j
w
w
-,--_._-
wr'-1"
;'0['
! ," ~
_,,_n
'.01".
!~ '~
9 ;i
C"I ~;1
-. I
~~,i~~
. ".
~ ,"
r
Ii
E
"
-,
'''1'
,-,,-
.
, ,
0<
"
~~ '
: ~. '
j)- : l~ '
.
e"
[I:) ~f:~If~- fill
'IC"~~~~~~'
i: ! ~g ~~ .; f { I
l ,. ..:~ 10 ' '! -
I:~~~,.i~~
Pdi ~H ~
,"!II'"
il"',,',
,., '!,I .
~ ~~ . -~ '
llll!!
~ . L
< ~ \'
-- -----
J
j
L~
. ,--
(i)--
,:;;'~
~ '~
i~
.
,
,
L, r--
,-.,.
'r""""L..1 ~
I' ,
L)i r--
:.__LJ
In L
.
,
.
,
.
f.
.
q ~"O ~
HmF
~i ~~ i ~
~~ ;,,~ ;0
~ ,; ,
~~ !~~ ~
I'''i'
',!l ,
,,~ .~~ ~ '
illl"!!
.~ ~ ~ ~
ii!IP
,
:'1 !
-
~ '
,
;
.
,
.u_,_,J
"^,,
,
,
,
~~.l'H
, "
(~)
~ ]
\ OL" ii"~
~ ~""
,,'
.
.C co
00
'~"I~ I
. 'I
. ,
, I
[~=,
,
",.,.
~". Ii
i~
h,j
,
r
!!
j:ii'H
, [,
,
"'p , 11- 1
:'E~: 1100 0;,1111o'0-au I
J 11--'
"4~ ---1r'- - ~~'Ij '''.'n - .-------------r-------
,i"li'
, ;
-+--
!
"
!I~
0) ~.
[:
~,
,
.
,
,,~
------';1,.,i,
:10
u.
"
. p"
" ~"" a
!
-' "
,
,
,
.
<U'"
::J[: '_'~I'-'
: """.
.. . -,
~--
G
~
r-
"i!!
e ~ g'
.
i1
,
,
,
[
I
'II. "'i'
, I',
I' '
,
,
,
-'-0""'- ...._-n_-Il
!"I'j
, ,
'''I'
,", ~
, ,
.
I
,I
";
,,"
'.:J ~
,
""!I
!'
--
.n.J
,
,
,
.
LL
.
G5~
,
,
i' ~ ~
,
_"Dn_n'n.' n__,_,D
,
, ,
" ~-,
'/-+--:8',
, '
,
l
,'-.
,
f'l
8,
,
I
,
.
~~ !, ~
-''I
G:
;>i;~~
;~~
II
,J
,
,
~'Ii
; F'I;~
~"Il!
G
Fi!~,~
o
"
I~ ~
~ 'i
8 .~
,
,
,
,
,
r
I
I,
,
,
.
--
,
,
,
,ijlH
IZ~
,
.
,
."P'
~"< ~~
~,
""I
' --
,
B ~
SJ C) 0 0
,
,
'"
,...
>.'
, !
/"
',~
ll~
.i;
~;;
I ~ ""I; ~~'U '
~'!
~1;li~ ~ ~" !
, _~ _ ",J't>
-0 _C) 0_0 o::::Q]] 4'S'~).c_
~:)!"/;
/;y'
j' ~~I~i~
~ j
!
.
i
~~";5j
;; i~'
"
b
,
i~~ i
, !
i
I
i
:i
'"
~-
.
,
-- '"
..,.
.,.
n
..
,
.
':] ~
"...,
"...,
,--
EB!
"Iii
<~
G
8
'"
,
.
,
61 IW zm 1:,lO~;lJ I (i1ln ~ 2 a 'iW'II'TII~il . , '" Ie ~ al ~ii 'i' ~ i.
~ ~ 0 - '" Il!'!
.' 8 "- 0 '" so" > ! I 'I'll!',
q ~, I:; :" 16 iF ~ 0
:"l.:!. ~ oi I n i , ~ 1'\ .
, .. ![i5"'< 0 ",., . " . ~ , . ' ~ " 'ill I . ;
. "'~>o 9 l " ~ ; I ~ . > , h It I ~ ,
I 0 ~ '" 5 ~ i ~ ' ~ ! ~ - ~ ! , ' j 'I! . .
>i 0."0 _ 0 o I ~ ~ i f P 'ill ., . >
! iJ'" '!l -- , ! ,
. , j: .. ::: ~ ~ .. , I I ., .
j . ~. .... ~ . I ' . . .
:-ja ~ I , . 0 I~ !~
~ ~ '; ~ . , >
"1 > ,
>-li ..
tOE
I ~
!
!
I
I
,
,
I
!
!
,
.
.
.
/"-,-....-,-,
,-,-"""-,-,-,-,-,-,,-,,,,,,-,,-,-.Y,-,-,,-.--,
G>11,.@
. ;: " ,
. ~ <, ,v 0
, i'" ....
, . ,
" !Ill!! )'- ~
:mi'. ,!
': uu:' ,;
" ,'8'''' ,
, ~i!~ " ~
Iii!: l
: 1111: .'
:: ~ z :: ,: ,
::1': '
'_',"_^_'_'J _._..-^-,_._._"_,....,. ,'_'_'_^_'_'_'_'.".'.'_'_"_'
r-
III nu! I
Ii'" I
..;1,
I II!!! I
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
i i 11~~ ~!ilil~~~~'1~ ~~i~il~!l i ~!!~!~ il ~ I ! II!! i II i"""""" i! 'I' i!!! I! i '
~...!! t~tE~::~..~.2~~;; ~ . ~~t ,~ 1 t 0 ~ ~ ~ f f f 2 i a ~
~ :;; 3 1; 3 ~ 9 9 9 S ~ S ~ S 9 9 ~ S 9 :;; 9 ~ ~ 9 B 9 a 9 9 ! 9 a E S II :;; a a :;l ~ s a a ~ ~ 11 9 a a a :; :; ~ :;; a ~ ~ :; a ~ 3 ~ g ~ :>d,
. I I I I i I i I ~
"'llllllllllllllllli'l I1II11111 1111111 III IIiIlHI II 1111 pI
, .m
, , , III Iii 1111111111111 I I I I I 1 I I I 1111111 III lillllll II 1111 Iq
1111111 i; lllllllllllll , ; i 111i II j III III III 11111111 I l I ill Il
1 IIi III ' 'I lIii illlll H " " ill ill 11111 i I" II ii III i ' , ~ i ~ ~ I l
i i II I I I
. .
lll!!!!!! 11111 III I!!!! !!!!HII!! Ill! I! I! ! '111111' !j PII II
. .
11111 III III 11111 11111 I I I I I I I I I I 1111111 III 1IllllP II 1111 II
-.-. . ..
.-,,--,-'-y -.,-,. ,", -..- ,--, .," ,-y-'"" . ..-.,.--, -, -"" . ,,-,', y,-,v'- . . ,,-.,--,--, -,,- ,--.,-" ,- .", ,- -. -.,- y-.,-,.,. -. '"
g. - .~-~..~._"~ - .~~. -.. .-~~~..~~. _ _ ~ M . ~ ~ 11 . . . _ ~ ~ M M ~ . . ~ i ~ i d
.!I i i ~ ~ ! I 'l: ~ I " I I I ~ ! , ! li ~ , , ~ .!I , ! li!!!!! .!I ,
,-,.--,--.... _ '_ J _' _". ^, _'_ _' .'_ _'_._'. _' '_' ^.. _,_ _' "_^'_.' ." -.' ^-'-'- -^ '-^ ^. .' -.,..,..,--.--.,--.,'.-.'^--,--,............^..-...--^--^ -"-,'--' -"'. '--' ....,..-.- "
I I I II II II I I I 11[;>
, , . , , , I
III II II II I I I !
. . . . . I
Iq II I i I
i, !
'II , I
,
,
1" , .
. I
II ,
,
,
III H 'Ut:!
i u Jl~f ~
....... "'~ .g
~ '-
~, . ~ ii i'i
~"" ~ , ~ !I::5
-,. ~ )><
'I
I,
I
,
"'i"!!l'I'I".
l' 'i'll 'I
I! I' ".l.
'1,,111"1
if ~
.--... ..-..,. -
.
& .--
-
,"
~._---
. t'~ ~ tIl
~ ~ .. <II
hi' ~
. 1 .
)> .
....Id~ I. 7
wlH.
(iij)
, "
S!g
,z
1
I
I
1
'.
I;
,
,
, "
m
! 0
~
6
z
I
1
,
,
f~"'(")'f ;c
'Sa g" ~
$'16S-00
"13'~o &
1,,.0 ;;'
= iJ<;; "
i!'l_;;' 0
.' "
'" =-
. ,
>
''''''.'\<:''''.,'<,,;,;-.:-c,
"".:.:,,--,-,::-:,,,,,'-'-,.::-":"':
'"
,;"
10,
~~.
,-
I'
,I
.,
"
~j
.
"
"
"
,
]1
-j ~
,
,
,
>
,
,
,.",
.-,<,::;
';>$,'/',';;..<
,:-. ")\'""
, 1
" ,
,c, .'
" "
~ ,
I
,
'; .,- .,.
I.. '" il< , -9" H 'i~ /1
, "~I
I" ,,' , '1' ;1
! ki ZH , ,
, ~o~ ,
di 1~~ , ,
;~~ ;.., , n~ I
!, ~, '. ,
" " .
,
,------------------------
.
.
.
,- -----
.
.
-I-
r:-c-::- i
'-.:.L"::'
-. - >--------
I-
Ii
L
,,-----------
,
"'
..
1;
T-
Ii
ilLL
l ' .
,j '.
- ~,
---.J..
.
. i"l
.,) .
>------ I
. "1'
..-
'!!
.
H
I'
I
.
f-
~-.-
,-"
.
--.
,
c
Ii T fli l'< , j,~
~,~ ,- "'
.' . ,
~8e I" .;~ . 1" '.
! , I '/
," I' '" '. .,
'I ~~, , i, ,
II ,
,. ~~ , i:' 'I
I
---
--------
------".
I;
,
,
,
11_---
.
,.."
,
,
.,
..
"
~"
II
~
,
,~
,
.
Ii
I
C>
'"
,.-----
"
1 0 E~__'
.
.
,
f
.
,
,
,
.
!
~:
,
l
,
,
,
I
, ,
Iii
"I
,
1
.
1
I
"
,.
~ I, I
. .
.,
,
-1 '1
ill
, .i
1
I
'i
"
I.
!I ,
, -j
.
.
.
,
~i i
~l !
"
,
(
II
I.
"
.,
,
I"
Ii.
\
-I
"
'j'
" I
is ~
,
~~
"
5il
'I
!
"
"
'Ii
.
!
i"lJ1i"I".
li'IIIll
1i1ile>:
i ~
,
,
,
----IOE
I
.
------ - -- -.'----
.
,
!
l'
,
.
,
,
i
!
a
,
!
,
,
I
dl, - I
III, .' n
I I! q, I
! i' I q .
I II
,
i
0 . , :,
, .
--- ,
, n
" ! j!
- , , J.i': .
. I!
" , ;;. .
i I ,. , 0' I
! -j I ., ;:,,,,,::
! I , !
i i :.111', ,
:llll!: !
:11'11: ,
III '1'1: .
l-' :hlll ; I
,i ''''I'
'1'" I
II " ili '. .
i,!!1I
.
I .
I i In'!: I
,
I "'-^ I I
! I
. .
I
",- -ie, ';" . I
.
.
i 0 !!
<2> , I
"1--
, , II
"
- I ,
" r=M I "
i I!
I , d
,1 ! .
, I ,
! , !
I I I ,
. , ,
, I
I ~ , .
, ,
Ill!
Iii
:>
Ul . ~ ~
. ,"
+:- o.
q1iW!
g I q Q ~
~ !t~ ~
5. ! g
. >
iill!lIil'j.
lll:,!l\
. I I
I - ~
-,._.._-_._-_._._~~
.~.._,._,-,,-,..._-------_._-
'c
~
o
tT1
-;
>
-
~
~
, "', , ~ ,
1'1"1-
l ihI
l'ltlll
:!!{dfirl
"I'l'(
~ j"
HI; f[~i
II'!I;!
H~ ir
JII!
t' i
J {
,
11--' ,f'. Iii
. .1< II!'
; if: I ! . ~ '
, , -.! W F~' dH fi' fi-l
! . f~' '
i . 'j r _'0 Ii '1
i !! ; ~ ~i 'I'
, "1,1, ll~ I$j! i'li II ,- (~)
0.1 (~,
." J ,cr H. iii' '1,; ,;
'1"..,j ll.' rf II" I I' r' r
'- ,. I"" fl' "
"'I' 'I' . /
. - 1'- ,. ~ 1'- I I;
"I I' .d ~ij:' III " . I
'.f.fl Ii ", '''111
:j! ,'I II ~ Ii ,
(0' 'Iii In if'J q! I !! I
III t .1 ,
I'. . P ~Ii hi, ((if . 11
(!J 1 I 11:_: f'! ,
jfi j 'J ;1 h~; j1h ;
1 .
'. , c~ HlI l!h ., .
fir! :1 H Hilllll H , wi ,~\
Itl i hi I 11 . , In'
Hi . F j n
, , 11"'. If! , !!
Ii I j: ""1I "'i ! , (-:)
" ,. 'I' II: 11 .'
; f ! ~ ,
I 1, ,',.
F " " If j!
" . ,
1-0 E-~~
>
,
I .
II' I
! ' I ~
, ,. " ~
. "
f.' ..
,- .
. r g
j ;
.
, -'-,y,-y-" q', .v,.,_, """',.",',',.". .n
: Hjl!11111IjiJ'i'il!iIH IY: lYe
.' lllr_ If'I(llot
, f~ .OfHl'IPh. Ur{j
! '\ "11'''''' !! , ,
. f I { (!j'i;Ht:H Hh~ . ,
! ,
I f-,: [ "J 'J~Ji'~ $ t'c'-,c -- ,
~ 1Jrhlh i'~'J 1['li .",.!.. ,
Ie '"f'I'Il',Hi i ~ 1 :f " , IIIi ,
. ;lli'lhlllJ , . ,
, , .
i III I ....1.11 'I I ,
. !
J t [Hii ~r' i !..!;if , ,
- I., II I " '. . , ,
I :11' i (": ~l. I Ii! 1 ,
I In !U!! Ii!! h!! ,,'I ,
'jl'jI'll'l'l'!! "0
n ,
I!! li!U III! I! 1
.
I
Ii! Ji!!1 1111 ji ! !
.
""'ll I' " ,
Iii 'I f !l=r Ii !
j ., '!'J;ir f
"A.A' .... ,..-..,. ..... _..AA...A" ......AA..' 'A'A'
. ~ ~ " >" -
"'IWW' l"nH.!';""'ITllllll!lJ''U'!!Wiln'II':SI
;1Imml'jl/ll!ij!id l!l!111!1:i!~~IJII&jlll~ll1[Mll!PJ!M~tlllil'![
~.~rg~~~j"{ '~ll'~ P~~~i f'l.t~ri rll' rUf'~ilpillifi~fi~~~alrl g
~!~!~( fi'lill/linl 'II !idny.:4IMlliwil!if!Whl~ilfJ'11%lr!!!
~~ ,,' ;;~ ~~ ~ri~- if~ ~lrrl'il[:'.l" i'!~~' n'i ~'tlrr~ I ~l ~~--l
11 ~ U limn!!!!' Fe !~tjliUl~iljnJ~II!I!ij1~I~U hlllil
~ ~~ ~~ lfi'ii "r: PH1'flf~f; llf~ ~ J~.I'II;' S!~l~ II~i! ~~.f!t:~
",""'i1'I',fl t!1'I,lill'I'..fll,ll ','1111",..1"",
~~ ~ ~ ~ R l'1 ~.; ~ I !' ~.' ,~~,
.. . ~ ~ >:..._.w_~~__~ i' ~ ~ ~ ~ _
i I !!'llil'!lil~lI,W'rr!lmm'l!J1 Ii" ill . '1UU!ftl':l1lfl'lil!lilu
; ~~~~~>~!i;~~zm~I.I,n"1U'1 '!f;;l!~li~ti~~rii;.,ilnF'!HI~~fl'llll'fl WI~o l ~ U! Jl
i 1~!I'!illlli!l~i!P'iil!lll, l~n!'f,i~f(;~il!Pl-j!i~b~'! ", H ill mHl!hfl~MI! ~Iml' ,!!t!IH
· 'i '!Ii '1IIij!'III!'Jil,!rifil,ill~lrt;lil{I!l,l ~ii;iill'n I !!_!iI1'l i1f.i!I!I !tlJI!ll
~k~j;fi~;;;~ inl,l J.:.fmflfl~f;~~~tl1-I~~.~~!l on' - ~~-.. f IHiII {!j'lrfliOO lil~
, Iliilli!i!i! 1 ,In, m,ij tf!",II;,;~;;fi'll:i'! .8 ii j j j i j i! i fillll' i II'~I ,I ! 'I' 1'11*
!:~i;;~i~1 Hil",' !Ii ;". 1,.l!11!1~IJ'I~" 'Hi '!'1 ' 'it/,!n 'f I ,1,!/Illln
~r~~.~ H t "t ill ~~. timr~~~~~~r{n~; !i "r t t 11; t u~nU f~I[I~ri trfi ,~ ~~~~n
,
,
I"
!-l
. /l
. "
.'
. .S
,
,
.
,
.
,
1
;8
'"
"
~?
..
-,
,.
,
!
.
,
8
3
,
I
s
s
;
,
Q
!
.
.
.
.
;I!l !
II'l
,!
c
r
....... ~ ~ I
:.....,~ : "
Ill'"
!!.II.
hh~ .
,~.~" '
-~~~ .
iii;' ·
:Ied:
~i~~i .
_ ~~i~~.
, m~ij.
. 11"0'
,~H .
. :'I'!l
-" ~ ~~ .
- ~-/ ,~"
AAA'.'."
c z~ "UO il'';JJ i
r ig:!o ~ ~ ~
o J'G/ ~ <
QI -"'" Ol
~. t"''< n ""
'" ..i~~ g
c.TI _ 0
OJ"" TI
0;- 6
~ :> I
>
HI
'",
..'
,
I
,
, 'I
' ,
I.
!
!
Ii
,
I
'[ .
'illil'iI';.
'I:' ~t ~ i
It i >I \!l ~
.HIlI .. ~
. >
I ,
i >
>
, . ~ I I I -
ll!!!dddd lliillllliplIlPl1
Illl' ' I I'
lilIl . II
, I I Hi' i i 'i
I
I 't! il I Ijllp Ii! Ii
'1'1 I III!! ii 1
iii i ,
Ill'
r il i i i I I I . I I 1111j i i
" , .
i I ,; ~ ~ , , I . I
,
I . I I I ; . i i
. .
, I i i i ii. ii i I I . i I
I I , I
I I I I I i I I I i
I
, . I i I I : I I l
; I I ,
i ' I , ii ii ii ; ii ii J III !i
I I I
..
!
I I I II I'
i I I Ii.. II I l!
.,
Ii " . , . . . . - II>
I I i I
.
i Ii" II I
. . . . I ,
~
()1DQ'zwm
o 0 ""' Dl CO ;;;:
=w.....- 0'1 -
en....., ::r ~O en
.., 0. CD CD r-
os. ~cn6?O
o -no.c.
e() o-.cc
:J 0 .., 0 CD
-<5 a:::u;c
...,. Ql 0 CD
,,-..:;; Dl ::J
-~ 0.0
o u <
:::!.o OJ
0.3 ~
Ql -,
3 0
-. "
(Jl
(Jl
o'
"
CD
~
(Jl
()Q':;O
o :fCD
_CD
== ::1
CD 0
...., <
Q)
.....
-.
o
:::::l
o
"'C
.....
-.
o
:::::l
OJ
()
o
C
:::::l
.....
'<
"1J
....,
o
"'C
CD
~
)>
"'C
"'C
....,
Q)
-.
CJ)
CD
....,
"I
.,
,
i'
,
IP!
Iii
:>-
o ,~
. ,~.
........ ~ . ~
iili,:iiiii iiim ,i,iiiH,'iiiiiiiiiiiiii I
'1"j'I,!111I1I 'l!l. "',I!!'
. I '! 'Ill 'I ,I' ,
I ~ i!il
~ i~"np
" ~I!t'!
i!~i' 9
~" g
[ 9
---, "'.--..-. .....-....
"
,..., ..--~-'.".,.,~,-~-'.-_.~---._~ '"
""..,-_., "---
.~,,-"--
10E~f~
-- .
.
;
!
I
,
i
,
.
I
,
,
.
,
,
~ . . ," - . . " ~ "; ~
Illlllllil!i l
I I', Pi'll '
I!! ill : ill' ; !
diip ~
ii!Pldll I
1i,'I"IL I
'!j'lll! I
j. I,
II I
! i
j I
. ,
I !
i
I
!
,
,
1I111I'PI'11j .
I !IUd ~,
l !"
~ ., ~
II '
>
Eel
I.-~
(
)
~ @~@~@:00B~@@I gliil ~ ~@21@j~~@@]
[3> m ~H If j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ j i ~ ~ ~~ ! ~i ~f 5 ~ ~ i ! ~ :
~~j 'i' ~} f ~ ~ , g ~ , ~ J ~ !~ ~ ~; Ij ~ f ~ i I z .
'IP ~~! i~ I ~ ~ ~ g ~ ~ ~~ ! ~l l ~ i I
h; M g'lq ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~l' j e~ ~i ~ ! ! i
'~~ m l j ~ _i ~ ~!l ~ ~ I
,.""" I Iq'l! .'1 ',Ii
~j!b;~ ~. ~ ~ i ~ ~. 0 S i~ i ~ ~
ijl ,';'1 I ,"i ,!I Ii!
I;g t i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ "
~~Il ~~ " 'I f ~ Ii . ~
~e H ~ ~ ~ i ~I i
;~ ;~i ! " ~ ~ .
;:~\l 0 - ~ i ~ .
~u ~, ' ;.
m ~~ f J i >
;'Oi! I . I
,
,. .
II!!I! I
.'1. '
"",
' ",
.~ .n
'ill'i
1111.
," . ,
. H !
, "'1
.! !I,
f, .p
. ! !
!! 'Il
" !,,[
" ~ .
.
.
, ,
L__.,.
,
,
,
,
, ,
,.
'i
,
, !
, .
,
,
,
,
,
________--i-_
I
.
.
.
,
!
L
.
"
,
,
.,
,
;j
,
,
"
"
r,
I'
,
"
',I
,---
, F'-
! ..
, -
'2
.'
0 .
. Ii
j, 'j
"
, "
i , ii
" ~!
, ,
.'
I'"
~
.,
'"
'"
r
;.
Z
,
-==:I ____,______
... J-
)'i(~) e'l, I
(
,
"
":-:-T ------------~ II
' ,
- I,:
l-']@aEl0@]. 8 G88 ~EB EI~
Im!!!!!ll!!!!'I!!!!!','ll!! Imi
;~~ ~ ~ i i !i ~~i ~-d o! €~ ~s !~ ~~ ~ ~~~ a
!'!l!l!"l! 'j !'i1" !' li".
~~ 0 ~ ~ I ,.i ~ ji ~i ~~ ii ..~ ! ~ j~j
'Ii I; l!~ <Ii! I'! II l' '; ! II!'
~ ~ ~ ~ J p ~~ ! ~~~ ~a h u P i ~ i!
In d q Ii pi! it ~1~Hi d ; i !~
,.,111... ! I, I' ,;. .. !' "
!i/i . H 'i ! 11 ,i ; ': 1l i ~ i!
'!j!'!"1 I 1: ,i , i !! " '!
I' ,I.!" ' " .' ! , " "i ,
',U p d~; p ~~ i ~ h ~ ~ ti 'I I
'i" ~ji , J
- -- ----..-----...--
-'''''"' .~~
(
i)
_..~~ ""."
,
_n_nnnnn_nA
/.'
,
Ii
"
,
,
,
i'l
,
,
~
,
~
[cl
,
,f---
'-c-
,
-,~----
-;1--
~'..---
~"--
\.r-;
-r--
( )
[OJ
-~---
--
_L
~
-j--
---1--
~ n___," _.
,
,
,
.. "
" .
"
"
:i'
;11 "."
,
,jl
i'
"
,"
"
.;1
,
"
',!
,
"
,
,
"
"
i
!
,
,
"
"
Ii
II
[i
;.'
"--,
~-
--=t:--.::
c
----j---
,
,
I .
f-
1__.
.
,
~.:.~
-- --
-- --...
. .
,
,
:-{i
-{J ...:1
'.~ '
~. .
-~
.'->
r'
[
_-,_n
L.--~
, .
[;;]~ :?
'-,'C,
'"
iY~
-
~I~ [~ I~ I. Z~"D ij":::lJ I ~ ~ . ; "!H'ji>~_
. ~ Cl 01 '1 '" Ii 1) ~ --
!l'f 1" 0 -f '" I" Hi
liP _",-gii 0 " lJi'P~ h
" .
I. i~~o ~ , j !' i" . ~ ~;::
, 0 ~r~g OJ, . Ii I . r ~ - ,>c
;.1 I "'D _ 0' d. i i~
~'< R I
^ 0 ~ t:::!
o I~'~ , 0 . I~
l...Hii, ., ..
~
-._-~
IA-
=~-~~
----'"
.
,
r
/'--
___----/ ./,._-r
~
(00_
,
I
,
I
~
.
: -.'"--
Ln_.:'-n_n_..
/
o
.
.
-
!
,
) !
. .::.:._/~:=:::::::=::::.:=-==3 --1
----~
,-"",,,
... ' nr ",t~
~ @
8>
I I I I I i ! I I I ! I ! II' I ! ! I I n , I I ! ~ i91 ~ ! , i I . I ! i I ! I ! I I I I 'II Il' q',
, , , , ' :~-' ~ , , , 0
0
" T 0
, , " , , " lil:; :i - - -- " " " , ~ .<! , , . , , " , . . . , , " . , . , , , , ! ~ ;; " " ! " " . , , "
I i I I I i ! "
0
~
, , , , , , , , , , I I ! ' , , ; , , I I , , , , , , , ! I , , ; , , , , ; , , , , ; , , II 0
, i i c
, r
m
, , , , , I , , , , I I I , , , , , , I ! , , ; , , , , I ! , ; , , , ; , , , , , , , , , Ii
. i i
i i i i i I i i I i i i " I I I I i I I I I I I I I i I I I I I ! ! ! i i , i i I i i I ! jl
. ,
I !
I'! , -
i i i i ! i , I II I ; i , , ; I , , i , i , II I , i , , i i i i , i i ' , ! I
I I I ! I I ! ! I ! I I I I ! ! I U .
'I , , , , i , , ~ I I ! I , , , , , (! I , , , , , , i I I , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , jI
'i , , , , i , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , i , , i , , , , ,
.1 . . , 'I , . I I !l ! . , 1,1 I I II , I I , I I I I I t , , , I I I , . . , , I I I ! I
.1 ,
. , . . . 0 . 0 0 0 0 i
. . . .,. . . . .1" . . . . i~; ~ , " . . " , , , . !
I I .
I
I I
I .
i I I i I I
,
--! ~ R ! I I I I ! "I!II II i III"1 I I II !III I II II "!! IIII I II I ! ! ! ; I ! i 8
I' ,
ill 0
II il ~ iI -, ., ., ~ ~ ~ ~ " ~ ~ ~ ,,!= " ~ ~ ~ 3 c; ; :; :3 :3 ~ :; :a a 9 :0 .;; :tl ~ ~ & ~ :e "" H ~ " :; '" ::; :;; a ~ .
II "
' """ ill"'" 'I'" i i i i n
"
II m
.., , ~ :: ~ , , :: :: :: ~ :: , , :::::::: :: , , . . . "II :: :: , , , :: :: , , :::: I g
, . ~ .. ~ ~ ~
I. c
~
d , , ! , ~ ~ , , , , , , , ~ :: , , ~ :: :: ~ ~ :: ~ ~ ~ , 'll , , , , , :::: :: , , , I 0
Ii ~
"
'. HI H Ii I I HHI i I IIHII Hnn i ! II i I , II i I Ii!
I ,
.
I "! ~ ~ ~ ~ ; , , , ~ ~ ~ ; ~~~~~~ , ~ ~ ~ , ill , , , Ii ~ ~ I ~ , , I
Ii ! II ! ! ! ! ! ! III i ! II! II ! ! ! ! ! ! ! I ! II i I !
i ,
. " I " , , , , , , ~ ~ ~ ~ , , " , " , , , , , , Ii , , , , , , , , , ~ ~'i
! i i. ,i, , , i , , , ; i; , , ;;; , , i ; ,i i , , , i , , , , , ; i'
I 'I I i , I I I . I " i , , I I I I I I , I I " I I! I i , , I I I , I I , !
,
..i. .. . . .. . . . . .... . ...+.. . .!. . 0 . . . . ;
I " i
,I. . I '1' "I
, . . , . , , T" . , " "
" ! I
!
I i 1 I
1 ,
i ,
I I I I
II ! r ~ f~' ~,~ u j;I il!!Pil .
,. ~ .!h"
Ii I z I .! !,I I
0 i ,<(1 !!!..
~ ff~ ~ , " :.Ii
:> ,. .
." ~ .
t-' I" I g Ii !
, ~ ! .
- ~ I il
10E..~
BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL
CONSTRUCTION CO.. INC.
General Contractors
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples FL 34104-3698
eolrer County
-"''''''~'''''''''''~'~_._'''''''''''''""""",,--,",,,,-",,,,'
Admnisilative Services DIVision
;ourdlasing
Ema": iohncurran@collieroov.net
Telephone: (239) 252-6098
FAX: (239) 252-6596
ADDENDUM
Memorandum
Date:
December 29, 2009
From:
Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent
To:
Interested Bidders 1:
Addendum # 3 - ITB #10-5396 I\'A
"Collier County Property APprais~ Ottic Renovations"
Subject:
See attached PDF showing all changes.
AddendumTemplate
Revised: 3/25/09
1
IOE ~llr "
If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me
(contact information above).
c: Hank Jones
Ruberto Fuentes
lOE
ADDENDUM
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER OFFICE
NAPLES, FLORIDA
This addendum contains mandatory changes to the Contract Documents and is made part thereof.
RENOVATION OPTION B DRAWINGS:
Sheet FA-I Fire Alarm; add the following notes:
1. Base Bid- Fire Alarm is NIC
2. Alternate Bid- Fire Alarm as indicated on Sheets FA-I, FA-2, and Sections
01030 and 16720,
RENOVATION OPTION B SPECIFICATIONS:
01030 Alternates; Add Alternate #B 13 Fire Alarm System (Section 0 I 030, p.3 attached)
END OF ADDENDUM
l(lE
, i
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
Alternate Number B-8:
Alternate Number B-9:
Alternate Number B-1 0:
Alternate Number B-II:
Alternate Number B-12
Alternate Number B-13
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 Alternates
Upgrade Roof Insulation: Remove existing roof insulation and
provide additional specified roofinsuIation, ref. section 07210.
Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and
soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match
existing colors; ref. section 09912.
Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 01000.
Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 220.1 and 220.2 in Lobby, as
specified in section 08715-2, complete with all required hardware,
controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a
complete and proper installation. Alternate bid automatic door
operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 above), not on
existing doors.
Window Treatment; Provide mini-blinds at each interior and exterior
window; ref section 12941.
Fire Alarm: Provide cOlIlPlete fire alarm svstem includinl! all
eauiDment. labor. materials includinl! conduits. wirin!!. devices.
accessories. connections. permits. etc.. ref sheets FA-I and FA-2. and
section 16720.
A. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery,
storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid
work.
B. Direct Purchase Option
I. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct
purchase of alternate bid materials.
2. Alternate Bids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of
alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include
credit for sales tax.
END OF SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
01030 - 3
BORAN CRAIG B^RBJ~GtL
CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
General Contractors
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples FL 34104-3698
CO~eT County
",~",,,~,",,,,,,,"""~~"'.,.._..-,-;,.,,....w.c,,,"_,__,~...,,,
Admnistrative Services Division
;:>urd1~lslng
Email: iohncurran<1ilcollierqov.net
Telephone: (239) 252-6098
FAX: (239) 252-6596
ADDENDUM
Memorandum
Date:
December 21, 2009
From:
Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent
To:
Interested Bidders ~
Addendum J.:... ITB #1 0-5396 ~.
"Collier County Property APprai~s Offi Renovations"
SUbject:
The following clarifications are issued as Addendum #2 identifying the following change
(s) for the referenced bid:
See All attachments, PDF files.
If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me
(contact information above).
c: Robert Fuentes
Hank Jones
AddendumTemplate
Revised: 3/25/09
1
1 DE__
ADDENDUM 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER OFFlCE
NAPLES, FLORIDA
This addendum contains mandatory changes to the Contract Documents and is made part thereof.
RENOVATION OPTION A
Sheet M 1.1 Mechanical Plan revised and reissued dated 12.10.09; fire dampers added at South
Corridor 137.
Sheet E3.0 Electrical Plan revised and reissued dated 12.10.09; added notes and keynotes.
Specifications:
08716
10520
10620
Door Hardware Schedule is modified as follows;
1. Sets numbered 8 & 9; Replace "Cypher Lock" with "KABA Simplex
5000 Cylindrical, or equal approved mechanical pushbutton lock"
2. Door 128-E; provide 34"W. x 30"H. s.s. armor plate ea. side both doors.
Fire Protection Specialties; delete item 1.5, A. and substitute "All fire
extinguishers and cabinets shall be provided by the Contractor."
Safety Specialties specification is modified as follows:
I. 2.1, A. ; change to "Power Heart Model AED G3."
2. 2.1, B, add 6.: "AED Cabinet from Cardiac Science with built,in alarm."
3. 2.3, A, add "wall mounted model CB,2E"
RENOVATION OPTION B
Sheet E2.0
Specifications:
01000
10520
10620
Lighting Plan revised and reissued dated 12.10.09; added and deleted exit signs.
Color Schedule; Revise carpet material as follows: delete "Carpet Tile" and
substitute "Broadloom, direct glue-down"
Fire Protection Specialties; delete item 1.5, A. and substitute "All fire
extinguishers and cabinets shall be provided by the Contractor."
Safety Specialties specification is modified as follows:
1. 2.1, A. ; change to "Power Heart Model AED G3."
2. 2.1, B, add 6.: "AED Cabinet from Cardiac Science with built-in alarm."
3. 2.3, A, add "wall mounted model CB-2E"
IOE 'I
VERTICAL STANDARDS:
Vertical Standards apply to Plan Option B and are modified as follows:
010020
096816
102113
107100
101400
104300
329300
Special design requirements are modified as follows:
1. Item C, delete 'security'.
2. Item E, add "Card readers shall be HID ProxPro 5355. Installation shall
be compatible with and integrated into the existing lCl Pegasys system at
Collier County Building W. Provide all equipment, labor, accessories, and
connections required for a complete and proper installation."
Sheet Carpet; delete section in its entirety; refer to specifications section 01000
for carpet selection.
Toilet Compartments; delete section in its entirety and substitute "Repair existing
toilet compartments."
Storm Panels; delete items B and C; refer to drawings for base bid hurricane
screens.
Signs; delete item B "Scott series S1500" and substitute the following:
1. Graphics Manufacturer shall be hnages Graphics Specialties, Fort Myers,
1-800-321-3718, or 239-561-6406 ext.103, approved equal mfr.
2. Frames shall be extruded aluminum "Portrait Series, VLetter" frames, with
clear anodized finish, size 8.5" x 8.5", by "Vista Systems", Sarasota,
1-800-468-4782, or approved equal mfr.
Emergency Aid Specialties; add the followings notes:
I. AED unit shall be "Power Heart Model AED G3."
2. Oxygen Cabinet and First Aid Cabinet is "NIC."
3. FEC is specified in Section] 0520.
4. Refer to plans to determine locations and quantities.
Landscaping section deleted in its entirety; not applicable to this bid.
END OF ADDENDUM
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01000 - COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
Material
Manufacturer
Color
Paint
Interior Walls- Typical
Interior Accent Walls
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
Interior Soffits
Interior Door Frames
Interior Painted Doors
PI. Laminate Doors
Wilson art
PI. Laminate Casework
Wilsonart
TBD
PI. Laminate Countertops
Wilsonart
TBD
Carpet, Alternate Bid
Mowhawk
Mowhawk One First. broadloom. direct {due-down
Popular Vote
VCT Floor Tile
Checkerboard
Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51804
Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51810
Burke Mercer !O3 Espresso
Checkerboard
Vinyl Wall Base
Acoustic Ceiling
Armstrong Cortega Tegular 704, "White"
Notes:
1. Base Bid: Carpet NIC
2. Accent W all locations to be determined onsite during construction
3. Onsite sample panels required for final verification of paint selections, 8' x 8'
4. Provide samples for scheduled colors
COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
tOE
~'11
01000-1
e e ~
~lp~
~ 8" b'~
-- , l~!1
'LD !,:lil.
1C[7 a:b~D..h
rY1 I;
w~~:
~ ~ ~_~_~.~ c, ii
, '1
~
I ~
=
i i I:n II
..;
. !d!lil!l 'S
~
. .
nt-
!Is.,...;
;;:
,I!
Iii!
,10 I !II'I
li!,I,i I'!l !,',
,- " I' , I
'1Iilll'll!i,
5 I llh il dll' i!lI
~! lill b j!i.lill
5', '"I', '11'1"
I ! !IU !il ~;l :i !
, !
~ !
~ !
01
~ I
I 10: iii I :
I "!I .10 , 1"1
,', "'" i'i
I .1111!li Iii!!
lllid "1" 111'11
. 'lll i' 1"1
aa :;i 'Iii ~ ~..
ill':'I'''I!'l,11
;: II:;~ Iii: U :111
tll!.il!"II!'111
lIiiillil!!,illl.
o
"
1
Ilo
lu.
!,i
!~n
;
,
I.
"
','
"
!i
lilli,' I II l<ili II
II Jl! ill",l I
!Il! ~l i ,i 'i !IIII ! I Ii
I' I ' 1'1,1 -,ii, II II
!II Ii II' ,I ~i!l! I 'I
:i'III' ,1:11 ~!I:; ! i h
I.ji i ii'll 11111111 I, I" -,
'I!.' . 11'1 'I!! li'~. ;:;c;' ;::-;'
m Idilli!! "II i hli, iQ'J-:!JJ I 10'(.;"1'~
e e @l @ = ~ @@~ ~ L ,.~. diJ'~-
I,ll" 0' u I I
~~,1' !'
~ '~
. / iI .. i
i;; [iB -i <
I 'b 1'-=
~ \, . ~!! 1.i.
I '"ji m=l..J ..
'ii, a ' '0
~,'lic:[.: !.ii,.,il ." 'I
I ~,':.J) !Ill.. 1 !!
L. " 11" 1.1,,!
'll.l.=.
I !
;;:. ii
, I
<: . '11
h II i'
O,!I!illili!!
1!':I,lllllllil il'lll!:
" lill'llll! "I!!!
2; 11"'llilll II., !I
1-1" IIII II
1111 rill.,' :i
1,,'llil'l II
I' '!' II
1I11! 111.11 ,I
e e e e
tT--------.--..- TJ.......
!II,
! i
~1?
~'q
-i "
,
i'lll'
ii:'I'1
,d I ,I
i I,
,
tOE
<
g ~
o ,,'
~ ~!l!
'" &jj
& ~~~h
II!
ldl
I
I
I
I
,
I
,
~: ~ ~
'I" r!"l
Ul
!f III
,
1
UJ
rY
~.!l"~
~ i~
ill,
II Iii.
I,
I
I'
..! 11
I'!! I
'II 'III
',II "I
1111, ,II ____
'-I --- I
il~'
, I
. !, - ~
~
~
o
~
~
w
~
o
~
~
~ ~
b ;
~ ~
~ jllllil~','II'
'(" ]1',1
- . I
. I
IDE
i j
& ,,~
. Pll
. ;e'.
g." ~'i
~.Il!'h
I 1
i
, 'II
/11'. !! I
-~ "bPI'll ! II i
~ ~ 'tJ "~.
III
. ..
n:~
,& N
~
'I!
ill!
- '... " 'ii' ' ,
~,,_; ~.!-~ 'lJ.1'i"o"c::,<>"J; ~ "!
~:5L....:..UJ11 :5<>11l3='j j II
- - " ----.- I
odd. ..fili'i I", "7 <; ~ ;
0: ~ ~o! I; . ~ il,~ L
'I ~ ~ III ~! 1d 1d l,d ,"= ,-----'
, '< ~l .. .. .. ,~~d1 "i .. n ,.
.. <.. .. 05 D3 ~ 03! !iiB! ~- o..!i
[Jj O" r:l'i ,; '" ~ ~ =
, LIS b ~_I ~" bJ <Bi::Jl 'I" IIBl [I.'
[Jj...., o1j . ... ," . , . 1 . 1 . 'l" ".b.,j, ". 'L
- " r:l'i 1.= 0' = = q = = = = 116 '
ILlS - 1,. - - - ,,<8,"
0'1 n;1.1hm~i~~ I;'~~' blU bl bl__~ =~_~' Bl_[I.
:5 LB ~l:r C]j /0:# L:u~ , <> ~ _ _ _ _
.. , QJl: 'Sill, ..II '" j aT":'3 ":5~U:S 1>:1
'tl~ I" c:::::E 'S DD!c:::::J c:::::J
5 [] [][f I ~<8,:l-1 ~d ill,O! ,,~ J 11'6 11L II. ~ 1
~ 1.g.1" O"~III? 0 .J~-~-IL!~:
[j UlII [] [jl ~I, ~L ' ~. r.. ~ 11.1'9 {?b "
L. I" O~i ' bl ' bi . " "G J!gJI\1'
[j [j [j [j.l" I p1 Q, ,oj om "r!~ ~
'1..1"- r" II. 1'1~ "d ~
~ "bl oj b t ~ Jh ~
bl . ,. I 1 .~' . .,./.1 II. . Ililll ~
., j J =111~=j", "~J'i" -"~ ~
o 0 0 .' .. '.',,' ~
.; .; .ir:1. ol bl~/'il' -,,'I bl btllL 1L ~ ~
o 0 0 " .,. . I,. ". .: ~l
0' = [Jj [Jjl== !
5 .,"~!I'rb ~ pi.{pi ~ bl:~~;aJ'f~lil"
5 f6i]'t:,~";" ~ l= ~~~)1
!' I i" 0111' ,"Ilb" 11\ ' [11.Oj '. : " on.lC:'.,[lI 1
Ii It! I ~ ~,~ :lr~"cb~:9i] oj "j. .; q ~ ll.oplbl ~ '!.~.r!1 0; i
!! ',lid, .. " 1'1'13 ... II': ,b oj .~' ,~dC:Jjoj I ; . i" ~i :
81 I" b.!. C::::iL g! ~ "looJ ~I~ 1 I I: H[l'J
~ II ..l I fl'1" ., '~., ~- ! , , "" ~t:.. '
~ll'ilill!ll!ili! I!I. ~ "~~~~~J~~J; ;:l~~:t:~O!~'-O'.~b;iJ~~:: I i~ ~.~
~ _ = ; I '" i 0 L~ "I "I ?I!II el:\ _-= = ~'5 :sSI~ 5'11'1" I.... ~ --=:J
e e 61 i 1 - flLJD M'mlml ~r ~! 8~d <tI :! 11't!,
, ' 1 ,!Il. I ~IJWlI~~~~: 0; ~ b! 7~Eifl ' bJ :' ~i ,u,
! III 'III I" II --::I-'~'" 7 77~r'I.l'''~blBl ;1~".811 i~\~I"]IIII'H'.,J IO[ltillP
i ~~~e~~. II 9999" '~:- fl=~1 L.:..J~ ~~L.:...J~~l ~ t- [L:;' I
~l :'b!!II!I!,II~lH. -. ~,-:~r~ II ~;)~;:'n'::r',7 "l_~r"II~~.' I
~hlll!lIl:111 hi D ~~ []I_~~I!,;~ 11.1.=_ ~1.1]~i~,OL111~~lp' ~
! il~' II ~ I'~ 1:1 ,I ~.t1!1 OJ 'I ~ II~d~,l1 EI < ElliJ~W ",'41-, I
tS ~..: i 01 ~:w: i'~ @ c:::::]~I~ II 0 ~I slv.. 2 ''l' sl. iil~ '= g! I' I [l=;l
'F---="-----I c_y_=-_ .r~J.. q,J'1'j..,.. ';'N.. :5 '; :s
i /., d' 0' L-. ,,= = '0.-' - - - - [l"
~ D ~ o~-= ~~iS1 ~III .
b... ~ ". :'I:b~l i? C:Jj j&~, oj ~". [l;
F'"' /_~81:1 I .ii ~~ ;- ~..... '5 ~.. :s .. ':" ~
=_ m_~__L~,.~__ ~~ _.!'n"7b~"~~_~~_ ~~~~_~_~_,,~t;_~~lt~__)U
5
~
!!I~
o
u mm1rn
5
t
D
5
5
10 E ,'".,.
BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL
CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
General Contractors
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples FL 341 04-36ga
eolrer Cou.nty
~.=<",,,"..~.""""''"'',,~ ..-" .~""~. ~'._~;' "-,,,,,,,"_.~,,..,-...-
AdmnistralNe Services DNision
?urchaslnq
Email: iohncurran<1ilcollieroov.net
Telephone: (239) 252-6098
FAX: (239) 252-6596
ADDENDUM
Memorandum
Date:
December 10, 2009
From:
Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent
To:
Interested Bidders :t
Addendum #1 - ITB #10-5396
"Com" C"""~ Prop,rty APPrn;'fj::,~ ,"w,'o",'
Subject:
See Attached sign in sheets of vendors attending the Mandatory Pre-Bid meeting held in
Conference Room A of the Purchasing Department on December 10. 2009 at 9:00am.
The firms on the sheets are the only firms authorized to bid on this project.
If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me
(contact information above).
c: Hank Jones
Ruberto Fuentes
AddendumTemplate
Revised: 3/25/09
1
lOE;H"'I.
c&_Comtf;,y
- .....,-
Ad! . oillbdli "'-"- .....:...:--
I. ~..;JtftV~LIIV~1
Purdlll$ing
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Collier County Department Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
I';",..:-.::-,.,.~ .",;,..::.::,:;~:;,: "::"'::""'~,.,:,..,',
"Art''''. /~/K}:~. //...c. / __ /~ /;z"
~L. ;),0,:.;.,.,........,.." '/"', L::-/U
~/.'Z/Jh./;/Tj '7"", }-.,~~~
'I/. 1..4 ~I II '7 '",,' ~~r
G/AcquistionsrrechFormsandLetters/MandatoryPre~BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
IO E 1'1'"
eo&
-~
- .........-.. -
AdrrinisbaIiIIe Servfoos 0MsI0n
Purd:1asing
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Company:
Name: ~Ai fow'~
gUlL}.. u j'~
,
6.t,~~ W/W'# M...R1<( .hR.
PLEASE PRINT
Name:
Company:
Address:
Address:
City:~S
State: PL. Zip: ~
Telephone: :!l
FAX: f51).E\~~BS
Email: -s....:y~~tJlLb-}:.be-I./.or4
City:
State:
Zip:
Telephone:
FAX:
Email:
************************************************************
Name:
Name:
Company:
Company:
Address:
Address:
City: City:
State: Zip: State: Zip:
Telephone: Telephone:
FAX: FAX:
Email: Email:
G/AcqulstionsfTechFormsandletters/MandaloryPre-BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20109
$
eoI:,. CouKt,y
.~- --
AdninfslralNe SeMces 0Msi0n
Purd1uin(l
IOE
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Name: J ~/'yi 0, (II (, ((,,(
PLEASE PRINT
Name:
Address: I ') J ~;o
j2, / ~)
City: -k It :)
. {L.
State: r .
/.-
Company: (,-)o.-f?'.., C. "t' ie,
~ I, ( ~ <'--<I
r"T( 2 (
Company:
Address:
City:
Zip: SC-r(:?C
State:
Zip:
Telephone:
FAX: '2 ""\ - Z <,1..(
>;.~ :::2
r ' ,'1 ')
. (; . -
:'_7 '~ ?
Telephone:
FAX:
Email: (2.1)..~(Y/_lfJ.-fC.C5v~-:::>(..-.C D''\.'
Email:
*******.****.***********************************************
Name:
Name:
Company:
Company:
Address:
Address:
City: City:
State: Zip: State: Zip:
Telephone: Telephone:
FAX: FAX:
Email: Email:
G/AcquistionsrrechFormsandLetters/MandatoryPre~BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20109
ColtrCouHtiY
~ --
AdninIslrali\ie Setvials Division
Purdla<ling
IOE
,'- .~
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Name: ,J..&Lu/".s. ~.N~
Company: J/cA7~/? /"N}t'J/J CI:UIIS;r
-
Address: g-~K'D 7t!?;JJl/1.t!!/1I6/ dJoA/
PLEASE PRIN (j
Name: . (. r7l! ~P::A.I~ P"fL.... OA/S/--;?/(~ lOR;
Company: M.{ / J" t. / /l 1. /1 / T7L
Address: ; ~ yo 71t,~ 5. I.. I.
City: /?O/fl / hi- .>.<?~:-v~ <;; City: ~ j?/ .8~'
,
State: /~~/)t?A/ Zip: .J9/?r State: r;:-/.. Zip: 3t(//9
Telephone: ~- 999 -ro,psS Telephone 2 37 ' 361(' r 2'14; th
FAX: ~?9-7~9-tP,f56 FAX: 237, 3o,!, 2-26'7
Email:..JlJ1..hfi?..i6A~4~~sj-~~ Email: U/..f/ r/iGe.. e /Zd"Il3~fHAjJ , (! 0-"1
CDn.7
************************************************************
Name: ;r;;.,5',,{' /Z....,/A/~f
,
Name: ~ crN*''re.. jet:"", flfr'nu/"lt.t\
.
Company: 1Srp-l)l!..o Sv~ ~'()
Address:
Company: ~_..--J."4,,C'"'~ /- -L'IN?,
Address: ~6' '7" A,..7~a. ./jr-;.
State: /' L
Zip: 5-:-Y<;/7"t;'
City: ~\-z:.~
State: ~ t Zip:
Telephone: Z~~ t SCf7 .1l#1-
FAX: -z.~1.s-17, ZS)..9
Email: O\mc j I-f....i Itf!- @.h'q"Ot..D $"f'f\~' tcro;\.
City: L::?;. ~.,.....~...,..... /?"'i~'.A
~
Telephone: '>4"/-' L;r' /"-/-d6'7<-1'
FAX: >~./- fl'6'< </'797.-
E '1 ' J ~'/'J I -7'
mar: <J.n/'~~o>-/rA'.J;1L,,>_a--(d/r"""''''A;''/_
6/..:.d6."'....ry~rVt:-r
G/AcquistionsrrechFormsandLetters/MandatoryPre~BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
~~
- ---
Adrrinislralive SeIvials Division
Purd1aslng
Date: December 10, 2009
IOE
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
PLEASE PRINT
Name: /J.f;~ LJGvt~~
Company: r '/6/1-<A:..~_L eo~ 'I
."./- 'F'j/I
Address: ur s-e' <6<?~-?4 TtO: .P'~7
A.U~c...e5' / FL-. 3y'/~ S-
/U4;P L.f:: 'J
Name: ~1L. kEUE?Y
Company: GUL.FCOAST Cofl..~LTING. GrolA.p
Address: Cicoe,\ GLADIO Lu.s DQ .#'.:2.\(
City: 'Ft;QI M,/'r Rs
State: 1=="L Zip: ~~D'g
Telephone: 0?-91 L16Lj- '-1?P-l X liD
FAX: 20Q 45LV , 05 2
Email: A.Ke.1 ~ 9rc - c\(S'S'bu."i'd -corn
City:
State: "c~ ziP:3Ylv S
Telephone: -z~ 9 -2~'1-'Sz."l)
FAX: Z,~9 - 2 17 .. /1 ~,3
Email: ..~iif ~ U.o~,?(L ~~7J iU:/Va4.~
************************************************************
Name: /If/frl )1//77
Company: //gc
.
Address: PI! ,1k.fJAC: /' bPr'fL I"'/~
,
City: j/~K'>
State: ?t.- Zip: 5,//tf7
Telephone: ~/ -c:J7a::J
FAX: 57/ - ~Pl'
Email: ,/1tffi~.k,4"fZJ I/d/tAJR''-;:5_CC~
Name: JeFF M'lJl)tJ)(
Company: .f1.4 i)i\6')( (' D IV ,5'1.
Address: ~03'io 6Lb- '1'1 (l i) # J
City:J"'Ii:'A ~f'Il:("I,lO(
State: YL A
Zip: ;) <(130-
Telephone:
111-I'-llft-/
",~n, '/).[~~
FAX:
Email:
- '"
~e(r:. _ 14"frb"At:oN$-:/(vl':oU l-CPrvCn/,'.
G/AcquistionsfTechFormsandLetters/MandatoryPre-BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
l0E
I I
~Cmmty
- ~-- -
AdrTinIslIaliII Services DMskln
PurdlMing
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
~ ~ PLEASE PRINT
Name: Jil VI . Name: ~~ '6
Company: ~6<<\V\ CrT\)~ ~~rkf frYj!\ ~~~
~ (0.( <.
Address: 3(90[9 it ' A'il1A(
J<I, '//
Company: S; v ~ e.. 77'" Cld14J. /;
- ---
Address: $'i""I"1' , 1I-rM'/,A:;w: /L
$pA,"'7--c. /() 9
City: ~ ,.'-><A' .f'r;Q. / A.)$'>
State: 9-~, Zip: ..J c,//"fV
I
Telephone: J-,1~.... ~~.t... J I ~t?
#.~9 -1?J.. - 79 77'
Ernail: jJ; II ~S,..~>,-nJt1'Y1J7:~.
FAX:
c;w~
State: Or' ~ Zip: ~
Telephone:....2~_JtB- ~)Y3
FAX:....2fj - ~~)- 'J./:j78
Email: JWoll..r~@.U&.Com
************************************************************
Name: M A-f<.J!.. JA U4e Name: '/Z APt ~; <::; tJ c. 6 H {)
,
companyA.lr/)A-LC~(JA.J571(J.JC170xJ blV""company: IJthETH A-/G
..
Address: ,3'--/15'" 40)0 13> Address: #.It.Jt-b e..~/U ~
" \ '7l? 1 t.:JCi
City: AJ4f7te:5 City: ~K."'" H,/US
State: PL-- Zip: State: nh~I~y4 Zip:
Telephone: 2.?-H-30'l~b1~O Telephone: c1la7- 3Cot"D
FAX: 23t:f -3d-)-Oc;qJ FAX: ;;'127- CJ377
Emaii: fV1 LA- zAlZ. €2, ~~Jt1P..4;Vlb-S . f.OJI;!:mail: !;S-r;...II-rb t't. (jiJ ,.iJF:ket1f ~ In..... 0;;,.,
G/Acquistions/TechFormsandLetters/MandatoryPre-BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
tIDE
cJt,. CouHty
-~
Adrrit'1islr.Il SeM::es CIivfsioI1
Purchasing
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Name: K t:A..J Ot J ItJAJ P LEA S E N:m~: I ~~~n---',c-(.M~/.s'
I
Company: ;::;:'.iTfi (idZ/')4 f'r:JU7T. /liMiT company:c1s/";Mm>? a,~.earPC/lf/'
Address: , 3"15" -I/tII1 / /f.ft{ I TR Address: 9t::8" S'tA/ -;;:z,s /s/APOkb
~-~ Jdi
City: h~7J). GnPCA-
.
State: P;:" Zip: 3;9,-0
TelePhone(tr) (" '9'- m7/
FAX: cry! U '19 - ")8~2
~,L./7.5' 2-1 Z
City: d~ ~
State:, /2 Zip:5'3?P/
Telephone: '2!S9- C!?/cJ-o./~
FAX: Z>9-2'/d-~~
Email: /L:.DuP-JAJPPr;:(.JU.N15T
v
Email: ~#.97j)/"P5/6'~ t:uJ
....***..**.****....**....*.***.*.***********.***......**~**IE
/~ ,
Name:~, t7L:.;, L#-1;tlUr/'",; Name:
tb tJJJS-r: ~ c...c:
Address: 2~.yv ~.Dio..IIlIA~
fhtdt.JN A t{
City: /VAPliB~
State: P'L Zip: .:r1Jt).~
Telephone: 73~;. 1..!l~~ 'i'3J:'; Telephone: Z S't. 213 - II z{ )
FAX: ;;gq.t/J':. ":;;JJ./ FAX: z59- ~/3.-1/'55 ,
Email: /;.?J,e.?~ p O;./tJ' -,:',;1"., ,.7. .";W:7l;....t-Emaii ~U il.:b (t 1J rv~R.1 d t:. , OJ vi'{
~ .IFY
Company: a/of" :;; ou:?Cc'~;;'~'r;.-";
Address:
.---,
~5:h5-re!t",c::/c:~< (ii/Nt ...:Jzi.
, /)1 _" - "" :<?:::(CJ,.I (r
h/'lr- I/"ol-.,L":>.' r~ -'_,
City:
t~
r-;:;~7'
/'7'2./~._.
/,.--........-,.. -
State:
P[
r~_~'.,", "
Zip: =~.
G/AcquistionsfTechFormsandLetters/MandatoryPre-BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
eat:.. ~
~-~~ -
AdrTinlslralilie SerIIioes Division
Purd1aslng
Date: December 10,2009
lOE \'~.
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Name:'3eoTI r-'\, f. 01-\......,' CL P LEA S E N:n,~: I ~14k'IlH',e/~ (;{:/.:/A /~?
company:Ar>-c\..-~~\c."C.Y.'o( ~LS7VnP-7i<l,): Company: (""-"fO'<3. 0E'.c..:~.y_' 'Z~J( tJE'eS,I"-'c
LD'~ S;-rn-......c."tJQ....) " "
Address: :).Q"71 pSPiS.Il...IJ;/ Address: /)CL!'i '&:"'f.",L'"l. 4eL:t-'s i2,-/
F cl ~
City: r l"'l.":"sL,,,--, f'(j::, -I L/r'
l' I
Fr:' f'l:YtAZs
FL....
Telephone: ;;;( f.c, 780
C/'/o. 'L)::J- 8 i~(;
Email: tfM LtDro.e:s C- S&'1Iob.a(.,.;,?l
City:
State:
Zip: 3~9'0 +--
ro '2-.9 7'
FAX:
State:
Zip: 1'1 '/ </ (!
Telephone: '-;Jt, t/:;' Ct-. 7k '5i
FAX: ,fe.:3 '1[3 ,- S L)" {'"3
Email: ud L)f2liJ"'~s~' f',y.~e'j!-/'H; 1
('i'JLL
************************************************************
Name: Rot;:; F.,.,J, {L.1?1,~N
Company: TfJY~.GJ(2..--/1:JN:S/^-'6, /NG
Address: '>:J 57 /lltO~MI7;:'''''rJ 44,..)'6-
/II
City: /'Jd 12-7H F"t2-T (YI YE:/l-f;.,
State: Fc-
Zip: p3.9"'3
Telephone: 2- ft /" 5',,<?5~ 6667'
FAX: '2--37 - 9.?S=-6~'-;j';;
Email: I- -""VA (..1> ('6:1,) -r~,YC~tCl.;SJ/VG, <...:>/h
ID"51nl.ltfi8~]
Address:
City:~S
State: -Fl- Zip: ~1Da.
Telephone: ~3~ f}Ja,- ~Gh,t;
FAX: (~~ 4J.- 1q~ ~
Email: TH~ foJIP c.,A7....~.n"51CJc1',O!J .cOW\
G/AcquistionsrrechFormsandLetterslMandatoryPre~BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
lOE
I ,~
Co~~
Adni1islJali\e SeIvices l:IivisiOO"
Purchasing
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
- PLEASE PRINt ~
Name: 3"e.R.eM'1 -\)oh[\501'\ Name: ,':?~E.QT !-n,.H r_Q
Company: _~~'"""' \::::5 ard F"t", 11\ 01 Company: 'h:Wl <>e (ct<S;g"CTlC;N (' [X-,,[-L.d)fr\E;,..l r
Address: i
50i t-~ !
Address: 16~ ~/"" MIlk c.~l:o.c;::,s ?,Lw,:,
City:
State: Il()~iJ(] Zip: ~
Telephone: d 3 q - q 3q - 5J5 I
FAX: C2.3'l-Cj39- 51/7
Email: ~~I.......{~.^f>~-nt.u.J.to^.\
City: 1="1" f"'\l(e/2.S
State: t==' I... Zip: 3~")(;;G
Telephone: 9B'i\ ';)15 - i(Xl3
FAX: td'?f1) dY5 - Lfgse
Email: ~Ji2 e: FOWl..eQ,c",,9/:\r-I'l' ,COtv\
************************************************************
Name: C'^-v is )ile...rc..dFe
Company: ~ Je..loJMt ~r<;
Address: n 71.f) ;'Jr.,} 10 "" oi-a ~ It.. fJ"J
Name: -op." ~j) G.l-\I-,(,.::.
Company: (oUt.. ::'>ANI>.> ~sre\JC(10,J
Address: _1191 '.) IVlM.Ovd-.t("", A.'I-< S~ lID
Zip: "S3-r' '1.
liD?
rb.+h- f..v-+
FL-
Telephone: q ':fL 4'z..,'1, 3z.q 0
q tL <1 1-<'1 3l-11
State:
Zip: 3Lt~'I(
City: C.l" ,,rLlI.\,(g.,- f
State: ~l-
City:
F\
Telephone: 72-7
57)
FAX:
727 5" 72 7r.W:
f~~ Q elld.....vJ Gouu./n.>d,o.
FAX:
Email:
.~lM
Email: d.~t(Jy(!c..o.ro-lso...dJ. j <.. c:"....
GJAcquistionsrrechFormsandLetlers/MandatoryPre-BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
[jOlt
} i~
eo&Cmmty
~ ---
Adrrinislralille Sel1Iices ClMs10n
Purcl1<l<ling
Attendance Sheet
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting
Vendor Sign-in
Date: December 10, 2009
BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations"
Name:~t\Z... g~ PLEASEN:m~:INJ~u.!:. D/9~.s
Company: ~ IN R,\O ~. Company: AO clJL l(!/V5 '--(;z.</c!io~
Address: 12- 734...J(B\J ~ W Address: ~ / u / /He (jN.qu/- b ~d
v
~~
City: -----.PI ~
City: r i' /J'? '/ r/L.5
,
State: -ft-Pr Zip: 3:fb1 State: F / Zip: 3 S 'i' 0 /
Telephone: ~.3C} Z77 OUO Telephone: J.39 - 33;2 '-I3./) /
FAX: 'P~ -;,71 c:nJ3/ FAX: )..3'1 '3.3,:;;" o,;L/S'
Email: Ltz.e...M:::o~:n t\o.IV!C.U.rtJEmail: Sk.UE- f2 J.oe4z. {J{I/5'71.u<0"~ ,Q,....
T <J'
************************************************************
13 vJf\ ".S I Name: ED P:;l2.c>7"'Z
Company: f. ?',c1r'< I v. (jJ"5 - Company: /<'/i>4..t:"r
Add;~" ~Zl1 fwJ/_~ ,j1f/.! ~Add~" NAP/.< ,,2D
City: /Vapjp ~ City: NA-.o/t:;-';
, ~
State: PI zi;]f(/eJ q State: ,J:=L- Zip: ~ij//!79
''I'?~ .<" I 7la /"71r) ~)
Telephone:./01, ')1 {/ fv(.,/ Telephone: <;;2.5 -.s-2C)',O
FAX: .:231 <.5 il g /'P / FAX:
, , I
Email: .rbl..ll( ~(!!;J lib r'1)((-t'/c';::, ('dr1 Email:
G/AcquistionsfTechFormsandLeUers/MandatoryPre-BidSigninSheet
Revised: 3/20/09
10eE
CONSTRUCTION BID
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA
Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
BID NO. 10-5396
Full Name of Bidder: Boran Craio Barber Enoel Construction Co.. Inc.
Main Business Address: 3606 Enterprise Avenue
Place of Business: Naples, Florida 34104
Telephone No. 239-643-3343
State Contractor's License #CGC1510121
Fax No.239-643-4548
State of Florida Certificate of Authority Document Number H95943
To: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA
(hereinafter called the Owner)
The undersigned, as Bidder declares that the only person or parties interested in this
Bid as principals are those named herein, that this Bid is submitted without collusion
with any other person, firm or corporation; that it has carefully examined the location of
the proposed Work, the proposed form of Agreement and all other Contract Documents
and Bonds, and the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
Bidder proposes, and agrees if this Bid is accepted, Bidder will execute the Agreement
included in the Bidding Documents, to provide all necessary machinery, tools,
apparatus and other means of construction, including utility and transportation services
necessary to do all the Work, and furnish all the materials and equipment specified or
referred to in the Contract Documents in the manner and time herein prescribed and
according to the requirements of the Owner as therein set forth, furnish the Contractor's
Bonds and Insurance specified in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to do all
other things required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and that it will take
full payment the sums set forth in the following Bid Schedule:
NOTE: If you choose to bid, please submit an ORIGINAL and ONE COPY of your
bid pages.
GC-P-1
BID SCHEDULE
lIDE
Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
Bid No. 10-5296
Total BASE BID- RENOVATION OPTION A without Alternates
TOTAL BASE BID OPTION A
A,1 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR
A-2 SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
A-3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM
A-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS
A-5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING
A-6 IMPACT RATED DOORSIWINDOWS
A-7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM
A,8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION
A,9 EXTERIOR PAINT
A-10 CARPET
A-11 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPP
A-12 FIRE-RATED CORRIDORS
A-13 UPGRADE DOOR FINISH
A-14 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPE
A-15 WINDOW TREATMENT
A-16 CARD-KEY ACCESS ARDWARE
BID SCHEDULE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE.
GC-P-2
$ 9,628
$ 9,508
$ 52,965
$ 3,975
$ 2,254
$ 73,497
$ 59,571
$ 88,787
$ 9,091
$ 81,936
$ 9,983
$ 41,588
$ 21,436
$ 18,460
$ 3,971
$ 15,698
$ 502,348
$ 912,301
IOE
I ~
ALTERNATE BID- RENOVATION OPTION B
TOTAL RENOVATION OPTION B (WITHOUT ADD AL TERNATES\ I $ 1,304,010 t/'"
B-1 UPGRADE ELECTRICAL GENERATOR $ 158,406
B-2 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION $ 30,032 V
B-3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM $ 52,965
B-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS $ 3,975 V
B-5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING $ 2,254 V
B-6 IMPACT RATED DOORSIWINDOWS $ 73,497
B-7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM $ 69,313
B-8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION $ 74,521
B-9 EXTERIOR PAINT $ 11,650 V
B-10 CARPET $ 93, 167
B-11 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS $ 18,460 V
B,12 WINDOW TREATMENT $ 3,971 ~
B-13 FIRE ALARM $ 32,703 V
Total of Ootion B Alternates only $ 624,914
TOTAL OPTION B- BASE BID WITH ALL OPTION B
ALTERNATES: $ 1,928,924
GC-P-3
tOlE
CONSTRUCTION TIME:
THE BIDDER PROPOSES THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION TIMES BASED ON CALENDAR DAYS:
OPTION A WITHOUT AL TERNA TES 147 DAYS
OPTION A WITH ALL ALTERNATES 150 DAYS
OPTION B WITHOUT ALTERNATES 175 DAYS
OPTION B WITH ALL AL TERNA TES 180 DAYS
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST NAME ADDRESS
3994 Mercantile Avenue
DEMOLITION Cadenhead Brothers, Inc. Nanles, FL 34104
3218 Marion Street
INSULATION NCRlWest Coast Insulation Fort Mvers, FL 33916
1497 Rail Head Boulevard
DOORS Fields Door & Hardware, Inc, Nanles, FL 34110
3530 Kraft Road, Suite 100
STOREFRONT Safezone LLC Nanles, FL 34105
6200 Shirley Street Suite 201
DRYWALL M Stucco & Drywall Naoles, FL 34109
5621 Strand Boulevard Suite 310
PAINTING The Construction Manaqers, Inc. Nanles, FL 34110
3218 Marion Street
ACOUSTIC CEILING NCRlWest Coast Insulation Fort Mvers, FL 33916
4599 Fowler Street
CARPET Philbin Brothers, LLC Fort Mvers, FL 33907
2701 Prince Street
FIRE PROTECTION B&I Contractors, Inc, Fort Mvers, FL 33916-5529
5631 Halifax Avenue
HVAC J&D Heatinq and Air Conditioning Fort Mvers, FL 33912
4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E
ELECTRICAL Beaumont Electric Company, Inc. Nanles, FL 34104
4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Beaumont Electric Company, Inc, Nanles, FL 34104
4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E
DATA-IT WIRING Beaumont Electric Companv, Inc, Naples, FL 34104
LIST ALL OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS, USE ADDITIONAL PAGES AS NECESSARY: I
1205 SE 9 Terrace
TRIM Vikinq Craftsmen Companies Cane Coral, FL 33990
2271 Bruner Lane Suite 3
BATH ACCESSORIES AM Specialty Products of Fiorida, Inc, Fort Mvers, FL 33912
GC-P-4
-------~-- . - .- -..-....~---~_._---
IDE
9740 Wheeler Road
SITEWORK T.W, Nelson Inc, Lehiah Acres, FL 33972
2900 S, Horseshoe Dr, Unit #1400
ROOFING Crowther Roofing Naoles, FL 34104
1950 Custom Drive
SCREENING Freedom Screenina Corp. Fort Mvers, FL 33907
900 Industrial Boulevard
HURRICANE SCREENS Sunmaster of Naoles, Inc. Naoles, FL 34104
3620 Work Drive
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Acousti Enaineering Company of Florida Fort Mvers, FL 33916
429 Production Boulevard
CABINETS Southwest Woodwork, Inc. Nanles, FL 34104
4599 Fowler Street
VCT Philbin Brothers, LLC Fort Mvers, FL 33907
Performance Plumbing of Southwest 188240" Terrace S,W.
PLUMBING FLA., Inc, Naoles, FL 34116
8303 Summer Grove Road
PEDIMATS TBS Construction Specialties, Inc, Tamoa, FL 33647
2430 Vanderbilt Beach Road Suite
1081 #343
CONTROLS Johnson Controls Naoles, FL 34109
3730 Canal Street
SIGNAGE Imaaes Graphic Specialties Fort Mvers, FL 33916
GC-P-5
IDE
, , .
MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID SHALL BE DEEMED NON-
RESPONSIVE
All Bidders shall confirm by signature that they will provide the manufacturers and
materials outlined in this Bid specifications. Exceptions (when equals are acceptable)
may be requested by completing the Material Manufacturer Exception List below. If an
exception for a manufacturer and/or material is proposed and listed below and is not
approved by Engineer/Project Manager, Bidder shall furnish the manufacturer named in
the specification. Acceptance of this form does not constitute acceptance of material
proposed on this list.
Complete and sign Section A OR B.
Section A (Acceptance of all manufactures and materials in Bid specifications)
On behalf of my firm, I confirm that we will use all manufacturers and materials
as specifically outlined in the Bid specifications.
Com"", ~~~'" '""'"",~OW"Co '"
Signature; . . . ~u..~ . ..
Date: 01/06/2010
Section B (Exception requested to Bid specifications manufacturers and materials)
EXCEPTION MATERIAL
EXCEPTION MANUFACTURER
1.
&
~
2,
3.
4.
5.
Please insert additional pages as necessary.
GC-P-5
IOE
LIST OF MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS
THIS LIST MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID MAY BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE
The undersigned states that the following is a list of the proposed subcontractors for the
major categories outlined in the requirements of the Bid specifications.
The undersigned acknowledges its responsibility for ensuring that the Subcontractors
for the major categories listed herein are "qualified" (as defined in Ordinance 87-25 and
Section 15 of Instructions to Bidders) and meet all legal requirements applicable to and
necessitated by the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to proper licenses,
certifications, registrations and insurance coverage, The Owner reserves the right to
disqualify any Bidder who includes non-compliant or non-qualified Subcontractors in its
bid offer. Further, the Owner may direct the Successful Bidder to remove/replace any
Subcontractor, at no additional cost to Owner, which is found to be non-compliant with
this requirement either before or after the issuance of the Award of Contract by Owner.
(Attach additional sheets as needed). Further, the undersigned acknowledges and
agrees that promptly after the Award of Contract, and in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, the Successful Bidder shall identify all
Subcontractors it intends to use on the Project. The undersigned further agrees that all
Subcontractors subsequently identified for any portion of work on this Project must be
qualified as noted above.
Major CateQorv of Work Subcontractor and Address
1. Demolition Cadenhead Brothers, Inc,
3994 Mercantile Avenue
Naples, FL 34104
2. Sitework TW. Nelson Inc,
9740 Wheeler Road
Lehiah Acres, FL 33972
3. Hurricane Screens Sunmaster of Naples, Inc,
900 Industrial Boulevard
Naples, FL 34104
4. Electrical Beaumont Electric Company, Inc,
4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E
Naples, FL 34104
5. Insulation ~vw " . -r' ~~Il.S+
.BQn1 ()"~lit~(~8_'::;- 0 :I:.V\S"
'. ',~' ",..A-- 3';/(8 r\tC\,(\,
Company: Bo
Signature:
rber Engel Construction Co" Inc.
o...~oVJ
oTl 5-t-
f+ M'{(.f.;), F'-- .34'110
Date: 01/06/2010
GC-P-7
IDE
STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER
The Bidder is required to state below what work of similar magnitude completed within
the last five years is a judge of its experience, skill and business standing and of its
ability to conduct the work as completely and as rapidly as required under the terms of
the Agreement.
Proiect and Location Reference
1. Fleischmann Park Zayli Perez
Naples, FL 34102 City of Naples
Riverside Circle
Naples, FL
239-213,5041
2. City of Naples Building Department Remodel Bob Pierce
Naples, FL City of Naples
Riverside Circle
Naples, FL
239-213-5041
3. Wilshire Guardhouse Sharon Mangan
Wilshire Lakes Naples, FL Wilshire Lakes Blvd,
Naples, FL
239-513-1236
4. Venetian Village Remodel Mike Hoyt
Gulfshore Blvd, Naples, FL Gulshore Blvd, N,
Naples, FL
239-261-6100
5. Miramare Restaurant Mike Hoyt
Gulfshore Blvd, Naples, FL Gulshore Blvd.
Naples, FL
239,261-6100
GC-P-7
1 0 fit ~,;f
6. Collier County Bldg. F Joe Berko
Naples, FL Collier County Building
Horseshoe Drive
Naples, FL
239-252-2400
Dated January 6th. 2010
Boran Craio Barber Enoel Construction Co.. Inc.
:~de' -ff-J~ D';;v
GC-P-8
TRENCH SAFETY ACT
lOE 1,II.sf
Bidder acknowledges that included in the various items of the bid and in the Total Bid
Price are costs for complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96, Laws of Florida)
effective October 1, 1990. The Bidder further identifies the cost to be summarized
below:
Trench Safety
Measure
(Description)
Units of
Measure
(LF.SY)
Unit
(Quantitv)
Unit
Cost
1.
2.
3.
N~
~
~
~
4.
5.
TOTAL $
Extended
Cost
~
Failure to complete the above may result in the Bid being declared non-responsive,
Dated January 6th, 2010
Boran Craiq Barber Enoel Construction Co.. Inc.
:~dec~ ~
GC-p-g
IDE".
~qmmty-
AdminislJalil.<e Services Division
Purchasing
Affidavit for Claiming Status as a Local Business
BID #: 1 0-5396 (CHECK ApPROPRIATE BOXES BELOW)
State of Florida (Select County if Vendor is described as a Local Business
~ Collier County
o Lee County
Vendor affirms that it is a local business as defined by the Purchasing Policy of the Collier County Board of County
Commissioners and the Regulations Thereto,
As defined in Section XI of the Collier County Purchasing Policy;
A "local business" is defined as a business that has a valid occupational license issued by either Collier or Lee
County for a minimum of one (1) year prior to a Collier County bid or proposal submission that authorizes the
business to provide the commodities or services to be purchased, and a physical business address located within
the limits of Collier or Lee Counties from which the vendor operates or performs business. Post Office Boxes are
not verifiable and shall not be used for the purpose of establishing said physical address, In addition to the
foregoing, a vendor shall not be considered a "local business" unless it contributes to the economic development
and well-being of either Collier or Lee County in a verifiable and measurable way. This may include, but not be
limited to, the retention and expansion of employment opportunities, the support and increase to either Collier or
Lee County's tax base, and residency of employees and principals of the business within Collier or Lee County,
Vendors shall affirm in writing their compliance with the foregoing at the time of submitting their bid or proposal to
be eligible for consideration as a "local business" under this section.
Vendor must complete the following information:
Year Business Established in ~Collier County or 0 Lee County: 37 Years
Number of Employees (Including Owner(s) or Corporate Officers): 80
Number of Employees Living in ~ Collier County or 0 Lee (Including Owner(s) or Corporate Officers): 70
If requested by the County, vendor will be required to provide documentation substantiating the information given in this
affidavit. Failure to do so will result in vendor's submission being deemed not applicable,
Vendor Name: Boran CraiQ Barber EnQel Construction Co., Inc.
Signature: ~ G.AJlJ:i)
STATE OF FLO IDA
Date: Januarv 61h, 2010
Title: Vice President of Interiors
~ COLLIER COUNTY
o LEE COUNTY
Sworn to and Subscribed Before Me, a Notary Public, for the above State and County, on this 61h Day of Januarv,
2010.
Tonva RodriQuez
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: ..J II t 12011
(AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL)
lj,.i'llI\'~' TONYA D. RODRIGUEZ'
i;,( i:i CommlsslOIl DO 717096 .
"~ fl" Expires November 8 201 ,
',-9(,." 6onclIdThIUTI'tl'IF"lnaurance~3il5_;":".j
GC-P-10
IOE
,
Co~County
-- --
Adn'inistTative Services Division
PurcM""ing
Immigration Affidavit Certification
Bid # : 1 0-5396
Title: Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
This Affidavit is required and should be signed, notarized by an authorized principal of the firm and submitted with
formal Invitations to Bid (ITB's) and Request for Proposals (RFP) submittals, Failure to include this Affidavit with
proposal will delay in the consideration and reviewing of vendor's proposals and could result in the vendor's
proposal being deemed non-responsive,
Collier County will not intentionally award County contracts to any vendor who knowingly employs unauthorized
alien workers, constituting a violation of the employment provision contained in 8 USC Section 1324 a(e) Section
274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act ("INA").
Collier County may consider the employment by any vendor of unauthorized aliens a violation of Section 274A (e)
of the INA Such Violation by the recipient of the Employment Provisions contained in Section 274A (e) of the INA
shall be grounds for unilateral termination of the contract by Collier County,
Vendor attests that they are fully compliant with all applicable immigration laws (specifically to the 1986 Immigration
Act and subsequent Amendment(s)) and agrees to abide by Collier County Employment Eligibility Verification
System requirements regarding this solicitation.
Company Name
Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co" Inc.
Print Name
Signature
~renc~
(f
Title Vice President of Interiors
Date Januarv 6'". 2010
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF COLLIER
The foregoing instrument was signed and acknowledged before me this 6th day of Januarv, 2010, by
Jon Lawrence who has produced
(Print or Type Name)
DP~ItYlIl.\!. I<: I\...._~ as identification,
f6.vpe of IdenMicati and umber)
Tonva Rodriquez
Printed Name of Notary Public
.1:>1':) "lno't\l U /'ilhOIi
Notary Commission Number/Expiration
/f~:r.::,~" TONY A 0, RODRIGUEZ
L,'."4\;! CommlsslOll DO 717096
~ ,:~~~~, Expires November 8, 2011
, ,p'",r,\. BondIdTht\lT"'F~~_.
.,." "'''-''II>>IJOO..3e'S,i'Olg
The signee of this Affidavit guarantees, as evidenced by the sworn affidavit required herein, the truth and accuracy
of this affidavit to interrogatories hereinafter made. Collier County reserves the right, at any time, to request
supporting documentation as evidence of the vendor's compliance with this sworn affidavit.
Upon notification that its Bid has been awarded, the Successful Bidder will execute the
Agreement form attached to the Bidding Documents within ten (10) calendar days and deliver
GC-P-11
IDE
the Surety Bond or Bonds and Insurance Certificates as required by the Contract Documents.
The bid security attached is to become the property of the Owner in the event the Agreement,
Insurance Certificates and Bonds are not executed and delivered to Owner within the time
above set forth, as liquidated damages, for the delay and additional expense to the Owner, it
being recognized that, since time is of the essence, Owner will suffer financial loss if the
Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver to Owner the required Agreement, Insurance
Certificates and Bonds within the required time period. In the event of such failure, the total
amount of Owner's damages, will be difficult, if not impossible, to definitely ascertain and
quantify. It is hereby agreed that it is appropriate and fair that Owner receive liquidated
damages from the Successful Bidder in the event it fails to execute and deliver the Agreement,
Insurance Certificates, and Bonds as required hereunder. The Successful Bidder hereby
expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize the above
noted liquidated damages as a penalty, which the parties agree represents a fair and
reasonable estimate of Owner's actual damages at the time of bidding if the Successful Bidder
fails to execute and deliver the Agreement, Insurance Certificates, and Bonds in a timely
manner.
Upon receipt of the Notice of Award, the undersigned proposes to commence work at the site
within 5 calendar days from the commencement date stipulated in the written Notice to Proceed
unless the Project Manager, in writing, subsequently notifies the Contractor of a modified (later)
commencement date. The undersigned further agrees to substantially complete all work
covered by this Bid within one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive calendar days for Plan
A and within one hundred and fifty(1'50) consecutive calendar days for Plan B computed by
excluding the commencement date and including the last day of such period, and to be fully
completed to the point of final acceptance by the Owner within thirty(30) for Plan A and Plan B
consecutive calendar days after Substantial Completion, computed by excluding
commencement date and including the last day of such period.
Respectfullv Submitted:
State of Florida
County of Collier
Jon Lawrence, being first duly sworn on oath deposes and says that the Bidder on the above
Bid is organized as indicated and that all statements herein made are made on behalf of such
Bidder and that this deponent is authorized to make them.
Jon Lawrence, also deposes and says that it has examined and carefully prepared its Bid from
the Bidding Documents, including the Contract Drawings and Specifications and has checked
the same in detail before submitting this Bid; that the statements contained herein are true and
co rrect.
(a) Corporation
The Bidder is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida, which
operates under the legal name of Boran Craio Barber Enoel Construction Co.. Inc., and the full
names of its officers are as follows:
GC-P,12
President Melvin L. Engel. Jr.
Secretary James F. Bunnel
IDE
'c,1
Treasurer James F. Bunnel
Manager N/A
The President is authorized to sign construction bids and contracts for the company by action of
its Board of Directors taken , a oertified copy of whioh is
horoto attast-lee (strike out this last sentence if not applicaBle).
(b) Co-Partnership
The Bidder is a co-partnership consisting of individual partners whose full names are as follows:
The co-partnership does business under the legal name of:
(c) Individual
The Bidder is an individual whose full name is
operating under a trade name, said trade name is
, and if
DATED
legal entity
BY:
Witness
Name of Bidder (Typed)
Witness
Signature
Title
GC-P-13
10E~.
STATE OF Florida
COUNTY OF Collier
The foregoing ~~ument was acknowledged before me this 6th day of Janua
Lawrence, as . . ~ I.n-:h-rint'''S. o. , a
~ corporation, on behalf of the corporation. ~/she is per nallv known to me
or has produced as
identification and did (did not) take an oath.
.1i,\!(\:,it, TONYA D, RODRIGUEZ
{.:' !J'.\ Commission DO 717096
, . . ~
~, . ..,/ Expires November 8, 2011
>;',R~1;,." flMtItdThruTroyPlln1l11Ulllnot800-MH01Q
NAME:
My Commission Expires: lll~l2.blJ
(AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL)
Notary Public, State of Florida
Commission No.: 1:)D 71]()"(O
GC-P-14
lOE~__
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Boran Craig Barber Engel
Construction Co., Inc. (herein after called the Principal) and Safeco Insurance Company
of America, (herein called the Surety), a corporation chartered and existing under the
laws of the State of WA with its principal offices in the city of
_Seattle_ and authorized to do business in the State of _Florida_ are held and
firmly bound unto the _Collier County Board of County Commissioners_ (hereinafter
called the Owner), in the full and just sum of _Five Percent of Amount Bid_ dollars
($_5% ) good and lawful money of the United States of America, to
be paid upon demand of the Owner, to which payment well and truly to be made, the
Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, and executors, administrators, and
assigns, jointly and severally and firmly by these presents,
Whereas, the Principal is about to submit, or has submitted to the Owner, a Bid for
furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish, install,
and fully complete the Work on the Project known as
Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
Bid No. 10-5396
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Owner shall accept the Bid of the PRINCIPAL and the
PRINCIPAL shall enter into the required Agreement with the Owner and within ten days
after the date of a written Notice of Award in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and
give such bond or bonds in an amount of 100% the total Contract Amount as specified in
the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the
faithful performance of the Agreement and for the prompt payment of labor, materials and
supplies furnished in the prosecution thereof or, in the event of the failure of the
PRINCIPAL to enter into such Agreement or to give such bond or bonds, and deliver to
Owner the required certificates of insurance, if the PRINCIPAL shall pay to the OBLIGEE
the fixed sum of $ Five Percent of Amount Bid_ noted above as liquidated damages, and
not as a penalty, as provided in the Bidding Documents, then this obligation shall be null
and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
IN TESTIMONY Thereof, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to
be duly signed and sealed his _7th_ day of _December ,2009,
:ngel Construction Co., Inc,
Principal
BY
(Seal)
Surety
lcole
Countersigned
(Seal)
GC-P-14
~-'-""'-'
Local Resident Producing Agent for
IOE
GC-P-15
lOE
~ Libertv
~ Mutual
POWER
OF ATTORNEY
Safaca Insurance Company of America
General Insurance Company of America
1001 4th Avenue
Suite 1700
Seattle, WA 98154
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a
Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint
**************BONNIE T. ATNIP; ARTHUR COLLEY; NICOLE COLLEY; Charlotte, North Carolina ******************
No,
13330
its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other
documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL tNSURANCE COMPANY OF
AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents
this
2nd
day of
April
2009
~.. ~'M1
\ Af)tJLC~~Ov-
Dexter R. Leaa. Secretary Timothy A. Mikolaiewskl, Vice President
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Article V, Section 13.. FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice
President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as
attorneys-in.fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and
other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business.. On any instrument making or evidencing
such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or
undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced;
provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking."
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28,1970.
"On any.certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out,
(I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By.Laws, and
(ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and
(iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof.~
I, Dexter R. Legg , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By.Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these
corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and Ihat both Ihe By-Laws, the Resolution and the
Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
iJv (' ,,'.n h,p r
this
I~!
day of
, JW0
~.. ~'M1
Dexter R. Legg, Secretary
8-0974/083/09
WEB PDF
tOE
~ 'l
THIS SHEET MUST BE SIGNED BY VENDOR
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA
Purchasing Department
BIDDERS CHECK LIST
IMPORTANT: Please read carefully, sign in the spaces indicated and return with
your Bid.
Bidder should check off each of the following items as the necessary action is completed:
1. The Bid has been signed.
2. The Bid prices offered have been reviewed.
3. The price extensions and totals have been checked.
4, Any required drawings, descriptive literature, etc. have been included.
5, Any delivery information required is included.
6. Local Vendor Preference Affidavit completed.
7. Immigration Affidavit Completed
8. Certificate of Authority to Conduct Business in State of Florida
9. If required, the amount of Bid bond has been checked, and the Bid bond or cashiers
check has been included.
10, Any addenda have been signed and included.
11, The mailing envelope has been addressed to:
Purchasing Director
Collier County Government Center
Purchasing Building
3301 Tamiami Trail, East
Naples, Florida 34112
12. The mailing envelope must be sealed and marked with:
<:>Bid Number;
<:>Project Name;
<:>Opening Date.
13, The Bid will be mailed or delivered in time to be received no later than the specified
openinq date and time, otherwise Bid cannot be considered.
ALL COURIER-DELIVERED BIDS MUST HAVE THE BID NUMBER
AND PROJECT NAME ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE COURIER PACKET
Boran Craio Barber Enoel Construction Co.. Inc.
Bidder Name
Vice President of Interiors
Date: January 6th, 2010
GC,P,17
IOE
~ .~
CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY,
FLORIDA, ("Owner") hereby contracts with Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co.,
Inc. ("Contractor") of 3606 Enterprise Avenue, Naples, Florida 34104, a corporation,
authorized to do business in the State of Florida, to perform all work ("Work") in
connection with Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations, Bid No. 10-
5396 ("Project"), as said Work is set forth in the Plans and Specifications prepared by
Victor J. Latavish Architect, P.A., the Engineer and/or Architect of Record ("Design
Professional") and other Contract Documents hereafter specified.
Owner and Contractor, for the consideration herein set forth, agree as follows:
Section 1. Contract Documents.
A. The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Exhibits described in
Section 6 hereof, the Legal Advertisement, the Bidding Documents and any duly
executed and issued addenda, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders
and amendments relating thereto. All of the foregoing Contract Documents are
incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement (all of said documents
including the Agreement sometimes being referred to herein as the "Contract
Documents" and sometimes as the "Agreement" and sometimes as the "Contract"). A
copy of the Contract Documents shall be maintained by Contractor at the Project site at
all times during the performance of the Work.
B. Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one reproducible set of the Contract
Documents and the appropriate number of sets of the Construction Documents, signed
and sealed by the Design Professional, as are reasonably necessary for permitting.
Section 2. Scope of Work.
Contractor agrees to furnish and pay for all management, supervision, financing, labor,
materials, tools, fuel, supplies, utilities, equipment and services of every kind and type
necessary to diligently, timely, and fully perform and complete in a good and
workmanlike manner the Work required by the Contract Documents.
Section 3. Contract Amount.
In consideration of the faithful performance by Contractor of the covenants in this
Agreement to the full satisfaction and acceptance of Owner, Owner agrees to pay, or
cause to be paid, to Contractor the following amount (herein "Contract Amount"), in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement: one million four hundred seven thousand
fifty-five dollars ($1,407,055.00),
GC-CA-1
IDE
, 1
Section 4. Bonds.
A. Contractor shall provide Performance and Payment Bonds, in the form
prescribed in Exhibit A, in the amount of 100% of the Contract Amount, the costs of
which are to be paid by Contractor. The Performance and Payment Bonds shall be
underwritten by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise
acceptable to Owner; provided, however, the surety shall meet the requirements of the
Department of the Treasury Fiscal Service, "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority
as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsurance Companies"
circular. This circular may be accessed via the web at
www.fms.treas.qov/c570/c570.html#certified. Should the Contract Amount be less than
$500,000, the requirements of Section 287,0935, F,S. shall govern the rating and
classification of the surety.
B. If the surety for any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes
insolvent, its right to do business is terminated in the State of Florida, or it ceases to
meet the requirements imposed by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, within
five (5) calendar days thereafter, substitute at its cost and expense another bond and
surety, both of which shall be subject to the Owner's approval.
Section 5. Contract Time and liquidated Damaaes.
A. Time of Performance.
Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work under this Agreement. The
"Commencement Date" shall be established in the written Notice to Proceed to be
issued by the Project Manager, as hereinafter defined. Contractor shall commence the
Work within five (5) calendar days from the Commencement Date. No Work shall be
performed at the Project site prior to the Commencement Date. Any Work performed by
Contractor prior to the Commencement Date shall be at the sole risk of Contractor.
Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion for Plan A within one hundred and
twenty (120) calendar days and shall achieve Substantial Completion for Plan B within
one hundred and fifty(150) calendar days from the Commencement Date (herein
"Contract Time"). The date of Substantial Completion of the Work (or designated
portions thereof) is the date certified by the Design Professional when construction is
sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so Owner can
occupy or utilize the Work (or designated portions thereof) for the use for which it is
intended. Contractor shall achieve Final Completion within thirty(30) calendar days
for both Plan A and Plan B after the date of Substantial Completion. Final Completion
shall occur when the Agreement is completed in its entirety, is accepted by the Owner
as complete and is so stated by the Owner as completed. As used herein and
throughout the Contract Documents, the phrase "Project Manager" refers to the Owner's
duly authorized representative and shall mean the Division Administrator or Department
Director, as applicable, acting directly or through duly authorized representatives.
GC-CA-2
loE '~l
B. Liquidated Damages in General.
Owner and Contractor recognize that, since time is of the essence for this Agreement,
Owner will suffer financial loss if Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion
within the time specified above, as said time may be adjusted as provided for herein. In
such event, the total amount of Owner's damages, will be difficult, if not impossible, to
definitely ascertain and quantify. Should Contractor fail to achieve Substantial
Completion within the number of calendar days established herein, Owner shall be
entitled to assess, as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty, one thousand seven
hundred and fifty seven dollars and fifteen cents ($1757.15) for each calendar day
thereafter until Substantial Completion is achieved. Further, in the event Substantial
Completion is reached, but the Contractor fails to reach Final Completion within the
required time period, Owner shall also be entitled to assess and Contractor shall be
liable for all actual damages incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor failing to timely
achieve Final Completion, The Project shall be deemed to be substantially completed
on the date the Project Manager (or at his/her direction, the Design Professional) issues
a Certificate of Substantial Completion pursuant to the terms hereof. Contractor hereby
expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize
the above noted liquidated damages as a penalty, which the parties agree represents a
fair and reasonable estimate of the Owner's actual damages at the time of contracting if
Contractor fails to Substantially or Finally Complete the Work within the required time
periods.
C. Computation of Time Periods.
When any period of time is referenced by days herein, it shall be computed to exclude
the first day and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period
falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the
applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation, and the last day
shall become the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.
D. Determination of Number of Days of Default.
For all contracts, regardless of whether the Contract Time is stipulated in calendar days
or working days, the Owner will count default days in calendar days.
E. Right of Collection.
The Owner has the right to apply any amounts due Contractor under this Agreement or
any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, as payment on such liquidated
damages due under this Agreement in Owner's sole discretion. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, Owner retains its right to liquidated damages due under
this Agreement even if Contractor, at Owner's election and in its sole discretion, is
allowed to continue and to finish the Work, or any part of it, after the expiration of the
Contract Time including granted time extensions.
GC-CA-3
loE'~__
F. Completion of Work by Owner.
In the event Contractor defaults on any of its obligations under the Agreement and
Owner elects to complete the Work, in whole or in part, through another contractor or its
own forces, the Contractor and its surety shall continue to be liable for the liquidated
damages under the Agreement until Owner achieves Substantial and Final Completion
of the Work. Owner will not charge liquidated damages for any delay in achieving
Substantial or Final Completion as a result of any unreasonable action or delay on the
part of the Owner.
G. Final Acceptance by Owner.
The Owner shall consider the Agreement complete when the Contractor has completed
in its entirety all of the Work and the Owner has accepted all of the Work and notified
the Contractor in writing that the Work is complete. Once the Owner has approved and
accepted the Work, Contractor shall be entitled to final payment in accordance with the
terms of the Contract Documents.
H. Recovery of Damages Suffered by Third Parties.
Contractor shall be liable to Owner to the extent Owner incurs damages from a third
party as a result of Contractor's failure to fulfill all of its obligations under the Contract
Documents. Owner's recovery of any delay related damages under this Agreement
through the liquidated damages does not preclude Owner from recovering from
Contractor any other non-delay related damages that may be owed to it arising out of or
relating to this Agreement.
Section 6. Exhibits Incorporated.
The following documents are expressly agreed to be incorporated by reference and
made a part of this Agreement.
Exhibit A:
Exhibit B:
Exhibit C:
Exhibit D:
Exhibit E:
Exhibit F:
Exhibit G:
Exhibit H:
Exhibit I:
Exhibit J:
Exhibit K:
Performance and Payment Bond Forms
Insurance Requirements
Release and Affidavit Form
Contractor Application for Payment Form
Change Order Form
Certificate of Substantial Completion Form
Final Payment Checklist
General Terms and Conditions
Supplemental Terms and Conditions
Technical Specifications
Permits
GC-CA-4
loE
Exhibit L: Standard Details (if applicable)
Exhibit M: Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor J.
Latavish Architect, P.A.and identified as follows: Collier County
Property Appraiser's Office Renovations, as shown on Plan Sheets
1 through see attachments
Exhibit N: Contractor's List of Key Personnel
Section 7. Notices
A. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by the Contractor to the
Owner shall be shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E-mail or
Facsimile, addressed to the following:
Mr Robert Fuentes,
Project Manager
3301 Tamiami Trail East, building W
Naples, Florida 34112
Email: robertfuentes(1i!collieraov.net
Tel: 239-252-8380
B. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by Owner to Contractor
shall be made in writing and shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E-
mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following:
Melvin L. Engel, Jr., President
Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc.
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples, Florida 34104
Telephone: 239-643-3343
Facsimile: 239-643-4548
C. Either party may change its above noted address by giving written notice to the
other party in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
Section 8. PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES.
8.1 By its execution of this Contract, Construction Contractor acknowledges that it
has been informed by Owner of the terms of Section 287.133(2)(a) of the Florida
Statutes which read as follows:
GC-CA-5
1 0 E~_
,
"A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted
vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not
submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a
public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or
public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a
public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor,
supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any
public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in s.
287.017 for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the
date of being placed on the convicted vendor list."
Section 9. Modification.
No modification or change to the Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties
unless in writing and executed by the party or parties intended to be bound by it.
Section 10. Successors and Assians.
Subject to other provisions hereof, the Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure
to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to the Agreement.
Section 11. Governina Law.
The Agreement shall be interpreted under and its performance governed by the laws of
the State of Florida.
Section 12. No Waiver.
The failure of the Owner to enforce at any time or for any period of time anyone or
more of the provisions of the Agreement shall not be construed to be and shall not be a
waiver of any such provision or provisions or of its right thereafter to enforce each and
every such provision.
Section 13. Entire Aareement.
Each of the parties hereto agrees and represents that the Agreement comprises the full
and entire agreement between the parties affecting the Work contemplated, and no
other agreement or understanding of any nature concerning the same has been entered
into or will be recognized, and that all negotiations, acts, work performed, or payments
made prior to the execution hereof shall be deemed merged in, integrated and
superseded by the Agreement.
GC-CA-6
li(!)E
j,~H
Section 14. Severabilitv.
Should any provision of the Agreement be determined by a court to be unenforceable,
such a determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section or
part thereof.
Section 15. Chanae Order Authorization.
The Project Manager shall have the authority on behalf of the Owner to execute all
Change Orders and Work Directive Changes to the Agreement to the extent provided
for under the Owner's Purchasing Policy and accompanying administrative procedures.
Section 16. Construction.
Any doubtful or ambiguous language contained in this Agreement shall not be
construed against the party who physically prepared this Agreement. The rule
sometimes referred to as "fortius contra proferentum" (pursuant to which ambiguities in
a contractual term which appears on its face to have been inserted for the benefit of one
of the parties shall be construed against the benefited party) shall not be applied to the
construction of this Agreement.
Section 17. Order of Precedence
In the event of any conflict between or among the terms of any of the Contract
Documents, the terms of the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and
Conditions shall take precedence over the terms of all other Contract Documents,
except the terms of any Supplemental Conditions shall take precedence over the
Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions. To the extent any
conflict in the terms of the Contract Documents cannot be resolved by application of the
Supplemental Conditions, if any, or the Construction Agreement and the General Terms
and Conditions, the conflict shall be resolved by imposing the more strict or costly
obligation under the Contract Documents upon the Contractor at Owner's discretion.
GC-CA-7
IOE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the
date(s) indicated below.
TWO WITNESSES:
F,tW~N~
AU"AN ~. U:t:'LAJb
Type/Print Name
SECON WITNESS
-rOI\Va.. ~4W"Z.
Type/Print Name
Date: ~vo'n\2>120l1L
ATTEST:
A
...... .i"
Approved As To Form
and Legal Suffi~Y: ..
Prio' Name~ 1/i2)~.
~ nty Attor ey
CONTRACTOR:
Boran Craig Barber Engel
Construction Co., Inc.
By: )\u LJ :f1 (4-1' (!'-J
~plvin T Rnep1 I IT r PrPRi~pnt/~EO
Type/Print Name and Title
OWNER:
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF
COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA
BY: '-:JuLW. ~
Fred W. Coyle, Chairman
GC,CA-8
Ilem# \DC
Agendo ,III (., to
Da\o ~
Date '2,..1~ I'D
Rec'd ~
IOE \'1 I
EXHIBIT A
PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND
Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
Bond No. 6644781
Contract No. 10-5396
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Boran Craiq Barber Enqel Construction
Co.. Inc.. as Principal, and Safeco Insurance Companv of America, as Surety, located
at 1001 4th Avenue. Ste 1700 Seattle. WA 98154 (Business Address) are held and
firmly bound to Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida as Obligee in
the sum of One Million Four Hundred Seven Thousand Fifty-Five
Dollars ($1.407.055.00) for the payment whereof
we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and
assigns, jointly and severally.
WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the _28th_ day of
January 2010, with Obligee for Collier County Property Appraiser's Office
Renovations in Collier County. FL in accordance with drawings and specifications,
which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to
herein as the Contract.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
Promptly makes payment to all claimants as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida
Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials or supplies, used directly or indirectly
by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, then this bond is
void; otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation
under this Bond.
The provisions of this bond are subject to the time limitations of Section 255.05(2). In
no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to claimants for more than the penal
sum of this Payment Bond, regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by
claimants.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this
_28th_ day of January 2010, the name of each party being affixed and these
presents duly signed by its under-signed representative, pursuant to authority of its
governing body.
GC-CA-A-1
IOE
Signed, sealed and delivered
in the presence of:
PRINCIPAL
Baran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc.
Witnesses as to Principal
BY: ~ c31 ~1--
NAME: Mpl"in T Ji'ngpl Tr
ITS: President/CEO
STATE OF Flnrino
COUNTY OF Collier
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 28th day of January
2010 bv Melvin L. Engel, Jr. as President/CEO of
loran Craig BarDer Engel (;onstrucUon (;0., lnc., a tlorida corporation, on behalf of the
corporation. He/she is personally known to me OR has produced as
identification and did (did not) take an oath.
My Commission Expires: 111"'2.01/
",:;1CI:J/... TON~ A D. P.OORIGUl!Z
..~.:''';O',}. Commi8sion DO 717096
!~-'\ ) i Expires November 8~.~"
~ Bot\dIIlThn.lTIIl'I~"~
. .R..
NAME:
Tanya D. Rodriguez
(Legibly Printed)
(AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL)
Notary Public, State of
Commission No.:
Florida
ATTEST:
SURETY:
Safeco Insurance Company of America
(Printed Name)
1001 4th Ave. Ste 1700
Seattle. WA 98154
(Business Address
(Authorized Signature)
Witnesses to Surety
(Printed Name)
GC-CA-A-2
1.0E
OR
t2ffz~
~d.~_
As Attorney in Fact
(Attach Power of Attorney)
Arthur L. Colley
Witnesses
Bonnie T. Atnip
(Printed Name)
2115 Rexford Rd.. Ste 200
Charlotte. NC 28211
(Business Address)
704-362-3991
(Telephone Number)
STATE OF NC
COUNTY OF Mecklenburq
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _28th_ day of
January ,2010, by Bonnie T. Atnip ,as Attorney-in-Fact of
_Safeco Insurance Company of America_ Surety, on behalf of Surety. He/She is
personally known to me OR has produced Personally known to me as
identification and who did (did not) take an oath.
My Commission Expires: Nov. 18,2012
; Ju-;~'-Jrl0,fc~P'~t{ ~.
(Signature)
~,...........,....
..,,, ~...()\\1EA1.EQ.b:"'''-
~ (,."" ',<,~ 'II
i~'f~\\)
~ My Ccmm. Exp, ;.c .
: c 11/1812012 j
\~ ~Lle ~<fi
'l! '('&-.<C\' .f
"";;''!(JRG CO~~,,<"
""......"'w
Name: Nicole Montealeqre Colley
(Legibly Printed)
Notary Public, State of: NC
Commission No.:
GC-CA-A-3
IOE
'1
EXHIBIT A
PUBLIC PERFORMANCE BOND
Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations
Bond No.6644781
Contract No. 10-5396
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Boran Craiq Barber Enqel
Construction Co.. Inc., as Principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America, as
Surety, located at 1001 4th Avenue. Ste 1700, Seattle WA 98154 (Business Address)
are held and firmly bound to Board of County Commissioners of Collier County.
Florida , as Obligee in the sum of One Million Four Hundred Seven Thousand Fity-
Five Dollars ($_1,407,055.00 ) for the payment whereof we bond ourselves, our
heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and
severally.
WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the 28th day of
January , 2010, with Obligee for Collier County Property Appraiser's
Office Renovations in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is
incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to herein as the
Contract.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
1. Performs the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract;
and
2. Pays Obligee any and all losses, damages, costs and attorneys' fees that
Obligee sustains because of any default by Principal under the Contract, including, but
not limited to, all delay damages, whether liquidated or actual, incurred by Obligee; and
3. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the Contract for
the time specified in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full
force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with
any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties
obligation under this Bond.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes,
extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or other work to
be performed hereunder, or the specifications referred to therein shall in anywise affect
its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such changes,
extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to work or to
the specifications.
This instrument shall be construed in all respects as a common law bond. It is
expressly understood that the time provisions and statute of limitations under Section
255.05, Florida Statutes, shall not apply to this bond.
GC-CA-A-4
l(}E
In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to Obligee for more than the penal
sum of this Performance Bond regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by
Obligee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this _28th_
day of January, 2010, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly
signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.
Signed, sealed and delivered
in the presence of:
. .~ S. \{YY.l
-\1-=e~
Witnesses as to Principal
PRINCIPAL
Baran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc.
BY~O\'~~
NAME: Melvin L. Engel, Jr.
ITS: President/CEO
STATE OF Florida
COUNTY OF Collier
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 28th
January , 20G~, by Melvin L. Engel, Jr.
President/CEO of Iloum (;ralg llaLbeL I!ugel
Florida corporation, o~or~~~~frof' 'th~O 'c01pc5ration.
personally known to me OR has produced
. as identification and did (did not) take an oath.
My Commission Expires: \11ft/.z.~'1
day of
, as
, a
He/she is
Q),ifiiII,'" rONYA D. FlOORIGUEZ
:1" t/; . Commission DO 717096
, Expires November 6, 2011
II 8olllIIdThNTrovFtlnlrwlrlllllONl607Gl'
(AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL)
Name: Tanya D. Rodriguez
(Legibly Printed)
Notary Public, State of: Florida
Commission No.:
GC-CA-A-5
IOE
;.
ATTEST:
SURETY:
Safeco Insurance Company of America
(Printed Name)
1001 4th Ave. Ste 1700
Seattle, WA 98154
(Business Address)
(Authorized Signature)
Witnesses as to Surety
(Printed Name)
OR
{2z1:Z~
~().~-
As Attorney in Fact .
(Attach Power of Attorney)
Arthur L. Colley
Witnesses
Bonnie T. Atnip
(Printed Name)
2115 Rexford Rd.. Ste 200
Charlotte. NC 28211
(Business Address)
(Telephone Number)
STATE OF NC
COUNTY OF Mecklenburq
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _28th_ day of
January ,2010, by Bonnie T. Atnip as Attorney-in-Fact of _Safeco Insurance
Company of America_, Surety, on behalf of Surety. He/She is personally known to me
OR has produced Personally Known To Me as identification and who did (did not) take
an oath.
My Commission Expires:
November 18, 2012
'j~/~Zr 9rvv),ti~i-c 1~(c'-.(~~
(Signature) i
l
.e"...."'",
","'~()~'fEALEG~"'"
~* ~~
~a ~~T~ 'Q~
(AFjW. Olr.lV~~~~
: - 11118f2012' !
. ~ .Ib--- -
\l:J:. - UBLle ~'i
" .<tc)~ ~. ,-
~,~""a .. ,.
""II, It.9G CO~",,,
"'........,,,
Name: Nicole Montealeqre Colley
(Legibly Printed)
Notary Public, State of: NC
Commission No.:
GC-CA-A-6
tOE
~ Liberty.
~ Mutual.
POWER
OF f,TTORNEY
Safeco Insurance Company of America
General Insurance Company of America
10014lh Avenue
Suite 1700
Seattla,WA98154
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a
Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint
..............BONNIET. ATNIP; ARTHUR COLLEY; NICOLE COLLEY; Charlotte, North Carolina ....................
No.
13330
Its true and lawful attomey(sHn-fact, with full authority to execute on Its behalf fidellly and surety bonds or undertakings and other
documents of a similar character issued In the course of Us business, and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF
AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents
this
2nd
day 01
April
2009
~*r P.M1
~~~.
Dexter R. Laco, Secretarv Timothv A. MlkolaJewskl. Vice President
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONpS... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice
President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge at surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint Individuals as
attorneys-In-fact or under other approprIate tltles with sLlthorlty to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and
other documents of similar character Issued by the company in the course of Its business... On any Instrument making or evidencing
such appointment, the signatures may be afflxed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authorIty or on any bond or
undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile fhereof, may be Impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced;
provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validlty of any such Instrument or undertaking,"
Extract from e Rasolution 01 the Board omrectora of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 2B. 1970.
NOn any,certifieate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out,
(I) The provisions 01 Article V. Section 13 olll1e By-Laws, and
(Ii) A copy of the power-of-attomey appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and
(iii) Certifying that said power.of.attorney appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the certifying officer ,may be by facsimfie, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof."
i. Daxter R. Legg ,Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these
corporations, and of a Power of Attomey Issued pursuan! thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By-L.aws, the Resolution and the
power of Attomey are stll! in full force and effect
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
this
28th
day of
January
,2010
7h*r ~'h1
Dexter R. Legg, Secretary
S-09741053/09
WE8 PDF
lOE'
1-111
'..I
Colr~ County
~---
Admnls:ratJve ServiceS OMSlon
:::ur::haslng
Contract Administration, Bldg. G, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, FL 34112 Tel: (239) 252-8407
January 28, 2010
Melyin L. Engel, Jr., President
Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc.
3606 Enterprise Avenue
Naples, FL 34104
RE: Contract 10-5396 - Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations
Dear Mr. Engel
The insurance requirements were inadvertently left out of the referenced bid document
The insurance requirements should have been as follows:
Commercial General Liability with a minimum limit of $1 ,000,000
Business Auto Liability with coverage of $500,000
Workers' Compesnation meeting Statutory limits plus Employer's Liability of
$500.000 each accident
I would appreciate it if you would sign below Indicating your acceptance of these
insurance requirements and return this letter With the contract document. Please let me
know if you have questions
Sincerely,
,
'oj r' ,. ,.
Lyn 1\1. Wood, CPM
Contract Specialist
Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co, Inc. accepts the insurance requirements set
forth above,
1l,,--~, ~ <('''n^ ,~
Melvin LEngel, Jr., President
Date
~ I, I C>
lOE
!"'rtr.~
..,j
~
,
I
EXHIBIT B
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Vendor shall at its own expense, carry and maintain insurance coverage from responsible companies duly
authorized to do business in the State of Florida as set forth in EXHIBIT B of this solicitation. The Vendor shall
procure and maintain property insurance upon the entire project, if required, to the full insurable value of the
scope of work.
The County and the Vendor waive against each other and the County's separate Vendors, Contractors, Design
Consultant, Subcontractors, agents and employees of each and all of them, all damages covered by property
insurance provided herein, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The
Vendor and County shall, where appropriate, require similar waivers of subrogation from the County's separate
Vendors, Design Consultants and Subcontractors and shall require each of them to include similar waivers in
their contracts.
Collier County shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining its own liability insurance.
Certificates issued as a result of the award of this solicitation must identify "For any and all work performed on
behalf of Collier County."
The General Liability Policy provided by Vendor to meet the requirements of this solicitation shall name Collier
County, Florida, as an additional insured as to the operations of Vendor under this solicitation and shall contain
a severability of interests proYisions.
Collier County Board of County Commissioners shall be named as the Certificate Holder. The "Certificate
Holder" should read as follows:
Collier County
Board of County Commissioners
Naples, Florida
The amounts and types of insurance coverage shall conform to the minimum requirements set forth in
EXHIBIT B with the use of Insurance Services Office (ISO) forms and endorsements or their equivalents. If
Vendor has any self-insured retentions or deductibles under any of the below listed minimum required
coverage, Vendor must identify on the Certificate of Insurance the nature and amount of such self- insured
retentions or deductibles and provide satisfactory eYidence of financial responsibility for such obligations. All
self-insured retentions or deductibles will be Vendor's sole responsibility.
Coverage~ shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the
date of completion and acceptance of the scope of work by the County or as specified in this solicitation"
whichever is longer.
The Vendor and/or its insurance carrier shall provide thirty (30) days written notice to the County of policy
cancellation or non-renewal on the part of the insurance carrier or the Vendor. The Vendor shall also notify the
County, in a like manner, within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt, of any notices of expiration, cancellation,
non-renewal or material change in coverage or limits receiyed by Vendor from its insurer and nothing
contained herein shall relieve Vendor of this requirement to provide notice. In the event of a reduction in the
aggregate limit of any policy to be provided by Vendor hereunder, Vendor shall immediately take steps to have
the aggregate limit reinstated to the full extent permitted under such policy.
GC-CA-B-1
1 0 E tll.i~
Should at any time the Vendor not maintain the insurance coverage~ required herein, the County may
terminate the Agreement or at its sole discretion shall be authorized to purchase such coveragew and charge
the Vendor for such coveragew purchased. If Vendor fails to reimburse the County for such costs within thirty
(30) days after demand, the County has the right to offset these costs from any amount due Vendor under this
Agreement or any other agreement between the County and Vendor. The County shall be under no obligation
to purchase such insurance, nor shall it be responsible for the coveragew purchased or the insurance
company or companies used. The decision of the County to purchase such insurance coveragew shall in no
way be construed to be a waiyer of any of its rights under the Contract Documents.
If the initial or any subsequently issued Certificate of Insurance expires prior to the completion of the scope of
work, the Vendor shall furnish to the County renewal or replacement Certificate(s) of Insurance not later than
ten (10) calendar days after the expiration date on the certificate. Failure of the Vendor to provide the County
with such renewal certificate(s) shall be considered justification for the County to terminate any and all
contracts.
GC-CA-B-2
Insurance I Bond Type
1. [8:J Worker's
Compensation
2. [8:J Employer's Liability
3. [8:J Commercial General
Liability (Occurrence Form)
patterned after the current
ISO form
4. [8:J Indemnification
4. X Automobile Liability
lOE".
,
~
Collier County Florida
Insurance and Bonding Requirements
Required Limits
Statutory Limits of Florida Statutes, Chapter 440 and all Federal Government
Statutory Limits and Requirements
$
single limit per occurrence
Bodily Injury and Property Damage
$
single limit per occurrence
To the maximum extent permitted by Florida law, the
ContractorNendor/Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless Collier
County, its officers and employees from any and all liabilities, damages,
losses and costs, including, but not limited to. reasonable attorneys' fees and
paralegals' fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or
intentionally wrongful conduct of the ContractorNendor/Consultant or anyone
employed or utilized by the ContractorNendor/Consultant in the performance
of this Agreement. This indemnification obligation shall not be construed to
negate, abridge or reduce any other rights or remedies which otherwise may
be available to an indemnified party or person described in this paragraph.
This section does not pertain to any incident arising from the sole negligence
of Collier County
$ 500.000 Each Occurrence: Bodily Injury & Property Damage,
Owned/Non-owned/Hired; Automobile Included
5. D Other insurance as D Watercraft
noted:
$
Per Occurrence
D United States Longshoreman's and Harborworker's Act coyerage shail be
maintained where applicable to the completion of the work.
$ Per Occurrence
D Maritime Coverage (Jones Act) shall be maintained where applicable to
the completion of the work.
$
Per Occurrence
D Aircraft Liability coverage shall be carried in limits of not less than
$5,000,000 each occurrence if applicable to the completion of the Seryices
under this Agreement.
D Pollution
$
$
Per Occurrence
Per Occurrence
D Professional Liability $
. $ 500,000 each claim and in the aggregate
. $1,000.000 each claim and in the aggregate
. $2,000,000 each claim and in the aggregate
Per Occurrence
D Project Professional Liability
D Valuable Papers Insurance
$
$
Per Occurrence
Per Occurrence
GC-CA-B-3
tOE
6. X Bid bond
Shall be submitted with proposal response in the form of certified funds.
cashiers' check or an irreyocable letter of credit, a cash bond posted with the
County Clerk. or proposal bond in a sum equal to 5% of the cost proposal. All
checks shall be made payable to the Collier County Board of County
Commissioners on a bank or trust company located in the State of Florida and
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
7. x Performance and
Payment Bonds
For projects in excess of $200,000. bonds shall be submitted with the
executed contract by Proposers receiYing award. and written for 100% of the
Contract award amount, the cost borne by the Proposer receiYing an award.
The Performance and Payment Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety
authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise acceptable to
Owner; provided, however, the surety shall be rated as "A-" or better as to
general policy holders rating and Class V or higher rating as to financial size
category and the amount required shall not exceed 5% of the reported policy
holders' surplus, all as reported in the most current Best Key Rating Guide,
published by A.M. Best Company, Inc. of 75 Fulton Street, New York, New
York 10038.
8. [8] Vendor shall ensure that all subcontractors comply with the same insurance requirements that he is
required to meet. The same Vendor shall provide County with certificates of insurance meeting the required
insurance provisions.
9. [8] Collier County must be named as "ADDITIONAL INSURED" on the Insurance Certificate for
Commercial General Liability where required.
10. [8] Collier County Board of County Commissioners shall be named as the Certificate Holder and the
certificate must read "For any and all work performed on behalf of Collier County.
NOTE: The "Certificate" should read as follows:
. For any and all work performed on behalf of Collier County.
. Collier County Board of County Commissioners, Naples, Florida
No County Division, Department or individual name should appear on the Certificate.
11. [8] Thirty (30) Days Cancellation Notice required.
Vendor's Insurance Statement
We understand the insurance requirements of these specifications and that the evidence of insurability may be
required within five (5) days of the award of this solicitation.
Name of Firm
Date
Vendor Signature
Print Name
Insurance Agency
Agent Name
Telephone Number
GC-CA-B-4
tOE' \I~
ACORD~ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMfDDfYYYY)
1/28/2010
PROOUCER (239)280-1919 FAX: (239) 28P-2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
seSE Client Services Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTENP OR
3606 Enterprise Avenue ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Suite 100
Napl.es FL 34104 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC#
INSURED INSURER A: Arch Insurance ComDAnv 11150
Beran Craig Barber Engel Construction INSURER 8: Insurance Co of State PA 19429
Company, Inc. INSURER c:American International S~ 26883
3606 Enterprise Avenue INSURER D
Naples FL 34104 INSURER E
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED_ NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO INHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,
THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.
I MAY HAVE 0.'
II~;;~ 1~'7.~; TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER P8,k+i~~::g8~~~ Pgk'fl,~~6~~N LIMITS
~NERAL LIABILITY 31PKG224B601 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000
~ 3MMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ~~~~~'f:J9ER~JJrPence\ $ 100,000
A - CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP {An~ one oerson\ $ 5,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJ RY $ 1,000,000
GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
~'L AGG:ErilE ~~M!~ AflES PER PRODUCTS"COMP~PAGG $ 2,000,000
POLICY X JE~T LaC
~TOMOBILE LIABILITY 31PKG224B601 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 1,000,000
(Eaaccidenl) $
~ ANY AUTO
A - ALL O'M'llED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
(Per person) $
- SCHEDULED AUTOS
~ H1RED AUTOS BODILY iNJURY $
~ NON-QIJV1\IED AUTOS {Per accident)
f-- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
RRAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
ANY AUTO OTHER THAN ,,,cr. $
AUTO ONLY ACG $
0ESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY 7275562 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 I 'A $ 25,000,000
X OCCUR 0 CLAIMS MADE AGGREC':A TE $ 25,000,000
$
B 8 DEDUCTIBLE .
X RETENTION ~ 0 ~I I.
A WORKERS COMPENSAnON AND 31WCX224B501 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 IOJ~'
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETORfPARTNERIEXECUTIVE Includes: USL&H coverage E,!. EACH ACCIDENT . 1,000,000
OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? E!. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000
II yes, describe under
SPEr.IAL PROVISIONS below EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT .
C OTHER Pol.l.ution Liability CP04062583 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 Each Loss Limit $10,000,000
Policy Aggregate $10,000,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATlONs/LOCA nONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS
RE, Contract *10-5396
"Collier County Property Appraiserl!l Office Renovations"
The General Liability Policy Includel!l Endorsement *00ML0019 00 0806 Additional Insured-Automatic Status When Required
By A Construction Agreement. Also Included Is Endorsement *CG 24 04 1093 Waiver of Recovery/Subrogation & Additional
Insured AUTO Endorsement *00CA0070 00 0906
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
Collier County
Purchasing Department
Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M.
3301 Tamiami Trail East
Napl.es, FL 34112
CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT
FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBlIGA nON OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE
INSURER ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTA nVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Alicia Poole/NAP
~~=--~-~~
@ACORDCORPORATION 1988
ACORD 25 (2001/08)
nJ~n""ItHn"'n""
P""..1nf?
!
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the pollcy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this
certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an
endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such
endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing
insurer(s), authorized representative or producer. and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively
amend. extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25 (2001108)
INS025 {Ol06).08a
Page2of2
IDE
EXHIBIT C
RELEASE AND AFFIDAVIT FORM
COUNTY OF COLLIER
STATE OF FLORIDA)
Before me, the undersigned authority. personally appeared
who after being duly sworn, deposes and says:
(1) In accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of $ paid,
("Contractor") releases and waives for itself and it's subcontractors,
material-men, successors and assigns. all claims demands, damages. costs and expenses, whether in contract or in tort,
against the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. relating in any way to the performance of the
Agreement between Contractor and Owner dated , 2009 for the period from
to , excluding all retainage withheld and any pending claims or
disputes as expressly specified as follows:
(2) Contractor certifies for itself and its subcontractors, material-men, successors and assigns, that all charges for
labor, materials, supplies, lands, licenses and other expenses for which Owner might be sued or for which a lien or a
demand against any payment bond might be filed. have been fully satisfied and paid.
(3) To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Owner from
all demands or suits, actions, claims of liens or other charges filed or asserted against the Owner arising out of the
performance by Contractor of the Work covered by this Release and Affidavit.
(4) This Release and Affidavit is given in connection with Contractor's [monthly/final] Application for Payment No.
CONTRACTOR
BY
ITS:
President
DATE:
Witnesses
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _ day of . 2009, by
,as of ,a
corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He/she is personally known to me or has produced
as identification and did (did not) take an oath.
My Commission Expires:
(Signature of Notary)
NAME:
(Legibly Printed)
(AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL)
Notary Public, State of
Commissioner No.:
GC-CA-C-1
10E
I I
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CONTRACT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
(County Project Manager)
(County Department)
Collier County Board of County Commissioners (the OWNER) or
Collier County Water-Sewer District (the OWNER)
Bid No
Project No
Application Date
FROM:
(Contractor's Representative) Payment Application No.
(Contractor's Name) for Work accomplished through the Date:
(Contractor's Address)
RE:
(Project Name)
Original Contract Time:
Revised Contract Time:
%
%
Original Contract Price: $
Total Change Orders to Date $
Revised Contract Amount $
Total value of Work Completed
and stored to Date $
Less Retainage $
Total Earned Less Retainage $
Less previous payment (s) $
AMOUNT DUE THIS
APPLICATION: $
Retainage @ 10% thru[insert date] $
Retainage @ _0/0 after [insert date] $
=
Percent Work completed to Date:
Percent Contract Time completed to Date
Liquidated Damages to be Accrued $
Remaining Contract Balance $
ATTACH SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION TO THIS APPLICATION
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments
received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above haye been applied to discharge in
full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment
numbered 1 through _ inclusive: (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed
in or coyered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims,
security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER): (3) all amounts have
been paid for work which previous payments were issued and receiyed from the OWNER and that current payment is now
due; and (4) CONTRACTOR has only included amounts in this Application for Payment properly due and owing and
CONTRACTOR has not included within the above referenced amount any claims for unauthorized or changed Work that
has not been properly approved by Owner in writing and in adyance of such Work.
By CONTRACTOR: (Contractor's Name)
(Signature) DATE:
(Type Name & Title)
(shall be signed by a duly authorized representative of CONTRACTOR)
Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended:
By Design Professional:
(DP's Name)
(Signature) DATE:
(Type Name & Title)
Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is approved
By OWNER'S Project Manager'
(Signature) DATE:
(Type Name and Title)
GC-CA-D-1
I
i
!
, I
I
- - -1 -
e- I- -f- 1-
I
---1- 1-- ~--
Ul
,W
':J
'...1
1<(
I>
:u..
o I
w
...I
:J
fiJ---
J:
U I
Ul ,
,-
'C
m
~
c:
'"
c:
o
~
"
I-
iD
r
,><
,W
i
i
I .
c~-
~ I' ·
:i 0'
~ ....1
M" Qj Ii -gi
2! lii .~: c
0..1 o_l~i_ UJ
I-
W
...J
ll.
:;;
o
u
"
I<
~
--,--
I
I '
,
,
;; "1
E i-
.
z I
1)
. , ,
"e-
n.
i '
,
w"
"Cl"
<<w
I-ZX
O<X
....1-1-
ll!;:
w _
Cl .
~ ~ ,r;
I <II( ~
~ ~
I< ..
W
Cl
~<(
oZ
~<
I-
W
I<
WX
0",
Zz
<-
,,"-
r1i~
!Z~
WW
0"
1<0.
w:E
0.0
o
"0
...J ~ WI~
~ ~ D::!ce
oil. O'c
t- ::el-l
o en,O
o ~il-
,,~
ll!<
a'"
I-i!!
"'<
j:E
"
",0
xl<
I-W
ll.
"'W
zl-
o(l
I-w
<0
S!z
,,-
a."'
a.
<w
"'l-
=><
00
>=>
ll!'"
a. J:
I-
"
W,
...J,w
::J!::J
01'"
w <'
al>
U)'
z
o
Ii:
ii:i
o
""
w
"I
,'"
:EIW
~I!.
I
I
I
..
"
~
" ..
~ .'!l
~J9
- ....
~ .~
I.~ ;::
'rn
~ E I
'0.2
c: 0
.~I ~
0,70
-6;0
Q>!<L\
~I:~
(/) Q)--
rn-"
w-
Qi .S
~u
.. :'l
.. rn
~a..
5 .~
$2
w rn
"-u
Ern
0-"
u-
.. Q;
-'"
tl rn
!" c
c ,Q I
870, I
(l) E' I
-s .,Ei
-=~
c ..
:J c'
c: EI
o ~
~8
E w
.En;
.!: 0
= ~
mE
:'ll-
rn "
0..':;
;:' c
3:i:;
~ w
. ~ ~
w c.
I~ .~
i3: ~
.. rn
..1'_ .c
ill) Cii
!m w
o ~
:::s .!:
E w
t-Cl
" ~
;:: 13!
'"
...J
~
o
I-
Ui~'
C Q) i
.Q,..c I I
~:t I
,,-"
i~l~
I.~ ~ ~
~ ~,'~ 1
,0.. :JlQi ;
i 4i 5: ~i I
1"'0 -.;:;,'-,
15 t'll:~1
: (I'j E: ~i
,C ..8:..c'
~ ,SIO
__w
8 rn -5i
o iii ~
!i&i =
~,&~
_ rn w
.E~~
c -" c.
,0 -= g-
rn -"
~ ~'~
o..c..IJ::1
,z1.912'
" ,EI ~I i
- -- - -.--!
I-I
,
I '
1
--j-
--!-..,
,
.. -j
,
;
1
,
OE
.
N
,
o
<J:
o
o
"
,-
IOE
'E
o
u
CIl
a::
-
I 0
I-
CIl =
CO
W u -
c "'
CO C
0;
aJ
"'0
"'0 0
" ~ ';:
CIl
0 0 0; a.
-
, "' "'
0 .5 :c
, I-
CO
+ ~"'O
<( "' CIl
OJ =-
0 00;
:; ,- -
E > "'
~ e c
0 a.
lJ..
"'0 -g
CIl ";:
> CIl
CO '0; a.
u "'
CIl :c
a:: I-
"' ~"'O
CO
;: "' CIl
= >
CIl 0 '0;
- <(
CO ";; u
:E e CIl
"'0 a. a::
e
0
- CIl ..
Ul CIl i
u ,Q
'0 E ,
> =
c z I
i
,
..
.!!!
~ i
=
Ul
c
0
u $
<1l
= ..
.S u
C "'
CIl
0 C
S
0
~
;g
.<::
x
W
.1':l
CO
c - - - ..
I --,- - --.,.- - -
.- -
'"
o
J:
o
U
<.?
w
I OE \1~fi'~
EXHIBIT E
CHANGE ORDER
TO:
Project Name:
Bid No.:
Change Order No.:
FROM: Collier County Government
Construction Agreement Dated:
Date:
Change Order Description
Original Agreement Amount ...........................................................$
Sum of previous Change Orders Amount .......................................$
This Change Order Amount ...........................................................$
Revised Agreement Amount........................ ................................... $
Original Contract Time in calendar days
Adjusted number of calendar days due to previous Change Orders
This Change Order adjusted time is
Revised Contract Time in calendar days
Original Notice to Proceed Date
Completion date based on original Contract Time
Revised completion date
Contractor's acceptance of this Change Order shall constitute a modification to the Agreement
and will be performed subject to all the same terms and conditions as contained in the
Agreement, as if the same were repeated in this acceptance. The adjustments, if any, to the
Agreement shall constitute a full and final settlement of any and all claims of the Contractor
arising out of, or related to, the change set forth herein, including claims for impact and delay
costs.
Prepared by: Date:
Project Manager
Recommended by: Date:
Design Professional
Accepted by: Date:
Contractor
Approved by: Date:
Department Director
Approved by: Date:
DiYision Administrator
Approved by: Date:
Purchasing Department
GC-CA-E-5
Authorized by
Director
Date:
(For use by Owner: Fund
Number: )
Cost Center:
Object Code:
GC-CA-E-6
IOE"~
Project
IOE
EXHIBIT F
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
OWNER'S Project No.
Design Professional's Project No.
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR
Contract For
Contract Date
This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the Contract Documents or to the
following specified parts thereof:
To
OWNER
And
To
Substantial Completion is the state in the progress of the Work when the Work (or designated
portion) is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner
can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. The Work to which this Certificate applies has
been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents on:
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-inclusive,
and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed
or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion.
GC-CA-F-1
IOE
f i
The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety. maintenance,
heat. utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as follows:
RESPONSIBILITIES:
OWNER:
CONTRACTOR
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate:
This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract
Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Executed by Design Professional on
,2009
Design Professional
By:
Type Name and Title
CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on
,2009
CONTRACTOR
By:
Type Name and Title
OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on
.2009
OWNER
By:
Type Name and Title
GC-CA-F-2
IOE
; 1
EXHIBIT G
FINAL PAYMENT CHECKLIST
Bid No.:
Contractor:
Project No.:
Date:
,2009
The following items have been secured by the
for the Project known as
and have been reviewed and found to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Original Contract Amount:
Final Contract Amount:
Commencement Date:
Substantial Completion Time as set forth in the Agreement:
Actual Date of Substantial Completion:
Calendar Days.
Final Completion Time as set forth in the Agreement:
Actual Final Completion Date:
Calendar Days.
YES
NO
1. All Punch List items completed on
2. Warranties and Guarantees assigned to Owner (attach to this form).
3. Effective date of General one year warranty from Contractor is:
4. 2 copies of Operation and Maintenance manuals for equipment and
system submitted (list manuals in attachment to this form).
5. As-Built drawings obtained and dated:
6. Owner personnel trained on system and equipment operation.
7. Certificate of Occupancy No.:
issued on (attach to this form).
8. Certificate of Substantial Completion issued on
9. Final Payment Application and Affidavits receiyed from Contractor on:
10. Consent of Surety received on
11. Operating Department personnel notified Project is in operating phase.
12. All Spare Parts or Special Tools provided to Owner:
13. Finished Floor Elevation Certificate provided to Owner:
14. Other:
If any of the above is not applicable. indicate by N/A. If NO is checked for any of the above, attach
explanation.
Acknowledgments:
By Contractor:
(Company Name)
(Signature)
(Typed Name & Title)
GC-CA-G-1
By Design
Professional:
By Owner:
GC-CA-G-2
IOE
t"l~
,
(Firm Name)
(Signature)
(Typed Name & Title)
(Department Name)
(Signature)
(Name & Title)
IOE
EXHIBIT H
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.1 It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete
Project (or portion thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Any work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from
the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be
supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well known
technical or trade meaning are used to describe work, materials or equipment, such
words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to standard
specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association or
to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the
Project, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest
standard specification, manual, code, law or regulation in effect at the time the Work is
performed, except as may be otherwise specifically stated herein.
1.2 If before or during the performance of the Work Contractor discovers a conflict,
error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, Contractor immediately shall report
same to the Project Manager in writing and before proceeding with the Work affected
thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager;
said interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager may require Contractor to
consult directly with Design Professional or some other third party, as directed by
Project Manager. Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions
and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other
information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing any
portion of the Work.
1.3 Drawings are intended to show general arrangements, design and extent of Work
and are not intended to serye as shop drawings. Specifications are separated into
divisions for convenience of reference only and shall not be interpreted as establishing
divisions for the Work, trades, subcontracts, or extent of any part of the Work. In the
event of a discrepancy between or among the drawings, specifications or other Contract
Document provisions, Contractor shall be required to comply with the provision which is
the more restrictive or stringent requirement upon the Contractor, as determined by the
Project Manager. Unless otherwise specifically mentioned, all anchors, bolts, screws,
fittings, fillers, hardware, accessories, trim and other parts required in connection with
any portion of the Work to make a complete, seryiceable, finished and first quality
installation shall be furnished and installed as part of the Work, whether or not called for
by the Contract Documents.
2. INVESTIGATION AND UTILITIES.
2.1 Subject to Section 2.3 below, Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of
satisfying itself concerning the nature and location of the Work and the general and
local conditions, and particularly, but without limitation, with respect to the following:
GC-CA-H-1
lOE
those affecting transportation, access, disposal, handling and storage of materials;
availability and quality of labor; water and electric power; availability and condition of
roads; work area; living facilities; climatic conditions and seasons; physical conditions at
the work-site and the project area as a whole; topography and ground surface
conditions; nature and quantity of the surface materials to be encountered; subsurface
conditions; equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during performance of
the Work; and all other costs associated with such performance. The failure of
Contractor to acquaint itself with any applicable conditions shall not relieve Contractor
from any of its responsibilities to perform under the Contract Documents, nor shall it be
considered the basis for any claim for additional time or compensation.
2.2 Contractor shall locate all existing roadways, railways, drainage facilities and
utility services above, upon, or under the Project site, said roadways, railways, drainage
facilities and utilities being referred to in this Sub-Section 2.2 as the "Utilities".
Contractor shall contact the owners of all Utilities to determine the necessity for
relocating or temporarily interrupting any Utilities during the construction of the Project.
Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its Work around any such relocation or
temporary seryice interruption. Contractor shall be responsible for properly shoring,
supporting and protecting all Utilities at all times during the course of the Work. The
Contractor is responsible for coordinating all other utility work so as to not interfere with
the prosecution of the Work (except those utilities to be coordinated by the Owner as
may be expressly described elsewhere in the Contract Documents).
2.3 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, if conditions
are encountered at the Project site which are (i) subsurface or otherwise concealed
physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract
Documents or (ii) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ
materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in
construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, and
which reasonably should not have been discovered by Contractor as part of its scope of
site investigative services required pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents,
then Contractor shall provide Owner with prompt written notice thereof before conditions
are disturbed and in no event later than three (3) calendar days after first observance of
such conditions. Owner and Design Professional shall promptly investigate such
conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in
Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, Owner
will acknowledge and agree to an equitable adjustment to Contractor's compensation or
time for performance, or both, for such Work. If Owner determines that the conditions at
the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or
not of an unusual nature or should have been discovered by Contractor as part of its
investigative services, and that no change in the terms of the Agreement is justified,
Owner shall so notify Contractor in writing, stating its reasons. Claims by Contractor in
opposition to such determination by Owner must be made within seven (7) calendar
days after Contractor's receipt of Owner's written determination notice. If Owner and
Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment to Contractor's cost or time of performance,
the dispute resolution procedure set forth in the Contract Documents shall be complied
with by the parties.
GC-CA-H-2
10E
3. SCHEDULE.
3.1 The Contractor, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award,
shall prepare and submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a progress
schedule for the Project (herein "Progress Schedule"). The Progress Schedule shall
relate to all Work required by the Contract Documents, and shall utilize the Critical Path
method of scheduling and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the
Work within the Contract Time. The Progress Schedule shall indicate the dates for
starting and completing the various stages of the Work.
3.2 The Progress Schedule shall be updated monthly by the Contractor. All monthly
updates to the Progress Schedule shall be subject to the Project Manager's review and
approval. Contractor shall submit the updates to the Progress Schedule with its
monthly Applications for Payment noted below. The Project Manager's review and
approval of the submitted Progress Schedule updates shall be a condition precedent to
the Owner's obligation to pay Contractor.
3.3 All work under this Agreement shall be performed in accordance with the
requirements of all Collier County Noise Ordinances then in effect. Unless otherwise
specified, work will generally be limited to the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., Monday
through Friday. No work shall be performed outside the specified hours without the
prior approval of the Project Manager.
4, PROGRESS PAYMENTS.
4.1 Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall
submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a schedule of values based
upon the Contract Price, listing the major elements of the Work and the dollar value for
each element. After its approval by the Project Manager, this schedule of values shall
be used as the basis for the Contractor's monthly Applications for Payment. This
schedule shall be updated and submitted each month along with a completed copy of
the Application for Payment form signed by the Contractor's authorized representative
and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit D.
4.2 Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall
provide to the Project Manager the list of its Subcontractors and materialmen submitted
with its Bid showing the work and materials involved and the dollar amount of each
subcontract and purchase order. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any
modifications to the list of Subcontractors submitted with Contractor's Bid and any
subsequently identified Subcontractors are subject to Owner's prior written approval.
The first Application for Payment shall be submitted no earlier than thirty (30) days after
the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if approved
by Owner in its sole discretion, Contractor may submit its invoice for any required
Payment and Performance Bonds prior to the first Application of Payment provided that
Contractor has furnished Owner certified copies of the receipts evidencing the premium
paid by Contractor for the bonds.
GC-CA-H-3
10E'~
4.3 Unless expressly approved by Owner in advance and in writing, said approval at
Owner's sole discretion, Owner is not required to make any payment for materials or
equipment that have not been incorporated into the Project. If payment is requested on
the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated into the Project, but delivered
and suitably stored at the site or at another location, and such payment and storage
have been agreed to by Owner in writing, the Application for Payment also shall be
accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that the Owner
has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security
interests and encumbrances, together with evidence that the materials and equipment
are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect
Owner's interest therein, all of which shall be subject to the Owner's satisfaction.
Thereafter, with each Application for Payment, Contractor also shall complete and
submit to Owner as part of its Application for Payment, the Stored Materials Record
attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit D.
4.4 Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of its monthly Application for Payment to
the Project Manager or his or her designee, as directed by Owner (which designee may
include the Design Professional). After the date of each Application for Payment is
stamped as received and within the timeframes set forth in Section 218.735 F.S., the
Project Manager, or Design Professional, shall either: (1) Indicate its approval of the
requested payment; (2) indicate its approval of only a portion of the requested payment,
stating in writing its reasons therefore; or (3) return the Application for Payment to the
Contractor indicating, in writing, the reason for refusing to approve payment. Payments
of proper invoices in the amounts approved shall be processed and paid in accordance
with Section 218.735, F.S. and the administrative procedures established by the
County's Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Court's Finance Department
respectively.
In the event of a total denial by Owner and return of the Application for Payment by the
Project Manager, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and re-submit the
Application for Payment. The Owner shall, within ten (10) business days after the
Application for Payment is stamped and received and after Project Manager approval of
an Application for Payment, pay the Contractor the amounts so approved.
4.5 Owner shall retain ten percent (10%) of the gross amount of each monthly
payment request or ten percent (10%) of the portion thereof approved by the Project
Manager for payment, whichever is less. Such sum shall be accumulated and not
released to Contractor until final payment is due unless otherwise agreed to by the
Owner in accordance with Florida Statute 255.078. The Project Manager shall have the
discretion to establish, in writing, a schedule to periodically reduce the percentage of
cumulative retainage held through out the course of the Project schedule. Owner shall
reduce the amount of the retainage withheld on each payment request subsequent to
fifty percent (50%) completion subject to the guidelines set forth in Florida Statute
255.078 and as set forth in the Owner's Purchasing Policy.
GC-CA-H-4
tOE
4.6 Monthly payments to Contractor shall in no way imply approval or acceptance of
Contractor's Work.
4.7 Each Application for Payment, subsequent to the first pay application, shall be
accompanied by a Release and Affidavit, in the form attached as Exhibit C,
acknowledging Contractor's receipt of payment in full for all materials, labor, equipment
and other bills that are then due and payable by Owner with respect to the current
Application for Payment. Further, to the extent directed by Owner and in Owner's sole
discretion, Contractor shall also submit a Release and Affidavit from each
Subcontractor, sub-subcontractor, or supplier in the form attached as Exhibit C
acknowledging that each Subcontractor, sub-subcontractor or supplier has been paid in
full through the previous month's Application for Payment. The Owner shall not be
required to make payment until and unless these affidavits are furnished by Contractor.
4.8 Contractor agrees and understands that funding limitations exist and that the
expenditure of funds must be spread over the duration of the Project at regular interyals
based on the Contract Amount and Progress Schedule. Accordingly, prior to submitting
its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit for Project
Manager's review and approval, a detailed Project Funding Schedule, which shall be
updated as necessary and approved by Owner to reflect approved adjustments to the
Contract Amount and Contract Time. No voluntary acceleration or early completion of
the Work shall modify the time of payments to Contractor as set forth in the approved
Project Funding Schedule.
4.9 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, Contractor
acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a dispute concerning payments for Work
performed under this Agreement, Contractor shall continue to perform the Work
required of it under this Agreement pending resolution of the dispute provided that
Owner continues to pay Contractor all amounts that Owner does not dispute are due
and payable.
5. PAYMENTS WITHHELD.
5.1 The Project Manager may decline to approve any Application for Payment, or
portions thereof, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent
inspections that reveal non-compliance with the Contract Documents. The Project
Manager may nullify the whole or any part of any approval for payment previously
issued and Owner may withhold any payments otherwise due Contractor under this
Agreement or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, to such extent as
may be necessary in the Owner's opinion to protect it from loss because of:
(a) defective Work not remedied; (b) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence
indicating probable filing of such claims; (c) failure of Contractor to make payment
properly to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; (d) reasonable doubt
that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; (e)
reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (f)
GC-CA-H-5
l(lE
unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor; or (g) any other material
breach of the Contract Documents by Contractor.
5.2 If any conditions described in 5.1. are not remedied or removed, Owner may,
after three (3) days written notice, rectify the same at Contractor's expense. Provided,
however, in the event of an emergency, Owner shall not be required to provide
Contractor any written notice prior to rectifying the situation at Contractor's expense.
Owner also may offset against any sums due Contractor the amount of any liquidated or
non-liquidated obligations of Contractor to Owner, whether relating to or arising out of
this Agreement or any other agreement between Contractor and Owner.
6. FINAL PAYMENT.
6.1 Owner shall make final payment to Contractor in accordance with Section
218.735, F.S. and the administrative procedures established by the County's
Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Court's Finance Department after the Work is
finally inspected and accepted by Project Manager as set forth with Section 20.1 herein,
provided that Contractor first, and as an explicit condition precedent to the accrual of
Contractor's right to final payment, shall have furnished Owner with a properly executed
and notarized copy of the Release and Affidavit attached as Exhibit C, as well as, a duly
executed copy of the Surety's consent to final payment and such other documentation
that may be required by the Contract Documents and the Owner. Prior to release of
final payment and final retainage, the Contractor's Representative and the Project
Manager shall jointly complete the Final Payment Checklist, a representative copy of
which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit G.
6.2 Contractor's acceptance of final payment shall constitute a full waiver of any and
all claims by Contractor against Owner arising out of this Agreement or otherwise
relating to the Project, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents and identified by Contractor as unsettled in its
final Application for Payment. Neither the acceptance of the Work nor payment by
Owner shall be deemed to be a waiver of Owner's right to enforce any obligations of
Contractor hereunder or to the recovery of damages for defective Work not discovered
by the Design Professional or Project Manager at the time of final inspection.
7. SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS.
7.1 Contractor shall carefully examine the Contract Documents for all requirements
for approval of materials to be submitted such as shop drawings, data, test results,
schedules and samples. Contractor shall submit all such materials at its own expense
and in such form as required by the Contract Documents in sufficient time to prevent
any delay in the delivery of such materials and the installation thereof.
7.2 Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract
Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier,
the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required.
Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted,
GC-CA-H-6
10'E
materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted by Owner if sufficient
information is submitted by Contractor to allow the Owner to determine that the material
or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. Requests for review of
substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by Owner from anyone
other than Contractor and all such requests must be submitted by Contractor to Project
Manager within thirty (30) calendar days after Notice of Award is received by
Contractor, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor.
7.3 If Contractor wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment,
Contractor shall make application to the Project Manager for acceptance thereof,
certifying that the proposed substitute shall adequately perform the functions and
achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance
to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application shall
state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice
Contractor's achievement of substantial completion on time, whether or not acceptance
of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for the Project)
to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use
by the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or
royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in
the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement seryice shall be
indicated. The application also shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will
result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs for
redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which
shall be considered by the Project Manager in evaluating the proposed substitute. The
Project Manager may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense additional
data about the proposed substitute.
7.4 If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a
substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction
acceptable to the Project Manager, if Contractor submits sufficient information to allow
the Project Manager to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that
indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedures for submission to
and review by the Project Manager shall be the same as those provided herein for
substitute materials and equipment.
7.5 The Project Manager shall be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposed substitute and, if need be, to consult with the Design Professional. No
substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without the Project Manager's prior written
acceptance which shall be evidenced by a Change Order, a Work Directive Change, a
Field Order or an approved Shop Drawing. The Owner may require Contractor to
furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with
respect to any substitute. The Project Manager will record time required by the Project
Manager and the Project Manager's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by
Contractor and making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby.
Whether or not the Owner accepts a proposed substitute, Contractor shall reimburse
GC-CA-H-7
1 ~)"E ~..
Owner for the charges of the Design Professional and the Design Professional's
consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute.
8. DAILY REPORTS, AS-BUlL TS AND MEETINGS.
8.1 Unless waived in writing by Owner, Contractor shall complete and submit to
Project Manager on a weekly basis a daily log of the Contractor's work for the preceding
week in a format approved by the Project Manager. The daily log shall document all
activities of Contractor at the Project site including, but not limited to, the following:
8.1.1 Weather conditions showing the high and low temperatures during
work hours, the amount of precipitation received on the Project site, and any other
weather conditions which adversely affect the Work;
8.1.2
8.1.3
personnel;
Soil conditions which adversely affect the Work;
The hours of operation by Contractor's and Sub-Contractor's
8.1.4 The number of Contractor's and Sub-Contractor's personnel present
and working at the Project site, by subcontract and trade;
8.1.5 All equipment present at the Project site, description of equipment use
and designation of time equipment was used (specifically indicating any down time);
8.1.6 Description of Work being performed at the Project site;
8.1.7 Any unusual or special occurrences at the Project site;
8.1.8 Materials received at the Project site;
8.1.9 A list of all visitors to the Project
8.1.10 Any problems that might impact either the cost or quality of the Work or
the time of performance.
The daily log shall not constitute nor take the place of any notice required to be given by
Contractor to Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents.
8.2 Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Project site one record copy of
the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, all drawings, specifications,
addenda, amendments, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, as
well as all written interpretations and clarifications issued by the Design Professional, in
good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. The
annotated drawings shall be continuously updated by the Contractor throughout the
prosecution of the Work to accurately reflect all field changes that are made to adapt the
Work to field conditions, changes resulting from Change Orders, Work Directive
Changes and Field Orders, and all concealed and buried installations of piping, conduit
GC-CA-H-8
-tOE
and utility seryices. All buried and concealed items, both inside and outside the Project
site, shall be accurately located on the annotated drawings as to depth and in
relationship to not less than two (2) permanent features (e.g. interior or exterior wall
faces). The annotated drawings shall be clean and all changes, corrections and
dimensions shall be given in a neat and legible manner in a contrasting color. The
"As-Built" record documents, together with all approved samples and a counterpart of all
approved shop drawings shall be available to the Project Manager or Design
Professional for reference. Upon completion of the Work and as a condition precedent
to Contractor's entitlement to final payment, these "As-Built" record documents, samples
and shop drawings shall be delivered to Project Manager by Contractor for Owner.
8.3 Contractor shall keep all records and supporting documentation which concern or
relate to the Work hereunder for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of
termination of this Agreement or the date the Project is completed or such longer period
as may be required by law, whichever is later. Owner, or any duly authorized agents or
representatives of Owner, shall have the right to audit, inspect and copy all such
records and documentation as often as they deem necessary during the period of this
Agreement and during the document retention period noted above; provided, however,
such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours.
9, CONTRACT TIME AND TIME EXTENSIONS.
9.1 Contractor shall diligently pursue the completion of the Work and coordinate the
Work being done on the Project by its subcontractors and material-men, as well as
coordinating its Work with all work of others at the Project Site, so that its Work or the
work of others shall not be delayed or impaired by any act or omission by Contractor.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, and procedures, as well as coordination of all portions of the Work under
the Contract Documents, and the coordination of Owner's suppliers and contractors as
set forth in Paragraph 12.2. herein.
9.2 Should Contractor be obstructed or delayed in the prosecution of or completion
of the Work as a result of unforeseeable causes beyond the control of Contractor, and
not due to its fault or neglect, including but not restricted to acts of Nature or of the
public enemy, acts of government, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine regulation,
strikes or lockouts, Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing within forty-eight (48)
hours after the commencement of such delay, stating the cause or causes thereof, or be
deemed to have waived any right which Contractor may have had to request a time
extension.
9.3 No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the
commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for
which Owner may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of its duty
to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner.
Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for
delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner will be the right to seek an
extension to the Contract Time; provided, however, the granting of any such time
GC-CA-H-9
-lOE
extension shall not be a condition precedent to the aforementioned "No Damage For
Delay" provision. This paragraph shall expressly apply to claims for early completion,
as well as to claims based on late completion.
9.4 In no event shall any approval by Owner authorizing Contractor to continue
performing Work under this Agreement or any payment issued by Owner to Contractor
be deemed a waiver of any right or claim Owner may have against Contractor for delay
damages hereunder.
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK.
10.1 Owner shall have the right at any time during the progress of the Work to
increase or decrease the Work. Promptly after being notified of a change, Contractor
shall submit an itemized estimate of any cost or time increases or savings it foresees as
a result of the change. Except in an emergency endangering life or property, or as
expressly set forth herein, no addition or changes to the Work shall be made except
upon written order of Owner, and Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any
increased compensation without such written order. No officer, employee or agent of
Owner is authorized to direct any extra or changed work orally. Any alleged changes
must be approved by Owner in writing prior to starting such items. Owner will not be
responsible for the costs of any changes commenced without Owner's express prior
written approval. Failure to obtain such prior written approval for any changes will be
deemed: (i) a waiver of any claim by Contractor for such items and (ii) an admission by
Contractor that such items are in fact not a change but rather are part of the Work
required of Contractor hereunder.
10.2 A Change Order, in the form attached as Exhibit E to this Agreement, shall be
issued and executed promptly after an agreement is reached between Contractor and
Owner concerning the requested changes. Contractor shall promptly perform changes
authorized by duly executed Change Orders. The Contract Amount and Contract Time
shall be adjusted in the Change Order in the manner as Owner and Contractor shall
mutually agree.
10.3 If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a Change Order for the
requested change, Contractor shall, nevertheless, promptly perform the change as
directed by Owner in a written Work Directive Change. In that event, the Contract
Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted as directed by Owner. If Contractor
disagrees with the Owner's adjustment determination, Contractor must make a claim
pursuant to Section 11 of these General Conditions or else be deemed to have waived
any claim on this matter it might otherwise have had.
10.4 In the event a requested change results in an increase to the Contract Amount,
the amount of the increase shall be limited to the Contractor's reasonable direct labor
and material costs and reasonable actual equipment costs as a result of the change
(including allowance for labor burden costs) plus a maximum ten percent (10%) markup
for all overhead and profit. In the event such change Work is performed by a
Subcontractor, a maximum ten percent (10%) markup for all overhead and profit for all
GC-CA-H-10
lOE~
Subcontractors' and sub-subcontractors' direct labor and material costs and actual
equipment costs shall be permitted, with a maximum five percent (5%) markup thereon
by the Contractor for all of its overhead and profit, for a total maximum markup of fifteen
percent (15%). All compensation due Contractor and any Subcontractor or
sub-subcontractor for field and home office overhead is included in the markups noted
above. Contractor's and Sub-Contractor's bond costs associated with any change order
shall be included in the overhead and profit expenses and shall not be paid as a
separate line item.
10.5 Owner shall have the right to conduct an audit of Contractor's books and records
to verify the accuracy of the Contractor's claim with respect to Contractor's costs
associated with any Change Order or Work Directive Change.
10.6 The Project Manager shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not
involving an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time
and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be
effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be binding on the
Contractor.
10.7 Any modifications to this Contract shall be in compliance with the County
Purchasing Policy and Administrative Procedures in effect at the time such
modifications are authorized.
11. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES.
11.1 Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking an adjustment or
interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of
time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract Documents. The term
"Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and
Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents. The responsibility to
substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim.
11.2 Claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing to the Project Manager within
forty-eight (48) hours from when the Contractor knew or should have known of the event
giving rise to such Claim or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the
Claim. Written supporting data shall be submitted to the Project Manager within fifteen
(15) calendar days after the occurrence of the event, unless the Owner grants additional
time in writing, or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. All
Claims shall be priced in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 10.4.
11.3 The Contractor shall proceed diligently with its performance as directed by the
Owner, regardless of any pending Claim, action, suit or administrative proceeding,
unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in writing. Owner shall continue to make
payments in accordance with the Contract Documents during the pendency of any
Claim.
12. OTHER WORK.
GC-CA-H-11
tOE
I I
12.1 Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own
forces, have other work performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts. If the
fact that such other work is to be performed is not noted in the Contract Documents,
written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work. If
Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor
or require additional time, Contractor shall send written notice of that fact to Owner and
Design Professional within forty-eight (48) hours of being notified of the other work. If
the Contractor fails to send the above required forty-eight (48) hour notice, the
Contractor will be deemed to have waived any rights it otherwise may have had to seek
an extension to the Contract Time or adjustment to the Contract Amount.
12.2 Contractor shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a party to
such a direct contract (or Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with
Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity
for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such
work and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs. Contractor shall do
all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several
parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and
will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of the Project Manager and the
others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under
this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other Contractors to the
extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct
contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors.
12.3 If any part of Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the
work of any other contractor or utility owner (or Owner), Contractor shall inspect and
promptly report to Project Manager in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such
work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
Contractor's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and
proper for integration with Contractor's Work.
13. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.
13.1 To the maximum extent permitted by Florida law, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless Owner and its officers and employees from any and all liabilities, claims,
damages, penalties, demands, judgments, actions, proceedings, losses or costs,
including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and paralegals' fees, whether
resulting from any claimed breach of this Agreement by Contractor or from personal
injury, property damage, direct or consequential damages, or economic loss, to the
extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of
Contractor or anyone employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of this
Agreement.
13.2 The duty to defend under this Article 13 is independent and separate from the
duty to indemnify, and the duty to defend exists regardless of any ultimate liability of the
Contractor, Owner and any indemnified party. The duty to defend arises immediately
GC-CA-H-12
tOE
upon presentation of a claim by any party and written notice of such claim being
provided to Contractor. Contractor's obligation to indemnify and defend under this
Article 13 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement until it is
determined by final judgment that an action against the Owner or an indemnified party
for the matter indemnified hereunder is fully and finally barred by the applicable statute
of limitations.
13.3 Contractor shall obtain and carry, at all times during its performance under the
Contract Documents, insurance of the types and in the amounts set forth in Exhibit B to
the Agreement. Further, the Contractor shall at all times comply with all of the terms,
conditions, requirements and obligations set forth under Exhibit B.
14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.
14.1 Contractor agrees to comply, at its own expense, with all federal, state and local
laws, codes, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements applicable to the
Project, including but not limited to those dealing with taxation, worker's compensation,
equal employment and safety (including, but not limited to, the Trench Safety Act,
Chapter 553, Florida Statutes). If Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are
at variance therewith, it shall promptly notify Project Manager in writing. To the extent
any law, rule, regulation, code, statute, or ordinance requires the inclusion of certain
terms in this Agreement in order for this Agreement to be enforceable, such terms shall
be deemed included in this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract
Documents to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that in the event of a change in
any applicable laws, ordinances, rules or regulations subsequent to the date this
Agreement was executed that increases the Contractor's time or cost of performance of
the Work, Contractor is entitled to a Change Order for such increases, except to the
extent Contractor knew or should have known of such changes prior to the date of this
Agreement.
14.2 By executing and entering into this agreement, the Contractor is formally
acknowledging without exception or stipulation that it is fully responsible for complying
with the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 as located at 8
U.S.C. 1324, et seq. and regulations relating thereto, as either may be amended.
Failure by the Contractor to comply with the laws referenced herein shall constitute a
breach of this agreement and the County shall have the discretion to unilaterally
terminate this agreement immediately.
15. CLEANUP AND PROTECTIONS.
15.1 Contractor agrees to keep the Project site clean at all times of debris, rubbish
and waste materials arising out of the Work. At the completion of the Work, Contractor
shall remove all debris, rubbish and waste materials from and about the Project site, as
well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus
materials, and shall leave the Project site clean and ready for occupancy by Owner.
GC-CA-H-13
10E
15.2 Any existing surface or subsurface improvements, including, but not limited to,
pavements, curbs, sidewalks, pipes, utilities, footings, structures, trees and shrubbery,
not indicated in the Contract Documents to be removed or altered, shall be protected by
Contractor from damage during the prosecution of the Work. Subject to the Section 2.3
above, any such improvements so damaged shall be restored by Contractor to the
condition equal to that existing at the time of Contractor's commencement of the Work.
16. ASSIGNMENT.
16.1 Contractor shall not assign this Agreement or any part thereof, without the prior
consent in writing of Owner. Any attempt to assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement,
or any part herein, without the Owner's consent, shall be void. If Contractor does, with
approval, assign this Agreement or any part thereof, it shall require that its assignee be
bound to it and to assume toward Contractor all of the obligations and responsibilities
that Contractor has assumed toward Owner.
17. PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES,
17.1 Pursuant to Section 218.80, F.S., Owner will pay for all Collier County permits
and fees, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable
to the Work through an internal budget transfer(s). Contractor is not responsible for
paying for permits issued by Collier County, but Contractor is responsible for acquiring
all permits. Owner may require the Contractor to deliver internal budget transfer
documents to applicable Collier County agencies when the Contractor is acquiring
permits.
17.2 All permits, fees and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Work which
are not issued by Collier County shall be acquired and paid for by the Contractor.
17.3 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes associated
with the Work or portions thereof, which are applicable during the performance of the
Work.
18. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT.
18.1 Contractor shall be considered in material default of the Agreement and such
default shall be considered cause for Owner to terminate the Agreement, in whole or in
part, as further set forth in this Section, if Contractor: (1) fails to begin the Work under
the Contract Documents within the time specified herein; or (2) fails to properly and
timely perform the Work as directed by the Project Manager or as provided for in the
approved Progress Schedule; or (3) performs the Work unsuitably or neglects or
refuses to remove materials or to correct or replace such Work as may be rejected as
unacceptable or unsuitable; or (4) discontinues the prosecution of the Work; or (5) fails
to resume Work which has been suspended within a reasonable time after being
notified to do so; or (6) becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act
of bankruptcy; or (7) allows any final judgment to stand against it unsatisfied for more
than ten (10) days; or (8) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (9) fails to
GC-CA-H-14
IOE
obey any applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations with respect to the
Work; or (10) materially breaches any other provision of the Contract Documents.
18.2 Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of Contractor's default(s). If Owner
determines that Contractor has not remedied and cured the default(s) within seven (7)
calendar days following receipt by Contractor of said written notice or such longer
period of time as may be consented to by Owner in writing and in its sole discretion,
then Owner, at its option, without releasing or waiving its rights and remedies against
the Contractor's sureties and without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may be
entitled to hereunder or by law, may terminate Contractor's right to proceed under the
Agreement, in whole or in part, and take possession of all or any portion of the Work
and any materials, tools, equipment, and appliances of Contractor, take assignments of
any of Contractor's subcontracts and purchase orders, and complete all or any portion
of Contractor's Work by whatever means, method or agency which Owner, in its sole
discretion, may choose.
18.3 If Owner deems any of the foregoing remedies necessary, Contractor agrees that
it shall not be entitled to receive any further payments hereunder until after the Project is
completed. All moneys expended and all of the costs, losses, damages and extra
expenses, including all management, administrative and other overhead and other
direct and indirect expenses (including Design Professional and attorneys' fees) or
damages incurred by Owner incident to such completion, shall be deducted from the
Contract Amount, and if such expenditures exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract
Amount, Contractor agrees to pay promptly to Owner on demand the full amount of
such excess, including costs of collection, attorneys' fees (including appeals) and
interest thereon at the maximum legal rate of interest until paid. If the unpaid balance of
the Contract Amount exceeds all such costs, expenditures and damages incurred by the
Owner to complete the Work, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. The amount
to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be approved by the
Project Manager, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall suryive
termination of the Agreement.
18.4 The liability of Contractor hereunder shall extend to and include the full amount of
any and all sums paid, expenses and losses incurred, damages sustained, and
obligations assumed by Owner in good faith under the belief that such payments or
assumptions were necessary or required, in completing the Work and providing labor,
materials, equipment, supplies, and other items therefor or re-Ietting the Work, and in
settlement, discharge or compromise of any claims, demands, suits, and judgments
pertaining to or arising out of the Work hereunder.
18.5 If, after notice of termination of Contractor's right to proceed pursuant to this
Section, it is determined for any reason that Contractor was not in default, or that its
default was excusable, or that Owner is not entitled to the remedies against Contractor
provided herein, then the termination will be deemed a termination for convenience and
Contractor's remedies against Owner shall be the same as and limited to those afforded
Contractor under Section 19 below.
GC-CA-H-15
lA'E
.' (u::t
18.6 In the event (i) Owner fails to make any undisputed payment to Contractor within
thirty (30) days after such payment is due or Owner otherwise persistently fails to fulfill
some material obligation owed by Owner to Contractor under this Agreement, and
(ii) Owner has failed to cure such default within fourteen (14) days of receiving written
notice of same from Contractor, then Contractor may stop its performance under this
Agreement until such default is cured, after giving Owner a second fourteen (14) days
written notice of Contractor's intention to stop performance under the Agreement. If the
Work is so stopped for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive days
through no act or fault of the Contractor or its Subcontractors or their agents or
employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the
Contractor or any Subcontractor, the Contractor may terminate this Agreement by giving
written notice to Owner of Contractor's intent to terminate this Agreement. If Owner
does not cure its default within fourteen (14) days after receipt of Contractor's written
notice, Contractor may, upon fourteen (14) additional days' written notice to the Owner,
terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment for Work performed
through the termination date, but in no event shall Contractor be entitled to payment for
Work not performed or any other damages from Owner.
19. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND RIGHT OF SUSPENSION.
19.1 Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon
seven (7) calendar days written notice to Contractor. In the event of such termination
for convenience, Contractor's recovery against Owner shall be limited to that portion of
the Contract Amount earned through the date of termination, together with any
retainage withheld and reasonable termination expenses incurred, but Contractor shall
not be entitled to any other or further recovery against Owner, including, but not limited
to, damages or any anticipated profit on portions of the Work not performed.
19.2 Owner shall have the right to suspend all or any portions of the Work upon giving
Contractor not less than two (2) calendar days' prior written notice of such suspension.
If all or any portion of the Work is so suspended, Contractor's sole and exclusive
remedy shall be to seek an extension of time to its schedule in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Contract Documents. In no event shall the Contractor be
entitled to any additional compensation or damages. Provided, however, if the ordered
suspension exceeds six (6) months, the Contractor shall have the right to terminate the
Agreement with respect to that portion of the Work which is subject to the ordered
suspension.
20. COMPLETION.
20,1 When the entire Work (or any portion thereof designated in writing by Owner) is
ready for its intended use, Contractor shall notify Project Manager in writing that the
entire Work (or such designated portion) is substantially complete. Within a reasonable
time thereafter, Owner, Contractor and Design Professional shall make an inspection of
the Work (or designated portion thereof) to determine the status of completion. If
Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, does not consider the Work (or
designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall notify Contractor in
GC-CA-H-16
tOE
writing giVing the reasons therefor. If Owner, after conferring with the Design
Professional, considers the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project
Manager shall prepare and deliver to Contractor a Certificate of Substantial Completion
which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion for the entire Work (or designated
portion thereof) and include a tentative punch-list of items to be completed or corrected
by Contractor before final payment. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor
from the Work and Project site (or designated portion thereof) after the date of
Substantial Completion, but Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to
complete or correct items on the tentative punch-list.
20.2 Upon receipt of written certification by Contractor that the Work is completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents and is ready for final inspection and
acceptance, Project Manager and Design Professional will make such inspection and, if
they find the Work acceptable and fully performed under the Contract Documents shall
promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, recommending that, on the basis of their
obseryations and inspections, and the Contractor's certification that the Work has been
completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, that
the entire balance found to be due Contractor is due and payable. Neither the final
payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable until Contractor submits:
(1) Receipt of Contractor's Final Application for Payment.
(2) The Release and Affidavit in the form attached as Exhibit C.
(3) Consent of surety to final payment.
(4) Receipt of the final payment check list.
(5) If required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all
obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, arising out of
the Contract Documents, to the extent and in such form as may be
designated by Owner.
Owner reserves the right to inspect the Work and make an independent determination
as to the Work's acceptability, even though the Design Professional may have issued its
recommendations. Unless and until the Owner is completely satisfied, neither the final
payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable.
21, WARRANTY.
21.1 Contractor shall obtain and assign to Owner all express warranties given to
Contractor or any subcontractors by any subcontractor or materialmen supplying
materials, equipment or fixtures to be incorporated into the Project. Contractor warrants
to Owner that any materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents
shall be new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work shall be of good quality, free
from all defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Contractor further
warrants to Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under the Contract
Documents shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturers,
fabricators, suppliers or processors except as otherwise provided for in the Contract
Documents. If, within one (1) year after Substantial Completion, any Work is found to
GC-CA-H-17
IOE'
.1 J
be defective or not in conformance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall
correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner. Contractor shall also be
responsible for and pay for replacement or repair of adjacent materials or Work which
may be damaged as a result of such replacement or repair. Further, in the event of an
emergency, Owner may commence to correct any defective Work, without prior notice
to Contractor, at Contractor's expense. These warranties are in addition to those
implied warranties to which Owner is entitled as a matter of law.
21.2 No later than 30 days prior to expiration of the warranty, the Project Manager, or
another representative of the Owner, shall conduct an inspection of the warranted work
to verify compliance with the requirements of the Agreement. The Contractor's
Representative shall be present at the time of inspection and shall take remedial actions
to correct any deficiencies noted in the inspection. Failure of the Contractor to correct
the cited deficiencies shall be grounds for the Owner to disqualify the Contractor from
future bid opportunities with the Owner, in addition to any other rights and remedies
available to Owner.
22. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
22.1 Owner, Design Professional, their respective representatives, agents and
employees, and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Project shall have
access at all times to the Work, whether the Work is being performed on or off of the
Project site, for their observation, inspection and testing. Contractor shall provide
proper, safe conditions for such access. Contractor shall provide Project Manager with
timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals.
22.2 If the Contract Documents or any codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of
any public authority having jurisdiction over the Project requires any portion of the Work
to be specifically inspected, tested or approved, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility therefore, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Project
Manager the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. All inspections,
tests or approvals shall be performed in a manner and by organizations acceptable to
the Project Manager.
22.3 Contractor is responsible, without reimbursement from Owner, for re-inspection
fees and costs; to the extent such re-inspections are due to the fault or neglect of
Contractor.
22.4 If any Work that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written
concurrence from the Project Manager, such work must, if requested by Project
Manager, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's
expense unless Contractor has given Project Manager timely notice of Contractor's
intention to cover the same and Project Manager has not acted with reasonable
promptness to respond to such notice. If any Work is covered contrary to written
directions from Project Manager, such Work must, if requested by Project Manager, be
uncovered for Project Manager's observation and be replaced at Contractor's sole
expense.
GC-CA-H-18
IOE
22.5 The Owner shall charge to Contractor and may deduct from any payments due
Contractor all engineering and inspection expenses incurred by Owner in connection
with any overtime work. Such overtime work consisting of any work during the
construction period beyond the regular eight (8) hour day and for any work performed
on Saturday, Sunday or holidays.
22.6 Neither obseryations nor other actions by the Project Manager or Design
Professional nor inspections, tests or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from
Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
23. DEFECTIVE WORK.
23.1 Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or any
warranties made or assigned by Contractor to Owner shall be deemed defective Work.
If required by Project Manager, Contractor shall as directed, either correct all defective
Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or if the defective Work has
been rejected by Project Manager, remove it from the site and replace it with non-
defective Work. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of
such correction or removal (including, but not limited to fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals) made necessary thereby, and shall hold
Owner harmless for same.
23.2 If the Project Manager considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be
observed by Design Professional or inspected or tested by others and such Work is not
otherwise required to be inspected or tested, Contractor, at Project Manager's request,
shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or tests
as Project Manager may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all
necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,
Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering,
exposure, obseryation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction
(including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and
other professionals), and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Amount. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall
be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount and/or an extension to the Contract
Time, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, obseryation, inspection, testing
and reconstruction.
23.3 If any portion of the Work is defective, or if Contractor fails to supply sufficient
skilled workers, suitable materials or equipment or fails to finish or perform the Work in
such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Project
Manager may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause
for such order has been eliminated. The right of Project Manager to stop the Work
shall be exercised, if at all, solely for Owner's benefit and nothing herein shall be
construed as obligating the Project Manager to exercise this right for the benefit of
Design Engineer, Contractor, or any other person.
GC-CA-H-19
IOE
23.4 Should the Owner determine, at its sole opinion, it is in the Owner's best interest
to accept defective Work, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect
and consequential costs attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to
accept defective Work. If such determination is rendered prior to final payment, a
Change Order shall be executed evidencing such acceptance of such defective Work,
incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents and reflecting an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If the Owner accepts such defective
Work after final payment, Contractor shall promptly pay Owner an appropriate amount
to adequately compensate Owner for its acceptance of the defective Work.
23.5 If Contractor fails, within a reasonable time after the written notice from Project
Manager, to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected defective Work
as required by Project Manager or Owner, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any of the
provisions of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven (7) days written notice
to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. Provided, however, Owner shall
not be required to give notice to Contractor in the event of an emergency. To the extent
necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor
from any or all of the Project site, take possession of all or any part of the Work, and
suspend Contractor's seryices related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Project site and incorporate in
the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Project site or for which Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Design
Professional and their respective representatives, agents, and employees such access
to the Project site as may be necessary to enable Owner to exercise the rights and
remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of Owner in
exercising such rights and remedies shall be charged against Contractor, and a Change
Order shall be issued, incorporating the necessary revisions to the Contract Documents,
including an appropriate decrease to the Contract Amount. Such direct, indirect and
consequential costs shall include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all costs of repair and
replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or
replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an
extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work
attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder.
24. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENTS.
24.1 Contractor shall plan, organize, superyise, schedule, monitor, direct and control
the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such
skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work
complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the Work at
all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall be subject
to Owner's approval and not be replaced without prior written notice to Project Manager
except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent shall be employed by
GC-CA-H-20
IDE
the Contractor and be the Contractor's representative at the Project site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to the superintendent
shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Owner shall have the right to direct
Contractor to remove and replace its Project superintendent, with or without cause.
Attached to the Agreement as Exhibit N is a list identifying Contractor's Project
Superintendent and all of Contractor's key personnel who are assigned to the Project;
such identified personnel shall not be removed without Owner's prior written approval,
and if so removed must be immediately replaced with a person acceptable to Owner.
24.2 Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the project at all times
whenever contractor's work crews, or work crews of other parties authorized by the
Project Manager are engaged in any activity whatsoever associated with the Project.
Should the Contractor fail to comply with the above condition, the Project Manager
shall, at his discretion, deduct from the Contractor's monthly pay estimate, sufficient
moneys to account for the Owner's loss of adequate project superyision, not as a
penalty, but as liquidated damages, separate from the liquidated damages described in
Section 5.B, for services not rendered.
25. PROTECTION OF WORK.
25.1 Contractor shall fully protect the Work from loss or damage and shall bear the
cost of any such loss or damage until final payment has been made. If Contractor or
anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable for is responsible for any loss or damage
to the Work, or other work or materials of Owner or Owner's separate contractors,
Contractor shall be charged with the same, and any moneys necessary to replace such
loss or damage shall be deducted from any amounts due Contractor.
25.2 Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any
manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the
Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
25.3 Contractor shall not disturb any benchmark established by the Owner or Design
Professional with respect to the Project. If Contractor, or its subcontractors, agents or
anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable, disturbs the Owner or Design
Professional's benchmarks, Contractor shall immediately notify Project Manager and
Design Professional. The Owner or Design Professional shall re-establish the
benchmarks and Contractor shall be liable for all costs incurred by Owner associated
therewith.
26. EMERGENCIES.
26.1 In the event of an emergency affecting the safety or protection of persons or the
Work or property at the Project site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, without special
instruction or authorization from Owner or Design Professional is obligated to act to
prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Project Manager
written notice within forty-eight (48) hours after Contractor knew or should have known
of the occurrence of the emergency, if Contractor believes that any significant changes
GC-CA-H-21
tOE
in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If
the Project Manager determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required
because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Change Order shall be
issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. If Contractor fails
to provide the forty-eight (48) hour written notice noted above, the Contractor shall be
deemed to have waived any right it otherwise may have had to seek an adjustment to
the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time.
27. USE OF PREMISES.
27.1 Contractor shall maintain all construction equipment, the storage of materials and
equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas
identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other lands and areas
permitted by law, rights of way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably
encumber the Project site with construction equipment or other material or equipment.
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or
to the owner or occupant thereof, or any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from
the performance of the Work.
28. SAFETY,
28.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and superyising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all
necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
28.1.1 All employees on or about the project site and other persons and/or
organizations who may be affected thereby;
28.1.2 All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,
whether in storage on or off the Project site; and
28.1.3 Other property on Project site or adjacent thereto, including trees,
shrubs, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and any underground
structures or improvements not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the
Contract Documents.
28.2 Contractor shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or
to protect them from damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of
adjacent property and of underground structures and improvements and utility owners
when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the
protection, removal, relocation or replacement of their property. Contractor's duties and
responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time
as the Work is completed and final acceptance of same by Owner has occurred.
GC-CA-H-22
1 0 E '''4
28.3. Contractor shall designate a responsible representative located on a full time
basis at the Project site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person
shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by
Contractor to Owner.
28.4 Alcohol, drugs and all illegal substances are strictly prohibited on any Owner
property. All employees of Contractor, as well as those of all subcontractors and those
of any other person or entity for whom Contractor is legally liable (collectively referred to
herein as "Employees"), shall not possess or be under the influence of any such
substances while on any Owner property. Further, Employees shall not bring on to any
Owner property any gun, rifle or other firearm, or explosives of any kind.
28.5 Contractor acknowledges that the Work may be progressing on a Project site
which is located upon or adjacent to an existing Owner facility. In such event,
Contractor shall comply with the following:
28.5.1
All Owner facilities are smoke free. Smoking is strictly prohibited;
28.5.2 All Employees shall be provided an identification badge by
Contractor. Such identification badge must be prominently displayed on the outside of
the Employees' clothing at all times. All Employees working at the Project site must log
in and out with the Contractor each day;
28.5.3 Contractor shall strictly limit its operations to the designated work
areas and shall not permit any Employees to enter any other portions of Owner's
property without Owner's expressed prior written consent;
28.5.4 All Employees are prohibited from distributing any papers or other
materials upon Owner's property, and are strictly prohibited from using any of Owner's
telephones or other office equipment;
28.5.5 All Employees shall at all times comply with the OSHA regulations
with respect to dress and conduct at the Project site. Further, all Employees shall
comply with the dress, conduct and facility regulations issued by Owner's officials
onsite, as said regulations may be changed from time to time;
28.5.6 All Employees shall enter and leave Owner's facilities only through
the ingress and egress points identified in the site utilization plan approved by Owner or
as otherwise designated, from time to time, by Owner in writing;
28.5.7 When requested, Contractor shall cooperate with any ongoing
Owner investigation involving personal injury, economic loss or damage to Owner's
facilities or personal property therein;
28.5.8 The Employees may not solicit, distribute or sell products while on
Owner's property. Friends, family members or other visitors of the Employees are not
permitted on Owner's property; and
GC-CA-H-23
IOE
. I
28.5.9 At all times, Contractor shall adhere to Owner's safety and security
regulations, and shall comply with all security requirements at Owner's facilities, as said
regulations and requirements may be modified or changed by Owner from time to time.
29. PROJECT MEETINGS.
Prior to the commencement of Work, the Contractor shall attend a pre-construction
conference with the Project Manager, Design Professional and others as appropriate to
discuss the Progress Schedule, procedures for handling shop drawings and other
submittals, and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working
understanding among the parties as to the Work. During the prosecution of the Work,
the Contractor shall attend any and all meetings convened by the Project Manager with
respect to the Project, when directed to do so by Project Manager or Design
Professional. The Contractor shall have its subcontractors and suppliers attend all such
meetings (including the pre-construction conference) as may be directed by the Project
Manager.
30. VENDOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
Owner has implemented a Vendor Performance Evaluation System for all contracts
awarded in excess of $25,000. To this end, vendors will be evaluated on their
performance upon completion/termination of this Agreement.
31. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC POLICY
For all projects that are conducted within a Collier County Right-of-Way, the Contractor
shall provide and erect Traffic Control Devices as prescribed in the current edition of the
Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), where applicable on local
roadways and as prescribed in the Florida Department of Transportations Design
Standards (OS), where applicable on state roadways. These projects shall also comply
with Collier County's Maintenance of Traffic Policy, #5807, incorporated herein by
reference. Copies are available through Risk Management and/or Purchasing
Departments, and is available on-line at colliergov.neUpurchasing.
The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining copies of all required manuals, MUTCD,
FOOT Roadway & Traffic Design Standards Indexes, or other related documents, so to
become familiar with their requirements. Strict adherence to the requirements of the
Maintenance of Traffic ("MOT") policy will be enforced under this Contract.
All costs associated with the Maintenance of Traffic shall be included on the line item on
the bid page.
If MOT is required, MOT is to be provided within ten (10) days of receipt of Notice of
Award.
32. SALES TAX SAVINGS AND DIRECT PURCHASE
GC-CA-H-24
tOE
32.1 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes associated
with the Work or portions thereof, which are applicable during the performance of the
Work. No markup shall be applied to sales tax. Additionally, as directed by Owner and
at no additional cost to Owner, Contractor shall comply with and fully implement the
sales tax savings program with respect to the Work, as set forth in section 32.2 below:
32.2 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, because Owner is exempt from
sales tax and may wish to generate sales tax savings for the Project, Owner reseryes
the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials and equipment
included in the Work ("Direct Purchase"). Contractor shall prepare purchase orders to
vendors selected by Contractor, for execution by Owner, on forms provided by Owner.
Contractor shall allow two weeks for execution of all such purchase orders by Owner.
Contractor represents and warrants that it will use its best efforts to cooperate with
Owner in implementing this sales tax savings program in order to maximize cost
savings for the Project. Adjustments to the Contract Amount will be made by
appropriate Change Orders for the amounts of each Owner Direct Purchase, plus the
saved sales taxes. A Change Order shall be processed promptly after each Direct
Purchase, or group of similar or related Direct Purchases, unless otherwise mutually
agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. With respect to all Direct Purchases by
Owner, Contractor shall remain responsible for coordinating, ordering, inspecting,
accepting delivery, storing, handling, installing, warranting and quality control for all
Direct Purchases. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor
expressly acknowledges and agrees that all Direct Purchases shall be included within
and covered by Contractor's warranty to Owner to the same extent as all other
warranties provided by Contractor pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. In
the event Owner makes a demand against Contractor with respect to any Direct
Purchase and Contractor wishes to make claim against the manufacturer or supplier of
such Direct Purchase, upon request from Contractor Owner shall assign to Contractor
any and all warranties and Contract rights Owner may have from any manufacturer or
supplier of any such Direct Purchase by Owner.
32.3 Bidder represents and warrants that it is aware of its statutory responsibilities for
sale tax under Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, and for its responsibilities for Federal
excise taxes.
33. SUBCONTRACTS
33.1 Contractor shall review the design and shall determine how it desires to divide
the sequence of construction activities. Contractor will determine the breakdown and
composition of bid packages for award of subcontracts, based on the current Project
Milestone Schedule, and shall supply a copy of that breakdown and composition to
Owner and Design Professional for their review and approval prior to submitting its first
Application for Payment. Contractor shall take into consideration such factors as
natural and practical lines of severability, sequencing effectiveness, access and
availability constraints, total time for completion, construction market conditions,
availability of labor and materials, community relations and any other factors pertinent to
saving time and costs.
GC-CA-H-25
1 "0,E
33.2 A Subcontractor is any person or entity who is performing, furnishing, supplying
or providing any portion of the Work pursuant to a contract with Contractor. Contractor
shall be solely responsible for and have control over the Subcontractors. Contractor
shall negotiate all Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and Requests
for Proposal, with all affected Subcontractors and shall review the costs of those
proposals and advise Owner and Design Professional of their validity and
reasonableness, acting in Owner's best interest, prior to requesting approval of any
Change Order from Owner. All Subcontractors performing any portion of the Work on
this Project must be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87-25, meaning a
person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the Agreement
requirements with respect to its portion of the Work and has the integrity and reliability
to assure good faith performance.
33.3 In addition to those Subcontractors identified in Contractor's bid that were
approved by Owner, Contractor also shall identify any other Subcontractors, including
their addresses, licensing information and phone numbers, it intends to utilize for the
Project prior to entering into any subcontract or purchase order and prior to the
Subcontractor commencing any work on the Project. The list identifying each
Subcontractor cannot be modified, changed, or amended without prior written approval
from Owner. Any and all Subcontractor work to be self-performed by Contractor must
be approved in writing by Owner in its sole discretion prior to commencement of such
work. Contractor shall continuously update that Subcontractor list, so that it remains
current and accurate throughout the entire performance of the Work.
33.4 Contractor shall not enter into a subcontract or purchase order with any
Subcontractor, if Owner reasonably objects to that Subcontractor. Contractor shall not
be required to contract with anyone it reasonably objects to. Contractor shall keep on
file a copy of the license for every Subcontractor and sub-subcontractor performing any
portion of the Work, as well as maintain a log of all such licenses. All subcontracts and
purchase orders between Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be in writing and are
subject to Owner's approval. Further, unless expressly waived in writing by Owner, all
subcontracts and purchase orders shall (1) require each Subcontractor to be bound to
Contractor to the same extent Contractor is bound to Owner by the terms of the
Contract Documents, as those terms may apply to the portion of the Work to be
performed by the Subcontractor, (2) provide for the assignment of the subcontract or
purchase order from Contractor to Owner at the election of Owner upon termination of
Contractor, (3) provide that Owner will be an additional indemnified party of the
subcontract or purchase order, (4) provide that Owner, Collier County Government, will
be an additional insured on all liability insurance policies required to be provided by the
Subcontractor except workman's compensation and business automobile policies, (5)
assign all warranties directly to Owner, and (6) identify Owner as an intended third-party
beneficiary of the subcontract or purchase order. Contractor shall make available to
each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract, copies of the
Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound. Each Subcontractor
shall similarly make copies of such documents available to its sub-subcontractors.
GC-CA-H-26
lOE'
I. '1
33.5 Each Subcontractor performing work at the Project Site must agree to provide
field (on-site) superyision through a named superintendent for each trade (e.g., general
concrete forming and placement, masonry, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and
roofing) included in its subcontract or purchase order. In addition, the Subcontractor
shall assign and name a qualified employee for scheduling direction for its portion of the
Work. The superyisory employees of the Subcontractor (including field superintendent,
foreman and schedulers at all levels) must have been employed in a superyisory
(leadership) capacity of substantially equivalent level on a similar project for at least two
years within the last five years. The Subcontractor shall include a resume of experience
for each employee identified by it to superyise and schedule its work.
33.6 Unless otherwise expressly waived by Owner in writing, all subcontracts and
purchase orders shall provide:
33.6.1 That the Subcontractor's exclusive remedy for delays in the
performance of the subcontract or purchase order caused by events beyond its control,
including delays claimed to be caused by Owner or Design Professional or attributable
to Owner or Design Professional and including claims based on breach of contract or
negligence, shall be an extension of its contract time.
33.6.2 In the event of a change in the work, the Subcontractor's claim for
adjustments in the contract sum are limited exclusively to its actual costs for such
changes plus no more than 10% for overhead and profit.
33.6.3 The subcontract or purchase order, as applicable, shall require the
Subcontractor to expressly agree that the foregoing constitute its sole and exclusive
remedies for delays and changes in the Work and thus eliminate any other remedies for
claim for increase in the contract price, damages, losses or additional compensation.
Further, Contractor shall require all Subcontractors to similarly incorporate the terms of
this Section 33.6 into their sub-subcontracts and purchase orders.
33.6.4 Each subcontract and purchase order shall require that any claims by
Subcontractor for delay or additional cost must be submitted to Contractor within the
time and in the manner in which Contractor must submit such claims to Owner, and that
failure to comply with such conditions for giving notice and submitting claims shall result
in the waiver of such claims.
34. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
34.1 Contractor shall maintain at the Project site, originals or copies of,
on a current basis, all Project files and records, including, but not limited to, the following
administrative records:
34.1.1
34.1.2
34.1.3
34.1.4
Subcontracts and Purchase Orders
Subcontractor Licenses
Shop Drawing Submittal/Approval Logs
Equipment PurchaselDelivery Logs
GC-CA-H-27
34.1.5
34.1.6
34.1.7
34.1.8
34.1.9
34.1.10
34.1.11
34.1.12
34.1.13
34.1.14
34.1.15
34.1.16
34.1.17
34.1.18
34.1.19
34.1.20
34.1.21
34.1.22
34.1.23
34.1.24
34.1.25
34.1.26
34.1.27
34.1.28
34.1.29
34.1.30
34.1.31
34.1.32
IOE
Contract Drawings and Specifications with Addenda
Warranties and Guarantees
Cost Accounting Records
Labor Costs
Material Costs
Equipment Costs
Cost Proposal Request
Payment Request Records
Meeting Minutes
Cost-Estimates
Bulletin Quotations
Lab Test Reports
Insurance Certificates and Bonds
Contract Changes
Permits
Material Purchase Delivery Logs
Technical Standards
Design Handbooks
"As-Built" Marked Prints
Operating & Maintenance Instruction
Daily Progress Reports
Monthly Progress Reports
Correspondence Files
Transmittal Records
Inspection Reports
Punch Lists
PMIS Schedule and Updates
Suspense (Tickler) Files of Outstanding
Requirements
The Project files and records shall be available at all times to Owner and Design
Professional or their designees for reference, review or copying.
34.2 Contractor Presentations
At the discretion of the County, the Contractor may be required to provide a brief update
on the Project to the Collier County Board of County Commissioners, "Board", up to two
(2) times per contract term. Presentations shall be made in a properly advertised Public
Meeting on a schedule to be determined by the County Manager or his designee. Prior
to the scheduled presentation date, the Contractor shall meet with appropriate County
staff to discuss the presentation requirements and format. Presentations may include,
but not be limited to, the following information: Original contract amount, project
schedule, project completion date and any changes to the aforementioned since Notice
to Proceed was issued.
35. SECURITY
GC-CA-H-28
1 OE '''0 I!
If required, Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of providing background checks
and drug testing for all employees that shall provide seryices to the County under this
Agreement. This may include, but not be limited to, checking federal, state and local
law enforcement records, including a state and FBI fingerprint check, credit reports,
education, residence and employment verifications and other related records.
Contractor shall be required to maintain records on each employee and make them
available to the County for at least four (4) years.
36. VENUE
Any suit or action brought by either party to this Agreement against the other party
relating to or arising out of this Agreement must be brought in the appropriate federal or
state courts in Collier County, Florida, which courts have sole and exclusive jurisdiction
on all such matters.
37, VALUE ENGINEERING
All projects with an estimated cost of $10 million or more shall be reviewed for
consideration of a Value Engineering (VE) study conducted during project development.
A "project" shall be defined as the collective contracts, which may include but not be
limited to: design, construction, and construction, engineering and inspection (CEI)
services. Additionally, any project with an estimated construction value of $2 million or
more may be reviewed for VE at the discretion of the County.
38. ABOVEGROUND/UNDERGROUND TANKS
An underground 62-761, Florida Administrative Code (FAC.) or aboveground 62-762,
FAC. regulated tank requires notification to the 'County' prior to installation or closure
of the tank. The Pollution Control Department (239-252-2502), via contract GC-690
with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), is the County (local
program) for the purposes of these rules.
Regulated tanks require notification to the 'county' local program thirty (30) days prior to
installation and again forty-eight (48) hours prior to commencement of the installation.
Closure activities require a ten (10) day notification and then a forty-eight (48) hour
notification prior to commencement. The notification is to allow for scheduling of the
inspections pertaining to the installation/closure activities. A series of inspections will
be scheduled based upon system design after discussing the project with the
contractor/project manager. Specifics on applicability, exemptions, and requirements
for regulated pollutant storage tank systems can be found in 62-761, FAC. and 62-762,
FAC. or you may contact the Pollution Control Department with your questions.
Please note that equipment must be listed on the FDEP approved equipment list and
will be verified at inspection along with installation and testing procedures. The
approved equipment list is constantly updated and can be found at the FDEP Storage
Tank Regulation website along with rules, forms and other applicable information.
GC-CA-H-29
10E~1!
39. STANDARDS OF CONDUCT: PROJECT MANAGER, SUPERVISOR,
EMPLOYEES.
The Contractor shall employ people to work on Owner's projects who are neat, clean,
well-groomed and courteous. Subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act, Contractor
shall supply competent employees who are physically capable of performing their
employment duties. The Owner may require the Contractor to remove an employee it
deems careless, incompetent, insubordinate or otherwise objectionable and whose
continued employment on Owner's projects is not in the best interest of the County.
GC-CA-H-30
tOE
. ~1l
EXHIBIT I
SUPPLEMENTAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. The County may, at its discretion, use VISNMASTER card credit network as a
payment vehicle for goods and/or seryices purchased as a part of this contract.
2. See Disc for additional Terms and Conditions
GC-CA-I-1
IOE
EXHIBIT J
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
See Disc for All Plans And SDecifications
GC-CA-J-1
EXHIBIT K
PERMITS
GC-CA-K-1
lOE
'I
10E
"
EXHIBIT L
STANDARD DETAILS
GC-CA-L-1
,~..__...._~",..~.._--,>-~-
lOE
EXHIBIT M
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
GC-CA-M-1
~~
;
10E 1ft" ""
EXHIBIT N
CONTRACTOR'S KEY PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO THE PROJECT
GC-CA-N-1
lOE
PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS
Collier County Property Appraiser
Renovation Option A
3950 Radio Road
Naples, Florida 34104
Project 09-480
07-08-09
. Victor J. Latavish Architect, PA
Member of the American 1nstitute of Architects AR 11942
4100 Corporate Square, Suite roo, Naples, Florida 34104
Telephone 239.64.3.1665
Tdefacsimile 239.643.6192
IOE
,~
PROJECT MANUAL
Project:
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTION A
3950 Radio Road
Naples, Florida 34104
Date Issued:
07-08-09
Project No.
09-480
Client:
COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
3301 East Tamiami Trail
Naples, Florida 34112
Architect:
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, PA
4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100
Registration AA COO 1831
Naples, Florida 34104
239.643.1665 telephone
239.643.6192 telefacsimile
Mechanical
Engineer:
MARK A. BRANT, PE.
Fort Myers, Florida
Electrical
Engineer:
S. R. STAFFORD ENGINEERING, INC.
Bonita Springs, Florida
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS
00005 1-3
00800 1-2
00900 I-I
SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUPPLEMENT AR Y CONDITIONS
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01000 I-I
01015 I-I
01030 1-2
010401-3
01045 1-4
01200 1-3
013001-7
014001-4
01420 1-3
015001-5
01600 1-4
01700 1-5
017101-3
017201-6
COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES
ALTERNATES
COORDINATION
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PROJECT MEETINGS
SUB MITT ALS
QUALITY CONTROL
REFERENCES
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
SUBSTITUTIONS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
FINAL CLEANING
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 1-5
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
033001-14 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04200 1-8 UNIT MASONRY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00005-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
DIVISION 5 - NOT USED
DIVISION 6 - NOT USED
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
072101-4
072701-7
079201-7
BUILDING INSULA nON
FIRES TOPPING
JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
081101-5
08211 1-6
08712 1-6
087161-2
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
DOOR HARDWARE
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
092551-13
09511 1-5
09650 1-8
09680 1-3
099121-12
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
CARPETING
PAINTING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
104251-7
105201-4
106201-3
10801 1-3
SIGNS
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
SAFETY SPECIAL TIES
TOILET ACCESSORIES
DIVISION II - NOT USED
DIVISION 12
12491 1-3 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
DIVISION 13 - NOT USED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
lOE "it ~
00005-2
IOE I"\~.'~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
DIVISION 14 - NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15010 1-5
15050 1-3
15200 1-5
15815 1-5
15820 1-4
15855 1-3
15990 1-9
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
METAL DUCTS
DUCT ACCESSORIES
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16050 1-6
16120 1-1
16135 1-1
16143 1-2
16215 1-11
16452 1-1
16470 1-2
16515 1-2
16615 1-1
16620 1-12
16720 1-2
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
WIRES AND CABLES
ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS
WIRING DEVICES
STANDBY GENERATOR
GROUNDING
P ANELBOARDS
INTERIOR LIGHTING
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
APPENDIX A - COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
APPENDIX B - COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS
NOTICE: BIDDERS INCLUDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS,
AND SUPPLIERS SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PROJECT MANUAL, SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND
ADDENDA PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS.
END OF SECTION 00005
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00005-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
IOE
'l j
A. Building Permit fees, Site Permit fees, and Impact fees shall be paid by the Owner.
I. SDP A is not required for this work.
2. Owner has applied for a building permit.
3. Unless indicated otherwise, all shop drawings and other permit application forms
and fees for other required permits and connections shall be prepared, delivered,
and paid for by the Contractor, including but not limited to fire sprinkler permit
and fire alarm permits and related permit fees.
B. Bid Awards: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive
formalities or irregularities in the bids.
C. Bids shall include all labor and material required for a complete and proper installation of
the work indicated in the Documents, including but not limited to field verification of
existing conditions, coordination, templates, adjustments, connections, patches, finishes,
fasteners, accessories, etc.
1. Materials shall be approved for intended use.
2. Provide patches as required to maintain integrity of assemblies and to provide a
neat workmanlike appearance of work.
D. Schedule of Values: The Contractor shall provide a complete schedule of values listing
the value of work for each trade by specification division not less than 5 days before
anticipated date of contract execution.
E. Scheduling of Not in Contract Work: Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of Owners
contractors for NIC work.
F. Jobsite Safety: The Contractor is solely responsible for jobsite safety.
G. Delays: No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the
commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for
which Owner or its agents may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve
Contractor of his duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional
compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall
receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner or its
agents will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time.
H. Submittals: Shop Drawings shall be provided not more than 30 days after the Owners
Notice to Proceed.
SUPPLEMENT AR Y CONDITIONS
00800-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OE "\ H
I. Change Orders: The Contractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed
10% of the actual expenses for extra materials and labor provided by the Contractor. For
extra items provided by subcontractors, the Contractors total markup for overhead and
profit may not exceed 5% of the subcontractors invoice, and the subcontractor's total
markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of actual expenses for materials and
labor. All subcontracts shall include these conditions and all Change Orders are subject
to audit by the Owner or the Owner's designated representative.
J. Non-compliant work: All costs related to non-compliant work shall be paid by the
Contractor, including but not limited to the removal of non-compliant work, bidding
expenses, related design professionals fees, and other costs related to the supervision of
corrective work. Approval by AHJ, Engineer, Contractor, or Owner does not constitute
approval by Architect.
K. Final Completion: PuncWist work shall be completed within 30 days of Substantial
Completion. The Owner reserves the right to immediately commence puncWist work 31
days after substantial completion using independent contractors, the cost of which shall
be charged to the Contractor.
1. Warranty: The Contractor shall provide the following warranties for all work:
1. One-year warranty on all work.
2. Manufacturers standard warranties, plus additional special warranties as specified
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
By acceptance of the sealed plans and specifications used for permits, the Contractor accepts all
terms and conditions of the Documents including these Supplemental Conditions. In cases of
conflicting requirements, the more stringent requirement as shall apply.
END OF SECTION
VICTOR J. LA TAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SUPPLEMENT AR Y CONDITIONS
00800-2
IOE
,t ~ 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 00900- SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the Work, for portions of the Work indicated, the
Contractor proposes to use the following subcontractors.
2. Portion of the Work: Subcontractor name and city:
Demolition
Insulation
Doors
Drywall
Painting
Acoustic Ceiling
Carpet
Fire Protection
HVAC
Electrical
Fire Alarm
Data- IT Wiring
3. The subcontractor list shall be attached to the bid form.
END OF SECTION 00900
VICTOR 1. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
00900-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 01000 - COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
Material Manufacturer Color
Paint
Interior Walls- Typical SW TBD
Interior Soffits SW TBD
Interior Door Frames SW TBD
Interior Painted Doors SW TBD
PI. Laminate Doors, alt. bid Wilsonart TBD
Carpet, alternate bid Mowhawk Mowhawk One First, broadloom, direct glue-down
Popular Vote
VCT Floor Tile
Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51804
Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51810
Vinyl Wall Base Burke Mercer 103 Espresso
Acoustic Ceiling Armstrong Cortega Tegular 704, "White"
Notes:
1. Base Bid: Carpet NIC
2. Onsite sample panels required for final verification of paint selections, 8' x 8'
COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
01000-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01015 - PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES
IOE
t1
PART I - GENERAL
I.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1-16 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. It is the intent of the construction documents that the completed work conform to all
applicable codes, be constructed in accordance with any applicable permit and licensure
requirements, and that fees necessary for occupancy be completely paid.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Contractor shall be required to schedule and coordinate for all inspections and similar
procedural items as required by the local government agencies having jurisdiction.
B. All building, structural, electrical, plwnbing, mechanical, etc. work items shall be installed
in accordance with the adopted edition of the regulations of governing local, state, county
and other applicable codes, including the utilities company unless otherwise specified in
the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible and pay all required
licenses, fees and inspections associated with his work. The cost for such shall be included
in the Contractor's bid price.
C. In the event of a conflict between permits, drawings, specifications, and codes, etc. the
Contractor shall immediately issue an RFI (Request for Information) to request a
determination from the AE. The contractor is responsible for all work necessary to comply
with the most stringent requirement.
D. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the applicable utility company (or
companies) to determine if any fees, charges or costs will be due the utility company, as
required by the utility company for temporary power, installations, hook-ups, etc. This fee,
charge or cost shall be included in this contractor's bid price.
E. Except for impact fees, building permit fees and utility connection fees, which are to be
paid by Owner, the Contractor shall procure and pay for all licenses, pay all charges, fees,
and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution
of the work. All costs incurred shall be deemed as being included in the contractor's bid.
END OF SECTION 01015
PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES
01015 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for
certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from
the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the
amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems,
or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
B. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: ModifY or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully
integrate that Work into the Project.
B. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the
Alternate.
C. Notification: Immediately following the award ofthe Contract, notifY each party involved,
in writing, of the status of each alternate, Indicate whether alternates have been accepted,
rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated
modifications to alternates.
D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract.
E. Alternates shall include all labor, materials, accessories, connections, etc. required for a
complete and proper assembly of work indicated.
ALTERNATES
01030 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
1'\
PART 2- SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
Alternate Number A-I:
Alternate Number A-2:
Alternate Number A-3:
Alternate Number A-4:
Alternate Number A-5:
Alternate Number A-6:
Alternate Number A-7:
Alternate Number A-8:
Alternate Number A-9:
Alternate Number A-I 0:
ALTERNATES
Generator; Provide permanent installation and wiring for 75 kw
Standby Generator, Automatic Transfer Switch (A TS), and related
work required for a complete and proper installation; ref. sheet E6.0.
Surge Suppression System; Provide TVSS at MDP; ref sheet E6.0.
Roof Drainage System; Provide 12" dia. PVC stormwater collection
system with connections to existing downspouts, concrete flume at
lake, and related work required for a complete and proper installation;
ref. keynote 15, sheet AOJ.
Dumpster Wall Repairs; Repair rear wall of dumpster enclosure
including demolition, masonry, reinforcing, stucco, paint, and related
work, ref. keynote 24 on sheet AOJ and details 1&2 on sheet A1.6.
Parking Lot Refurbishing: Re-stripe parking lot spaces, stop bars, and
related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref
keynote 26 on sheet AO.3,
Impact-Rated Doors and Windows; In lieu of hurricane screens
indicated on the drawings, remove existing storefront entrances,
windows, and exterior overhead doors, and provide new impact rated
aluminum storefront system equal to "Vistawall FG-5000" (NOA No.
03-0604.01). Alt. Bid includes installation of storefront entrances,
storefront windows, aluminum sill flashing, pulls, hardware, sealant,
patching existing finishes, permit revisions, sealed shop drawings, and
other related work required for a complete and proper installation, ref.
sheet A2.3.
Security Camera System: Provide security camera system including
fixed cameras, conduit, wiring, connections, posts, etc. required for a
complete and proper installation; ref sheet Al.8.
Upgrade Roof Insulation: Remove existing roof insulation and provide
additional specified roof insulation, ref. section 07210.
Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and
soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match
existing colors; ref. section 09912.
Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 01000.
01030 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
Alternate Number A-II:
Alternate Number A-12:
Alternate Number A -13:
Alternate Number A-14:
Alternate Number A-IS
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 Alternates
IOE
,\
Computer Room Pre-action Fire Sprinkler System; Provide alternate
bid dry-pipe pre-action fire suppression system at Computer Room in
lieu of base bid wet pipe system. Include all labor, materials,
connections, permits, etc. required for a complete and proper
installation; ref sheet no. FP1.0.
Fire-Rated Corridors; Provide gypsum board, sealant, patches,
penetration assemblies, replacement paint-grade doors, hardware, and
related work required for complete and proper I-hr rated Corridors
indicated on sheet AI.2 Alternate Floor Plan and related details on
sheets AS.!, AS.2, AS.3, and AS.4.
Upgrade Door Finish: Provide plastic laminate interior door finish in
lieu of paint grade finish on all interior doors. Upgrade alternate bid
plastic laminate finish includes doors replaced as part of Alternate 12
above, and replacement of all existing and/or relocated doors indicated
on the drawings; ref section 08211.
Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 116.1 and 116.2 in Lobby, as
specified in section 08715-2, complete with all required hardware,
controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a
complete and proper installation. Alternate bid automatic door
operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 above), not on
existing doors.
Window Treatment; Provide mini-blinds at each interior and exterior
window; ref section 12941.
A. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery,
storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid
work.
B. Direct Purchase Option
I. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct
purchase of alternate bid materials.
2. Alternate Bids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of
alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include
credit for sales tax.
END OF SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
01030 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
'q
SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for
coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1. General project coordination procedures.
2. Conservation.
3. Coordination Drawings.
4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
5. Cleaning and protection.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to
assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction
operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for
required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining
special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices,
reports, and attendance at meetings.
COORDINATION
01040-1
10E~"
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where
coordination of their work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress
of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Preparation of schedules.
2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings.
5. Project closeout activities.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out
with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
E. Quantities: The Contractor is responsible for determining the quantities of materials
required to properly complete the work.
F. Dimensions: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating and checking all dimensions
prior to start of construction.
I. VerifY field measurements before commencing with work of each related trade,
2, IdentifY all changes and adjustments on as-built plans and record documents.
3. Minor adjustments of dimensions may be required for proper coordination of all
trades, ie. masonry openings for doors and windows.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is
needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare
coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization
of space for efficient installation of different components.
B. Staff Names: Not less than 15 days prior to commencement of construction operations,
submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent
and other personnel in attendance at the Project Site. IdentifY individuals and their duties
and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Division 2 thru 16)
COORDINATION
01040 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
leE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS
A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both
the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the
necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling
and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to assure operability without damaging effects.
C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Protect materials from
vandalism and theft.
END OF SECTION 01040
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
COORDINATION
01040 - 3
IOE tl1~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORlDA
SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating cutting and
patching with other construction activities.
2. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting
and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to
mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division 15 Sections for other
requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and
electrical installations.
C. Special Requirements: All trenches and excavations for foundations and buried utilities
shall be hand-excavated.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner
that would change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components
in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, Do not cut
and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in
occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 - 1
lOE~~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched
in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
I. If possible retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed
Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage the original Installer or fabricator,
engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by
methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or
existing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that
visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials
are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal
or surpass that of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching
is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered,
take corrective action before proceeding.
I. Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and
patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential
interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts
before proceeding.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 - 2
IDE
, .1
.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might
be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. A void interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
D. A void cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be
removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting
and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
I. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching
required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained
or adjoining construction, Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original
Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations.
I. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible,
neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished
side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum
saw or a diamond-core drill.
4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and
patching requires excavating and backfilling.
5. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility
services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or
partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe
or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing
and cutting.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
(:miE \~~
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with
specified tolerances.
I. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and
refinishing.
3. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and
repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform
color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with
new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat
over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received
primer and second coat.
4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove
paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar
features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering
to its original condition.
END OF SECTION 01045
VICTORJ, LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 - 4
lO:E "1'1.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART I - GENERAL
I .1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedmal requirements for project meetings,
including, but not limited to, the following:
I. Preconstruction conference.
2. Progress meetings.
3. Other meetings as required for coordination of the work.
1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Architect will schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time
convenient to the Owner and the Contractor, but no later than 30 days after execution ofthe
Agreement. The conference will be held at the Project Site or agreed location and
conducted to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, the Contractor and its
superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties
shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the
Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
1. Tentative construction schedule.
2. Critical work sequencing.
3. Designation ofresponsible personnel.
4. Procedmes for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
5. Procedmes for processing Applications for Payment.
6. Distribution of Contract Documents.
7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
8. Preparation of record documents.
9. Use of the premises.
10. Parking availability.
11. Office, work, and storage areas.
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 U [ .~~
12. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
13. Safety procedures.
14. First aid.
15. Security.
16. Housekeeping.
17. Working hours.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES
A. The General Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project Site before
each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
B. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in
or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the
Architect of scheduled meeting dates.
1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration at each preinstallation conference, including
requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related Change Orders.
d. Purchases.
e. Deliveries.
f. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and quality-control samples.
g. Review of mockups.
h. Possible conflicts.
I. Compatibility problems.
J. Time schedules.
k. Weather limitations.
I. Manufacturer's recommendations.
m. Warranty requirements.
n. Compatibility of materials.
o. Acceptability of substrates.
p. Temporary facilities.
q. Space and access limitations.
r. Governing regulations.
s. Safety.
t. Inspecting and testing requirements.
u. Required performance results.
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 2
1 OE I'~.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
v. Recording requirements.
w. Protection.
2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference,
and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record ofthe meeting to everyone
concerned, including the Owner and the Architect.
3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully
concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to
performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.
1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Architect will conduct a progress meeting at the Project Site at monthly intervals to review
progress of the work with the Owner and Contractor.
1. Contractor shall provide copies of plans, addenda, shop drawings, and related
material at meetings.
2. Contractor shall prepare meeting minutes for distribution to all attendees.
3. Meeting shall be scheduled to coincide with review of Contractors monthly
application for payment.
B. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
C. Architect will conduct additional meeting(s) as needed on site and by telephone conference.
Contractor will receive telephone number and dial-in code for telephone conferences.
1.6 COORDINA nON MEETINGS
A. Conduct project coordination meetings at regular intervals convenient for all parties
involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other
purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special preinstallation meetings.
END OF SECTION 01200
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 3
IOE 'r ~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required
for performance of the Work, including the following:
I. Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submittal schedule.
3. Shop Drawings.
4. Product Data.
5. Samples.
6. Quality assurance submittals.
B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division I Sections and other Contract
Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but
are not limited to, the following:
1. Permits.
2. Applications for Payment.
3. Performance and payment bonds.
4. Insurance certificates.
5. List of subcontractors.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction
elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the
space provided or to function as intended.
B. Field samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coatings,
or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will
be judged.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 1
IOE
. 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of
related construction activities to avoid delay.
I. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the
Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently
for coordination.
a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received.
3. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required
to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for
resubmittals.
B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for
identification. Indicate the name ofthe entity that prepared each submittal on the label or
title block.
I. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on the label or beside the title block on
Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the
action taken.
2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action
taken.
SUBMITTALS
a.
b.
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of the Architect.
Name and address ofthe Contractor.
Name and address ofthe subcontractor.
Name and address of the supplier.
Name of the manufacturer.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
I.
01300 - 2
IDE '~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form. The
Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.
I. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form,
or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including
variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information
complies with Contract Docwnent requirements.
D. Contractors Stamp: All submittals must be stamped with the Contractors shop drawing
stamp indicating the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. Each stamp must be
dated and signed by the Contractor.
E. Submittals not bearing the Contractors Stamp, date and signature will be returned without
review.
F. Portions of submittals not in compliance with the Contract Docwnents, including
referenced standards and codes, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the
Contractor.
G. Proposed substitutions or changes, if any, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink
by the Contractor.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar-chart-type, Contractor's
construction schedule. Submit not less than 10 days prior to the date established for
"Commencement of the Work."
I. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a
continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same
breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values."
2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent
increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate
Actual Completion.
3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other
reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction
period.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 3
lOE r,.~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction
activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each
activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically the sequences necessary for
completion ofrelated portions of the Work.
5. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of V alues, list
of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
schedules.
6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion.
Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's
procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
B. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where
revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the
report of each meeting.
1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit required shop drawings for the Work of this Contract, with information drawn
accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract
Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the
basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the
Project is not a Shop Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,
patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Final Submittal: Submit 6 or more copies. The Architect will retain 3 prints and
return the remainder.
SUBMITI ALS
01300 - 4
IDE
~ 1
,
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
7. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action
taken.
1.7 PRODUCT DATA
A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions,
catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring
diagrams, and performance curves.
I. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data
includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to
indicate the applicable information. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with trade association standards.
c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.
2. Submittals: Submit 6 copies of each required submittal. The Architect will retain
three copies and will return the other copies marked with action taken and corrections
or modifications required,
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
3. Distribution: Furnish copies offinal submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers,
manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction
activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
1.8 SAMPLES
A. Submit Samples as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed.
Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or
containers of mate rials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
I. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship,
fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3
sets. The Architect will return one set marked with the action taken.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE \~
2. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons
throughout the course of construction.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's
instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required
under other Sections of the Specifications.
B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a
product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized
certification from the manufacturer certifYing compliance with specified requirements.
I. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other
individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports
from independent testing agencies are specified in Division I Section "Quality Control."
1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the
Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.
I. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The
Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken, as follows:
I. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Reviewed," the
Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements
of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance.
2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Exceptions
Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with
notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract
Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance.
3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal" Revise and
Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, including
purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal
according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain
different action mark.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10 E ~t
a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked" Revise and Resubmit"
at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
4. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special
processing or other activity, the Architect will return the submittal marked "Action
Not Required."
C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender
without action.
D. Supplementary Conditions: Refer to Division I Supplementary Conditions for additional
requirements.
1. "Approval" or "Review" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions
or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red
ink and acknowledged in writing by both Contractor and Architect.
2. "Approval" of submittals by AHJ, Engineer, or Owner does not constitute approval
of substitutions by Architect.
3. Failure to clearly identifY proposed substitutions or changes shall be considered an
unauthorized change.
E. Do not proceed with the work of each trade or submit payment requests for the same until
processing of related submittals are complete.
END OF SECTION 01300
VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 7
10)E ~'.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control
servICes.
B. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports
performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do
not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
C. Inspection and testing services are required to verifY compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with Contract Document requirements.
D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures,
not production of standard products.
1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activIties are
specified in the Sections that specifY those activities, Requirements in those Sections
may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-
control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by
Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of
this Section.
1.3 RESPONSlBILITIES
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another
identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality-control
services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having
jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.
QUALITY CONTROL
01400-1
lOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and
other quality-control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall
employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality-control
services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.
2. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and
other quality-control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ
and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services.
3. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and
other quality-control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will engage
the services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services.
Payment for these services will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance,
as authorized by Change Orders.
a. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part
of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the
same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by
the Owner, unless agreed to in writing by the Owner.
B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests,
or other quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with
Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's
responsibility .
I. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the
Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction
indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements.
C. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections,
sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall
cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The
testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests.
I. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
D. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with
a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing
construction to accommodate inspections and tests.
I. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking
samples, and similar activities.
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 2
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing agency shall
submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to
the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written
report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor.
1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority,
when the authority so directs.
2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but
are not limited to, the following:
a. Date of issue.
b. Project title and number.
c. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
f. Designation of the Work and test method.
g. Identification of product and Specification Section.
h. Complete inspection or test data.
1. Test results and an interpretation of test results.
J. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.
k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work
complies with Contract Document requirements.
\. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
m. Recommendations on retesting.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies,
including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the
American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for
Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and
tests to be performed.
1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be
authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project
is located.
QUALITY CONTROL
01400-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
1
1.6 REQUIRED TESTS
A. Contractor shall provide certified quality control tests as specified elsewhere in the
Documents and as required herein for the following trades:
1. Fire Protection System pressure tests
2. HV AC Test and Balance report
3. Other tests as may be required by AHJ and permitting agencies
END OF SECTION 01400
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P .A.
Naples, Florida
QUALITY CONTROL
0]400-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE ~"t~
.,
SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES
PART 1- GENERAL
1. ] RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "AHJ": Authorities having jurisdiction including but not limited to the Building Official
and the Fire Official.
C. The terms "approved," "required," and "as directed" refer to and indicate the work or mate-
rials that may be approved, required, or directed by the Architect acting as the agent of the
Owner. "Approval" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes
unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and
acknowledged in writing by the Architect.
D. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning
as "directed."
E. "Similar": Similar in its general sense and not necessarily identical.
F. "Final Completion": Final acceptance of the Work made by both the Owner and Architect
after final completion of all punchlist work and receipt of all closeout documents.
G. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," illustrated", "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as
"indicated. "
H. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
REFERENCES
01420 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
J. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
K. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
1. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,
Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
M. "NIC": Not in contract.
N. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully
completed a minimum of 10 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements
of authorities having jurisdiction.
O. "Substantial Completion": In addition to requirements of the General Conditions, the work
will be deemed to be substantial complete upon receipt or completion of the following
items:
I. Certificate of Occupancy from AHJ, unless delayed due to incomplete portion( s) of
work for which the Contractor has no control; i.e. Owner contracts separately for
inspection-dependent work.
2. Contractors comprehensive puncWist listing incomplete work
3. Final Cleaning
4. Test and Balance report
5. Owners instructions for Lighting system
6. Certificate of Substantial Completion signed by Architect, Owner, and Contractor
P. "Limits of Construction", "Project Limits", and "Work Area": Space available for
performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and
may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
J.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as
if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
REFERENCES
01420 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements
that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards
are not bound with the Contract Documents.
I. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,
obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.
END OF SECTION 01420
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
REFERENCES
01420 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORlDA
IOE
SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. I RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls,
including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection.
B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Water service and distribution.
2. Temporary electric power and light.
3. Telephone service.
4. Sanitary facilities.
C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Field storage sheds.
2. Temporary enclosures.
3. Hoists and cranes.
4. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards.
5. Waste disposal services.
6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Barricades.
2. Locked Storage Containers
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:
I. Building code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules.
5. Environmental protection regulations.
B. Standards: Comply with NFP A 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations,
and Demolition Operations," ANSI AlO Series standards for "Safety Requirements for
Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical
Facilities."
I. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations
for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFP A 70 "N ational
Electric Code."
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and
termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the
Owner, change over from use oftemporary service to use of permanent service.
B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance.
Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the
Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress.
Take necessary fire-prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on-site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials suitable for intended use. Materials shall be either new or
undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition.
B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. General: Use new or undamaged previously used equipment in serviceable condition.
Provide equipment suitable for use intended.
B. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained, single-occupant toilet units. Provide units
properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar
nonabsorbent material.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - 2
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class A fire extinguishers
for temporary offices and similar spaces. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for
classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class offire exposure.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Use qualified personnel for installation oftemporary facilities. Locate facilities where they
will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of
the Work. Relocate and modifY facilities as required.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modifY as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized
use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or
connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company
recommendations.
I. Arrange with company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted,
if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Water Service: Connect to existing water service as required for construction. Owner will
pay utility services costs.
C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Connect to existing electric service as required for
construction. Owner will pay utility services costs.
D. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching.
I. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection
requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that
will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions.
Contractor shall immediately cease all construction activities when temporary
lighting is missing or inoperative.
E. Temporary Telephone: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction
period. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
F. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets. Comply with regulations and health codes for
the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
I. Provide toilet tissue. Provide covered waste containers for used material.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES
A. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner.
B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs:
I. Contractors Sign: Contractor shall provide one job sign located near the main
entrance drive. Sign shall comply with current County standards
2. Temporary Signs: Provide temporary traffic signs to provide directional information
to construction personnel and visitors.
3. Subcontractor signs may not be posted at the site.
4. Post "Construction Site- No Trespassing" and "Warning- Hart Hat Required" signs
at each entrance to the work area.
C. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere
daily. Comply with requirements ofNFP A 241 for removal of combustible waste material
and debris. Dispose of material lawfully.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of the types needed to protect
against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10
"Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding
Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations."
B. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project,
complete installation of the permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services,
and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for
erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and
warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against.
Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
D. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and
minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted
or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that
produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise-making tools and equipment to hours that will
minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of
temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage by freezing temperatures and damaging elements.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect or Owner requests that it be maintained
longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by
authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete
or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces,
and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's
property.
END OF SECTION 01500
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
SECTION 01600 - SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1- GENERAL
1. ] RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for
substitutions made after award of the Contract.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
I. Division 1 Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability
of industry standards to products specified.
2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the
Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modifY the meaning of other terms used in the
Contract Documents.
B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award ofthe Contract
are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be
requests for substitutions:
1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted by Addendum prior
to award of the Contract, are included in the Contract Documents and are not subject
to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions.
2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect.
3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract
Documents.
SUBSTITUTIONS
01600 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if
received within 15 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than
15 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion
of the Architect.
1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests
using the enclosed CSI form and according to procedures required for change-order
proposals.
2. IdentifY the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each
request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers.
3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for
substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate:
a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed
to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and
separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed
substitution.
b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with
those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements, such
as performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect.
c. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication
and installation procedures.
d. Samples, where applicable or requested.
e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction
Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution.
Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time.
f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract
Sum.
g. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to
requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for
the applications indicated.
SUBSTITUTIONS 01600 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to
perform adequately.
4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt ofa request for substitution.
The Architect will notifY the Contractor of acceptance or rej ection of the substitution
within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional
information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of
a change order.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for
substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by
the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Architect will retum the
requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.
1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required.
2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents.
3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted.
4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the
Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the product or method
cannot be provided as a result offailure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate
activities properly.
5. The request is directly related to an "or-equal" clause or similar language in the
Contract Documents.
6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time,
energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may
include compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased
cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations.
7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval
by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved.
SUBSTITUTIONS
01600 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that
is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the
substitution will overcome the incompatibility.
9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other
materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be
coordinated.
10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required
by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed
substitution provides the required warranty.
1 I. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one prime contractor, each
contractor shall cooperate with the other contractors involved to coordinate the Work,
provide uniformity and consistency, and assure compatibility of products.
B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's receipt of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or
Samples for construction activities not in compliance with the Contract Documents do not
constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval.
END OF SECTION 01631
VICTORJ. LATAVISHARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SUBSTITUTIONS
01600-4
10E
~
AdvancMJent
olComtructlon
Technology
SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST
(After the Bidding Phase)
Project:
Substitution Request Number:
From:
To:
Date:
AJE Project Number:
Re:
Contract For:
Section:
Page:
Description:
ArticleIParagraph,
Specification Title:
Proposed Substitution:
Manufacturer:
Address,
Phone:
Trade Name:
Model No.'
Iostaller.
Address:
Phone:
History: 0 New product 0 2-5 years old 0 5-10 yrs old
Differences between proposed substitution and specified product:
o More than 10 years old
o PoIot-by-poinl comparative data attached - REQUIRED BY AlE
Reason for not providing specified item:
Similar Installation:
Proj eet:
Address:
Architect:
Owner:
Date Installed:
o No 0 Yes; explain
Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work:
Savings to Owner for accepting substitution:
Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: 0 No 0 Yes [Add1 [Deduct]
($
).
days.
Supportiog Data Attached, 0 Drawings
o Product Data 0 Samples
o Tests
o Reports 0
Copyright 1996, Construction Specifications Institute,
601 Madison Stree4 Alexandria, VA 22314-1791
Page _ of_
September 1996
CSIForm B.IA
SUBSTIJr,gO~
REQUEST
(Continued)
The Undersigned certifies:
. Proposed substitution has been fuIly investigated and detennined to be equal Of superior in all respects to specified product.
. Same warranty will be fwnished for proposed substitution as for specified product.
. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available.
. Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule.
. Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become
apparent are to be waived.
. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances.
. Payment will be made for changes to building design, including AlE design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution,
. Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects.
Submitted by:
Signed by:
Firm:
Address,
Telephone:
Attachments:
AlE's REVIEW AND ACTION
o Substitutioo spproved - Melee submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330.
o Substitution approved as noted ~ Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330,
o Substitution rejected - Use specified materials.
o Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials.
Signed by'
Date'
Additional Conunents:
o Contractor
o Subcontractor 0 Supplier
o Manufacturer 0 AlE 0
Copyright 1996, Construction Specifications Institute,
601 Msdisoo Street, Alexaodria, VA 22314-1791
Page_ of_
September 1996
CS1Form 13.IA
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE ":1
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate
Sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date
Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these
Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the
Contract Sum.
b. If 1 00 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items,
the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.
2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 -1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lCE
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and
similar releases.
5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage
or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise
the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and
maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site,
along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either
proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect
will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the
Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will
be issued.
1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is
substantially complete.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
acceptance.
1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final
acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
I. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not
previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and
completed operations where required.
2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the
Contract Sum.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
3. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record
documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access
to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of
Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where
the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which
drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings
are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings.
Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and
record at a later date.
1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
variations in separate categories of the Work.
2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract
Drawings or Shop Drawings.
3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable.
4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper
cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each
set.
C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including
addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction
documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during
construction.
1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in
comparison with the text ofthe Specifications and modifications.
2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on
concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct
observation.
3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lIDE
4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related
Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications.
I. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in
comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to
the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.
2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions ofthe Work that cannot
otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.
3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the
Architect for the Owner's records.
E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor
shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine
which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the
Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area.
F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements
of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of
the Work. Inunediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete
miscellaneous records and place in good order. IdentifY miscellaneous records properly and
bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's
records.
G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of
manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch, 3-ring,
vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate
identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information:
I. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties.
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Recommended "turn-around" cycles.
6. Inspection procedures.
7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
8. Fixture lamping schedule.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 4
IOE
I' ;1l
, It, '~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Divisions 2 thru 16)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that
requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in
proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives
if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a
detailed review of the following items:
1. Maintenance manuals.
2. Record documents.
3. Spare parts and materials.
4. Tools.
5. Lubricants.
6. Identification systems.
7. Control sequences.
8. Hazards.
9. Cleaning.
10. Warranties and bonds.
11. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures:
I. Startup.
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Noise and vibration adjustments.
5. Safety procedures.
6. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7. Effective energy utilization.
END OF SECTION 01700
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at
Substantial Completion.
B. Environmental Requirements: Conduct cleaning and waste-disposal operations in
compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local
environmental and antipollution regulations.
1. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in
storm or sanitary drains.
2. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish, or other waste material on the premises is not
permitted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer
or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
P ART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final-cleaning operations when indicated. Employ experienced workers
or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of Work to the
condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the Project.
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 1
10E .1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1. Clean the Project Site, yard and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and foreign
substances.
2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to
a smooth, even-textured surface.
3. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from the site.
5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
6. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
7. Broom clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces.
8. Vacuum clean carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap.
Shampoo, if required.
9. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision-
obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent
materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
10. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that
already show evidence of repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
nameplates.
12. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and
similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and
other foreign substances.
FINAL CLEANING
01710-2
-IDE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
13. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
14. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces
of diffusers, registers, and grills.
15. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction.
16. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace burned-out bulbs and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury
vapor fixtures.
17. Leave the Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during
construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the
construction period.
D. Compliances: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning
operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose oflawfully.
END OF SECTION 01710
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
FINAL CLEANING
01710-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents.
B. Project Record Documents required include the following:
a. Marked-up copies of Contract Drawings.
b. Marked-up copies of Shop Drawings.
c. Newly prepared drawings.
d. Marked-up copies of Specifications, addenda, and Change Orders.
e. Marked-up Product Data submittals.
f. Record Samples.
g. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
h. Record information on Work that is recorded only schematically.
C. Maintenance of Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field
office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record
Documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a
clean, dry, legible condition. Make documents and Samples available at all times for the
Architect's inspections.
D. All project Record Documents shall be delivered within dates scheduled herein, but not less
than 15 days before final completion.
E. Final payment shall be withheld until all required submittals and Record Documents are
approved.
1.3 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Markup Procedure: During construction, maintain a set of blue- or black-line white prints
of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for Project Record Document purposes.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TlONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I'OE
I. Mark these Drawings to show the actual installation where the installation varies
from the installation shown originally. Give particular attention to information on
concealed elements that would be difficult to identifY or measure and record later.
Items required to be marked include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to the Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on the Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below the first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
1. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
J. Changes made by change order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following the Architect's written orders.
I. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
2. Mark record prints of Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most
capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where
Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings location.
3. Mark record sets with red erasable colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
4. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or
omitted from original Drawings.
5. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, change-order
numbers, and similar identification.
B. Responsibility for Markup: The individual or entity who obtained record data, whether the
individual or entity is the Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, shall prepare the markup
on record drawings.
1. Accurately and neatly record information in an understandable drawing technique.
2. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
prior to enclosing concealed installations.
3. At time of Substantial Completion, submit record drawings to the Architect for the
Owner's records. Organize into sets and bind and label sets for the Owner's
continued use.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 2
.10E
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
C. Preparation of Final As-Built Record Documents:
1. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on print sets.
Erase, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
2. IdentifY and date each drawing; include the printed designation "PROJECT
RECORD DRAWINGS" in a prominent location on each drawing.
3. All notations shall be neat and clearly legible.
4. Record documents with haphazard, incomplete, illegible, or poor notations will be
returned to the Contractor for corrections.
D. Copies and Distribution: After completing the preparation of record drawings, print 3
copies of each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.
Organize the copies into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable-paper cover sheets.
Include appropriate identification, including titles, dates, and other information on the cover
sheets.
1. Organize and bind original marked-up set of prints that were maintained during the
construction period in the same manner.
2. Submit the marked-up record set, and 2 copy sets to the Architect for the Owner's
records; the Architect will retain I copy set.
E. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new drawings instead offollowing procedures
specified for preparing record drawings where new drawings are required, and the Architect
determines that neither original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show
the actual installation. New drawings may be required when a change order is issued as a
result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification.
1.4 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. During the construction period, maintain 2 copies of the Project Specifications, including
addenda and modifications issued, for Project Record Document purposes.
I. Mark the Specifications to indicate the actual installation where the installation varies
from that indicated in Specifications and modifications issued. Note related project
record drawing information, where applicable. Give particular attention to
substitutions, selection of product options, and information on concealed installations
that would be difficult to identifY or measure and record later.
a. In each Specification Section where products, materials, or units of equipment
are specified or scheduled, mark the copy with the proprietary name and model
number of the product furnished.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720-3
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
b. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, installer, and other information
necessary to provide a record of selections made and to document coordination
with record Product Data submittals and maintenance manuals.
c. Note related record Product Data, where applicable. For each principal product
specified, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in
maintenance manual instead of submitted as record Product Data.
2. Upon completion of markup, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
1.5 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. During the construction period, maintain two copies of each Product Data submittal for
Proj ect Record Document purposes.
I. Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where the installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submitted. Include
significant changes in the product delivered to the site and changes in manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations for installation.
2. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
3. Note related Change Orders and markup of record Drawings, where applicable.
4. Upon completion of markup, submit a complete set of record Product Data to the
Architect for the Owner's records.
5. Where record Product Data is required as part of maintenance manuals, submit
marked-up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead of submittal as record
Product Data.
1.6 RECORD SAMPLE SUBMITTAL
A. Immediately prior to date of Substantial Completion meet with the Architect and the
Owner's personnel at the site to determine which of the Samples maintained during the
construction period shall be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with
the Architect's instructions for packaging, identification marking, and delivery to the
Owner's Sample storage space. Dispose of other Samples in a manner specified for
disposing surplus and waste materials.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
1.7 MAINTENANCE MANUAL SUBMITTAL
A. When each construction activity that requires submittal of maintenance manuals is
nominally complete, but before Substantial Completion, submit maintenance manuals
specified.
1. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size.
2. Bind data into individual binders for each manual, properly identified on front and
spine. For large manuals, provide an index sheet and thumb tabs for separate
information categories.
3. Provide heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, 1 to 2 inch thick as required to
contain information, sized for 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper with inside pockets or pocket
folders for folded sheets.
4. In each maintenance manual, include information specified III individual
Specification Sections and the following:
a. Emergency instructions.
b. Spare parts list.
c. Copies of specific warranties.
d. Wiring diagrams.
e. Recommended maintenance procedures and turn-around times.
f. Inspection and system-test procedures.
g. Copies of applicable Shop Drawings and Product Data.
h. Listing of required maintenance materials and services.
1. Names and addresses of sources of maintenance materials.
J. Maintenance drawings and diagrams.
k. Precautions against improper maintenance and exposure.
5. Each prime contractor is responsible for maintenance manuals for its own Work.
Where a manual includes information on installations by more than one contract, the
Contractor who is the principal source ofinformation, as designated by the Architect,
shall receive information from other contractors, coordinate and collate information
for a unified manual, and provide binders and submittal as specified.
1.8 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and
submittals in connection with various construction activities. Immediately prior to
Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly
identified and bound or filed, ready for use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A l"lONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lQE
1:\
1
1. Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous records include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. Field records on excavations and foundations.
b. Field records on underground construction and similar work.
c. Survey showing locations and elevations of underground lines.
d. Invert elevations of drainage piping.
e. Surveys establishing building lines and levels.
f. Authorized measurements utilizing unit prices or allowances.
g. Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products.
h. Batch mixing and bulk delivery records.
1. Testing and qualification oftradesmen.
J. Documented qualification of installation firms.
k. Load and performance testing.
I. Inspections and certifications by governing authorities.
m. Leakage and water-penetration tests.
n. Fire-resistance and flame-spread test certificates.
1.9 RECORDING
A. Post changes and modifications to the Documents as they occur. Do not wait until the end
of the Project.
END OF SECTION 01720
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building.
2. Patching and repairs.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled,
salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.
B. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to
a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and
reinstalled in their original locations.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise
indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the
Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the
Contractor's option.
1.5 SCHEDULING
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on-site
operations.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
'tOE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REP AIR MATERIALS
A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
I. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing
materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. VerifY that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent
of selective demolition required.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the
intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent
of the conflict.
D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might
result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or
adjacent structures during selective demolition.
E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective
demolition activities.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve
stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively
demolished.
1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective
demolition.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1(0) (
B. Provide barricades and temporary enclosures as needed to safely protect persons in and
adjacent to work areas.
1. Provide visqueen and plywood barricades at new openings between occupied areas
of existing building and new construction.
3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction
and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing
regulations and as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level.
Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing
supporting members on lower levels.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining
construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power
tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily
cover openings to remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid
marring existing finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flanunable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verifY condition and contents of
hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-
suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials
and promptly dispose of off-site.
7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to
avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris
and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or
framing.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of
removed items is prohibited.
10. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before
start of selective demolition operations.
B. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures
with construction to remain, using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use
power-driven impact tools.
C. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain.
D. Remove existing pavement and base wherever required to properly install new work.
E. Remove existing benches, retaining walls, and similar items located in construction areas
unless scheduled for relocation or salvage.
1. Do not remove items or trees tagged "to remain"
3.4 PATCHING AND REPAIRS
A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by
selective demolition operations.
B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new
materials.
1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an
approved masonry patching material, applied according to manufacturer's printed
recommendations.
D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining
construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or
partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of
uniform color and appearance.
F. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of
uniform appearance.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials
to accumulate on-site.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of
them.
END OF SECTION 02070
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
lOE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. I RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design,
placement procedures, and finishes.
B. Cast-in-place concrete includes the following:
I. Slabs
2. Equipment pads and bases.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Not Required
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and
standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for
Buildings."
2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice."
B. Concrete materials and work not in compliance with these specifications shall be deemed
an unauthorized change.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
10EI'~
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum
of350 glL volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely
affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 (ASTM A 615M Grade 400), deformed.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing,
supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar-
type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
1. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base
material will not support chair legs.
2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with
forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class I) or
stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2).
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1.
1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project.
B. Fly Ash: Not allowed.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a
single source for exposed concrete.
D. Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C 330.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
E. Water: Potable.
F. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp
surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co.
b. Spec-Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co.
c. Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior.
d. Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co.
e. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc.
f. Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
g. Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc.
h. Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
J. Metco Hi-Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries.
a. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp.
b. Stonset LV 5, Stonhard, Inc.
c. R-600 Series, Symons Corp.
2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch
or field experience methods as specified in ACI 30 I. For the trial batch method, use an
independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed
mix designs.
B. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least
15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix
designs have been reviewed by Architect.
C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated
on drawings and not less than noted herein:
I. Minimum Compression Strength at 28 days (F' c): 3,000 psi
D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor
when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other
circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix
design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in
Work.
I. Field modifications to mix designs will not be considered unless approved by
manufacturer and reviewed by Architect not less than 15 days prior to pour.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE t\~4
2. Do not add water to mix on-site.
2.5 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
I. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F,
reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related
materials with placement offorms and reinforcing steel.
3.2 FORMS
A. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such
loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,
alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface
irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits:
1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view.
2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
B. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate
alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for
openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers,
blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the
Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide
backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking.
C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hanunering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces.
Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 0 E \\II Lt
bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like
for easy removal.
D. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork
is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings
and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in
forms at inconspicuous locations.
E. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate
work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from
trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
F. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive
concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete.
Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks
and maintain proper alignment.
3 .3 VAPOR RET ARDERlBARRIER INSTALLATION
A. General: Place vapor retarder/barrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel
with direction of pour. Lap joints not less than 18 inches. Seal joints with duct tape or
better, at all lap joints.
3.4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for
"Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and
supports and as specified.
1. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement
and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement ofloose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce
or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by
Architect.
D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position
during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not
toward exposed concrete surfaces.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least
one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction.
3.5 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength
or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect.
B. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and
between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be
used for slabs.
C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement
across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement
through sides of strip placements.
D. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete.
E. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at points
of contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals,
foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
I. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
F. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-
grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one-fourth of
slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strip
into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab
edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and
clean groove ofloose debris.
2. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as
possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate.
3. If joint pattern is not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15 ft. in either direction
and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half
bays, third bays).
4. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.6 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS
IOE
A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items
required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-p1ace concrete. Use
setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to
be attached.
B. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated on drawings.
C. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to
achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to
support screed strips using strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
3.7 PREPARING FORM SURFACES
A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form-
coating compound before placing reinforcement.
B. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact
with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply
according to manufacturer's instructions.
3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete form work installation,
reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. NotifY other trades to permit
installation of their work.
B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete," and as specified.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be
placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness.
If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit
concrete to avoid segregation at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than
24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists
of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by
hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation
of concrete complying with ACI 309.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible
effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and
at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of
concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time
necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and
other embedded items without causing mix to segregate.
E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation,
within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly
worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into comers.
2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats
or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces
prior to beginning finishing operations.
3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect
concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost or
low temperatures.
G. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat
water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less
than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.
1. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
H. Hot- Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and
strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified.
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of
placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be
used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total
amount of mixing water.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before
embedding in concrete.
3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
4. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Architect.
3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not
exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the
concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used, with tie holes and
defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in
height rubbed down or chipped off.
B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed
surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with a texture matching
adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly
across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.10 SLAB FINISHES
A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive concrete floor
topping or mortar setting beds for tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded applied
cementitious finish flooring material, and where indicated.
1. After placing slabs, finish surface to tolerances ofF(F) 15 (floor flatness) and F(L)
13 (floorlevelness) measured according to ASTME 1155 (ASTME 1155M). Slope
surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surface before
final set with stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and
other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic
waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo; and where indicated.
1. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until
ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when
surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit
operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven
floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
I f
surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness)
measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and
fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat
surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
C. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab
surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or
another thin film-finish coating system.
1. After floating, begin first trowel-finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin
final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over
surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling operation, free of
trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of
F(F) 20 (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to
ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Grind smooth any surface defects that would
telegraph through applied floor covering system.
D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin-set
mortar, apply a trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow by slightly scarifYing
the surface with a fine broom.
E. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps,
and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
I. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with
fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final
finish with Architect before application.
3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by
other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place.
Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide
other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still
green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with comers, intersections, and
terminations slightly rounded.
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations
as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct
elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and
equipment.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE" i
3.12 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss
before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply
according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power
floating and troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing
and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound, by moist curing, by moisture-
retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified.
D. Provide moisture curing by the following methods:
1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
2. Use continuous water-fog spray.
3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover
with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage
of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
E. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows:
1. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in
widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by
waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing
period using cover material and waterproof tape.
F. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs, walks, and curbs
as follows:
1. Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are
complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply
uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to
manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours
after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during
curing period.
2. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with
finish materials applied directly to concrete.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 -11
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10'E
i'
G. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams,
supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the full
curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by
methods specified above, as applicable.
H. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and
other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method.
1. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-retaining
cover, unless otherwise directed.
3.13 SHORES AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring, and as specified.
B. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured
concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress
or deflection.
C. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required,
until concrete has attained its required 28-day strength and heavy loads due to construction
operations have been removed.
3.14 REMOVING FORMS
A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls,
columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not
less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard
to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and provided curing and protection
operations are maintained.
3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Architect.
B. Mix dry-pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate
passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing.
1. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes
left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1
inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean,
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 12
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
11
dampen with water, and brush-coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place
patching mortar before bonding agent has dried.
2. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland
cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test
areas at inconspicuous locations to verifY mixture and color match before proceeding
with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than
surrounding surface.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if
defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and
texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other
projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by
cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone
plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
I. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the
concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for
smoothness and verifY surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low
and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope
and smoothness by using a template having the required slope.
1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's
durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or
that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nomeinforced sections
regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other
objectionable conditions.
2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least
14 days.
3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing
surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching
mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary
underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect.
4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch
in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective
areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch
clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete
and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 13
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to
blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
E. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry-pack
method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt,
and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound.
Place dry-pack before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and
finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72
hours.
3.16 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Interior control joints shall be sawcut.
B. Exterior control joints and slab edges shall be neatly tooled with radius edges.
END OF SECTION 03300
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 14
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E~_
SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Concrete unit masonry.
2. Masonry waste disposal.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent
their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants,
corrosion, and other causes. Ifunits become wet, do not install until they are in an air-dried
condition.
B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation
of dirt and oil.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for
at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns.
B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity
conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide
artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar
to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F and above.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
lOE l~_
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Concrete Masonry Units:
a. CSR Rinker Materials.
b. Florida Rock Industries
c. Krehling Industries, Inc.
2. Portland Cement, Mortar Cement, Masonry Cement, and Lime:
a. Cement Industries
b. CSR Rinker Materials
c. Florida Rock Industries
d. Krehling Industries, Inc
3. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors:
a. AA Wire Products Co.
b. Dur-O-Wal, Inc.
c. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America.
d. National Wire Products Industries.
e. Southern Construction Products.
2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows for each form of concrete masonry unit
required.
1. Provide special shapes for lintels, comers, jambs, control joints, headers, bonding,
and other special conditions.
2. Provide square-edged units for outside comers.
B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Type II, Grade N, and as follows:
1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area
compressive strength not less than 1900 psi.
2. Weight Classification: Normal weight.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.
B. Mortar: Comply with ASTM C270, Type M.
C. Water: Potable.
2.4 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615, grade 60.
B. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 496, with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 zinc coating.
C. Welded-Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185.
2.5 JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following:
1. Galvanized carbon-steel wire, coating class as follows:
a. ASTM A 153, Class B-2.
b. 9 gauge. galvanized steel
B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and
plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and
tee units, and complying with requirements indicated on the Drawings.
C. For single-wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods:
1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c.
2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless
otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, type M.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1Q E: \l~;~
C. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency indicated
or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fine or coarse) at time of placement that will
completely fill spaces intended to receive grout. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches
or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verifY actual locations of piping connections
prior to installation.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full
thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units,
using units of thickness indicated.
B. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut
units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-
size units without cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry
before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and,
where possible, cut edges concealed.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do
not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet, nor Yz inch in 40 feet or more. For
external comers, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not
exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor y, inch in 40 feet or more. For vertical alignment of head
joints, do not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor Yz inch maximum.
B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal
grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor Yz inch in 40
feet or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/16
inch within width of a single unit.
C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of
columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed Yz inch in 20 feet, nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet or
more.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE .In
D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from
dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch nor plus !;2 inch.
E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed-joint thickness indicated by
more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to !;2 inch. Do not
vary bed-joint thickness from bed-joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch.
Do not vary from head-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do
not vary head-joint thickness from adjacent head-joint thickness by more than 1/8 inch. Do
not vary from collar-joint thickness indicated by more than minus 1/4 inch or plus 3/8 inch.
3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.
A void the use of less-than-half-size units at comers, jambs, and where possible at other
locations.
B. Lay walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced
and coordinated with other construction.
C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern;
do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at comers or
jambs.
1. One-half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses
above and below.
D. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half
running bond do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, and remove loose
masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other
Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
F. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise
indicated.
G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer
of metal lath in the j oint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates,
beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE ,~.
3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows:
1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.
2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers,
columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout.
3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar
bed, including areas under cells.
4. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain
bond alignment. If not indicated, lay walls with 3/8-inch joints.
B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint
thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Cut joints flush for masonry walls that are to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes
(other than paint), unless otherwise indicated.
3.6 CAVITIES
A. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike
joints facing cavities flush.
3.7 HORIZONTAL-JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Provide continuous horizontal-joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire
length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior
side of walls, Y, inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches.
1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c.
2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in parapet walls.
3. Provide reinforcement in mortar joint 1 block course above and below wall openings
and extending 12 inches beyond opening.
B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Provide continuity at comers and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T"
sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at
returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
k4
,
3.8 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced
masonry elements during construction.
1. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make
sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support
forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced
masonry.
2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened
sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed
on them during construction.
B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained
sufficient strength to resist grout pressure.
1. Do not exceed the following pour heights for grout:
a. For minimum widths of grout spaces of3 inches or for minimum grout space
of hollow unit cells of 3 by 3 inches, pour height of 12 feet.
2. Provide cleanout holes at least 4 inches in least dimension for grout pours over 16
inches in height.
a. Provide cleanout holes at each vertical reinforcing bar.
b. At solid grouted masonry, provide cleanout holes at not more than 32 inches
o.c.
3.9 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise
damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining
units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and
completely fill with mortar. Point-up joints, including comers, openings, and adjacent
construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of
sealants.
C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove
mortar fins and smears prior to tooling joints.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
Im!E\1__
A. Recycling: Undamaged, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property and shall be
removed from the Project site for his use.
END OF SECTION 04200
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
laEI;~'
SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
B. Provide insulation as specified herein and on the Drawings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building
insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with
requirements indicated without delaying the Work.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture,
soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting
during installation.
C. Protect plastic insulation materials as follows:
1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and
concealment, protect against ignition at all times.
2. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time, and
complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in
each area of construction.
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
~; 'I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. 1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Glass-Fiber Insulation:
a. Certain Teed Corporation.
b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH.
c. Owens-Coming Fiberglas Corporation.
d. Schuller International, Inc.
2. CMU Insulation: Core-Fill 500
3. Rigid Insulation: Dow Chemical Company
2.2. INSULATING MATERIALS
A General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
standards.
1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's
standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
B. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers
of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type I
(blankets without membrane facing).
1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass.
2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed
indices of25 and 50, respectively.
C. CMU core foam insulation: Core-Fill 500 or approved equal.
D. Rigid Insulation: Dow Thermax foil faced rigid insulation, or approved equal with FBC
approval for unprotected insulation in Type II construction.
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10 E1"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. I EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other
conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Close off openings in cavities receiving foamed-in-place insulation to prevent escape of
insulation.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and
application indicated.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION
A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's
written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with
adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of
units.
3.5 WALL INSULATION
A. Provide foam core fill insulation in all void cells of exterior CMU walls at the following
locations:
1. Building envelope of conditioned spaces
2. Gable end walls above interior and/or exterior ceilings.
B. Cut access holes at 6 locations as selected by Architect to inspect installed materials.
C. Patch and touchup all drill holes and access holes.
BUILDING INSULATION
07210-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE .c~..
3.6 ROOF INSULATION
A. BASE BID: Provide the following installation of roof insulation:
1. Provide unfaced batt insulation, supplementing existing insulation for a total
not less than R-30.
2. Where roof insulation is missing or damaged, ie near gable ends, provide
new R-30 unfaced batt insulation.
3. Secure insulation between roof purl ins with wire fabric fastened to bottom
of purlins/walls.
C. ALTERNATE BID: Provide the following installation of roof insulation:
1. Remove existing vinyl-faced batt roof insulation. Do not proceed until
substrate has been inspected and accepted.
2. Provide full thickness unfaced batt insulation; filling all voids between
bottom of metal roof deck and bottom of roof purlins.
3. Inspection of batt insulation is required prior to concealing work with rigid
insulation.
4. Provide 2 inch thick Dow Thermax rigid foil faced insulation fastened to
bottom of roof purlins. Seal all joints, penetrations, and edges.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to
harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary
coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be
concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation.
END OF SECTION 07210
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 -4
lOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 07270 - FIRES TOPPING
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes firestopping for the following:
1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated wall and floor construction including both
empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other
penetrating items.
2. Sealant joints in fire-resistance-rated construction.
1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread
of fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases.
B. F-Rated Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop
systems with F ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that
equaling or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated.
C. Fire-Resistive Joint Sealants: Provide joint sealants with fire-resistance ratings indicated,
as determined per ASTM E 119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire-
resistance rating of the construction in which the joint occurs.
D. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products
that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions.
I. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide
moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems.
2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop
systems not requiring removal of insulation.
E. For firestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread values ofless than
25 and smoke-developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84.
FIRES TOPPING
07270 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
.j
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product specified, including certification by firestopping
manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of
volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Provide firestopping that complies with the following
requirements and those specified under the "System Performance Requirements" article:
1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A
qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, Warnock Hersey, or another agency
performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop systems that is
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814
under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of
water is maintained at a distance ofO. 78 inch below the fill materials surrounding the
penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide rated systems complying with the
following requirements:
a. Through-penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of
qualified testing and inspecting agency.
b. Through-penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by
reference to through-penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in
their "Fire Resistance Directory," by Warnock Hersey, or by another qualified
testing and inspecting agency.
3. Fire-resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire-response
characteristics per ASTM E 119 under conditions where the positive furnace pressure
differential is at least 0.01 inch of water, as measured 0.78 inch from the face
exposed to furnace fire. Provide systems complying with the following requirements:
a. Fire-Resistance Ratings of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design
designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another
qualified testing and inspecting agency.
b. Joint sealants, including backing materials, bear classification marking of
qualified testing and inspection agency.
FIRES TOPPING 07270 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Information on drawings referring to specific design designations of through-penetration
firestop systems is intended to establish requirements for performance based on conditions
that are expected to exist during installation. Any changes in conditions and designated
systems require the Architect's and AHJ's prior approval. Submit documentation showing
that the performance of proposed substitutions equals or exceeds that of the systems they
would replace and are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed firestopping
that is similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and that has
performed successfully.
D. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain through-penetration firestop systems for each kind
of penetration and construction condition indicated from a single manufacturer.
E. Provide firestopping products containing no detectable asbestos as determined by the
method specified in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section 1, "Polarized Light
Microscopy."
F. Coordinating Work: Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure
that designated through-penetration firestop systems are installed per specified
requirements.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver firestopping products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages
with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifYing product and manufacturer; date of
manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's
classification marking applicable to Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for
multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle firestopping materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to
moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping when ambient or substrate
temperatures are outside limits permitted by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates
are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
B. Ventilation: Ventilate firestopping per firestopping manufacturers' instructions by natural
means or, where this is inadequate, forced air circulation.
FIRES TOPPING
07270 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Do not cover up those firestopping installations that will become concealed behind other
construction until authorities having jurisdiction have examined each installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRES TOPPING, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with
each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the
firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping
manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install
fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1.
Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the
qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems.
Accessories include but are not limited to the following items:
1. Permanent forming and backing materials.
2. Temporary forming materials.
3. Substrate primers.
4. Collars.
5. Steel sleeves.
C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section
that comply with system performance and other requirements.
2.2 MATERIALS FOR THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
A. Materials are indicated on the drawings and/or attached product data sheets. Alternative
materials and systems meeting the required performance criteria will be considered subject
to approval of the Architect and AHJ.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting
performance of firestopping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
FIRES TOPPING
07270 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I;~)E
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing
firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the
following requirements:
I. Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and joint substrates and from
penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping.
2. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound
surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose
particles remaining from cleaning operation.
3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.
B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that
manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do
not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining
surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be
permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove
smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without
disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates.
3.3 INSTALLING THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOPS
A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the
through-penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings
pertaining to products and applications indicated.
1. Install through- penetration firestops at all penetrations through rated assemblies.
2. Provide UL listed products.
3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations, duplicating UL
test requirements, and as directed by local AHl
B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill
materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross-sectional
shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through-penetration firestop
systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other
accessories not indicated as permanent components offirestop systems.
FIRESTOPPING
07270 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Install fill materials for through-penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to
produce the following results:
1. Completely fill voids and cavIties formed by opemngs, forming materials,
accessories, and penetrating items.
2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and
penetrating items.
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce
smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
3.4 INSTALLING FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with
ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings
pertaining to products and applications indicated.
1. Install fire-resistive joint sealants at expansionjoints, ends, edges, head-of-wall, and
similar locations at rated assemblies.
2. Provide UL listed products.
3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations, duplicating UL
test requirements, and as directed by local AHl.
B. Install j oint fillers to provide support of sea I ants during application and at position required
to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths
that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire-resistance rating
required.
C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully
wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration,
and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that
optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are
installed.
D. Tool nonsag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning
or curing begins. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to
produce fire-resistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and
adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to
joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not
approved by sealant manufacturer.
FIRES TOPPING
07270 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work
progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of
firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur.
B. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that
they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite
such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or
deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to produce firestopping
complying with specified requirements.
3.6 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY SIGNS
A. Each Fire Wall, Fire Barrier, Fire Partition, Smoke Barrier, Smoke Partition, or any other
new wall required to have protected openings shall be permanently identified with signs or
stenciling above any decorative ceiling and in concealed spaces with the wording "FIRE
AND SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECTED ALL OPENINGS," or similar language. Such
signs or stenciling shall be in 4-inch high letters, \I,-inch stroke, and not more than 15-feet
on center.
END OF SECTION 07270
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
FIRESTOPPING
07270 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications:
I. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal surfaces:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
b. Perimeter joints of openings where indicated.
c. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and
windows.
d. Other joints as indicated.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight
continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and
water-resistant continuous j oint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant provide product data and warranty.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint
sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose
work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in-service
performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single
manufacturer.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life,
curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to
prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures,
contaminants, or other causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the
following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by
joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.
2. When joint substrates are wet.
B. Joint-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint
widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated.
C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until
contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions ofthe Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace
elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements
specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric
joint sealants from the following:
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10:E
1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused
by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction.
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications.
3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.
4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric
contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide premium products by Dow
Coming or approved equal.
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
2.3 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS
A. Silicone Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and
other requirements indicated.
1. Provide Dow 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone sealant, 10-yr., or approved equal.
2. Color: White
2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other j oint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory
testing.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing
complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining
resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression
set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and
otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials
or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure.
Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion
of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-
substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of
staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and
formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting joint-sealant performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants
to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following
requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion
of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer),
old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and
frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning,
mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound
substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose
particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out
joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following:
a. Concrete and cement plaster.
b. Masonry.
c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain,
harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint
sealants.
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
c. Porcelain enamel.
d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant
manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.
Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine
primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact
or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after
tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for
products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of
joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative
to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application
and replace them with dry materials.
D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between
sealants and back of joints.
E. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time
backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
F. Tooling of Non sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth,
uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact
and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do
not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants
and of products in which joints occur.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so
sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite
such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or
deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are
indistinguishable from the original work.
END OF SECTION 07920
VICTOR J. LA TAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes steel door frames and accessories.
1. Note contractors option to clean, refinish, and install existing frames salvaged from
selective demolition work in lieu of frames specified herein.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction,
materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings,
profiles, and finishes.
C. Special Requirements: Provide manufacturers product data, proof of compliance with SDI
specifications, and certification of galvanized material treatment.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI/SDI 100 "Recommended Specifications
for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified.
B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and
frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are
labeled and listed by UL, Wamock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Galvaneal "wipe-coat" materials are not acceptable.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver door frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and
job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished
doors and frames.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Inspect door frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided
refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and
replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store door frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inch- high wood
blocking. A void using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity
chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately.
Provide minimum 1/4-inch spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Steel Door Frames:
a. Amweld Building Products, Inc.
b. Ceco Door Products.
c. Copco Door Co.
d. Republic Builders Products.
e. Steelcraft.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A 526
(ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642, drawing quality, hot-dip
galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 coating designation, mill
phosphatized.
B. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478-inch- thick steel sheet;
0.0516-inch- thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames.
C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built
into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as
applicable.
2.3 STEEL FRAMES
A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings,
according to ANSVSDI 100, and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules.
Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.0478-inch-
thick cold-rolled steel sheet.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
;1
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners.
B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on
strike jambs of single-door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double-door frames.
C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.0 I 79-inch- thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes
at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware
operation and to close off interior of openings.
D. Grout: When required in masonry construction, as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit
Masonry."
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate steel frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or
buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identifY
work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper
assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSVSDI 100 requirements.
B. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and
Frames."
C. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings from either
cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet.
D. Galvanized Steel Frames: At all locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from
galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112.
E. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for
exposed screws and bolts.
F. Hardware Preparation: Prepare door frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware
according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier.
Comply with applicable requirements ofSDI 107 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for
door and frame preparation for hardware.
G. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to the Door
and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to
applying and designating finishes.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Comply with SSPC-P A 1, "Paint Application Specification No.1," for steel sheet finishes.
C. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication.
2.6 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of
oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to
the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded
areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780.
1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by
weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint 20.
B. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is
indicated, apply air-dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and
pretreatment.
I. Shop Primer: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer paint complying with performance
requirements ofFS TT-P-641, Type II.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's
data, and as specified.
B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set
frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and
spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
1. Place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings.
2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge
location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable
anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry T-shaped anchors.
3. In metal-stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike
levels. In steel-stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws.
4. Install fire-rated frames according to NFP A 80.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
le,E
'I
C. Door Installation: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified
in ANSI/SDI 100.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Prime Coat T ouchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas
of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer.
B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings
from doors and frames.
END OF SECTION 08110
VICTORJ. LATAVISHARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110-5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provlSJOns of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Alt. Bid solid-core doors, paint grade.
2. Alt. Bid solid-core doors with plastic-laminate faces.
3. Factory machining for hardware.
1.3 SUB MITT ALS
A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction
and trim for openings.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind
of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of
hardware blocking; and other pertinent data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single
manufacturer.
B. Quality Standard: Comply with A WI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards
Illustrated
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written
instructions.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic
sheeting.
C. Mark each door on top or bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed,
wet work is complete, and HV AC system is operating and maintaining temperature
between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 43 and 70 percent during the
remainder of the construction period.
I. 7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and
Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective
in materials or workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in
a 42-by-84-inch section, or show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers
exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span.
1. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due
to repair or replacement of defective doors
2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of
Substantial Completion: Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1. Flush Wood Doors:
a.
b.
Algoma Hardwoods Inc
Ampco Products, Inc.
Buell Door Company
Chappell Door Co.
Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.
Effers Industries; Architectural Door Division
c.
d.
e.
f.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tCE
g. GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp.
h. Haley Brothers, Inc.
1. Ideal Wood Products, Inc.
J. IPIK Door Company
k. Lambton Doors
I. Marlite
m. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
n. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co.
o. Poncraft Door Co.
p. Southwood Door Co.
q. Vancouver Door Company, Inc.
r. VT Industries Inc.
s. Weyerhaeuser Company
2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL
A. Plastic- Laminate- Faced Doors:
1. Grade: Custom
2. Laminate Faces: High-pressure decorative laminates complying with NEMA LD
3, Grade HGS
3. Color Patterns, and Finishes: As selected by Architect from laminate
manufacturer's full range of products.
4. Stiles: Plastic-laminate matching faces, applied before faces, or impact-resistant
polymer edging, applied after faces.
2.2 SOLID-CORE DOORS
A. Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1 LD-2
2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as needed to
eliminate through-bolting hardware and as follows:
a.
b.
5-inch top-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers.
5-inch bottom-rail blocking, in exterior doors and doors indicated to have
kick, mop, or armor plates.
5-inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices.
c.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
3. Provide doors with glued-block or structural composite lumber cores instead of
particleboard cores at locations where exit devices are indicated.
B. Interior Plastic-Laminate-Faced Doors:
I. Core: Particleboard glued block, or structural composite lumber
2. Construction: Three or Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire
unit abrasive planed before faces are applied
C. Fire-Rated Doors:
1. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated
for manufacturer's standard mineral-core construction as needed to provide fire
rating indicated.
2. Blocking: For mineral-core doors, provide composite blocking with improved
screw-holding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated as
needed to eliminate through-bolting hardware.
3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide manufacturer's standard 1aminated-
edge construction with improved screw-holding capability and split resistance and
with outer stile matching face veneer.
4. Pairs: Provide fire-rated pairs with fire-retardant stiles matching face veneer that
are labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed-steel
edges and astragals.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project-site fitting.
B. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform
clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting.
Comply with requirements in NFP A 80 for fire-rated doors.
C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to
comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop
Drawings, DHI A 115- W series standards, and hardware templates.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verifY
dimensions and alignment before factory machining.
2. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for
pairs of fire-rated doors
D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements
ofreferenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required.
1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.
1. VerifY that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and
swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.
2. Reject doors with defects.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware"
B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's
written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFP A 80
C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as
indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or
permitted for fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces agter
fitting and machining.
1. Clearances: Provide 1 /8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors.
Provide 1 /8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering.
Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1 /4 inch from bottom of door to
top of threshold.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges
3. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only
to extent permitted by labeling agency.
D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
E. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is
required at Project site
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements.
Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no
evidence of repair or refinishing.
END OF SECTION 08211
VICTOR J. LA TAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
1
SECTION 08712 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1- GENERAL
1. ] RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the commercial door hardware for hinged doors
B. Scope of work includes salvaging, re-installing, cleaning, adjusting existing serviceable
hardware. Repair, replace, and provide supplemental hardware as necessary to provide a
complete and proper installation of the work.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing
fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams.
Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to
ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHl's "Sequence
and Format for the Hardware Schedule."
2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets
indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening.
a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule
3. Content: Include the following information:
a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item.
b. Manufacturer of each item.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
c. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
d. Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on
floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
f. Mounting locations for door hardware.
g. Door and frame sizes and materials.
4. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of final schedule along with essential
Product Data to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project
construction schedule. Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule after Samples,
Product Data, coordination with Shop Drawings of other work, delivery schedules,
and similar information has been completed and accepted.
C. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final
keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to
unique door designations.
D.Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division I.
E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted
in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's
vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available
during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door
hardware and keying.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single
manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following:
I. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA), the Florida Accessibility Code, latest edition, and as
follows:
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that is
easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching,
or twisting of the wrist.
b. Door Closers: Comply with the following maximum opening-force
requirements indicated:
I) Interior Hinged Doors: 5 Ibf applied perpendicular to door.
2) Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having
jurisdiction.
c. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope
of not more than 1 :2.
2. NFP A 101: Comply with the following for means of egress doors:
a. Latches, Locks, and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 Ibfto release the latch.
Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for
operation.
b. Door Closers: Not more than 30 Ibfto set door in motion and not more than
15 Ibfto open door to minimum required width.
c. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high.
E. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with
NFP A 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to
NFP A 252.
I. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure.
F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at the Owners office to comply with requirements
in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Incorporate keying conference decisions into
final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security
required, and plans for future expansion.
2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram.
3. Requirements for key control system.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
4. Address for delivery of keys.
G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings."
1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered
to Project site.
B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware
Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and
other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop
Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and
installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
1. 7 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents. Warranty does not apply to salvaged hardware.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section,
door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule, and the Door Hardware Schedule.
1. Door Hardware Sets: Requirements for quantity, item, design, grade, function,
finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated
in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by
descriptive titles corresponding to requirements specified in Part 2.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE
2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of
operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated, if any.
2.2 FINISHES
A. Match existing hardware finishes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction,
and other conditions affecting performance of door hardware.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power. systems to verify actual locations of wiring
connections before electrified door hardware installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable
publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing
regulations:
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders'
Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames."
3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware
for Wood Flush Doors."
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where
cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later
to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of
surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not
install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment
substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
C. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door
to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted
to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of
heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility
requirements.
1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of70 degrees, the
door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured
to the leading edge of the door.
2. Replace door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design,
materials, or installation of door hardware units.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 08712
VICTOR J. LATA VISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOt
SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Set Number
1. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additionallreplacement hardware:
1 set Weatherstrip
1 ea. Threshold
2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation;
Provide the following additionallreplacement hardware:
1 ea. Lockset with lever at Lobby side
3. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation.
4. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation.
Provide the following additional/replacement hardware:
I ea. Full-width panic bar exit device
5. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation
6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position
7. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation;
Provide the following additional hardware:
1 ea. Lockset
1 pr. Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf
8. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation;
Provide the following additional hardware:
1 ea. Cypher lock
I ea. Closer
1 ea Weatherstrip
9. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation;
Provide the following additional hardware:
I ea. Cypher lock
I pr. Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf
1 pr. Closers
1 ea. Weatherstrip
10. Screen door manufacturer to provide butts, closer, pull and full-width push bar
with no latch.
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
General Notes:
1. Provide all hardware required for a complete and proper installation including but not
limited to butts, locksets, closers, wall or floor stops, etc.
2. Contractor may salvage and re-use serviceable existing hardware where applicable.
3. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress
4. Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent.
5. Re-key all locks with grandmaster key system. Deliver keys to Owner at substantial
completion.
END OF SECTION 08715
VICTOR J. LATA VISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Nonload-bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies.
2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility for Steel Framing: Obtain steel framing members for gypsum
board assemblies from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Single-Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and
other panel products from a single manufacturer.
C. Single-Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from
either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from
a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer.
D. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies
are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following
requirements:
1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire
Resistance Design Manual" or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory"
or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
2. Gypsum board assemblies indicated are identical to assemblies tested for fire
resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies indicated is labeled and listed by UL, Wamock Hersey, or another testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and
identification of manufacturer or supplier.
B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other
causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for
applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum
board manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain
not less than 40 deg F. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain
not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours before application and continuously after until dry.
C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid
drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Steel Framing and Furring:
a. Clark Steel Framing, Inc.
b. Dale Industries, Inc.
c.. Dietrich Industries, Inc.
d. Marino/Ware.
e. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
f. Unimast, Inc.
2. Grid Suspension Assemblies:
a. Armstrong Wodd Industries, Inc.
b. Chicago Metallic Corp.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l(lE
c. USG Interiors, Inc.
d. Worthington Steel Company.
3. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
a. Domtar Gypsum.
b. Georgia-Pacific Corp.
c. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
B. Fire-rated Products: Subject to compliance with UL requirements, products that may be
incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Firestop Type C; Georgia-Pacific Corp.
2. Fire-Shield G; National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
3. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core; United States Gypsum Co.
4. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, UL TRACODE Core; United States Gypsum Co.
2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS
A. General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
B. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 inch thick.
C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch diameter.
D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel and zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
E. Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.0598-inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and
71l6-inch- wide flanges, and as follows:
1. Carrying Channels: 1-112 inches deep, 475 Ibll 000 feet, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 1bll 000 feet, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Finish: Rust-inhibitive paint, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90
degrees and doubled over to form 3/16-inch-wide minimum lip (return), and complying
with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for
depth:
1. Thickness: 25 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Depth: 3-5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required.
3. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant coating.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
G. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard
direct-hung grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross-furring members
that interlock to form a modular supporting network.
2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS
A. General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements:
1. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant coating.
B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees
and doubled over to form 3/16-inch- wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the
following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth:
1. Thickness: 20 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Depth: 3-5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required.
C. Deflection Track: Manufacturer's standard top runner designed to prevent cracking of
gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of the structure above
fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568. Thickness as
indicated for studs, and width to accommodated depth of studs, and of the following
configuration:
1. Top Runner with Compressible Flanges: 2-1I2-inch-deep flanges with V-shaped
offsets that compress when pressure is applied from construction above.
D. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard Z-shaped furring members with slotted or
nonslotted web, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568;
with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0179 inch, face flange of 1-1/4 inch
wall-attachment flange of 7/8 inch, and of depth required to fit insulation thickness
indicated.
E. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance,
holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members
securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board
manufacturers for applications indicated.
2.4 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will
minimize end-to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application.
1. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
I 14
B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows:
1. Non-Rated: Half inch regular gypsum wallboard, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Rated: 5/8 inch Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.
3. Edges: Tapered.
2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying
with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below:
1. Material: Formed metal or PVC plastic, with metal complying with the following
requirement:
a. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. I designations in ASTM C 1047:
a. Cornerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.
b. LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint
compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated.
c. L-bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound.
Use L-bead where indicated.
d. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without
application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated.
e. One-piece control joint formed with V-shaped slot and removable strip
covering slot opening.
2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the
recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment
materials for each application indicated.
B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached, open-weave, glass-fiber reinforcing tape
with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum
board and joint treatment materials for application indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
C. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products
complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use.
1. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product.
a. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over
fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories.
b. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats.
c. All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with
referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer.
B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications:
1. Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch thick.
C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel
members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow
metal frames, cast -in-anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation
of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages
to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their
full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings.
1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation
well in advance of time needed for coordination with other construction.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lCJE
3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and
with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation.
B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board
assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories,
furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with
recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with United States
Gypsum Co.'s "Gypsum Construction Handbook."
C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of
loading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings.
1. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling.
2. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor.
a. Provide slip- or cushioned-type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and
avoid axial loading.
b. Install deflection track top runner to attain lateral support and avoid axial
loading.
D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members.
Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated.
3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS
A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows:
I. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system.
Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting
horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers
in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members
and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by
referenced standards.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l~E I '!~.d
3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to
inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for
substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail.
4. Secure flat, angle, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing
members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are
secure and appropriate for structure as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a
manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail.
5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place
hanger inserts that extend through forms.
6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.
7. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members.
8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.
B. Sway-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support.
C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less
than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard.
1. Wire Hangers: 48 inches o.c.
2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c.
3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c.
D. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that
cross-furring or grid suspension members are level to within 118 inch in 12 feet as measured
both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members.
E. Wire-tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as
indicated.
F. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension
system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members
to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track.
3.5 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS
A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum
board stud assemblies abut other construction.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or
foam gaskets between studs and wall.
B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening
surfaces do not vary more than 118 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent
framing.
C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended
ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue
framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions
above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board.
1. Cut studs Yz inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief.
D. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated.
E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated.
1. Space studs 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
F. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each
gypsum board panel can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
G. Frame door openings to comply with GA-219, and with applicable published
recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Attach
vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door
frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
1. Install Two 20 gauge studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1I2-inch
clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint.
3. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside offloor or roof
structure above.
H. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none
indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match
framing required above door heads.
3.6 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to
comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints
and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end
joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.
C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp
panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1116
inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.
D. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where
intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do
not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides
of partitions. A void joints other than control joints at comers of framed openings where
possible.
E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open
(unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including
floor joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient
channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.
H. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and
doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately
insert gypsurn panels into frames.
1. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space
between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum
panels.
J. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces
(above ceilings, etc.), except in chases that are braced internally.
I. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or
smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft.
III area.
2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural
members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum
panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow
114- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE' \t 1
K. Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments,
except floors, as detailed. Provide 114- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim
edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints
between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
L. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer,
install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal comer construction.
M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and
finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.
I. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications.
3.7 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS
A. Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows:
I. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the
greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.
2. On partitionslwalls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing),
unless parallel application is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Use
maximum-length panels to minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate
courses of board.
B. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows:
I. Fasten with screws.
3.8 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners
used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory
manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners.
B. Install cornerbead at external comers.
C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge
trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are
indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 11
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and
back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate.
2. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are
installed.
3. Install U-bead where indicated.
4. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated.
D. Install control joints at locations indicated.
E. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and
in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.
3.9 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim,
control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to
prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint
compound.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having
flanges not requiring tape.
D. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as
recommended by trim accessory manufacturer.
E. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per
GA-214.
1. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a
higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated
assemblies.
2. Level 5 for exposed gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
F. For Level 5 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill, and
finish coats of joint compound over wallboard, joints, angles, fastener heads, and
accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a
Level 5 surface free of visual defects and ready for paint.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 12
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E1iJ
G. Where Levell gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound.
3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a marmer acceptable to Installer, that
ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of
Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 09255
VICTORJ. LATAVISHARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 13
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension
systems. Contractors option to salvage and clean existing suspension system, or replace
with specified suspension system.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed acoustical
panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and
with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the
following requirements:
1. Surface-burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for
Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84.
2. Products are identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting
agency.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in original,
unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected
against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized
moisture content.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are
enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings
is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels
indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other
construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures,
HV AC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with
protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
I. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Armstrong World Industries Products:
I. Cortega series.
2. Mfr Number: 704.
3. Color: White.
4. Edge: Tegular.
5. Size: 24" by 24" by 5/8".
2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL
A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration
indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types & patterns
indicated.
2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
,
i
"
A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal
suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply
with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements.
B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for
Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating
finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of system
indicated.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1,
Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wIres complying with the following
requirements:
1. Zinc-Coated Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 6411A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating,.
2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load
(ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but
provide not less than 0.1 06-inch- diameter wire.
E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
F. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
G. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 718 inch wide; formed with 0.04-inch- thick,
galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A, G90 coating designation; with
bolted connections and 5116-inch- diameter bolts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths
at opposite edges of each ceiling. A void using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and
comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per
manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636.
B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
110E
,
i
.
~ 1
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension
system.
2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal
forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
3. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire-resistance-rated
ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing,
countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support
standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and
hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension
members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established
by referenced standards and publications.
5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a
minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to
inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate;
and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated
temperatures.
6. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate
framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure
and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger
involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail
due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
7. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten
hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or drilled-in
anchors that extend through forms into concrete.
8. Do not attach hangers to roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members.
9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly
from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches
from ends of each member.
C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of
four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for
hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten
bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lQE
D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and
where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of
moldings before they are installed.
2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not
more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance
of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter comers accurately and connect securely.
3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one
another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system
runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide
a neat, precise fit.
1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows:
a. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to short axis of
space.
2. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges
of suspension system runners and moldings.
3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of
reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges.
4. Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed
panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical
panel manufacturer.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and
suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning
and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot
be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION 09511
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511-5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
-10-E
SECTION 09650 - VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
PART I - GENERAL
I. ] RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Vinyl composition floor tile.
2. Resilient wall base and accessories.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
B. Samples for Alternate Selections: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of
product indicated.
C. Samples for Verification: Full-size tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor
tile specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics.
D. Maintenance Data: For resilient floor tile to include in the maintenance manuals specified
in Division 1.
].4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section
who has specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project
and with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of product specified from one
source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical
properties without delaying the Work.
C. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire-test-response
characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOcE
I. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W/sq. em or greater when tested per ASTM E 648.
2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per
ASTM E 662.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers,
each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and
handling instructi ons.
B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures
maintained between 50 and 90 deg F.
C. Store tiles on flat surfaces.
D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation,
unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg For more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive
products for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48
hours after installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time
periods. After postinstallation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or
more than 95 deg F.
B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are
to be installed.
C. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation
recommended in writing by manufacturer.
D. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
completed.
E. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of
resilient tile flooring, install tile before these items are installed.
F. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry
to bond with adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and
moisture test.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with
protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
1. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type,
color, pattern, class, wearing surface, and size of resilient tile flooring installed.
2. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each
type, color, pattern, and size of resilient accessory installed.
3. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Resilient
Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3.
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated
for each designation in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3.
2.2 RESILIENT TILE
A. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066 and with
requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule.
2.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES
A. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40, Type II and with requirements
specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule.
B. Vinyl Accessory Moldings: Products complying with requirements specified in the
Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule.
2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based
formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
.
I
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products
and substrate conditions indicated.
C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required
to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running
joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will
occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that
substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with
requirements specified.
B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the
following:
1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other
materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness
characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-
Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring.
3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with resilient product manufacturer's written installation instructions for
preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products.
B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible
with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical
methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation.
After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3 TILE INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's written installation instructions.
B. Layout tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets,
so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using
cut widths that equal less than one-half of a tile at perimeter.
I. Lay tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as
manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard
broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles.
1. Lay tiles with grain running in checkerboard direction.
D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures,
including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and
nosmgs.
E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future
cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other
nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.
G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in finished floor
areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on
covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers.
H. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to
comply with tile manufacturer's written instructions, including those for trowel notching,
adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times.
1. Provide completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at
joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
1. Hand roll tiles according to tile manufacturer's written instructions.
3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install resilient accessories according to manufacturer's written installation
instructions.
B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, closed pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and
other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
I. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops
of adjacent pieces aligned.
2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in
continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.
3. Do not stretch base during installation.
4. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge
of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
5. Install premolded outside comers before installing straight pieces.
6. Install premolded outside and inside comers before installing straight pieces.
C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates
with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products:
1. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by
resilient product manufacturers.
2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.
3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer.
4. Damp-mop floor to remove marks and soil.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE
B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction
operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction
period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by flooring
manufacturer.
1. Apply protective floor polish to floor surfaces that are free from soil, visible
adhesive, and surface blemishes, if recommended in writing by manufacturer.
a. Use commercially available product acceptable to flooring manufacturer.
b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service.
2. Cover products installed on floor surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until
inspection for Substantial Completion.
3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or
hardboard panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide
or roll objects over panels without moving panels.
C. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended
to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products
according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
1. Before cleaning, strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing
installation only if required to restore polish finish and if recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
2. After cleaning, reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish
according to flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with
Owner's maintenance program.
3.6 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SCHEDULE
A. Vinyl Composition Tile VCT: Where this designation IS indicated, provide vinyl
composition floor tile complying with the following:
1. Manufacturer: Listed on Color Schedule
2. Color and Pattern: Listed on Color Schedule
3. Wearing Surface: Smooth.
4. Thickness: 118 inch.
5. Size: 12 by 12 inches.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
B. Vinyl Wall Base VWB: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl wall base
complying with the following:
I. Manufacturer: Open Specification
2. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors
and patterns produced for vinyl wall base complying with requirements indicated.
3. Style: Cove with top-set toe.
4. Minimum Thickness: 118 inch.
5. Height: 6 inches.
6. Lengths: Coils in lengths standard with manufacturer.
7. Outside Corners: Premolded.
8. Inside Corners: Premolded.
9. Surface: Smooth.
END OF SECTION 09651
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 09680 CARPETING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide carpeting and carpet accessories where shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
I. Base Bid includes removal of existing floor finishes in the scheduled work
areas.
2. Alternate Bids Section 01030 includes carpet work.
3. Material and color selections are listed in Section 0 I 000 Color Schedule.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions ofthe Contract Documents.
B. Product data: Within 10 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's
Notice to Proceed, submit:
I. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with
the specified requirements;
2. Samples of the selected colors and patterns of carpet.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CARPET
A. Base Bid: Carpet not included in contract.
B. Alternate Bid: Carpet indicated on Color Schedule
2.2 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Trim at intersection of carpet and resilient floor tile shall be Mercer Plastics
Company, Inc., "Custom Edge Carpet Bar No. 90," vinyl, or approved equal, in color
selected by the Architect.
CARPETING
09680-1
IOE-'
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
B. Adhesives, if required: Provide low VOC latex carpet adhesive recommended for
the purpose by the manufacturer of the proposed carpet.
C. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and
proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the
Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be
performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the
Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Immediately prior to installation of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean
substrata and remove oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and other items which
would adversely affect the bond of adhesive.
B. Make substrata level and free from irregularities. Assure one constant floor height
after carpet is installed, filling low spots and grinding high spots as required.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
I. Install carpet in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions.
2. Scribe the carpet accurately to vertical surfaces.
C. In addition to the cleaning requirements stated elsewhere, thoroughly clean carpet
and adjacent surfaces prior to final acceptance of the carpeted areas by the Owner.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Provide a heavy non-staining paper or plastic walkway as required over carpeting in
direction of traffic , maintaining intact until carpeted space is accepted by the Owner.
CARPETING
09680-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
3.5 SURPLUS MATERIAL
A. Allow the Owner to inspect and select from scrap carpet remaining after the
installation. Bundle and deliver to the Owner the carpet scraps selected by him.
Additionally, provide 5% stock of each color for the owners future use. Deliver to the
job site and store as directed by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
VICTOR J. LA TAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CARPETING
09680-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE \~.
\
,
SECTION 09912 - PAINTING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior
items and surfaces.
I. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition
to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections.
B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or
material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not
specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or
surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and
finishes available.
1. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts
(including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of
mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory-applied final finish.
C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts,
and labels.
1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Architectural woodwork.
Acoustical wall panels.
Finished mechanical and electrical equipment.
Light fixtures.
Metal siding
Window frames
Storefront doors
PAINTING
09912 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10Et~f1
2. Concealed surfaces include generally inaccessible spaces including but not limited
to the following:
a. Closed attic spaces
b. Closed plenum spaces
c. Wall cavities
3. Finished metal surfaces include the following:
a. Anodized aluminum.
b. Stainless steel.
c. Chromium plate.
d. Copper and copper alloys.
e. Bronze and brass.
f. Prefinished galvalume
4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following:
a. Valve and damper operators.
b. Linkages.
c. Sensing devices.
d. Motor and fan shafts.
5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment
name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section.
1.
Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured
at an 85-degree meter.
2.
Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.
3.
Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.
4.
Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured
at a 60-degree meter.
PAINTING
09912-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers.
I. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material
and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each
material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.
I. After color selection, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the
same manufacturer as the finish coats.
C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type
of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5.
Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals.
1. For final selection of colors and finishes, the Architect will select one room or
surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating
and substrate.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information:
1.
2.
3.
Product name or title of material.
Product description (generic classification or binder type).
Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
PAINTING
09912 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE 1'1P'~
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
7. Color name and number.
8. VOC content.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean
condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
I. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and
waste daily.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
air are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F.
C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or
at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
I. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted
are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during
application and drying periods.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in
the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify
with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
I. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra paint materials in I gal. container in quantities
indicated below:
a.
b.
Exterior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied.
Interior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied.
PAINTING
09912 -4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
~ 1
1.9 SAMPLE PANELS
A. Provide sample panels of selected colors for final verification of colors prior to ordering
materials. Samples shall be in sizes and locations as directed by Architect/Owner on site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Sherwin-Williams Co. (SW).
2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service
and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality professional grade paint material of
the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by
manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying
manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.
1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate
colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be
used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish
manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed
substitutions.
C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors.
PAINTING
09912 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
'!
I
2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS
A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior
application.
I. Sherwin- Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
B. Interior Zinc-Coated Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer.
I. Sherwin- Williams; Galvite HS B50WZ30: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less
than 3.0 mils.
2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS
A. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel for
interior application.
1. Sherwin-Williams: Superpaint, semigloss 25-35 units at 60 degrees, applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils per coat.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4.
1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.
2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and
conditions within a particular area.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
I. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over
substrates primed by others.
PAINTING 09912 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE t1.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting
fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is
impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied
protection before surface preparation and painting.
I. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed
using workers skilled in the trades involved.
B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances
that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning.
I. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning
process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
I. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster,
and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove
efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required
to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use
mechanical methods of surface preparation.
a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer.
b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing
appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint
to blister and bum, correct this condition before application. Do not paint
surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written
instructions.
3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.
PAINTING 09912 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
1
a. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged.
Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and
touch up with sanle primer as the shop coat.
4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents
so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from
galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.
D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as
required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary,
remove surface film and strain material before using.
3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended
limits.
E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when
multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish
coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate
coat.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and
techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules.
2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions
detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in
fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar
components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain
system integrity and provide desired protection.
PAINTING 09912 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
~ ~
,
5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently
fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, non specular black paint where visible
through registers or grilles.
B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before
subsequent surface deterioration.
I. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of
application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as
recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even
surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications.
2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give
special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners
receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not
recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel
sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint
does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.
C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other
applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of
appropriate size for surface or item being painted.
2.
Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as
recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required.
3.
Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by
manufacturer for material and texture required.
PAINTING
09912 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE jllft
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film
thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer.
E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to
items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.
F. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Uninsulated metal piping.
2. Uninsulated plastic piping.
3. Pipe hangers and supports.
4. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
5. Visible portions ofintemal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets
and outlets.
6. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all-service jacket" or other paintable
jacket material.
7. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
G. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Exposed conduits and junction boxes.
2. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
H. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been
prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots
or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no bum-through or other
defects due to insufficient sealing.
1. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a
smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness,
PAINTING
09912 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
"j
spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections
will not be acceptable.
J. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no
evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface
imperfections.
K. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove,
refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other
discarded paint materials from Project site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove
spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent
finished surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by
Architect.
B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their
work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA PI.
3.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces:
I. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a.
b.
Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
PAINTING
09912 - 11
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E~.
B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal:
]. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior timous-metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
C. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc-coated metal
surfaces:
I. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
END OF SECTION 09912
VICTOR J. LA TAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
PAINTING
09912 - 12
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
"
I
I
SECTION 10425 - SIGNS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Panel signs.
2. Cast-metal plaques.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large-scale sections of typical members and
other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout, spacing,
reinforcement, accessories, and installation details.
I. Provide message list for each sign, including large-scale details of wording, lettering,
and braille layout.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign material indicated that involves color
selection.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of signage manufacturer for
installation and maintenance of units required for this Project
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type through one source from a single manufacturer.
SIGNS 10425 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
, 'I
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and
with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Signs for Accessible Spaces: Included international symbols on all restroom
door signs
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces on
which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication and
indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of
anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices and
similar items to be used for attaching signs.
I. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, furnish templates for
installation of anchorage devices.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PANEL SIGNS
A. General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials,
thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction.
1. Refer to Collier County Vertical standards for sign specifications.
B. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated
in the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing, content, mounting height and location,
material, finishes, and colors of signage.
SIGNS 10425 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OE ,~.
C. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying
with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICCIANSI AI17.1. Text shall be accompanied by
Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs
and cut marks.
1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet or Clear acrylic sheet with opaque color
coating, subsurface applied
2. Raised-Copy Thickness: Not less than 1132 inch
D. Engraved Copy: Where scheduled for signage located in Equipment Rooms, provide
machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices into panel sign on
face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth.
2.2 CAST-METAL PLAQUES
A General: Provide castings free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects. Comply with
requirements specified for metal, border style, background texture, and finish and in
required thickness, size, shape, and copy.
B. Subject to compliance with the specifications, available manufacturers include but are not
limited to the following:
1. AR.K. Ramos.
2. American Graphics Inc.
3. Gemini Incorporated.
4. Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division.
5. Metal Arts; Div. ofL&H Mfg.
6. Mills Manufacturing, Inc.
7. Southwell Co.
8. York Bronze/Bryan.
C. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C83600 (No.1 manganese bronze).
D. Border Style: Bevel
E. Background Texture: Manufacturer's standard leatherette finish
F. Mounting: Concealed studs for substrates encountered.
G. Size: 24" wide x 36" high.
SIGNS 10425 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
H. Text: Includes full names of Owner, list of Commissioners, list of Board Members,
Property Appraiser, Administrator, Architect, Builder, Year.
1. Format and Logo: Match standard Collier County format.
2.3 PANEL SIGN TYPES
A. Room Signs:
1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards
B. Occupancy Signs:
1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards
2. Text: Maximum occupancy shall not exceed ### persons.
3. Verify text quantity with Architect and/or AHJ
C. Toilet Room Signs:
1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Mounting Methods: Use concealed fasteners andlor double-sided vinyl tape fabricated
from materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface.
B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts
for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed
steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as
required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.
2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
SIGNS 10425 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10 E l'
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Finish: Unless indicated otherwise elsewhere in the Documents, provide manufacturer's
standard powder coat or baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written
instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting.
I. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors.
2.7 COPPER-ALLOY FINISHES
A. Cast-Bronze Plaque Finishes: Exposed surfaces free from porosity, burrs, and rough spots;
with returns finished with fine-grain air blast.
I. Raised Areas: Hand-tool and buffborders and raised copy to produce manufacturer's
standard satin finish.
2. Background Finish: paint standard SW color as selected by Architect
B. Clear Protective Coating: Coat exposed surfaces of copper alloys with manufacturer's
standard clear organic coating specially designed for coating copper-alloy products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
B. Verify that items including anchor inserts provided under other sections ofW ork are sized
and located to accommodate signs.
SIGNS 10425 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required
to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other deleterious
matter.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types
described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions.
I. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from
distortion and other defects in appearance.
2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where
applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on
nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without
encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door.
B. Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using applicable methods
indicated below:
1. Vinyl-Tape Mounting: Use double-sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth,
nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for rough surfaces.
2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through
predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure
attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer.
3. Confirm locations on-site with Architect prior to installation.
C. Attach brackets and fittings securely to walls and ceilings with concealed fasteners and
anchoring devices to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Cast-Metal Plaques: Mount plaques using standard fastening methods recommended
in writing by manufacturer for type of wall surface indicated.
1.
Concealed Mounting: Mount plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped lugs
on back of plaque. Set in predrilled holes filled with quick-setting cement.
2.
Confirm location on-site with Architect prior to installation.
SIGNS
10425 -6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E -n.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner.
3.4 SIGN SCHEDULE
A. Provide room signs with text and graphics as follows:
Locations
Text
International Graphics
Existing Men
Existing Women
Men
Men and Accessibility Graphics
Women and Accessibility Graphics
Women
B. Except as scheduled above, provide one blank sign for each interior door location.
(text insert by Owner)
C. Provide Room Occupant Load Sign as specified in Training Room and Break Room.
END OF SECTION 10425
VICTOR 1. LA TAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SIGNS
10425 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 10520 - FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Portable fire extinguishers. (FE)
2. Fire-protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers. (FEC)
B. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout
construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties.
1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
2. Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods,
relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet
type, trim style, and panel style.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets through one source from a
single manufacturer.
B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10,
"Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers."
C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
10520 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV ATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated
and provided by Owner under separate Contract are accommodated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and other
locations indicated.
B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: not less than UL-rated 2-A:20:B:C, 5-1b nominal
capacity, in enameled-steel container.
C. Multipurpose Clean Agent Type: not less than UL-rated 2-A:20:B:C, 5-lbnominal capacity,
in enameled-steel container.
2.2 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINETS
A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed andlor partially recessed units, with trim,
frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
1. All comers and edges shall be rounded.
2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth.
3. Provide semi-recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition.
4. Basis of Design: J. L. Industries "Ambassador" Series, Mode11012F17, ADAC
option, or approved equal.
5. Cabinets shall be prefinished white color.
6. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire
rating of assembly.
B. Door Glazing: Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I,
Quality q3, clear.
C. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame.
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
10520 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
,
/
D. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type
for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide recessed door
pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Door Locks: None.
B. Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter
style, color, size, spacing, and location.
I. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" applied
to inside of door glazing.
a. Application Process: Vinyl letters.
b. Lettering Color: White.
c. Orientation: Vertical.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing fire-protection specialties.
B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.
2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb.
3. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are
without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
10520 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE I""
3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout
construction.
1. Remove existing fire extinguishers and brackets after installation of FEC cabinets.
2. Contractor may re-use existing serviceable fire extinguishers in new FEC cabinets,
if size is not less than as specified.
3. Contractor shall patch existing finishes after of removal of existing brackets.
B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets shall receive contacts and wiring for alarm. Coordinate work
with Johnson Controls.
C. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of
assembly.
END OF SECTION 10520
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
10520 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 10520 - SAFETY SPECIALTIES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Automatic external defibrillator and cabinet (AED)
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties.
Equipment: Provide manufacturers installation and maintenance instructions.
2 Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods,
relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet
type, trim style, and panel style.
1.4 COORDINATION
A Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type of equipment is accommodated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 AED Units
A. Provide Medtronic "Lifepak 500" AED units.
2.2 AED CABINETS
A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed and/or partially recessed units, with trim,
frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
SAFETY SPECIAL TIES
10620 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I. All comers and edges shall be rounded.
2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth.
3. Provide semi-recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition.
4. Cabinets shall be prefinished white color.
5. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire
rating of assembly.
B. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame.
C. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type
for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide recessed door
pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide all labor, material, equipment, accessories, wiring, connections, etc.
required for a complete and proper assembly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing safety specialty equipment.
B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.
2. Fasten mounting brackets to framing and cabinets, square and plumb.
3. Fasten cabinets to framing, square and plumb.
3.2 ADmSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
A Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation.
SAFETY SPECIALTIES
10620 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are
without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of
assembly.
END OF SECTION 10620
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SAFETY SPECIAL TIES
10620 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOEM'"
SECTION 10801 - TOILET ACCESSORIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes toilet accessories.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses,
dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for
each type of accessory specified.
B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of
each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory
Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit
and for units specified, unless otherwise approved by Architect.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances
required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning,
and servicing of accessories.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
TOILET ACCESSORIES
10801 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
accessories that may be incorporated into the Work include are limited to Bobrick
Washroom Equipment, Inc., ASI, and Bradley Corporation.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No.4 finish (satin), in 0.0312-inch
minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 1531 A, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
C. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and
theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior
surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed,
waterprooflabel or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model
number.
B. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight
seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous
stainless-steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible.
C. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and
resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners
appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units
level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.
TOILET ACCESSORIES
10801 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms
function properly. Replace damaged or defective items.
B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.
C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
END OF SECTION 10801
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
TOILET ACCESSORIES
10801 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOL
SECTION 12491 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general proVISIOns of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes Horizontal Venetian mini-blinds with aluminum louver slats
and accessories installed at each interior and exterior window scheduled.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Blind: Mini-blind with nominall-inch- wide louver slat.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles, material
descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles,
features, finishes, and operating instructions.
B. Samples forInitial Selection: For each colored component of each type of horizontal
louver blind indicated.
1. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
C. Window Treatment Schedule: Include horizontal louver blinds in schedule using
same room designations indicated on Drawings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain horizontal louver blinds through one source from a
single manufacturer.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver blinds in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, and
location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in
a window treatment schedule.
HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
12491 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install horizontal louver blinds until construction
and wet and dirty finish work in spaces, including painting, is complete and ambient
temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project
when occupied for its intended use.
B. Field Measurements: Where horizontal louver blinds are indicated to fit to other
construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for
operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entire operating range.
Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Horizontal Louver Blinds: Before installation begins, for each size, color,
texture, pattern, and gloss indicated, full-size units equal to 5 percent of
amount installed.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1. Horizontal Louver Mini-blinds, Aluminum Louver Slats;
a. Comfortex Window Fashions.
b. Hunter Douglas Window Fashions.
c. Levolor Contract; a Newell Company; Levolor.
d. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Bali.
e. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Graber.
f. Verosol USA, Inc.
B. Finish: clear anodized, satin finish.
HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
12491 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, and other conditions
affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
3.2 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND INST ALLA TION
A. Install blinds level and plumb and aligned with adjacent units according to
manufacturer's written instructions, and located so exterior louver edges in any
position are not closer than 1 inch to interior face of glass. Install intermediate
support as required to prevent deflection in headrail. Allow clearances between
adjacent blinds and for operating glazed opening's operation hardware, if any.
B. Flush Mounted: Install blinds with louver edges flush with finish face of opening if
slats are tilted open.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust horizontal louver blinds to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from
binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean blind surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a marmer acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that horizontal louver blinds are without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
C. Replace damaged blinds that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect,
before time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 12491
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
12491 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of
Division 15.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the general administrative and procedural requirements for
mechanical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are
included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1.
1. Submittals
2. Quality Assurance
3. Record documents
4. Maintenance manuals
5. Rough-ins
6. Mechanical installations
7. Construction Drawings
B. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall
comply with appropriate edition of the following codes as amended by the governing
body:
1. Florida Building Code
2. The National Fire Codes, NFPA
3. National Electrical Code, NFPA
4. Florida Plumbing Code, including all appendices
5. Florida Mechanical Code
6. Local/codes and Regulations
C. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall be in
compliance and agreement with requirements, whether or not specifically addressed by
construction documents, with local inspector's, plans examiner's and the authority
having jurisdiction's requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to coordinate
with the local authority having jurisdiction to determine exact requirements for
workmanship, materials, equipment and installation required by the governing
authority.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. No substitutions will be considered unless written request has been submitted to the
Engineer of Record at least ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Submittal shall include
the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, drawings, cuts,
performance and test date and any other data or information necessary for the Engineer
to determine that the equipment meets all specification and requirements.
B. Substituted equipment or optional equipment must conform to space requirements. Any
substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements, whether approved or not,
shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any modification ofrelated systems as a
result of substitutions shall be made at the Contractor's expense.
C. Any contractor proposed value engineering requiring supplemental engineering work in
review, construction documents revisions or site visits to determine feasibility of
proposed change shall be reimbursed to engineer at engineer's hourly rate including all
applicable travel expenses, printing, reproduction and copying.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The contractor shall provide all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, machinery,
and any and all other items necessary to complete and leave all systems in working
condition.
B. Any apparatus, appliance, material, or work not shown on the drawings but mentioned
in the specifications or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the
work complete in all respects and ready for operation shall be furnished and installed by
the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner.
C. Check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding. Advise Engineer of
Record of any discrepancies or questions. Where existing conditions are referred to in
the construction documents, the contractor shall verify prior to bid that existing
conditions remain as depicted in the construction drawings.
D. Provide field superintendant who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous
successful experience on projects of comparable sizes and complexity. Superintendant
shall be present at all times that work under this Division is being installed or affected.
A resume of the Superintendant's experience shall be submitted to Engineer or
Architect upon request. At least one member of the Contracting Firm shall hold a State
Master Certificate of Competency.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division I Section "Project
Closeout." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the
following information for equipment items.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations,
performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and
commercial numbers of replacement parts.
2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and
routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown
and emergency instructions.
3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and
troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting
instructions.
4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
1.6 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS
A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical
systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements:
1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and material installation with other
building components.
2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components and
structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
4. Coordinate the installation ofrequired supporting devices and sleeves to be set in
poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and
equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large
equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building.
6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems,
materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible.
7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and
overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing
regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide
required connection for each service.
8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal
data, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the
Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in
diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual
system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect.
9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and
perpendicular to other equipment components where installed exposed in finished
spaces.
10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or
replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment
for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations.
Extend grease fittings to an accessible location.
11. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems
required to be installed at a specified slope as well as those systems and
equipment with physically large sizes, i.e. main ductwork lines, water heaters, air
handling units etc.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
12. Prior to installation of any materials, coordinate with the work of other trades on
site to prevent conflicts. Where conflicts occur, refer conflicts to architect for
resolution. Where contractor installs material prior to gaining approval of
architect or coordinating work with other trades, the contractor shall be required
to move at no additional cost to owner piping to avoid conflicts.
13. Coordinate location of access panels with architect, owner and general contractor
on site. Whether specifically shown on drawings or not, provide access panels as
required for service access to all mechanical dampers, fire dampers, and
equipment requiring routine maintenance or code required access.
14. Coordinate on site and reference architectural drawings for location of all fire
dampers. Install fire dampers with adequate access for resetting fusible links.
Install fire dampers at all code required duct penetrations of fire rated partitions
whether specifically shown or not on plans.
1.7 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any
departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details
for such departure and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect or
Engineer of Record.
B. The Engineer affirms that to the best of his knowledge at the time of design, the codes
and ordinances listed constitute all legally adopted requirements governing the work
described by these plans and specifications and: That to the best of his knowledge the
work described herein has been designed in full compliance with these codes and
ordinances and with interpretations historically rendered by the governing agency
indicated and:
That it is the responsibility of said authority to fully review these plans and specifications for
code compliance prior to permitting construction of this work in accordance with State
statutes.
C. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of fixtures,
equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and
details for exact location of fixtures and equipment.
D. The Contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of
other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain head room and
space conditions at all points. Where head room or space conditions appear inadequate,
notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation.
E. This Contractor shall layout his work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, and
measurements required for the installation of this work.
F. All cutting and patching required for work under this section of these specifications
shall be done by the affected sub-contractor. All vertical piping shall be fire sealed
according to the penetration details on the construction documents; alternate methods
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction are acceptable.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE
G. If directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable
modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for
proper execution of the work.
H. This subcontractor is cautioned that the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) has very
stringent requirements for clearances above Electrical Switchboards and Panel boards.
Article #384-4, I sl paragraph states: "an exclusively dedicated space extending 25 feet
from floor or to the structural ceiling with a width and depth of the equipment. No
piping, ducts, or equipment foreign to the electrical equipment..... shall be permitted
to be installed in, enter, or pass through such spaces". Any transgression of this space
by any sub-contractor shall be corrected at that contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION 15010
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1
SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, mechanical sleeve seals, and
identification materials and devices.
B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation for metal and wood supports and
anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment.
C. Coordination Drawings: As required in contract.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical
dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment
is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit
breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs
shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases.
If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must
meet design and commissioning requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to
provide the electrical contractor with one set of approved submittals indicating actual
electrical requirements for approved mechanical equipment, whether changed or the
same as specified on construction drawings.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pipes, ductwork and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps
through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent
entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.
B. Protect stored pipes, dcutwork and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade.
Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
15050 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOEI'1i.~
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components.
B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during
progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations.
C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment
for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring
positioning before closing in building, structure and framing.
E. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead
utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised
service companies, and controlling agencies.
F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items reqmnng
access are concealed behind finished surfaces with architect, general contractor and
owner.
G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if
devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical
ceilings and similar concealment.
1.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not
indicated.
B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are
shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Architect.
C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or
replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with
minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible
locations.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
15050 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I
E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope.
F. Install flexible connectors on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel
to equipment shafts if possible.
1.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces
necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades
involved.
B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
15050 - 3
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 15200 - FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of
Division 15.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies prinkler systems for buildings and structures.
B. Products specified in this Section with installation not in Contract include sprinkler
cabinets with spare sprinklers and sprinkler wrenches. Deliver to the Owner's
maintenance personnel.
C. Scope of Work:
I. Contractor shall provide construction documents with hydraulic calculations, for
the sprinkler system for the building as further defined throughout scope of
performance specifications. Documents shall be provided on computer generated
drawings. Provide all documents for engineer of record review through submittal
process as described in other Sections and submit shop drawings for permit
application process.
2. Coordinate Construction Documents with Architectural Drawings, Structural
Drawings, and Mechanical Drawings to ensure adequate space for all other trades.
3. Fire Department Connection (FDC) to be provided on downstream side of
backflow preventer and at a minimum of 50 feet from a fire hydrant.
4. See Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for alarm devices not specified in
this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Pipe sizes used in this Section are nominal pipe size (NPS) specified in inches. Tube
sizes are standard tube size specified in inches.
B. Working plans as used in this Section refer to documents (including drawings and
calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in NFPA 13 for obtaining approval of
authority having jurisdication.
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1
C. Other definitions for fire protection systems are included m referenced N.F.P.A.
standards.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: System with automatic sprinklers attached to a plpmg
system containing water and connected to water supply so that water discharges
immediately from sprinklers when they are opened by fire.
B. Sprinkler System Protection Limits: All spaces within areas indicated. Include closets,
toilet and locker room areas, and all other areas as required by N.F.P.A. 13.
1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and obtain approval from authority having jurisdiction for fire protection
systems specified prior to submission of permit drawings.
B. Conduct fire hydrant flow tests as required to obtain hydraulic data needed to prepare
design for hydraulically calculated systems.
C. Hydraullically design sprinkler systems according to:
I. Sprinkler System Occupancy Classifications in accordance with definitions and
interpretations of authority having jurisdiction related to N.F.P.A. 13.
2. Minimum Density Requirements for Automatic Sprinkler System Hydraulic
Design as follows:
a. Light Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 GPM over 1500 square feet area.
b. Ordinary Hazard, Group I Occupancy: 0.15 GPM over 1500 square feet
area.
c. Ordinary Hazard, Group II Occupancy: 0.20 GPM over 1500 square feet
area.
d. Note: any area and density calculation may be provided for hazard areas
provided that it complies with N.F.P.A. 13. The above are used as a
guideline only.
D. Components and Installation: Capable of producing piping systems with the following
minimum working pressure rating except where indicated otherwise.
I. Sprinker Systems: Minimum required pressure to attain required water flow per
N.F.P.A. 13.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
A. Provide the following product data for fire protection system components. Include the
following.
1. Piping
2. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and gaurds. Include sprinkler flow characteristics,
mounting, finish, and other data.
B. Sprinkler system drawings, identified as "working plans" and prepared according to
N.F.P.A. 13, N.F.P.A. 14 and N.F.P.A. 20, that have been approved by the authority
having jurisdiction. Include system hydraulic calculations.
C. Test reports and certificates as described in N.F.P.A. 13. Include "Contractor's
Material & Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping".
D. Maintenance data for each type of fire protection specialty specified, for inclusion in
"Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1 Section "Project
Closeout"
E. 2 copies of NFPA 13 "Recommended Practice for the Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems." Deliver to Owner's maintenance personnel.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories
are listed by product name and manufacturer in U.L. Fire Protection Equipment
Directory and FM Approval Guide and that conform to other requirements indicated.
B. Comply with requirements of authority having jurisdiction for submittals, approvals,
materials, hose threads, installation, inspections and testing
C. NFP A Standards: Equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing
complying with the following:
1. NFPA 13 "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
2. NFPA 26 "Recommended Practice for Supervision of Valves Controlling Water
Supplies for Fire Protection"
3. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code"
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Sprinklers:
a. Central Sprinkler Corp.
b. Gem Sprinkler Co., Div., Grinnel Corp.
c. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
d. Star Sprinkler Corp.
e. Viking Corp.
f. Approved equal to the above.
2. Grooved Couplings for Steel Piping:
a. Grinnell Supply Sales Co., Grinnell Co.
b. Gustin-Bacon Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid., Tyler Corp.
c. Stockham Valves and Fittings, Inc.
d. Victaulic Company of America
e. Approved equal to the above.
2.2 PIPES AND TUBES
A. Ductile-Iron Pipe: A WW A C115, ductile-iron barrel with iron-alloy threaded flanges,
250 psig minimum working pressure rating, and A WW A C104 cement mortar lining.
4. Option: Pipe may be A WW A pattern, cut-grooved for grooved-coupling joints.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, Schedule 102.5 through 5 inch sizes and NFPA 13 specified
wall thickness for 6 inch size, with plain ends, black and galvanized, for rolled-groove
and welded joints.
C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, threadable lightwall, black and galvanized, for threaded
joints.
2.2 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS
A. Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Flanged Fittings: A WW A ClIO, 250 pSlg mlmmum
pressure rating, with A WW A C 1 04 cement-mortar lining.
B. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME BI6.4, Class 250, standard pattern, with threads
according to ASME B1.20.1.
C. Grooved-End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47
malleable iron, A WW A pipe-size, designed to accept A WW A C606 grooved couplings.
Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved interior coating.
D. Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234 seamless or welded; ASME BI6.9, buttwelding; or ASME
BI6.11, socket-welding type for welding joints.
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lDE
2.3 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for joining
materials not included in this section.
B. Couplings for Grooved-End Steel Pipe and Grooved-End Ferrous Fittings: UL 213,
A WW A C606, ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable-iron housing, with
enamel finish. Include synthetic-rubber gasket with central-cavity, pressure-responsive
design; ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts and nuts; and locking pin, toggle, or lugs to
secure grooved pipe and fittings.
C. Couplings for Grooved-End Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings: UL 213, AWWA C606,
ASTM A 536 ductile-iron housing, with enamel finish. Include synthetic rubber gasket
with central-cavity, pressure-responsive design, and ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts
and nuts to secure grooved pipe and fittings.
C. Grooved-End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47
malleable iron, A WW A pipe-size, designed to accept A WW A C606 grooved couplings.
Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved interior
coating.
2.4 SPRINKLERS
A. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element conforming to U.L. 199
B. Sprinkler types and categories are as indicated and as required by application. Fumish
automatic sprinklers with nominal Yz inch orifice for temperature and occupancy
occupation as required and described by N.F.P.A. 13 and in compliance with
interpretation of local authority having jurisdiction.
C. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome-plated, bronze and all white
D. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types and finishes for following sprinkler
mounting applications. Chrome plated steel and white, 2 piece, with I-inch vertical
adjustment.
END OF SECTION 15200
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
'llfl\!E
.. \:,I'
SECTION 15815 - METAL DUCTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Rectangular, round, and flat-oval metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating,
and air-conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 2 to plus 10 inch wg.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): As defined in
ASTM C 168. In this Section, these values are the result of the formula Btu x in./h x
sq. ft. x deg F or W 1m x K at the temperature differences specified. Values are
expressed as Btu or W. Example: Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26
or 0.037.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air-moving and -
distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or
configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by
Architect/Engineer.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFP A 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems,"
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems," unless otherwise indicated.
C. Comply with NFP A 96 for all ductwork utilized for kitchen exhaust hood systems.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver sealant and firestopping materials to site in original unopened containers or
bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color,
expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for
multi component materials.
METAL DUCTS
15815 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOt
B. Store and handle sealant and firestopping materials according to manufacturer's
written recommendations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating
designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view.
B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on
galvanized, sheet metal ducts.
2.2 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of
adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric
strips and mastics.
1. Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized
butyl sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.
2. Flanged Joint Mastics: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants,
complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.
2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-
steel fasteners appropriate for building materials.
1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes
or for slabs more than 4 inches thick.
2. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-
aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.
B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod.
I. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rod or
galvanized rods with threads painted after installation.
2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction
Standards--Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel
rod diameters.
METAL DUCTS
15815 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws;
compatible with duct materials.
D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
I. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates.
2.4 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION
A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other
construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." Comply with requirements for metal
thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and
intervals.
I. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and
rigidity class required for pressure classification.
2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller
marks, stains, and discolorations.
B. Static-Pressure Classifications: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts to the
following:
I. Supply Ducts: 2 inch wg.
2. Return Ducts: 2 inch wg., negative pressure.
3. Exhaust Ducts: 2 inch wg., negative pressure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories.
B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification
expected in system at it's particular location.
C. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
D. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and
connections.
E. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct.
METAL DUCTS
15815 - 3
IDE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
F. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and
perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.
G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, colunms, and other structural and
permanent enclosure elements of building.
H. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid
partitions, unless specifically indicated.
1. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting
layouts, and similar finished work.
J. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer
vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.
K. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions
and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction
opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness
as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.
L. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and
exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire damper, sleeve, and firestopping sealant.
3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING
A. Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as
described in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
Seal all ducts to SMACNA seal class B.
3.3 Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation.
3.4 INSULATION
A. All ductwork shall be externally insulated with a minimum of 2" fiberglass insulation
with external foil jacketing.
3.5 HANGING AND SUPPORTING
A. Install rigid round, rectangular, and flat-oval metal duct with support systems
indicated in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each
branch intersection.
METAL DUCTS
15815-4
IOE
i
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section "Duct
Accessories. "
B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA's
"HV AC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
3.7 CLEANING
A. During system installation inspect the system for dirt and debris. Vacuum ducts
before final acceptance to remove dust and debris as required.
END OF SECTION 15815
METAL DUCTS
15815 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 15820 - DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Manual-volume dampers.
2. Duct-mounted access doors and panels.
3. Flexible ducts.
4. Duct accessory hardware.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Manual-volume dampers.
2. Duct-mounted access doors and panels.
3. Flexible ducts.
B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,
loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and size
of each field connection. Detail the following:
1. Special fittings and manual- and automatic-volume-damper installations.
2. Fire- and smoke-damper installations, including sleeves and duct-mounted access
doors and panels.
C. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self-noise
power levels; and airflow performance data, static-pressure loss, dimensions, and
weights.
DUCT ACCESSORIES
15820 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFP A Compliance: Comply with the following NFP A standards:
1. NFP A 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating
designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view.
B. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6.
C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on
galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel
ducts.
D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, Y. inch minimum diameter for 36 inch length or less; 3/8
inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.2 MANUAL-VOLUME DAMPERS
A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper
blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed
position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct
consistent with pressure class.
1. Pressure Classifications of 3 inch wg or Higher: End bearings or other seals for
ducts with axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of
operating shaft.
B. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade
design as indicated, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable
for horizontal or vertical applications.
C. Low-Leakage Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade
design as indicated, low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for
horizontal or vertical applications.
DUCT ACCESSORIES
15820-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IG1E
2.3 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
A. General: Fabricate doors and panels airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
B. Frame: Galvanized, sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.
C. Door: Double-wall, galvanized, sheet metal construction with insulation fill and
thickness, and number of hinges and locks as indicated for duct pressure class. Include
vision panel where indicated. Include 1 by I inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches.
D. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber.
E. Insulation: I y, inch thick, fibrous-glass or polystyrene-foam board.
2.4 FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.
B. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory-fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer
jacket enclosing 1-112 inch thick, glass-fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner.
I. Reinforcement: Steel-wire helix encapsulated in inner liner.
2. Outer Jacket: Glass-reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab,
integral fibrous-glass tape, and nylon hanging cord.
3. Outer Jacket: Polyethylene film.
4. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film.
C. Pressure Rating: 6 inches positive, Yz inch negative.
2.5 ACCESSORY HARDWARE
A. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten
band with a worm-gear action, in sizes 3 to 18 inches to suit duct size.
B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to
gasoline and grease.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DUCT ACCESSORIES
15820 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I
I
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HV AC
Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and NAIMA's
"Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards" for fibrous-glass ducts.
B. Install volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner.
C. Install duct access panels downstream from volume dampers, fire dampers, turning
vanes, and equipment.
I. Install duct access panels to allow access to interior of ducts for cleaning,
inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units.
2. Install access panels on side of duct where adequate clearance is available.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.
END OF SECTION 15820
DUCT ACCESSORIES
15820 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 15855 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provlSlons of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes ceiling- and wall-mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in
the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various
directions and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary
room air.
B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can
be located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor.
C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following:
1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished;
indicate construction, finish, and mounting details.
2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise
ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet.
3. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room
location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
4. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet; indicate materials and
methods of assembly of components.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
15855 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers,
registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems
indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may
be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions."
B. NFP A Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFP A 90A,
"Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Diffusers, registers, and grilles are scheduled on Drawings.
2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating
the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
B. Manufacturers: Select grilles and registers equal to those specified on construction
drawings by one of the following approved manufacturers.
1. E.H. Price
2. Krueger Industries
3. Metal-Aire, Inc.
4. Air Guide, Inc.
5. Titus
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
15855 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's
written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced
standards.
B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts,
fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve
design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and
pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For
units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where
architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a
determination of final location. Cross-reference location of diffusers in ceiling on
mechanical plans with architectural reflected ceiling plans. Where architectural
ceiling plans differ from mechanical plans refer conflict to architect.
C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow
service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as
directed, before starting air balancing.
3.4 CLEANING
A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean
exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers,
and grilles that have damaged finishes.
END OF SECTION 15855
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
15855 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general proVISIOns of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HV AC systems to produce
design objectives, including the following:
1. Balancing airflow and within distribution systems, including submains, branches,
and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances.
2. Adjusting total HV AC systems to provide indicated quantities.
3. Setting quantitative performance ofHV AC equipment.
4. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly.
5. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as
to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.
B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains,
branches, and terminals, according to design quantities.
C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more
factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby
more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated.
D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield
repeatable results.
E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order.
F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of
measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump.
G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the
suction side.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 1
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
1.4
A.
H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions
that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.
1. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance
ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when
the fan was performance tested.
J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or
leaves the distribution system.
K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment.
L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and
reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.
AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association.
CTI: Cooling Tower Institute.
NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by
either AABC or NEBB or a company whose sole business for at least the last 4 years
has been the testing adjusting and balancing ofHV AC systems of similar size.
B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing,
adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following:
1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified
testing, adjusting, and balancing reports.
2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved
testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced
in this Specification.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building
before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting,
and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
J
1
i
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to
discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting,
and balancing of systems and equipment.
1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of
the Contract.
2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells,
flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers,
are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of
these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and
for efficient system and equipment operation.
B. Examine approved submittal data of HV AC systems and equipment.
C. Examine project record documents described in Division I Section "Project Record
Documents. "
D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate
performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects
that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all
or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings
of HV AC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented
when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system
effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and
Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HV AC Systems--Duct Design,"
Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions.
E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that
testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification
Sections have been performed.
F. Examine system and equipment test reports.
G. Examine HV AC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing
devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices,
balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and
their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient
system and equipment operation.
TESTING, ADmSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
~
H. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and
balancing.
1. Examine air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings
are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is
ready for operation.
J. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for supply air, to verify that they are airtight.
Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed.
K. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight
fins.
L. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and
controls.
M. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following:
I. Dampers and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller.
2. Dampers are in the position indicated by the controller.
3. Integrity of dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed
and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing
boxes, and variable-air-volume terminals.
4. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold
walls.
5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions.
6. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system
reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from
design values.
7. Interlocked systems are operating.
8. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values.
N. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting,
and balancing procedures.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-
step procedures.
B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the
following:
I. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete.
2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I
:1
4. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required
and access to balancing devices is provided.
5. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can
be met.
3.3 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures
contained in AABC national standards and this Section.
B. Cut insulation, ducts, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After
testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials
identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier.
C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification
material, including damper-control positions, valve indicators, fan-speed-control
levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings.
3.4 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors
and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet
volumes with required fan volumes.
.B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.
C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.
D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow
measurements.
E. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return-
and exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
1. Check for airflow blockages.
J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
3.5 AIR SYSTEMS BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed
by the fan manufacturer.
I. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:
a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable
and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.
b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible
connection.
c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the
fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from
duct restrictions.
d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the
plenum that houses the fan.
2. Measure static pressure across each air-handling unit component.
a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance
personnel must change filters.
3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps,
heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions.
4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design
static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect
factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur.
Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions.
5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Architect.
Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections
to accommodate fan-speed changes.
6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult
equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and
measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure
amperage in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the
maximum required brake horsepower.
B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to
design airflows within specified tolerances.
I. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and
adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for
Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and
inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lClE
2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue
to adjust submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified
tolerances.
C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's
written instructions and calculating factors.
D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified
tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than
extractors and the dampers at the air terminals.
1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of
design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed
by the Contract Documents.
2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
3.6 TEMPERATURE TESTING
A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature
regulation within the automatic temperature-control system.
B. Measure indoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2
successive 8-hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of
final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied.
C. Measure outside-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures.
3.7 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION
A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned.
B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely
affect control functions.
C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual
measurements.
D. Verify operation oflimiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers).
E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve
operators.
F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device
positions and correlate with airflow and water-flow measurements. Note the speed of
response to input changes.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990-7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers.
H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems.
1. Verify main control supply-air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations.
J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system
operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply.
K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations.
3.8 TOLERANCES
A. Set HV AC system airflow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Minus 5 to plus 10 percent.
2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent.
3.9 FINAL REPORT
A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond
paper, in 3-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced
systems.
B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified
testing and balancing engineer.
1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of
calibration.
C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the
following:
1. Fan curves.
2. Manufacturers' test data.
3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include
approved Shop Drawings and Product Data.
D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following
data in the final report, as applicable:
1. Title page.
2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent.
3. Project name.
4. Project location.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
5. Architect's name and address.
6. Engineer's name and address.
7. Contractor's name and address.
8. Report date.
9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report.
10. Summary of contents, including the following:
a. Design versus final performance.
b. Notable characteristics of systems.
c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
II. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings.
13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design
values.
14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following:
a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
b. Conditions of filters.
c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch
diameter.
f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems.
g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.
h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
END OF SECTION 15990
TESTING, ADmSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
SECTION 16050
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes project supervision, coordination, cutting, patching, inspections,
permits and miscellaneous work.
B. TIris work includes all labor, materials, transportation, tools, and equipment necessary
to install, test and guarantee a complete system as specified and shown on drawings,
including providing and installing fire stop assemblies at fire rated walls and ceilings.
C. Provide access doors where required in ceilings and walls to access concealed
equipment provided by the trade. See Section 08310.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Submit fully coordinated submittals, with number of copies indicated in
Division I. Submittals shall be complete and indicate all electrical devices to be furnished
on the project. Partial or incomplete submittals shall be returned unreviewed.
1.3 SUPERVISION
A. Maintain competent Superintendent in charge of work. Superintendent shall be
qualified and have suitable experience in type of work involved. Should he be
deemed not capable by Owner or Architect, he shall be replaced immediately by a
Superintendent who is satisfactory. After a satisfactory Superintendent has been
assigned, he shall not be withdrawn without consent of Owner or Architect.
1.4 WORKMANSHIP
A. Materials and equipment shall be installed in a neat and industry standard manner as
judged by the Owner, Architect or Engineer of Record.
B. Architect reserves right to direct removal and replacement of items, which, in his
opinion, do not present an orderly and reasonably neat appearance provided such
orderly installation can be made using customary trade methods. The removal and
replacement shall be done when directed in writing by Architect at sub-contractor's
expense and without additional expense to Owner.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.5 CONNECTING TO WORK OF OTHERS
A. Before starting his work and from time to time as work progresses, the Electrical sub-
contractor's superintendent shall examine work and materials installed by others in
so far as they apply to his own work, and shall notifY the General Contractor
immediately in writing of conditions which will prevent satisfactory results in
installation of the system.
B. Should the Electrical subcontractor start his work without proper notification, it shall
be construed as an acceptance by him of all conditions and as to suitability of the
work of others to receive his work.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If
any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the sub-
contractor, details for such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted
to the Architect immediately.
B. These items shall be submitted, in writing, for approval. No such departure shall be
made without prior written approval of the Architect.
C. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of fixtures,
equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and
details for exact location of fixtures and equipment.
D. The sub-contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the
drawings of other trades to verifY spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain
headroom and space conditions at all points. Where headroom or space conditions
appear inadequate, notifY the Architect before proceeding with the installation.
E. If directed by the Architect, the sub-contractor shall, without extra charge, make
reasonable modifications (as judged by Architect) in the layout and installation of the
electrical equipment, fixtures, and devices as needed to prevent conflict with work
of other trades, or for proper execution of the work.
1.7 CLAIMS FOR EXTRA WORK
A. See General Conditions for procedures; however, in no case will the Electrical
Engineer prior to extra work initiation allow an extra claim without written
agreement.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE' "1
1.8 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND PERSONNEL
A. Each sub-contractor shall be responsible for proper protective measures when
working overhead or in finished areas. He shall repair, replace, or touch up finished
surface, which may be damaged as a result of his work or operations. This is to
include preparation, priming, and refinish of structure due to welding or machining
for attachment of electrical equipment.
B. Subcontractor shall carry suitable insurance as prescribed by law for protection of his
employees, other persons, materials and equipment on site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND EXCAVATIONS
A. Cutting and patching of walls, partitions, concrete, in wood and masonry will be done
by this sub-contractor as indicated or as directed by Architect. Cutting of steel,
wood, or other main structural parts must be approved by Architect prior to
commencing cutting.
B. Sub-contractor shall do necessary excavation and back-filling for his own work.
3.2 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
A. Subcontractor shall maintain premises free from accumulations of waste material or
rubbish caused by his employees or work. At completion of work he shall remove
tools, scaffolding, materials and rubbish from building site, and leave premises and
his work in a clean, orderly, and acceptable condition.
3.3 ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS
A. If the work as laid out, indicated, or specified is contrary to, or conflicts with local
ordinances or regulations, the sub-contractor shall report same to General before
submitting his bid. Architect will issue instructions as to procedure.
3.4 PERMITS AND FEES
A. Subcontractor shall obtain necessary permits and inspections required for his work
and pay charges incidental thereto. He shall deliver to Architect certificates of
inspection issued by authorities having jurisdiction.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IGlE
'j
1
3.5 SCHEDULES AND MATERIALS
A. Materials and equipment are specified herein by a single or by multiple
manufacturers, to indicate quality, material, and type of construction desired. One
Manufacturer's product is indicated and has been used as basis for design.
B. Before purchase of equipment, submit (6) copies of shop drawings for approval.
Submit as complete as possible. IdentifY each item submitted. Information on shop
drawings shall contain all that is necessary to show that equipment complies with
specifications and drawings. Show required modifications. One complete set of
approved shop drawings shall be kept at job site.
NOTE:
All submittals of electrical materials or equipment shall be made at the
same time contained within one binder and one letter of transmittal.
C. Provide shop drawings within 30 days of general contract award.
D. Provide shop drawings for the following:
1. Light fixtures and lamps
2. Panel boards
3. Electrical devices (receptacles and cover plates)
E. Corrections or comments made on shop drawings during review do not relieve
contractor from compliance with requirements of drawings and specifications. This
check is only for review of general conformance with design concept of project, and
general compliance with information given in contract documents.
3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Upon completion of work, each sub-contractor shall clean, oil, and grease fans,
motors, and other running equipment and apparatus which he installs, and shall make
certain such apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for
test.
3.7 INSTRUCTIONS
A. Each sub-contractor shall furnish (3) complete sets of operations and maintenance
instructions applying to each piece of equipment installed in conjunction with this
contract.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
3.8 GUARANTEE AND SERVICE
A. In addition to guarantee of equipment by manufacturer of each piece of equipment
specified herein, each sub-contractor shall also guarantee such equipment and make
good any defect of material or workmanship occurring during a period of (l) year
from final acceptance test, without expense to Owner.
B. Each Subcontractor shall service systems for (l) year from final acceptance. Such
service will include lubrication, necessary adjustment, and/or replacement of
defective equipment and materials furnished. Light bulb replacement guarantee shall
be limited to 30 days after final acceptance.
3.9 CODES AND INSPECTIONS
A. Work shall comply with:
1. National Electric Code (2005 edition, Contractor to verifY existing
jurisdiction requirements).
2. Local city and/or county amendments and all applicable codes
3.10 SCOPE
A. Furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for a complete and workable
system and installation.
3.11 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. Prior to and during installation, store materials to protect them from injury or
deterioration. Material shall not be stored in contact with ground or floor. If suitable
storage areas are not available at job site, provide temporary construction or store
material off-site in suitable warehouses. Do not remove manufacturer's packing
materials until ready to install.
3.12 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall read applicable sections of these specifications, and prepare and
assemble required test reports, maintenance manuals, certificates, guarantees and
letters of instruction. Contractor's representatives responsible for work under
Division 16 shall be present at time of acceptance inspections, and shall furnish
required mechanics, tools, and ladders to assist in inspection.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10'E
B. Prior to requesting final inspection, the sub-contractor shall clean, and where
required, paint electrical equipment installed. Exposed conduits, exposed outlet
boxes, surface panel cabinets, etc. shall be finished to match walls or ceilings.
Cabinets, panels, panel covers, scratched or otherwise damaged shall be painted with
factory supplied color-matched paint. Interiors of panel boards, switchboards and
cabinets shall be vacuum cleaned, free of dust and debris.
C. List of items to be corrected as a result of acceptance inspection will be furnished to
the Architect for transmittal to the General Contractor.
D. NotifY Architect in writing of items appearing on list for correction, which are
disputed by the sub-contractor. When ready, request in writing a re-inspection of
work. Should items on the rejection list remain uncorrected, additional inspections
required to ascertain Contractor shall pay completion to the Engineer at rate of
$135.00 per hour.
3.13 DIRECTORIES
A. Install typewritten directories in panel boards, for each branch circuit that identifies
the space and the equipment it controls. Label all panels with identification shown
on plans using engraved phenolic labels.
3.14 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Provide electrical power and control systems to indicated equipment. Included are
wiring, raceways and other devices.
END OF SECTION
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
SECTION 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes wires and cables.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 WIRES AND CABLES
A. Conductors shall be copper. Conductor insulation type shall THHN/THWN or
XHHW. All conductor ampacities are to be based upon 75 degree C. insulation - no
down-sizing permitted of conductor size based upon use of 90 degree Centigrade
rated insulation.
B. Branch circuit outlets shall be connected as indicated. Conductors shall be color
coded throughout using three colors, Red, Black, and Blue for hot lines and White
for neutral. Switch legs shall be Brown, Yellow, and Orange. Ground conductor
shall be green. The same color shall be used for branch circuit wiring of a given
phase for the entire project. Conductors No.8 A WG and larger may be Black, but
shall be identified with colored tape in junction boxes, pull-boxes, panels, and service
equipment.
C. Continuity of neutrals of multi-wire branch circuits shall not be made on terminals
of any device, but shall be spliced and tap connected to device. This will assure no
opening of neutral in replacement of device.
D. Fixture and branch circuit wiring joints for conductors No.6 A WG and smaller in
junction and outlet boxes shall be made with U.L. approved pressure type connectors.
Use only Ideal Industries Models 451, 452, 455, or 453 and Scotch-Lock types Y,
R, or B. Splices and taps for conductors No.4 A WG and larger shall be made using
2 bolt type solder-less connectors made of high conductivity bronze castings, taped
with at least 3 layers of insulating tape, half-lapped.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l(lE ...,
SECTION 16135
ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes electrical boxes and fittings
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS
A. Outlet boxes shall be one-piece or projection welded galvanized stamped steel for
ganged sizes required. Sectional boxes will not be acceptable. Boxes larger than
standard shall be provided in accordance with National Electrical Code where
necessary to prevent crowding of wires. Outlet boxes required for communications
systems and mechanical control devices shall be installed under this section. VerifY
outlet box size required for systems other than electrical power from shop and
manufacturer's drawings. Install outlets in accordance with those requirements.
B. Boxes for wall and ceiling outlets shall finish flush and straight at edge of finished
surface. Wall outlets in exposed concrete block, masonry and tile walls shall be
installed with extra-deep square corner boxes or with standard boxes and square
cornered tile wall covers, so that conduit off-sets are not required. Outlet boxes for
light fixture mounting shall be equipped with fixture studs. No outlets shall be
installed back-to-back.
C. Outlet boxes for switches shall be 4" from door jamb. Outlet occurring above
counters, cabinets, or mirrors shall be correlated by Contractor so that outlet clears
trim or is located in splash back as noted on drawings.
See architectural interior elevations for locations.
D. Fire rated walls and ceilings may require special consideration and hardware in order
to conform to U.1. penetration details and requirements such as the size of allowable
openings (square inches) allowed in gross area or between vertical studs in walls.
Fire rated enclosures may also be required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS
16135-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 16143
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes installation of wiring devices.
B. Relation Sections:
I. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating types of wiring devices to
be provided. Provide information indicating color options for color selection by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES
A. Except where noted to the contrary, switches and receptacles shall be located as
follows: (Dimensions to centerline)
1. Receptacles at 1'-6", or as noted.
2. Telephone, and Television outlets at I '-6", or as noted.
3. The Electrical sub-contractor is responsible for coordinating the mounting
height of devices above counter tops, wall furniture, etc., with the
Architectural plans and or Client/Owner.
3.2 RECEPTACLES
A. Wall receptacles shall be specification grade, duplex 3-wire grounding type. Devices
shall be rated at 20 amps, 125 volt. If a single receptacle serves only one piece of
equipment and is fed by a 20A or larger breaker, the device shall match the breaker
in ampacity.
B. Receptacles shall be side-wired with screw terminals. No push wire connections
permitted.
WIRING DEVICES
16143-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lCE
3 .3 WALL PLATES
A. Cover plates for devices shall be of same manufacturer as devices and shall be
smooth plastic; Verify color with Architect.
B. Gang plates shall be of one-piece construction.
3.4 DEVICE MANUFACTURERS
A. Leviton, Pass & Seymour, G.E., Bryant, Hubbell, and Slater are acceptable if they
meet requirements of 16143.02 and 16143.03. All devices on the project shall be by
the same manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
WIRING DEVICES
16143-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 16452
GROUNDING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section provides method of electrical system grounding.
B. Related Section:
I. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GROUNDING
A. Provide grounding and bonding systems in strict accordance with applicable edition
ofN.E.C. Art. #250
B. All equipment which receives power from the electrical service shall be connected
to the premises grounding system with a conductor sized from Table 250-95 or thru
equivalent metal raceways as allowed by 250-72.
C. All metal interior piping shall be bonded to the electrical service equipment enclosure
with a conductor sized by 250.94.
D. All bonding and grounding shall be with copper conductors where wire type
conductors are utilized.
E. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accord with 250-94.
F. Outlet box to device shall be by use of self-grounding devices or a separate "pigtail"
to the racewaylbox grounded system.
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING
16452-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 16470
PANELBOARDS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes installation of panel boards and load centers.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Furnish data including manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating panel board
size, ampacities, voltage, and other physical data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DISTRIBUTION P ANELBOARDS FOR FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS.
A. Circuit breaker panel boards shall have sequence-phased bus bars and molded case
circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type, quick-make, quick-break, trip
indicating, each pole shall contain thermal and magnetic trip units. Provide 2 and 3
pole circuit breakers with common trip, without relying on handle ties. Submit shop
drawings showing cabinet dimensions, circuit breaker electrical ratings and bussing
arrangements.
B. Panelboards shall be of type indicated or equivalent as manufactured by Square D.,
G.E., Challenger, Cuttler Hammer, or prior approved equal. Panel boards with
aluminum buss are not acceptable.
D. "Wafer" or "Tandem" breakers are not permitted.
E. It is not permitted to flush mount panelboards in fire rated walls.
F. Front covers shall be hinged.
P ANELBOARDS
16470-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OE 11~'
E. TVSS panelboards shall include a TVSS device, IEEE C62.4l, integrally mounted,
plug-in style, solid-state parallel-connected, sine-wave tracking suppression and
filtering modules.
F. TVSS devices shall meet NEMA LS-I requirements and the TVSS shall have the
following protection:
TVSS shall have the following Protection modes:
1.) Line to neutral
2.) Line to ground
3.) Neutral to ground
END OF SECTION
P ANELBOARDS
16470-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 16515 LIGHTING FIXTURES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY: Section includes installation of lighting fixtures and controls, including all
accessories and connections required for a complete and proper assembly.
A. Contractor shall inspect existing conditions prior to submitting bid. Include all
labor, materials, fixtures, wiring, connections, etc. required for proper operation.
B. Work includes salvaging and re-use offixtures. Bids shall include replacement of
existing non-operational ballasts, lamps, fixtures, etc. for units indicated as
existing or relocated.
C. Work includes additional fixtures indicated on the drawings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide fully coordinated bound submittal of all light fixtures, lamps
and other related devices.
A. All fixture "Cut" sheets shall be clearly marked and fixture designation shall
match light fixture schedule.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Salvage and re-use existing serviceable fixtures. Bidders shall inspect existing
conditions prior to bid.
B. Provide additional fixtures and related work as indicated on the drawings and as
required for a complete and proper installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Provide and install lighting fixtures in satisfactory operating condition (including
lamps and auxiliaries) as indicated or required for a complete and operable
lighting system.
B. Fixtures have been designated in accordance with fixture schedule located on the
drawings. If any fixture is not clearly identified, Contractor shall request
clarification from the Engineer.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
16515-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
3.2 LIGHTING CONTROLS
A. Refer to Drawings for specified lighting control system.
B. Contractor's option to salvage and re-use existing switches or provide new
devices.
C. Provide 3-way and 4-way switches where applicable.
D. Where the Contract Documents indicate relocated and/or re-circuited fixtures in
open office space, corridors, etc., contractor shall provide light switch( es) to
control fixtures. Locate switches adjacent to existing switches controlling
adjacent lights, Confirm switch locations prior to rough-in with Owner and/or
Architect. Provide 3-way and 4-way switches where applicable. Contractor's
option to salvage and re-use existing switches or provide new devices.
E. Neatly label each fixture and junction box with circuit numbers using permanent
marker in concealed ceiling space locations.
F. Provide as-built diagram indicating locations and circuit numbers of all light
fixtures and circuits in Work Areas.
END OF SECTION
LIGHTING FIXTURES
16515-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 16615 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Transient Surge Protector. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria:
1. Service Entrance: UL 1449 listed for category C3 locations per ANSI/IEE 662.41-
1991 (20 KV, 10 KA, 90 deg. phase). Modes of suppression: L-N, N-G. Minimum
single surge rating (L-N): 50,000 amp per phase. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class
1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3 KA) 120/208V.
2. Maximum continuous operating voltage: Nominal + 15%. Pulse life: 1000 category
C impulses.
3. Panelboards: UL 1449 listed for category B locations. Modes of suppression L-L, L-
N, L-G. Minimum single surge rating (L-N): 20,000 amp per phase. UL 1449
clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3KA) 277/480V. Operating voltage:
Nominal + 15%.
B. Device shall not bond neutral and ground under failure mode. Pulse Life: 500 category B
impulses.
1.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install on service switchboard and panel boards per manufacturer instructions. Conductors
shall be kept short and straight. Device shall be nippled to panel.
B. Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following:
I. Advanced Protection Technologies
2. Leviton
3. 1.E.A. Dynatech
4. Liebert
5. EFI
END OF SECTION 16615
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION
16615 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
'l'Q'E
,. r ~,'
: t" 'I"~
SECTION 16620 - PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes a packaged diesel engine generator system including engine
generator set, engine generator enclosure, cooling system, fuel system,
combustion air intake and engine exhaust systems, starting system, accessories,
connections, fuel, permits, and all related work and accessories required for a
complete and proper assembly.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Emergency or Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the
generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the
duration of a power outage.
B. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to the highest value of
a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of
the nominal value of the parameter.
C. Power Output Rating: Gross electrical power output of generator set minus total
power requirements of electric motor-driven accessories normally constituting
part of the engine assembly.
D. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage
within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hz or cycles per second.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. System Includes: Standby-rated, automatically started diesel engine coupled to an
a.c. generator unit. Engine and generator are factory-mounted and -aligned on a
structural steel skid. Subsystems and auxiliary components and equipment are as
indicated.
B. Functional Description: When the mode selector switch on the control and
monitoring panel is in the "automatic" position, remote control contacts in one or
more separate automatic transfer switches initiate the starting and stopping of the
generator set. When the mode selector switch is placed in the "on" position, the
generator set starts manually. The "off' position of the same switch initiates
shutdown of the generator set. When the unit is running, specified system or
equipment failures or derangements automatically shut the unit down and initiate
alarms. Operation of a remote emergency stop switch also shuts down the unit.
Automatic transfer switches are specified in another Section of these
Specifications.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division
I Specification Sections.
B. Product data for products specified in this Section. Include data on features,
components, ratings, and performance. Include dimensioned outline plan and
elevation drawings of engine generator set and other system components.
C. Maintenance data for system and components for inclusion in Operating and
Maintenance Manual specified in Division I. Include the following:
D. Detailed Operating Instructions: Cover operation under both normal and
abnormal conditions.
E. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication, piping, wiring, and installation of the
field-installed portions of the system. Include general arrangement drawings
showing locations of auxiliary components in relation to the engine generator set
and duct, piping, and wiring connections between the generator set and the
auxiliary equipment. Show connections, mounting, and support provisions and
access and working space requirements.
F. Wiring Diagrams for System: Show power and control connections and
distinguish between factory-installed and field-installed wiring.
G. Performance characteristic curves including generator damage, 3 phase
decrement, single phase decrement on a log-log graph paper.
H. Certified Test Reports of Components and Accessories: Submit for devices that
are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit.
I. Exhaust Emissions Test Report.
J. Muffler Sound Report.
K. Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Conform to NFP A 110.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing equipment of
the types and capacities indicated that have a record of successful in-service
performance.
B. Emergency Service: System manufacturer maintains a service center capable of
providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project
site with 4 hours maximum response time.
C. Comply with NFP A 70, "National Electrical Code."
D. Comply with NFP A 110, "Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems,"
for requirements for a Level 2 emergency power supply system.
E. NRTL Listing: System components of types and ratings for which NRTL listing
or labeling service is established and components are listed and labeled.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
F. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code"
G. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
H. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable Federal, State, and local
government requirements.
I. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain engine generator system components from
a single manufacturer with responsibility for entire system. Unit shall be a
representative product built from components that have proven compatibility and
reliability and are coordinated to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of
prototype testing.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in
protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and
moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection
only after equipment is made safe from such hazards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
I. Engine Generator Sets:
Cummins/Onan
Caterpillar, Inc.
Kohler Co.
Generac
2. Storage Batteries:
CWoride Systems.
Exide Corp.
Kohler Co.
Onan Corp.
2.2 SYSTEM SERVICE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Engine generator system withstands the following
environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation
ofperfonnance capability:
I. Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 deg C to plus 40 deg C.
2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent.
3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet (300 mi.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM
A. General: System is a coordinated assembly of compatible components.
B. Ratings: as indicated.
C. Output Connections: as indicated
D. Safety Standard: Comply with ASME B 15.1, "Safety Standard for Mechanical
Power Transmission Apparatus."
E. Nameplates: Each major system component is equipped with a conspicuous
nameplate of the component manufacturer. Nameplate identifies manufacturer of
origin and address, and the model and serial number of the item.
F. Limiting dimensions indicated for system components are not exceeded.
2.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 4 percent of rated output voltage
from no load to full load.
B. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: Less than I Hz.
C. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10 percent variation for 50
percent step-load increase or decrease. Voltage recovers to remain within the
steady-state operating band within 2 seconds.
D. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency
from no load to full load.
E. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When the system is operating at any constant
load within the rated load, there are no random speed variations outside the
steady-state operational band and no regular or cyclical hunting or surging of
speed.
F. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 3 Hz variation for a 50 percent
step-load increase or decrease. Frequency recovers to remain within the
steady-state operating band within 3 seconds.
G. Output Waveform: At no load, the harmonic content measured line-to-line or
line-to-neutral does not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics.
The telephone influence factor determined according to NEMA MGl, "Motors
and Generators," does not exceed 50.
H. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase bolted short circuit at the system
output terminals, the system will supply a minimum of250 percent of rated
full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault
automatically, without damage to any generator system component.
I. Temperature Rise of Generator: Within acceptable limits for insulation systems
used according to NEMA MG I when operating continuously at standby rating
conditions.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
J. Nonlinear Load Performance: System performance is not degraded from that
specified in this Article by continuous operation, with the load current having a
minimum total harmonic content of 15 percent rms, and minimum single
harmonic content of 10 percent rms.
K. Starting Time: Maximum total time period for a cold start, with ambient
temperature at the low end of the specified range, is 5 seconds. Time period
includes output voltage and frequency settlement within specified steady-state
bands.
2.5 ENGINE GENERATOR SET
A. Power Output Rating: Nominal ratings as indicated on Drawings.
B. Skid: Adequate strength and rigidity to maintain alignment of the mounted
components without dependence on a concrete foundation. Skid is free from sharp
edges and corners. Lifting attachments are arranged to facilitate lifting with slings
without damaging any components. Provide vibration isolators between
engine-generator and steel base or steel base and mounting pad.
C. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on a metal plate permanently attached to the skid.
Diagram indicates location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and
location of the center of gravity.
2.6 ENGINE
A. Comply with NFPA 37, "Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines."
B. Fuel: Diesel fuel oil grade DF-2.
C.. Lubrication System: Pressurized by a positive displacement pump driven from
the engine crankshaft. The following items are mounted on the engine or skid:
D. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 microns and smaller
while passing full flow.
E. Oil Cooler: Maintains lubricating oil at the manufacturer's recommended
optimum temperature throughout 2 hours of operation of the generator set at 110
percent of system power output rating.
F. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in the system to maintain optimum oil
temperature. Unit is capable offull flow and is designed to be fail-safe.
G. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable
container with no disassembly and without the use of pumps or siphons or special
tools or appliances.
H. Engine Fuel System: Comply with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible
Liquids." System includes:
I Integral Injection Pumps: Driven by the engine camshaft. Pumps are adjustable
for timing and cylinder pressure balancing.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
J. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on the engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel
flow under starting and load conditions.
K. Parallel Fuel Oil Filters: Ahead of the injection pumps. Changeover valves allow
independent use of either filter.
1. Relief/Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in the fuel line and returns
excess fuel to the source.
M. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric immersion type, factory-installed in the jacket
coolant system. Unit is rated and thermostatically controlled to maintain an
engine temperature of25 deg C at the low end of the ambient temperature range
specified under "Enviromnental Conditions" above.
N. Speed Governor: Adjustable isochronous type, with speed sensing.
2.7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
A. Description: Closed-loop, liquid-cooled, with radiator factory-mounted on engine
generator set skid and integral engine-driven coolant pumping.
B. Radiator: Factory-piped and -rated for specified coolant.
C. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol and 50 percent water.
D. Temperature Control: Self-contained thermostatic control valve modulates
coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as
recommended by the engine manufacturer. Features include:
E. Thermostatic Elements: Interchangeable and nonadjustable.
F. Actuator Design: Normally-open valves to return to open position when actuator
fails.
G. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with nonporous rubber inside surface and aging,
ultraviolet, and abrasion-resistant fabric outer covering.
H. Rating: 50 psi (345 kPa) maximum working pressure with 180 deg F (82 deg C)
coolant, and noncollapsible under vacuum.
I. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and
equipment connections.
1. Coolant piping external to engine generator set is as specified in Division 15
Section "Hydronic Piping."
2.8 ENGINE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE
A. Provide a weatherproof insulated enclosure designed to withstand pressured
developed by wind speeds of 130mph.
B. The enclosure shall be impact resistant.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Provide sound attenuation insulation.
D. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA Class I wall-mounted cabinet.
2.9 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
A. System complies with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code,"
and NFPA 37, "Standard for Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines."
B. Pump Capacity: Exceeds the maximum flow of fuel drawn by the
engine-mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel
returned from the engine.
C. Unit, Including Alarm Contacts: Complies with UL 142, "Steel Aboveground
Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids."
D. Low-Level Alarm Sensor: Separate device operates alarm contacts at 75 percent
of normal fuel level.
E. Piping Conections: Include fuel suction and return lines to fuel storage tank, fuel
supply, and return lines to engine, local fuel fill, vent line, overflow line, and tank
drain line complete with shutoff valve.
F. Skid Oil Tank: 500 gallons, built to UL standards, double wall.
2.10 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
A. Muffler: Critical-type, sized as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
Measured sound level, according to the "DEMA Test Code for the Measurement
of Sound from Heavy-Duty Reciprocating Engines" at a distance of I 0 feet from
the exhaust discharge, is 85 dB "A" or less.
B. Connections from Engine to Exhaust System: Flexible section of corrugated
stainless steel pipe.
C. Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless-steel expansion joint with
liners.
D. Insulation for Mufflers and Indoor Exhaust Piping: As specified in Division 15
Section "Pipe Insulation."
E. Supports for Muffler and Exhaust Piping: Vibration isolating-type specified in
Division 15 Section "Vibration Control."
F. Thimbles for Exhaust Piping: Conform to NFPA 211, "Chimneys, Fireplaces,
Vents, and Solid-Fuel Burning Appliances."
2.11 COMBUSTION AIR-INTAKE SYSTEM
A. Air-Intake Silencer: Filter-type providing filtration as recommended by the
engine manufacturer.
B. Mounting: Factory-installed on engine generator set at a location readily
accessible for servicing.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
C. Supports for Air-Intake Piping and Filter-Silencer: Vibration isolation-type as
specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration Control."
2.]2 STARTING SYSTEM
A. Description: 24 V electric with negative ground and including the following
items:
B. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking
cycle with the ambient temperature at the maximum specified in paragraph
"Environmental Conditions."
C. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from
the engine flywheel without binding.
D. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified.
E. Battery complies with SAE J537, "Storage Batteries," and has adequate capacity
within the ambient temperature range specified in paragraph "Environmental
Conditions" to provide the specified cranking cycle series at least twice without
recharging.
F. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by the generator set manufacturer for the
cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and
connection accessories.
G. Battery Compartment: Factory-fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and
thermal insulation. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in
place.
H. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory-mounted on engine with solid-state
voltage-regulation and 35 ampere minimum continuous rating.
I. Battery Charger: Current limiting, automatic equalizing and float charging-type
designed for operation from a 120 V 60 Hz supply source. Unit complies with UL
508, "Electrical Industrial Control Equipment," and includes the following
features:
J. Operation: Equalizing charging rate of 10 amperes is initiated automatically after
the battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at the
battery terminals. The unit then automatically switches to a lower float-charging
mode, and continues operating in that mode until the battery is discharged again.
J. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts the float and equalizes voltages
for variations in the ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to
prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures.
1. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of
input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent.
M. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters indicate charging rates.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
N. Safety Functions: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltage arranged to
close contacts providing "low battery voltage" indication on control and
monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of a.c.
input or d.c. output of battery charger. Either of these conditions closes contacts
that provide "battery charger malfunction" indication at system control and
monitoring panel.
2.13 CONTROL AND MONITORING
A. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system
controls, and engine gages are grouped on a common control and monitoring
panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method isolates the control panel
from generator set vibrations.
B. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded case type with solid state LSGI adjustable trip
setting as indicated in drawings.
C. Shunt Trip Device: For generator breaker, connected to trip breaker when
generator set is shut down by protective devices.
D. Current and Potential Transformers: Instrument accuracy class.
E. Indicating and Protective Devices, and Controls: Include those required by NFP A
110 for a Level 2 system plus the following:
F. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other
devices, and wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other
supporting items on engine, generator, or elsewhere as indicated. Where not
indicated, locate to suit manufacturer's standard.
G. Connection to Data Link: A separate terminal block factory-wired to Form C dry
contacts for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connection for
transmission of indications by data link to remote data terminals. Data system
connections to terminals are covered in another Section.
2.14 GENE~ TOR, EXCITER, AND VOLT AGE REGULA TOR
A. Comply with NEMA MG I, "Motors and Generators," and specified performance
requirements.
B. Drive: Generator shaft is directly connected to the engine shaft. Exciter is rotated
integrally with generator rotor.
C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F.
D. Station Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future
reconnection for other voltages if required.
E. Construction permits mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration,
overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of
rated capacity.
F. Excitation uses no-slip or collector rings, or brushes, and is arranged to sustain
generator output under short circuit conditions as specified.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOrf
G. Enclosure: Drip-proof.
H. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.
I. V oltage Regulator: Solid-state-type, separate from exciter, providing performance
as specified.
1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel provides plus or minus 5
percent adjustment of output voltage operating band.
2.]5 ELECTRIC MOTORS
A. Comply with UL, NEC, and referenced standards.
2.16 FINISHES
A. Indoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over
corrosion-resistant pretreatment and primer.
2.] 7 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Tests: Conform to those required for Levell energy converters in paragraphs
3.2.1,3.2.1.1, and 3.2.1.2 ofNFPA 110.
B. Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are not
identical to those on tested prototype have been acceptably tested to demonstrate
compatibility and reliability.
C. Protype Equipment Tests: Test items assembled and connected as a complete
system at the factory in a manner equivalent to that required at the Project site.
Record and report test data. Conform to SAE 8528, "Engine Power Test
Code-Spark Ignition and Diesel," and the following:
D. Test Equipment: Use instruments calibrated within the previous 12 months and
with accuracy directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST).
E. Hydrostatic Test: Perform on radiator, heat exchanger, and engine water jacket.
F. Generator Tests: Conform to IEEE 115, "Test Procedures for Synchronous
Machines."
G. Complete System Continuous Operation Test: Includes nonstop operation for a
minimum of 8 hours, including at least] hour each at 112, 3/4, and full load. If
unit stops during the 8-hour test, repeat the complete test. Record the following
minimum data at the start and end of each load run, at 15-minute intervals
between those times, and at l5-minute intervals during the balance of the test:
H. Fuel consumption.
I. Exhaust temperature.
J. Jacket water temperature.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
K. Lubricating oil temperature and pressure.
1. Generator load current and voltage, each phase.
M. Generator system gross and net output kW.
N. Complete System Performance Tests: Include the following to demonstrate
conformance to specified performance requirements:
O. Single-step load pickup.
P. Transient and steady-state governing.
Q. Transient and steady-state voltage perfornlance.
R. Safety shutdown devices.
S. Observation of Test: Provide 2-week advance notice of tests and opportunity for
observation of test by Owner's representatives.
T. Report test results within 10 days of completion of test.
2.18 WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE:
A. Provide impact-rated drip-proof enclosure with removable hinged doors custom
made to house the skid mounted tank and generator.
B. Enclosure shall be designed to withstand pressures developed by 130 mph wind,
and shall be insulated with thermal and acoustic insulation.
C. Provide all materials and accessories required for a complete and proper assembly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 I INSTALLATION
A. Anchor generator set and other system components on concrete bases conforming
to Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" and as indicated. Provide
anchorage according to manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Exhaust Pipe Installation: Conform to NFP A 21 1, "Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents,
and Solid-Fuel Burning Appliances. "Use thimbles where indicated.
C. Maintain minimum working space around components according to
manufacturer's shop drawings and NEC.
D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Arrange and pay for the services of a
factory-authorized service representative to supervise the installing, connecting,
testing, and adjusting of the unit.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 11
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. IdentifY system components according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical
Identification" and Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Battery Test: Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery
terminals for full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level
and specific gravity under both conditions. Test for contact integrity of all
connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery.
VerifY acceptance of charge for each element of battery after discharge. VerifY
measurements are within manufacturer's specifications.
B. Battery Charger Tests: VerifY specified rates of charge for both equalizing and
float -charging conditions.
C. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verifY proper installation, connection, and
integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system
operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks.
D. Simulation of malfunctions to verifY proper operation of local and remote
protective, alarm, and monitoring devices.
E. Efficiency Tests: Perform at 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of rated
load.
F. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until
specified requirements are met.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint
splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish
to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and
materials recommended by manufacturer.
3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Training: Arrange and pay for the services of a factory-authorized service
representative to demonstrate adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the
system and to train Owner's personnel.
B. Conduct a minimum of 4 hours of training as specified under Instructions to
Owner's Employees in the Project Closeout Section of these Specifications.
C. Schedule training with at least 7-day advance notice.
3.6 COMMISSIONING
A. Battery Equalization: Equalize charging of battery cells according to
manufacturer's instructions. Record individual cell voltages.
END OF SECTION 16620
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 12
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 16720 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Fire Alarm System including all panels, wiring, devices, accessories, connections,
permits, etc. required for a complete, operational, and approved system.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractors shall have not less than 5 years experience installing systems of equal size and
complexity.
I. Name of installer shall be included on subcontractors list attached to bid form.
B. Do not apply for fire alarm permits until shop drawings have been reviewed and approved
by Design Professional.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide sealed shop drawings and complete manufacturers product data in 3-ring binder
in not more than 30 days from Notice to Proceed.
B. Comply with Division I requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. I EQUIPMENT
A. Refer to drawings for basis of design.
B. Provide complete UL listed system including panel, devices, appliances, wiring,
connections, accessories, permits, etc., required for a complete and operational fire alarm
system approved by local AHJ.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
16720 - I
lOt
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
C. Fire Alarm system shall report to primary monitoring system as designated by the Owner,
and also report to existing backup monitoring system at Collier Country Facilities
Management Operations Center at Building W.
I. System shall be addressable and compatible with existing system at Collier Country
Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W.
2. Compliance with specific trouble point monitoring requirements in the Collier
County Vertical Standards is waived for Option A system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment, devices, wiring, etc. shall be installed in accordance with approved shop
drawings, approved permit drawings, and manufacturers instructions.
B. Installation shall comply with the American with Disabilities Act.
C. Coordinate inspections and tests with local AHJ.
D. Provide neatly typed panel schedules and engraved labels. Handwritten labels and
schedules will not be accepted.
3.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Provide AutoCAD file of as-built plans and wiring diagrams.
3.3 WARRANTY
A. All material and installation shall be guaranteed to be free of defects in material and
workmanship for one year.
END OF SECTION
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
16720 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
APPENDIX A
COLLIER COUNTY VER TICAL STANDARDS
EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
DO NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT
COLLIER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF FACILITIES MANAGEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERTICAL STANDARDS
FOR
COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT BUlLDINGS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
Revised 11;13/07
DlVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
oJ()e)()o
0l0eJ20
014200
017700
017839
017823
GENERAl., PROVISIONS
SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS
CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDlTIONS
022600
023200
024200
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
030000
030010
033000
033010
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
040000
042000
DIVISION 5 - METALS
050000
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT
GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS
SALVAGE
GENERAL
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
CONCRETE W ALKW A YS
GENERAL
UNIT MASONRY
GENERAL
DIVISION 6.. WOOD AND PLASTICS
060000
061000
GENERAL
ROUGH CARPENTRY
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 1
IOE
062023
064023
FINISH CARPENTRY
CASEWORK
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
070000
072100
072419
075100
075210
075323
070100
076200
077200
079200
GENERAL
INSUI AnON
EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS - EIFS
BUILT UP ROOFING
SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
EPDM ROOFING
METAL ROOFING
METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES
ROOF ACCESSORIES
JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
080000
081113
081416
083113
081116
083323
085113
086200
087100
088000
089000
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
090000
092400
092900
093013
095123
096500
096513
096812
096816
097200
099100
GENERAL
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS
ACCESS DOORS
ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
ROOF SKYLIGHTS
DOOR HARDWARE
GLAZING
LOUVERS AND VENTS
GENERAL
PORTLAND CEMENT PIASTER
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
CERAMIC TILING
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
TILE CARPETING
SHEET CARPET
WALL COVERINGS
PAINTING
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 2
amI
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
100000
101400
102113
102800
102810
104300
104400
GENERAL
SIGNS
TOILET COMPARTMENTS
TOILET ACCESSORIES
MIRRORS
EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
110000
112423
GENERAL
WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT
DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS
120000
120010
124800
GENERAL
OFFICE FURNITURE
RECESSED FOOT GRILLES
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
130000
133419
GENERAL
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
140000
142000
144000
GENERAL
ElEVATORS
WHEELCHAIR LIFTS
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
211100
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
221000
223100
224000
224010
DIVISION 23 - HV AC
230000
FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
GENERAL
PLUMBING FIXTURES
WATER HEATERS
GENERAL
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
tOE Wi\H
PAGE 3
230010
230020
230021
230548
230553
230563
230593
230713
232300
233113
233116
233233
233346
234000
236400
236500
237300
237400
238400
MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
AS-BUILT DRA WINGS
FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE
VIBRATION Ac"lD NOISE CONTROL
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
ANTI-MICROBIAL TREATMENT
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
DUCT INSTALLATION
REFRIGERANT PIPING
METAL DUCTWORK
FIBROUS-GLASS DUCTWORK
PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS
FLEXIBLE DUCTS
AIR FILTERS
CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING
COOLING TOWERS
SPLIT - SYSTEM HV AC UNITS
ROOFTOP UNITS
DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT
DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
255000
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260000
260010
260020
260030
260040
260500
260526
260536
260620.16
260620.26
262200
264100
264300
265 "100
265200
265300
265600
HV AC CONTROLS
GENERAL
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS
IDENTIFICATION
CONDUCTORS Ac"lD CABLES
GROUNDING
CABLE TRAYS
DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
DEVICES
TRANSFORMERS
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION
INTERIOR LIGHTING
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
EXIT SIGNS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STAJ'\!DARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 4
10E
272000
272010
273000
274000
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT)
FIBER OPTIC LINES
TELEPHONE SYSTEMS
CABLE TV SYSTEMS
DIVISION 28 n ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
281000
282300
283100
SECURITY ALARM
CCTV VIDEO SURVEILLANCE
FlREALARM
DIVISION 31.... EARTHWORK
310000
3]2000
GENERAL
GRADING
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
329300
APPENDICES
LANDSCAPING
PROJECT CHECKLIST
PROJECT DATA FORM
SPACE ALLOCATION & UTILIZATION PLAN
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 5
IOE
IOE
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
010000 - GENFl{AL PROVISIONS
A. The Department of Facilities Management is assigned the responsibility of
publishing building standards that are to be followed by all Departments and
design teams. Any exceptions to these standards must be approved in writing by
the Facilities Management Department. All construction design drawings are to
be approved by the Facilities Management Department prior to commencement of
the project. The Department responsible for the construction of the project will
invite the Facilities Management Department to visit the site during the
construction phase to insurc that the County Standards are being followed.
B. These guidelines shall be considered minimum standards which do not relieve the
Design Profcssional or Contractor from mandatory code compliance or
coordination with specific project requirements. These standards may be used
only as the basis for specifications written for specific County projects. No
portion of this document may be copied and used as the sole specification for any
project.
C. GREEN ITEMS: Design must include: Bicycle / pedestrian systems including
bike racks, bus shelters when appropriate, operable windows when appropriate,
energy efficient appliances and equipment, placement of trees to reduce solar heat
gain, orientation of structures to reduce solar heat gain, structural shading
whenever practical.
010020 - SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The Design Professional shall complete a Project Data Form for each project. The
Project Data Form shall include the following information:
1. Name of Project
2. Address or Location of Project
3. Enclosed S.F. Area Tabulation listing all floors and total
4. Project Budget
5. Summary of Program Requirements
6. Project Checklist
The Project Checklist must be reviewed with the Facilities Management Project
Manager. A copy of a sample Project Data Form and Checklist is attached to the
end of the Vertical Standards Document, and may be expanded as needed to suit
the project. Thc Projcct Data Form must be submitted to the Facilities
Management Department with a writtcn Program for each project. The form shall
be updated at the completion of Schematic Plans, Design Dcvclopmcnt Plans,
Construction Documents, and Closeout Documents.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 6
IOE
B. All new public safety facilities (EMS, Fire, Sheriff, Designated Shelters, Public
Utilities, Emergency Management, etc.) shall be designcd to meet the following
minimum standards:
1. All public safety building structurcs shall be dcsigncd to withstand wind
prcssurcs resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile), or 160 mph 3-
sccond gust.
2. Components, cladding, doors, windows, and opening protcction coverings
used al new public safety buildings shall be designed to withstand wind
pressures resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile). All openings shall
be protected to withstand impacts from wind-borne debris in accordance
with FBC section 1606.1.4 except lcst or design velocities shall be
increased 25%.
3. The finish floor elevation or all public service buildings, including vehicle
bay arcas, shall be not less than 12" above the base flood clcvation
established by FEMA.
4. The first floor elcvation of all enclosed portions or public service
buildings used for offices, habitable areas, or essential equipment and
maintenance areas shall be raised or flood-proofed to a height natless than
36" abovc the base flood elevation established by FEMA.
5. The Contractor shall furnish the County a signed and sea1cd Flood
Elevation Certificate certifying the finished floor elevations for all new
construction and leased property.
C. Johnson Controls is the County approved sole source provider for security and
building automation control systems.
D. Metasys System
1. Metysis shall be provided in all new buildings greater than 4,000 Sq. Ft.
2. It is the responsibility of the controls contractor to install and set the alam]
set Points under the direction of Facilities Management.
E. Card Access
1. Card access shall be installed on all new buildings constructed as directed
by FM staff. All components of the system shall be backed up with UPS
and generator if generator is available. Provide proximal readcrs with
keypads if rcquircd. Contractor is responsiblc for programming back to the
opcrations center. Contractor shall provide 100 HID cards.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 7
IOE
2. Doors controlled by c~rd access will use County approved subscription
scrvice Cylinders supplying two (2) keys per door.
3. Any door during a construction/remodel project that has card access on it
shall have a subscription key on the lock with the only copy(s) inventoried
electronically in the ops center.
F. FD Lock Box
1. A Fire Dcpt. approved lock box shall be installed in close proximity to the
front door.
G. Emergency Call Boxes
1. Providc "Code Blue" assistance box where designated by FM Security
Staff.
H. CCTV
1. Each building will have appropriate CCTV coverage as directed by
Facilities Management.
1. Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) systems, when required on a project, shall be
monitored with existing software in the Facilities Management Operations Center
in Building W.
1. Facilities Managemcnt's policy encourages rccycling. To that end, any area that
would generate recyclable materials should have sufficient space to place a
suitable container to handlc the type and quantity of waste generated. Typical
examples would be large trashcan near copiers and a metal/glass / papcr
separator in break or lunch rooms, ctc. Design Professional shall consider
locations of trash receptacles, recycle bins, and dumpsters to facilitate ease of use.
K. Design Group shall provide a color rendering for building projects of $1,000,000
or larger, unless directed otherwise by FM staff. Rendering shall be matted and
fr~med to match existing projects.
1. Frame size: 24" x 36"
2. Frame finish: Chrome, polished face, brushed sides
3. Matt color: Match existing, unless directed otherwise by FM staff
4. Provide digital copy of rendering, 300 dpi, TIP
5. Deliver rendering and digital copy to Facilities Management prior to
completion of Construction drawings.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 20()6
PAGE 8
IOE
014200 - REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All buildings must be designed to meet all ADA standards as they apply to
government buildings.
1. FM policy encourages user-friendly design with accessibility features
above the minimum level of standards established be the ADA.
a. Provide automatic door openers at main entrancc of Dew and
renovated public buildings, ie. Tax Collector, Elections, etc.
b. Provide areas of refuge at each stairs.
B. All work installed is to comply with the Florida Building Code and all Federal,
State, and Collier County Ordinances and Codes legally adoptcd by the authorities
having jurisdiction, including applicable appendices and editions. In case of
differenccs bet'Neen these Codes, tbe most stringent shall govern.
C. All work shall comply with applicable portions of the Referenced Standards listed
in the FBC including but not limitcd to MMA, AC1, A1SC, ANS1, ASCE,
ASHRAE, ASTM, FM, GA, OSHA, SJl, and UL standards.
D. All work shall comply with the latest edition of all adopted Collier County
Ordinances.
E. Jt is the responsibility of the Design Professional to contact the appropriate
Authority having Jurisdiction (ABJ) to confirm adopted rules, codes, editions,
and subsequent amendments, revisions and/or additional codes and ordinances.
F. Provide all documents required for permit applications including but not limited
to:
1. Fire Protection Plan Submittal, required by Collier County Firc Official.
2. Building permit application checklist.
017700 - CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS
A. Contractor shall provide 2 copies of Closeout Documents at the time of final
completion for review at least five (5) days prior to application for final payment.
Closeout Documents include all warranties, users manual, written maintenance
instructions for all materials and equipment, and Record Documents. All materials
except as-built plans shall be organized by specification scction number and bound in
3-ring binders.
COLLIER COUNTY VERT1CAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 9
IOE
017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Record Documents include as-built plans, supplemental drawings and diagrams,
as-built specifications, approved submittals. and records of all changes, including
but not limited to Addenda and Change Orders.
B. Upon submittal for permitting, Design Professional shall provide (1) CD-Format
Disk containing Floor Plan drawing(s) in AuloCAD format (DWG Files) to
Facilities Management.
C. The Contractor shall maintain and regularly update 'as-built' drawings and shop
drawing/submittal file indicating exact locations, material, equipment, etc., as
installed. Include locations of buried sleeves, hidden piping and conduits, sizes,
etc. not specifically shown on the Drawings.
D. Keep one set of record documents at the site for the duration of construction. Do
not use record documents for daily construction use. Clearly identify, date, and
initial all changes with a red pencil on the plans, specifications, and submittals.
Transfer all changes to the final as-built documents at the complction of
construction.
E. Contractor shall provide two (2) sets affinal as-buill drawings and two (2) CD-
Format Disks containing a set of final as-built drawings in PDF format upon
completion of work. Deliver as-built chafing and CD disks to FMS Design
Professional prior to application for final Payment.
F. Upon approval of Record Documents received from Contractor, the Design
Professional shall update the Floor Planes) to include as-built information.
Provide one (1) CD with AutoCAD file of revised Floor Planes) to FM prior to
closeout of contract.
017823- OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Provide manufacturers operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment,
fixtures, and all materials requiring maintenance as part of the Closeout
Documents.
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
022600 - HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT
A. Unless indicated otherwise for renovation projects, a hazardous material report
may bc provided by an independent finn currently under a continuing services
contract with the County.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 10
10E
023200 - GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS
A. Geotechnical rcport may be provided for the Contractors use, but is not a
guarantee or warranty of subsurface conditions.
024200 - SALVAGE
A. Unless indicated otherwise as salvagc material, itcms indicated or scheduled for
demolition shall become property of the Contractor and shall be removcd from thc
jobsite.
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
030000 - GENERAL
A. ACI, CRSJ, WRI, FBC and Division 1 requirements apply to all concrete work.
B. Testing: Provide the services of a licensed matcrials testing laboratory to measurc
slump and test compressive strength of concrete used in footings, slabs, and
beams. Provide tests daily for cach batch mix and as required by Code, Building
Official, and Contract Documcnts. Concrete not meeting specified strength
requirements shall be removed and rcplaced.
030010 - DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Floor slabs shall bc dcsigned not less than 8" abovc tlnish grade.
1. All floor slabs shall be designcd for not less than 125 psf live load.
2. IT room f100rs shall be designed for not less than 200 psf live load.
B. Delegatcd Enginecring; Structural components such as precast pancls shall be
designcd and sealed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All
shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of
Record prior to fabrication.
033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Comply witb AC1 318 standards. Ready-mix concrete is to comply with ASTM
C94.
1. Do not place concrete more than 90 minutcs aftcr batch mix at tbc plant,
and do not place concrete more than 60 minutes after batch mix when the
tempcrature exceeds 90d F.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 11
IOE
2. Do not use concretc mix containing fly"ash in floor slabs or walkways.
3. Do not add watcr to concrete on"sitc. Field modifications to concrete mix
arc not allowcd. Concrete watered-down on"sitc shall be removed.
B. All slabs sball be finished to a tolerance of not over 1/4" depressions in 10'-0" in
any direction when checked with a 10' straightedge. Interior slab control joints
may be sawcut or tooled.
C. Provide diagonal reinforcing in floor slabs at all rccntrant corners. Cure all poured
concrete to minimize cracking.
033010 - CONCRETE W ALKW A YS
A. All exterior concrcte walkways shall receive a heavy broom finish texture to
provide a slip rcsistant surface Broom texture shall be perpendicular to the
direction of travel. There shall be no steps in thc accessible route from acccssiblc
parking stalls to the main building entrance.
B. Provide expansion joints at not more than 20'"0" o.c., at cach change of direction,
and between exterior slabs and adjacent walls. Provide control joints at not more
than 6'-0" o.c. Exterior slab edges, expansion joints, and control joints shall be
neatly tooled.
C. Exterior walkways shall not be painted.
D. Provide concrete stoop at each exterior door.
E. No steps allowcd at doors.
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
040000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, NCMA, AC1, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section.
042000 - UNIT MASONRY
A. Where CMU construction is used, provide standard weight, ASTM C90, Grade N"
1 units. eMU exterior load bearing walls arc to be reinforced vertically and
horizontally. All reinforced cells shall be grouted solid full"beight. Provide
inspection holes at bottom of all vertically reinforced block cells. Provide mortar
and grout installed in strict compliance with provisions of the codes. Bottom
course shall be laid in a full bed of mortar. Lay up walls plumb and true and with
courses level, accurately spaced and coordinatcd with other work. Do not use
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28. 2006
PAGE 12
10E
chipped or broken units. Do not wet units or lay block in the rain. Properly
dispose of excess mortar and materials off-site; do not bury materials on-site.
Remove all loose mortar and repoint as nccded prior to application of finishes.
Masonry walls shall be straight, true, and plumb to within 1/4" in 8'-0" when
checked with a straightedge in any direction.
B. Brick veneer or decorative masonry may be used with appropriate waterproofing
materials, subject to compliance with Collier County Ordinances and FMS
approval.
DIVISION 5 - METALS
050000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, AISC, A WS, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this sec.tion.
1. All exposed metal components shall be stainless steel, galvalume, hot-
dipped galvanized steel, copper, zinc, bronze, anodizcd aluminum,
painted aluminum, or similar non-corroding metal. Plain or paintcd steel
shall not be used in exterior locations.
B. All steel construction shall comply with AISC Specifications for Structural Steel
Buildings and Codc of Standard Practice. Steel plates to comply with ASTM
A36, anchor bolts to comply with ASTM A307, all fasteners to be 5.S. or
galvanized. Shop and touch-up primer to be "10-99 Tncmec Primer" or
RustoIeum 5769 or equal.
e. Structural steel construction shall be designed by a Structural Enginecr licensed in
the State of Florida. Delegated Engineering for structural components shall be the
responsibility of the manufacturers Struc.tural Engineer licensed in the State of
Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design
Professional of Record prior to fabrication.
D. Aluminum construction shall comply with the Aluminum Association
Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Design Manual, Part 1 and
the FBe.
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
060000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, AITC, APA, AWI,AF&PA, NDS, TPI, NFOPA, and Division 1
requirements apply to work of this section.
B. Delegated Engincering; Prefabricated structural components shall be designed and
sealed by the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 13
tOE
AJI shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of
Record prior to fabrication.
C When pre-engineered wood trusses are used, the Contractor shall provide truss
shop drawings and sealed truss engineering within 14 days of notice to proceed.
Failure to do so will not be accepted as a reason for an extension of the contract
time.
061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
A. Provide pressure treated wood where sills, nailers, and/or furring are in contact
with concrete or masonry. Produce joints that are tight, true, well nailed, with
members assembled and fastened in accordance with the drawings and with
pertinent codes and regulations. Provide solid wood blocking and/or shims for
finish materials as required to maintain a tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10'-
0" when measured with a 10'-0" straightedge, plumb and true, for all substrate
framing where finish materials will be exposed to view. Do not use warped
members.
B. Stud framing and furring shall be not more than 16" O.c.
C Provide blocking for all accessories, grab bars, wall mounted door stops, ete.
Provide all necessary hardware such as nails, bolts, anchors, ties, etc., required for
a complete and proper installation. Bolts, washers, nuts, etc., shall be
noncorrosive material. Isolate dissimilar metals.
D. Interior Door Frame Blocking:
1. Metal Stud Partitions: Provide cont. 2 x 4 blocking fastened to 20gauge
stud at the jambs of all interior door frames. Blocking shall be fire-treated
where required by Codc.
2. Wood Stud Partitions: Provide double 2 x 4 studs at the jambs of all
interior door frames.
3. Vertical blocking at door jambs shall be full-height of partition, securely
braced to the structure above.
4. Provide horizontal 2 x 4 cont. blocking at the head of all door frames
5. Increase size of blocking to 2 x 6 or larger as required to match size of
partition studs.
062023 - FINISH CARPENTRY
A. WWPA recommendations apply. Select material for straightness and do not use
warped members. Finished woodwork is to be properly framed, closely fitted,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 14
IOE
and accurately set to the required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place.
Miters or other fitted joints shall be planed or sanded .Use only hot-dipped
galvanized or s.s. fastencrs .Countersink all finish nail fasteners. Staple fasteners
will not be accepted. Provide solid wood blocking and/or shims for finish
materials as required to maintain a straightness tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in
10'-0" whcn measured with a 10'-0" straightedge.
064023 - CASEWORK
A. Comply with A WI standards for custom work.
1. Cabinet material: not less than 5/8" plywood.
2. Cabinet base: Preservative-treated (PT) wood.
3. Countertop material: '/.," plywood.
4. Plastic laminate all exposed casework surfaces.
5. Solid surface or solid plastic countcrtops shall be used in high abuse areas.
6. Cabinets are to be true European-style full-overlay construction, with 1/8"
joint between doors/drawers, without vertical styles bctween paired doors.
Use concealed heavy duty 170-degree hinges, with whitc melamine liner
inside cabinets and drawers. Use heavy duty drawer guides, and provide
pull at each door/drawer.
7. Securely fasten all casework to blocking or solid substrates. Adjust and
clean all casework prior to acceptance.
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
070000 - GENERAL
A. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section.
B. Roof design shall comply with referenced standards and Documents shall include
all details required for a complete, proper, and watertight roof assembly.
1. All ncw roof surfaces shall be sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure
proper drainage.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 15
10f
2. Roof designs shall not rely primarily on internal roof drains for drainage
unless approved by Facilities Management.
3. Pcnctrations through roof surfaces shall be minimized wherever possible,
ie. collect plumbing vent lines in attic to minimize vcnts through roof, use
soffits vents or wall louvers under overhangs where possiblc, and use
curbed pcnctration details for multiple conduits and pipes wherever
practical. Do not use pitch pans except wbere approved by FMS. Use
NRCA and SMACNA dctails with curbs and hoods to protect roof
penetrations from leaks.
4. Roof drains, scuppers, gutters, and downspouts shall bc oversized. Provide
piped underground collcction system tied into the site stonn water
management system.
5. Rcroofing of dead-flat roof structures shall include installation of
appropriate tapered rigid insulation or sloped light-weight concrcte fill, ie.
Zonolite or equal, sloped at not less than ]/4" per ft. to insure proper
drainage.
072100 - INSULATION
A. Comply with Florida Energy Code requiremcnts.Provide required insulation at
the building envelopc of all conditioned areas.
1. Provide insulation at roof deck over all conditioned areas. Insulation at
the ceiling or bottom of framing is not allowcd.
072419 - EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS.. E1FS
A. E1FS shall not be used as the primary exterior wall finish or as trim material.
075100 BUILT UP ROOFING
A. Where applicable, provide premium 20-ycar 4-ply built-up roofing with premium
SBS modified bitumen cap sheet. Gravel surface material shall not be used.
Comply with NRCA and SMACNA standards to insure a complete and proper
roofing system.
1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in
the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide
manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is
designed to meet all applicable code requircments.
B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty to
FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 16
lQ,E
075216 - SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
A. Premium I5-year SBS single-ply roof materials may be used for repairs and/or
new buildings with limited flat roof areas when approved in advance by FMS.
1. Roofing system shall bc designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in
the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Providc
manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is
designed to meet all applicable code requirements.
B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty
to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents,
075323 - EPDM ROOFING
A EPDM, PVC, lUbber roof systems, ballasted systems, and similar single-ply roof
systems shall not be used.
076100 - METAL ROOFING
A. Standards: All work shall comply with SMACNA and NRCA recommendations.
1. Mctal roofing shall not bc used with less than 1/12 slope.
2. V-crimp mctal roofing shall not be used except to patch or repair small
sections of existing v-crimp roofing. Metal re-roofing materials must be
installed as a standing-seam system specified below.
B. Where metal roofs are used, provide standing seam metal roof with ridge trim,
edge flashing, wall flashing, counter-flashing, fasteners, clips, and all related
components required for a complete and watertight assembly.
1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressurcs indicated in
the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide
manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is
designed to meet all applicable code requirements.
2. Metal roofing material shall be not thinner than 24 gauge Galva1umc.
Pancls shall be not more than 16" wide unless approved otherwise by FM
staff. Standing scam shall be not less than 1" high. Standing seam may be
180d folded scam, or covered with continuous clip. Fastener clips shall be
completely concealed, spaced at not more than 12" oc. Cover seams at top
end with ridge cap flashing or wall flashing. All metal roofing is to bc
smooth and straight without bends or kinks, properly flashed and counter-
flashed with compatible materials.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 17
lOt:
3. Approved manufacturcrs include but are not limited to Englert and
Berridge.
4. Installation is to be neat and straight; level and true to required lines. lIem
all exposed flashing edges and use concealed fasteners wherever possible.
5, Use premolded rubber-boot Hashing at vent stacks. Cover top of vent
stack with insect screen, neatly fastened to stack with a galvanized metal
draw band. Where flashing occurs at roof-to-wall locations, provide
counter flashing that will allow replacement of either the roofing or wall
finish without the damage or removal of the other material. Flashing is to
be set in sealant.
076200 - METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards. Provide all details required to
illustrate industry-standard assemblies suitable for intended use and capable of
providing a complete, proper, durable weather proof, and water proof installation.
1. Use stainless steel, hot-dipped galvanized metal, galva1ume, or suitably
protected aluminum materials. Do not use plain or painted steel or mill
finish aluminum.
2. Do not use details that rely solely on sealant or paint to prevent the
intrusion of water into the building.
3. Provide sill flashing and a full bed of sealant at all window sills.
4. Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic dcterioration of materials. All
materials shall be non-corrosive.
5. Roof expansion joints shall be constructed with metal fabricated in
accordance with referenced standards. A void prefabricated Expando-Flash
details.
6. Provide details of terminations and corners of parapets, expansion joints,
compression bars, and similar non-typical conditions.
B. Flashing assemblies shall be eounterflashed and constructed in a manner which
will allow re-roofing without damage to adjacent finishcs.
C. Quality Assurance: the Contractor shall provide a live (5) year warranty for all
flashing work including all materials and costs required to correct dcfective
flashing work.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 18
IOE
077200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
A. Provide anchor points and safety tie-off hardware for ladders at each side of
building, and not rnorc than 50' O.c,
B. Provide guardrails al roof hatches.
C. Providc fixedladdcrs for access to upper roof arcas; ie elevator penthouse roof,
stair roof, etc. Fixed ladders shall be constructed from non-corroding materials,
ie. G-90 galvanized steel.
079200- JOINT SEALANTS
A. Provide and install one or two-part exterior elastomeric sealant at all window and
door jambs, sills, heads, surface joints, flashing cdgcs, and wherever else required
to provide a weather-tight huilding envelope and a neat and trim installation. All
sca1ants shall be paintable premium grade 20-year or better products
manufactured by Dow, GE, Tremco, Vulkem, or equal.
1. Provide all infiltration seals as rcquired hy the FBC and as stated in
Energy Calculations.
B. Provide non-yellowing premium grade caulking at all countertop and cabinet
edges, trim edges, and at other interior conditions where required to provide a
neat and trim installation.
C. Provide tested penctration system sealants and materials at all pipcs, conduits, and
misc. penetrations through rated walls and ceilings.
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
080000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, SDl, and requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section,
B. Exterior Doors shall be impact rated in accordance with FBC Ch. 16.
C. The Facilities Management Department may require higher design standards for
wind loads and storm protection than tbat required by the FBC Section 1626. As
part of tbe design process, Facilities Management must he consulted to establish
the design criteria.
81113 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Comply with SD1 standards. Use of steel doors and frames are limited to fire-
ratcd applications and servicc arcas only.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 19
Im'E
1. Provide corrosion resistant coatings:
a. Steel doors and frames shall be G60 galvanized or A60 galvaneal
material and factory primed.
b. Wipe coat and WCGS products may not be used.
2. Doors and frames shall be not less than 16 gauge thick.
3. Frames in masonry construction shall be fully grouted. Provide not less
than 3 anchors at each jamb.
4. Frames in stud construction shall be spot grouted at each anchor, min 3 per
jamb.
5. All steel frames are to be fully welded for new construction. KD frames
may be used only for retrofit installations.
6. Provide fire rated units where required to maintain integrity of rated
assemblies.
081416 - PlASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS
A. Typical interior doors for Offices, Restrooms, Meeting Rooms, etc., shall be
hinged, flush, solid core units with plastic laminate faces and edges.
1. Doors shall not be less than 36" wide.
2. Frame material shall be fully welded galv. steel or aluminum.
B. Wood veneer doors may be used only where approved by FM staff.
083113 - ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide access panels in tloors, walls, ceilings, and/or soffits where required for
maintenance access to all concealed valves, fixtures, and equipment.
1. All panels components and fasteners shall be constructed of non-corroding
material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or
factory primed galvanized steel.
2. Unless required otherwise by program, all access panels shall be
commercial grade units with a full length hinge, operable with standard
tools.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 20
IOE
08] 1.1 6 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Exterior doors and frames shall be Aluminum except as noted below.
.1. A60 or G60 galv. steel doors may be used where fire rating is required.
2. FRP doors may be used as cxtcrior doors in utility and high-abuse areas.
B. Approved Manufacturers include Kawneer, Cline, and Special Lite.
083323 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
A. Provide overhead coiling doors where required by program.
1. Lock mechanism shall bc accessible from the exterior side.
2. All door components including fasteners, slats, guides, and housing shall
be constructed of non-corroding material limited to stainless steel, painted
or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel.
B. Provide submittal indicating the units and attachment fasteners meet or exceed
current FBC req uirements.
085113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS
A. All windows shall be fixed storefront, curtain wall, or commercial grade operable
units.
1. All exterior components shall bc extruded aluminum.
2. Finish shall be anodized or factory applied finish such as Kynar 500. Mill
finish aluminum, residential units, or units with wood components
exposed to the exterior may not be lIsed.
3. To maintain proper indoor air quality, windows shall be fixed unless
operablc units are required otherwise by Code or design program approved
by Facilities Management.
B. Provide submitlal indicating the units, glazing, and attachment fasteners meet or
exceed FBC requirements.
1. All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind-borne
debris in accordance with FBC sections 1606.1.4 and 1626.
2. Special requirements apply to public safety buildings. Opening protection
in accordance with FBC section .1606.J.4 test or design velocities shall be
increased 25% in all public safety facilities.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 21
IOE
086200 - ROOF SKYLIGHTS
A. Roof skylights are not allowed.
087100 - DOOR HARDW ARE
A. Provide all hardware needed for a complete and proper installation including but
not limited to locks, levers, pulls, exit devices, closers, butts, weatherstripping,
astragals, coordinators, door holders, kick plates, push plates, and silcncers.
1. Minimum hardware standards:
a. Provide Grade 1 hardware
b. Materials: All door hardware shall be non-ferrous; plain or painted
steel hardware may not be used.
c. All hardware shall be ADA compliant.
2. Approved manufacturers are Schlage, LCN, Von Duprin, Desco, Hager,
Ives, Rockwood, and Pemko.
a. Locks shall be Schlage B-Serics 6-pin cy1indcr with E-kcyway
only. No substitutions. Key to match County keying system. C-
keyway may not be used.
b. Standard locksets andleversets shall be Schlage D-series. Use L-
Series where rcquircd for security or other program requirements.
c. Standard pulls shall be Rockwood Barrier-Free series or County
approved equal.
d. Standard closers Shall bc LCN model 4041 Super Smoothie series,
no substitutions. Adjust to meet ADA and FAC requirements.
e. Exit Devices shall be Von Duprin, model 88 unless approved
otherwise by FM staff.
f. Exterior threshold shall be Pemko 2005 with raised vinyl seal, or
exact equal. Do not usc flush or saddle-type threshold at exterior
locations.
4. All keys shall be brass. Stamp keys "DO NOT DUPLlCATE". Discard
constmction keys and re-key entrance lock after final acceptance.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STAi"l"DARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 22
IDE
5. Provide grand-master, mastcr, entrance, and office keys as directed by FM
staff.
6. Adjust hardware for proper operation, including adjustment of levers and
closers to comply with ADA and Florida Accessibility Codc rcquircmcnts.
7. Check adjustments after 90 days use and readjust as needed.
088000 - GLAZING
A. Glazing shall comply with referenced codes including FBC requirements for
hazardous locations.
B. Exterior glazing shall be either tinted or reflective.
C. Exterior glazing shall be impact resistant laminated glass complying with FBC
Ch.16.
1. Shuttered applications may be used only with prior approval by County.
D. Small windows and narrow windows shall be avoided except where required by
the building users design program. In general, windows shall be curtain wall or
storefront glazing, generousl y sized in all offices, lobbies, work areas, etc.
Windows shall be architecturally proportioned in a manner that is appropriate to
thc building design without the use of small or narrow windows. One example of
an acceptable ribbon-window arrangement is the Development Services Center on
Horseshoe Drive.
E. Must use energy efficient features in widow design.
089000 - LOUVERS AND VENTS
A. All louvers shall be storm resistant extruded aluminum with anodized or
appropriate protective coating. Mill finish units or stamped metal louvers are not
allowed. Acceptable products include but are not limited to tbe following:
J. Ruskin "Extruded Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers"
2. Ruskin "Hurricane Louvers"
B. Locate louvers to minimize water intrusion. Provide sill flashing, gutters, and
curbs as needed to prevent rain water damage.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 23
IDE
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
090000 - GENERAL
A. Comply with codes and referenced standards listed in Division 1, including but
not limited to FBC requirements.
1. Workmanship shall be proper and neat in appearance confonning to
nationally recognized standards and specified tolerances.
2. Work that is not in compliance with referenced codes and standards shall
be rcmovcd and replaced at no extra cost to the County.
092400 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
A. Standards: Comply with PCA Portland Cement Plaster Manual' and applicable
ASTM/USG requirements and recommendations.
B. Use PVC accessories throughout, including corner beads, casing beads, expansion
joints, and perforated vent strips. Metal trim shall not be used.
1. Provide bonding agent at concrete substrates.
2. Use galv. self-furring lath with ]5# felt underlayment where over a framed
substrate.
3. Fasteners shall be stainless steel.
4. Provide expansion joints as recommended in referenced standards, where
abutting dissimilar matcrials, and as needed to prevent cracking. Lath
shall be discontinuous at expansion joints and control joints.
C Install all trim straight, plumb, and level. Install stucco finishes with a tolerance
not to exceed 1/4" in 10'.0" or 1/8" in 4'.0" in any direction when measured with a
lO'.O" straightedge.
1. Panels with visiblc rough textures or scaffold lines will not be accepted.
D. Thickness shall be not less than 5/8" thick (2-coat) on cmu and concrete, and not
less than 7/8" thick (3-coat) on ga1v. metal lath
E. Styrofoam and/or EIFS trim may not be used on County buildings.
1. Exterior decorative moldings, if any, shall be cast stone or cement plaster.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 24
IJOE
092900 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Comply with FBC, Gypsum Association, USG, and UL requirements and
recommendations, the requirements of Division 1, and manufacturers specific
instructions.
B. Materials:
1. Provide 5/8" type-X gypsum board at fire rated locations
2. Provide 5/8" or 1/2" gypsum board at typical interior locations.
3. Provide 1/2" cement board at all ceranlic tile and wet locations.
4. Do not use green board.
5. Do not use gypsum board products at exterior locations.
C. Provide a smooth finish suitable for painting on all exposed surfaces. Visible tape
or sanding marks in work will not be accepted. Contractor may provide smooth
hardcoat in lieu of smooth drywall finish.
1. Use screw fasteners throughout.
2. Trim drywall at external corners with plastic corner beads.
093013 - CERAMIC TILING
A. Comply with Tile Council of America (TCA) standards and details.
1. Tile joints are to be aligned and straight, plumb, level, and true, with
equally spaced cut units at ends.
2. Provide tile movement joints at the following locations:
a. Perimeter of each room
b. Risers, ramps, changes of and planes
c. Corridor corners and intersections
d. Spacing as determined by Design Professional
B. Provide tile finishes at the following locations:
1. Tile floors are required in all Restrooms and Janitors Closets.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 25
l~l;E"
2. Provide tile wainscot not less than 4;J;! 60" high in Resrrooms, at mop
sinks, and at drinking fountains.
3. Extend wainscot not less than 18" to cach side of mop sinks and drinking
fountains.
C. Floor tile shall be porcelain ccramic tile. All grout shall be sealed.
D. Provide product certificate indicating the cocfficient of friction complies with
ADA requirements for both wet and dry conditions.
E. Tile base and all corners shall be sanitary cove style.
F. Floors must slope towards drains.
G. Wall tile substrate shall be CMU, concretc, or cement board.
1. Do not use gypsum board as tile substrate,
H, Usc aluminum or bronze edge strips where abutting carpet floor finishes.
095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
A Standard acoustical tile shall be Armstrong World Industries #770 (flat tile) or
#704A (reveal edge), white color, size 24" x 24".
B. Suspended grid shall be white color, Armstrong World Industries manufacturer
system samc as acoustic tile.
1. Installation shall comply with ASTM C635 and C636.
C. Alternate acoustical tile manufacturers and styles may be considered for special
rooms with limitcd areas such as a Lobby, subject to I'M approval and 15% extra
stock tile material supplied to the FM in unopened boxes at the completion of
construction.
096500 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
A. Standard 12" x 12" x lI8" Vinyl Composition Tile shall be used in service areas.
1. Tile material and adhesives shall not contain asbestos materials of any
kind.
B. Clean, wax, and polish tiles prior to final acceptance. Provide 5% extra stock
material.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 26
IOE
096513 - RES lLIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Provide 4" vinyl base where scbeduled. Usc prcmolded corner picces at all
outside corners. Provide 5% extra stock material.
R Providc matching transition strips where VCT Doors ahut tile or carpct floors.
096812 - TILE CARPETING
A. Provide Carpet Tile unless directed othcrwisc by FM staff:
1. Product: Mohawk Stati- Tuft III Modular
2. Construction: Tufted/Ultra Performancc Systcm
3. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy with Static Control and soil resistant
4. Yarn Weight: 28.3 oz./sq. yd.
5. Gauge: 1/8
6. Size: 175/8 x 17 5/8
7. Density: 7,898
8. Weight Density: 223,504
9. Stitches per inch: 8.4
10. Pile Thickncss: 0.129"
11. Warranties: Mohawk Modular 20 yr warranty 20 yr. wear, 20 yr. no edge
ravel, 20 yr. nO delamination, Cushion Resiliency 20 yr., and Lifetime
static.
096816- SHEET CARPET
A. Where approved by FM Stafr, provide One of the folJowing broadloom carpet
products:
1. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Stati-Tuft" liPS 16706
a. Construction: Tufted Loop Pile
b. Gauge: 1/8
c. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antrol1 Legacy RC.F. and soil resistant
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 27
IOE
d. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts pcr square CM
e. Total thickness: .234 in.
f. Yarn Weight: 28.30 oz. square yard
g. Backing Materials: Warp, stuffer, filling all synthetic
h. Total Weight: 61.8 oz. square yard
i. Density: 7,898
J. Weight Density: 223,504
k. Pitch: 216
l. Stitches Per Inch: 8.4
m. Pile Thickness: 0.129"
n. Stock width: 12"
o. Smoke density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA-258): Less
than 450
p. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC- 134: Under 3.5 KV
q. Warranties: UPS Warranty Guaranteed 20 lb. tuft binds, Moisture
resistant, Dimensionally stable, Guaranteed for 20 yrs., no
delamination for 20 yrs., and Lifetime static
2. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Regents Row"- 30663
a. Construction: Woven Cut and Loop
b. Pitch: 216 Equivalent
c. Pile Thickness: .192"
d. Rows per inch: 8.0
e. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy BCF Nylon with Static
control and soil resistant
f. Yarn Weight: 34.5 oz/ sq. yd.
g. Total Weight: 68.16 oz/ sq. yd.
h Total Thickness: .312 in.
1. Backing Materials: Synthetic
J. Density: 6,468
k. Weight Density: 223,146
I. Stock Width: 12'
m. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per sq. CM
n. Smoke Density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA-258) Less
than 450
o. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC-134: Under 3.5 KV
p. Warranties: lifetime Limited Woven Wear, and Lifetime Static
097200- WALL COVERINGS
A. Wall coverings are not allowed in County buildings.
099100 - PAINTING
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 28
!GE..
A. Provide Sherwin-Williams "Superpaint", SoW Industrial Enamel, and related
premium S- W products throughout.
1. All color selections shall be standard SW colors.
2. Provide a typed Paint and Color schedule for each building. This record
shall include the job name, job location, date contractors namc, the
material manufacturcr's name, product name, color name and number, and
color formula. A copy of this record shall be delivered to the Facilities
Management Contract Manager at the end of the work. A duplicate copy
shall be bound into the Closeout Documents.
B. Backprime all exposed wood materials scheduled for paint finish prior to
installation.
C. Provide primer plus two finish coats on all wood, gypsum board, concrete and
stucco finishes.
D. Provide two coats of rust inhibitive primer on all surfaces of metal doors and
frames and prior to installation, then 2 finish coats of S- W industrial enamel on
exposed metal snrfaces.
E. Topcoat shall be e.ither S- W eggshell, semi-gloss, or full-gloss. Restroom walls
shall be either semi-gloss or full-gloss. Do not nse flat paint as top coat at any
walJ location. Ceilings and soffits may have flat paint.
F. Deliver materials to site in unopened containers with manufacturers labels.
Protect adjacent fJnishes and materials, prepare surfaces, and app1 y materials in
strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions. Verify
material compatibility with substrates Do not apply paint to wet or damp
materials. Do not paint exterior surfaces in the rain. All coats shall be thoroughly
dry before applying succeeding coats.
]. Provide temporary barricades, WET PAINT' signs, and protect all work
until dry. Remove masking when finished. Carefully remove paint from
materials not intended for paint finish. Clean and touch-up as requircd.
2. All paint finishes must bc cvenly spread, free of runs, sags, or other
defects.
G. Provide medium grey penetrating stain at Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
Room floors.
COLUER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 29
lOJE
DIVISION lO-SPECIALTfES
100000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, ADA, and rcquirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section.
101400 - SIGNS
A. Exterior Signs shall be manufacturcd by Barco Products Company or FM
approved equivalent manufacturer.
B. Interior Room Signs, Office Signs, Elevator signs, etc., shall be Scott Series
SI500, or approved equal.
C. Provide raised letters and contrasting color backgrounds with braille strip at
bottom of all room signs. Use international symbols in addition to tcxt where
applicable. Coordinate sign colors with interior finishes using only manufacturers
standard basic colors. Install room identification signs in strict accordance with
ADA requirements.
D. Required signage at Parking Garage Decks.
1. Directional signage required pointing to the locations of all Assistance
"Blue" Boxes.
2. "Notice" posted that the parking deck is under Closed Circuit Television
surveillance.
3. Low clearance warning signs utilizing tubular plastic materials, not metal.
4. Speed limit signs at each entrance and each deck; "5 MPH" and/or "Slow"
E. Bronze Plaques.
1. All new buildings shall have a bronzc plaque installed showing the
dedication of the building. Typical content will show the year opened,
contractors firm name, architects firm name, Commissioners at time of
conception/ approval (alphabetical), County Manager, etc. May include
Constitutional Officer if thcy are the prime occupant. See Facilities
Management for plaque layout and content during the initial building
design process. See end of standards for sample.
2. Locate dedication plaques in Lobby or secure area whcnever possible.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 30
IOE
3. Where exterior dedication plaques are used, locate plaques in area
supervised by CCTV camera, i.e. ncar main entrance, or monitor plaque
with security system contact switch.
102113 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS
A. Provide ovcrllOad braced solid plastic 1" thick toilet compartments manufactured
by Santana, Capitol Partitions, or approved equal.
1. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, restroom stall partitions shall be
ceiling and wall bung toilet partitions, not floor mounted systems.
2. All fasteners and hardware shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or chrome
plated brass. Plastic accessories, hinges, latches, or similar components
are not acceptable.
3. Provide latch, hinges, door stop, and coat hook for each door. Coat hook
shall not project more than 2" from face of door.
4. lnswing doors shall remain slightly open when not latched. Accessible
stall doors shall be self-closing.
5. Brace all compartments at the face of partitions and doors. Size bracing
components as needed to avoid perpendicular braces.
102800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES
A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established
herein.
B. All accessories shall be commercial grade, brushed stainless steel, formed and
welded with all exposed edges hemmed and ground smooth, with no sharp edges
and no sharp corners.
C. Provide all accessories needed for a complete and proper installation including
but not limited to grab bars, hand-dryers, toilet paper holders, sanitary napkin
receptacles, wall mounted soap dispensers, and coat hooks.
1. Hand Dryers shall be Excel Dryer, Inc. Model XL-W (automatic, white,
1l0/120V) with ADA compliant S.S. recess kit. Unit may protrude not
more than 4" from face of wall. Separate 20A circuit required for each
unit.
2. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, paper towel dispensers shall not
be used in restrooms.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 31
ImE
3. Coat hooks shall be low-profile, projecting not more than 2" from face of
wall or door.
4. Approved manufacturers are Bobrick, Bradley, and Excel Dryer, Inc.
D. Coordinate with the work of other trades. Securely install accessories plumb and
square, fastening units to solid wood blocking, studs, compartment partitions, or
cmu walls. Do not use toggle bolts or expansion shields.
1. All accessories and grab bars shall safely support 250 Ibs. L.L.
102810 - MIRRORS
A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established
herein.
B. Standard mirrors shall be tempered glass with stainless steel frames. Provide
tilted mirror at accessible stalls only. Use only stainless steel vandal resistant
hardware and fasteners, concealed wherever possible. Provide polished stainless
steel or unbreakable units where required by program and at all unsupervised
public facilities.
104300 - EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES
A. All new construction and major remodeling projects shall have Automated
External Defibrillator (AED) equipment and cabinets installed. Sole source is
Medtronic Physio-Contro1 Corp. See Collier County Facilities Management
Department for location and type of cabinets. Generally, the "Guidelines for
Public Access Defibrillation Programs in Federal Facilities" will be followed.
1. AED units shall be located adjacent to the fire extinguisher cabinets.
2. Provide oxygen cabinet and first aid station at each AED location.
3. Fire extinguisher, AED, oxygen, and first aid cabinets shall be grouped
together as one convenient safety station.
a. Provide alarm system contacts to indicate when any of four
cabinets are opened, monitored in the Facilities Management
control room located in Building W using the Pegasys alarm
system.
b. Digital closed circuit television camera is required to monitor the 4
cabinet safety station, monitored at Facilities Management.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 32
IDE
c. All equipment, wiring, controls, etc. shall be compatible with the
existing Johnson Controls system.
104400 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
A. Comply with ADA requiremcnts. Provide extinguishers of the types and sizes
where required by NFPA 10 and local AHJ, but not less than one 2A:20B:C unit
near each required egress door.
1. Use either semi-recessed or fully-recessed cabinets for all units located in
occupied interior rooms. Interior cabinets shall have unlocked hinged
door with tempered glass view panel.
2. Provide standard bracket-mounted extinguishers without cabinet at
enclosed unoccupied utility rooms, mechanical rooms, storage rooms, and
similar service areas.
3. Where required at exterior locations, use aluminum or heavy-duty all-
plastic cabinets with clear safety-type break-plastic fronts. Steel cabinets
shall not be used at exterior locations.
107100 - STORM PANELS
A. New Construction and Additions: Provide impact rated doors and windows, not
shutters.
B. Renovations and Alterations: Provide impact rated doors and windows, or ,
provide low-maintenance, user-friendly impact rated shutters as follows:
1. Coiling overhead shutter
2. Accordian-sty1e shutler
3. Fixed or hinged impact rated s.s. screens
C. Removable hurricane panels or fabric screens are not allowed.
D. Hurricane shutters, tracks, accessories, and fasteners shall be fabricated from
corrosive resistant materials, rated to withstand pressures developed by140 mph
wind speeds.
DIVISION 11 - EOUIPMENT
110000 - GENERAL
A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 33
tOE \,~ i
B. All equipment shall be commercial grade.
112423 - WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT
A. All buildings over three stories in height shall have hangers anchored on the roof
structure to facilitate exterior window washing equipment.
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
120000 - GENERAL
A. ADA, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this
section.
120010 - OFFICE FURNITURE
A. Contact FMS for current furnishing contract requirements.
124800 - RECESSED FOOT GRILLES
A. Provide recessed foot grilles at all building entrances. Use Pedigrid entrance mats
or One of the following approved equal manufacturers:
1. Balco, Inc.; Wichita, KS
2. Construction Specialties, Inc.; Muncy, PA
3. Reese Enterprises, Inc.; Rosemont, MN
4. Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc.
5. Kadee Industrics, Inc.; Bedford, OH.
B. Entrance Mat Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard design, of size and style to
mate with insert type and adjacent finish floor or wall construction, for permanent
recessed installation in sub-floor; complete with corner pins or reinforcing, and
installation anchorages.
1. Provide frames of extruded 6063-T5 alloy aluminum. Coat surface of
frame which will contact cementitious material with zinc chromate paint
or manufacturer's standard protective coating.
2. Provide frame members in single lengths or, where frame dimensions
exceed available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible,
with hairline joints equally spaced, and with pieces spliced together by
means of straight connecting pins.
c. Rigid-Type Foot Grilles: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum
t100r grid of top surfaced tread rails and spacer cross bars, 6063-T5 or 6061-T6
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 34
lQE
alloy and mill finish, 1-5/16" wide continuous trcads spaccd 1-112" D.C. (3/16"
opcnings), top surfaces as indicated, ] -5/8" maximum ovcrall thickness of grid
system.
1. Top Surface: Fusion-bondcd lcvel-cut-pilc nylon carpet insert; DuPont
"Antron Ill" filament, 1/4" high, 28 oz, per sq. yd.
D. Level Bed Applications: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl cushion support
system.
E. "Pedimat" or similar loose-lay matts in recessed framcs shall not bc considered
equal to approved "Pedigrid" rccessed foot grilles
DIVISION 13, SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
130000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, MBMA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section.
133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS
A. Pre-engineered metal buildings may be used for storage and maintenance
buildings, and where approved by FM staff.
B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structures shall be designed and sealed by
the manufacturers Structural Enginccr licensed in the State of Florida. All shop
drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Rec.ord
prior to fabrication.
C. Contractor shall coordinate the design and installation of anchor bolts,
D. Provide rigid stec1 channel or framing at each door and window opening. Do not
use door frame to support wall girt framing,
E. Provide concrete c.urb and flashing at bottom of metal siding, raised not less than
8" above Concrete floor slab.
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
140000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this
section.
142000- ELEVATORS
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 35
tOiE
A. Comply with ANS1/ASME A17.1 and Addenda, CABO/ANSI AB7.l, and all
State of Florida codes and regulations for Elevators.
B. All elevators specified shall be of generic manufacture with no proprietary items
included within the installation. The elevator shall have the capabilities of being
served by any elevator manufacture or without the assistance of any
manufacturers diagnostic tools.
C. Elevator Emcrgcncy Telephones shall be Code Blue Corporation's model # CB
3100 FP1 standard speakerphone with single red "Push for Help" button and
flush mounted.
1. All emergency elevator telephones, whether new or replacement, will be
programmed to dial extension 7721 (Facilities Managcmcnt Building
Operations Center) automatically upon lifting of receiver.
2. All emergency elevator te]epllOne replacements or installations will bc
coordinated with the Building Automation Coordinator of the Facilities
Managcment Dcpartment (239-252-8380) as well as the
Telecommunications Manager of thc 1nfonnation Technology Department
(239-252-8888).
3. All cmcrgency elevator telcphones will be programmed via the
Telecommunications Managcr of the Information Technology Department
to include the following caller 10 information:
3.1. Identifying Building Letter/ Name
3.2. Identifying Elcvator Number
3.3. Identifying Phone Extension/Number (for phone in elcvator)
Example: Bldg F, Elevator 1, 7548
4. All emergcncy telephoncs wi1l be tcsted and infonnation correctly verified
before contractor leaves worksite.
5. Contractor to provide written documentation to the Facilities Management
Building Automation Coordinator that the above steps were followed and
verified.
6. Code Blue speaker phone must be programmed to the Code Blue test
computer in the Building "W" operations center.
D. Card Readers
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 36
10E~~
1. Exterior Elevators: Provide card reader at each elevators door location at
each 11oor.
2. Interior Elevators: Provide card reader in each elevator cab unless directed
otherwise.
E. Provide CCTV camera in each elevator cab.
F. AJI 3-phase equipment shall have phase-loss protection.
144000 - WHEELCHAIR LlHS
A. Wheel Chair Lift may not be llsed except with prior written approval from FMS
and the Building Official.
DIVISION 21- FIRE SUPPRESSION
211100 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
A. Provide a complete automatic fire sprinkler system where required by Code or
Ordinance. Refer to Division 1 for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards.
B. Comply with NFPA 13 and Collier County Ordinance 98-74 fire Prevcntion and
Protection Code for the design and installation of all Fire Suppression System
work. The system shall be designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the
State of Florida. When the Contractors PE is responsible for the system design,
the Engineer of Record for the building shall review and approve the installers
shop drawings prior to permit application.
C. Sprinkler heads shall be recessed or semi-recessed in all occupied rooms, centcrcd
in acoustic ceiling tiles.
1. Maintain centerline alignment with adjacent fixtures in a neat, orderly, and
workmanlike appearance.
D. Maintain accurate as-built plans of the work.
E. All computer rooms, hub rooms, ami electrical rooms shall be protcctcd hy a gas
fire suppression system, no wet sprinklers arc allowed in these areas.
F. Pumps: 3-phase equipment, if any, shall have phase-loss protection.
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
220000 - GENERAL DESIGN REOUIREMENTS
COLLIER COUNTY VERT1CALSTANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 37
IRE ~,~ ~,!j.
" "
A. Provide plumbing fixtures and restroom facilities as required by the Code, plus
additional requirements as follows:
1. Exterior Requirements; Each building will have at least one (1) hose bib
per exterior wall, spaced at not more than 100'-0" o.c. Hose bibs shall have
removable metal T-handles, not plastic handles. All hose bibs shall have a
vacuum breaker and shall be firmly securcd to the building. Provide
recessed unit where installed in exterior walls directly abutting cxtcrior
walkways. Isolate copper materials from cementitious materials to prevent
deterioration.
2. HV AC Equipment Rooms; Provide at least one (l) hose bib and one (l)
floor drain in each HV AC Equipment Room. Provide trap primer at FD
u nlcss FD is used as condensate drain.
3. All Mechanical Rooms shall be fitted with sufficient floor drains to allow
for drainage of any leaks, condensation, or spillage.
4. Janitorial Closets; Each floor of each building shall have one (1) janitorial
closet for every 10,000 sq. ft. and located at each set of restrooms. The
Janitors Closet will contain a water heater, floor mop sink, shelves, floor
drain, at least one (1) electrical outlet, and sufficient lighting to illuminate
room.
5. Restroom Floor Drains; All restrooms, public and private, are to be fitted
with floor drains, number and location of which will be determined by size
and layout of restroom. Floor drains may be omitted in private restrooms
only when located at the first floor.
6. Rcstroom lavatories and sinks in public areas shall be supplied with cold-
water only.
7. Provide flush valve fixtures where adequate water pressure is available.
Provide pressure-assist tank type water closets where low water pressure
occurs.
8. Provide at least one (1) hose bibb at each deck in parking garages, not
more than 100'-0" oc.
9. Lavatory faucets in restrooms shall be hands-free automatic faucets.
10. Flush valves shall be hands-free automatic units.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 38
10E!'f
] '1. Unless approved otherwise by FM stan, automatic faucets and automatic
flush valves shall be hard wired, not battery operated units. Conceal all
wiring inside walls or removable covers. Provide acceSS panel for all units
located inside walls.
12. Provide waterless urina'1s where directed by FM staff. Where waterless
urinals are installed, provide water line inside wall for future connection to
flush valve.
13. Pumps: All 3-phase equipment shall have phase-loss protection.
14. Water closets with a max of 3.5 flush, showcr heads and faucets with a 3.0
max.
221000 - WATER DTSTRTBUTTON PIPING
A. All pipes shall have appropriate shutoff valves located near fixtures to allow for
shutoff without shutting down entire systems. Locate valve at fixture, at access
panel, or abovc rcadily accessible ceiling tile.
B. All pipes and fixtures shall have immediate and sufficient access through walls
and obstructions to facilitate maintenance and repair.
C. All pipes shall have sufficient c1eanouts installed to expedite maintenance. Back
to back cross-tee assemblies shall have c1eanouts above or below cross-tee.
D. Insulate all hot water lines. Insulate all exposed drains under sinks in accordance
with ADA. Exposed insulation shall be white color; concealed insulation shall be
black color.
E. Exposed pipes and valves in public restrooms shall be chrome platcd.
F. Wrap and protcct all buried lines to inhibit corrosion where in contact with
concrete.
G. All main valves shall be brass full-ported ball valves.
H. All valves shall be numbered and tagged. Provide typewritten chart indicating
each valve number and location, laminatcd in clcar plastic cover and posted in
Equipment Room.
T. Provide recirculating pwnp and return lines for hot water lines over 75' developed
length.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 39
224000 - PLUMBlNG FIXTURES
A Acceptable Product Manufacturers:
1. Lavatories, Scrvice Sinks, Water Closets, Urinals, Bath Tubs:
a. Amcrican Standard.
b. Crane Co.
c. Eljer Plumbingwarc Div.
d. Kohler Co.
2. Stainlcss Stcel Sinks:
a. American Standard.
b. Elkay Mfg. Co.
c. Dayton.
3. Faucets:
a. American Standard.
b. Chicago Faucct Co.
c. Delta Faucet Co.
d. Eljer Plumbingware Div.
e. Kohler Co.
r. Sloan.
g. Speakman.
h. T & S Brass
4. Flush Valves:
a. Sloan Valve Co. (Royal, no substitutions)
5. Water Closet Seats: open front;
a. Bemis Mfg. Co.
b. Beneke Corp.
c. Forbes-Wright Industries, Inc.; Church Products.
d. Olsonite Corp.; Olsonite Seats.
6. Urinals:
a. Falcon
b. Sloan
7. Fixture Supports:
a. Josam Mfg. Co.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 40
leGE.. ..
101E
b. Kohler Co.
c. Tyler Pipe.
d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydomcchanics Div.
B. All plumbing fixtures shall be white color.
C. Faucets and trim shall be chrome-plated brass
224010 - WATER HEATERS
A. Provide commercial grade water heaters using only industry standard components
and sizes, limited to 110,208, and 240-volt units manufactured by Rheem or
Ruud. Units requiring 480-volt service or special heating elements may not be
used without prior written approval by FMS.
DIVISION 23 ~ HV AC
230000 - GENERAL
A. Requirements of Division 1, Standard Plumbing and Mechanical Codes, NEC,
NFPA, AMSE, State Board of Health Sanitary Code, OSHA, ASHRAE, AMCA,
SMACNA, UL, Florida Energy Code, and Collier County Govermnent Vertical
Construction Standards apply to work of this section.
B. All materials and equipment provided shall be assembled, erected, and installed in
sllch a manner as to insure proper operation of the system of which they are a
part, including air-handlers, direct-expansion units, temperature controls, chillers,
cooling towers, condenser pumps, brine pumps, the chilled water primary and
secondary pumping systems, the EMS control system, and the electrical services.
Equipment, devices, and accessories, not covered by Codes and/ or Standards
governing their installation shall be installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturers' printed instructions.
C. All design concepts and drawings, shop drawings submittals, equipment listings,
etc. will be reviewed by Facility Management for their approval.
E. After the installation is complete, Facilities Management shall review the
contractor's commissioning plan and testing and balancing results. After tests and
commissioning work is approved the equipment shall be officially accepted by
Collier County, warranty and guarantee periods shall begin, and the equipment
shall be turned over to Collier County in operating condition.
230010 - MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The HV AC system shall be designed in accordance with the above referenced
codes and standards and the requirements and specifications of the building.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 41
ItlE
B. Humidity levels shall be maintained at 45% 1050% relalive humidity.
C. Indoor Air Quality; All buildings shall be designed in accordance with the latest
issue of ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Air Quality for
building outdoor air. Where the requirements of the Vertical Standards are more
stringent than the referenced ASHRAE standards, the Vertical Standards shall be
used.
D. Air conditioning system must provide a positive pressure throllgholltthe building.
E. Coordinate with the work of other trades to insure acccss panels are provided al
all required locations.
F. All mechanical rooms arc to be air-conditioned.
G. Electrical equipment rooms shall be air conditioned to maintain 70d F, with not
less than 125% excess capacity to cool equipment.
H. Exhaust fans in vehicle areas shall be controlled with manual switch and CO
detector.
a. CO dctector overridcs manual switch.
I. All 3-phase equipment shall bave phase-loss protection.
230020 - AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
A. Contractor must provide accurate and updated as-built drawings detailing all
mechanical installations shown as they are accurately installed.
230021- FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Special carc should be taken during construction as to not let any foreign particles
into the occupied area air stream.
1. The Contractor shall clean all AHU coils and replace all filters prior to final
acceptance.
B. The Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall meet on-site and review the As-built
Plans, Test and Balance Report, the Manufacturers Operation manuals, and thc
Maintenance manuals and instructions prior to acceptance.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STA'<DARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 42
tOE
230548 - VIBRATION A.J'\!D NOISE CONTROL
A. All units shall be equipped with propcr vibration control springs and/or pads
specified by manufacturer to minimize vibration and noise.
B. Mechanical rooms adjacent to offices must be quiet operating and sound lcvcls
shall be abated and subdued with insulation and silencers so [hat the pressure
levels within threc feet from any surface on the chiller and witbin the mechanical
room do not exceed 90DB.
C. Coordinate with the work of othcr trades as required to insure adequate sound
attenuation of all equipment. Provide full height partitions and sound batt
insulation at all mechanical room walls. Seal all wall penetrations, and provide
conlinous seal at top, bottom, cnds and all edges of mechanical room walls.
230553 - MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. All supply grilles shall be marked with vinyl letters to identify the grille and
corresponding air handling units and as directed by Facilities Managemcnt Staff.
All grilles will be assigned a number by the Senior HV AC technician and
included on the master ventilation plan. These numbers will coincide with
METASYS identification numbers for ease of identification for remote use.
B. Al] condensers, air handler units, fans, and other major components of the
mechanical system shaH be identified with thc same designation used on thc
drawings and supplemental numbers as dcsignated by FMS. Use either neatly
stenciled signs painted directly on equipment, or plastic signs with 1" high
engraved letters permanently fastened to thc units.
230563 - ANTI-MICROBIAL TREATMENT
A. Not Required.
230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BAlANCING
A. Al] air handlers shall be properly balanced at designed static pressure of the unit
manufacturer prior to occupancy. Each zone should be properly balanccd, each
diffuser should have propcr amount of CFM making up the total for each
individual V A V box. Thc total CFM of an V A V boxes should equal the CFM
output of their air handler to be properly balanced. This must be achieved for
acceptance of the air testing and balancing report.
1. Provide written qualifications of all pcrsonnel used to perform any testing,
adjusting, or balancing OIl site. Provide written certification to the County
that work was done on site.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICALSTA.J'\!DARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 43
IDE
2. Install clean filters at AHU and at all R/ A grilles prior to testing and
balancing.
3. All ccilings shall be installed and all doors and windows shall be closcd
during tcst and balance work.
B. Test and balance services shall be included in the contract for construction.
C. For building projects exceeding $200,000.00 in construction cost or mechanical
equipmcnt contracts cxceeding $25,000.00, provide the services of an
independent, certified test and balance finn.
230713 -DUCT INSTALLATION
A. All ducts shall be externally insu1atcd. There shall be no fiberglass material in the
air strealll.
232300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING
A. All piping shall be type "K" or type "L" copper piping. All elbow piping shall bc
of long radius to increase flow and prevent restrictions. Provide 45d elbows in
lieiu 0 90d elbows whercver possiblc. All taps, tecs, joints, oil-traps, and other
conncctions shall be made only with appropriate fittings designed and selected for
the use of the piping system. All connections shall have brazed joints.
233113 - METAL DUCTWORK
A. All supply and return ductwork shall bc externally insulated galvanized sheet
metal with no fibcrglass insulation in the air-stream. All exhaust fan ducts and
outdoor air ducts shall be aluminum with external insulation.
B. Ductwork Accessories; All materials needed such as anchors, hangers, screws,
canvas cOlUlectors, "S" and "Drive" cleats, duct sealant shall be properly installed
as to insure proper safe operation of system.
233116 - FIBROUS-GLASS DUCTWORK
A. Fiberglass duct systems are not allowed in new building or renovations.
233233 - PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS
A. Plenum rcturn systems arc not allowed in new buildings.
233346 - FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Maximum length 6'-0".
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 44
IDE
234000 - AIR FILTERS
A. All air handling units should have clean pleated filtcrs, min 2" thick, 25% to 35%
efficient per ASHRAE 52.
B. Install filter grilles at all returns serving occupied spaces.
236400 - CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING
A. Chiller shall be an electric motor driven centrifugal or rotary screw liquid type,
equipped with flooded evaporator, water cooled condenser, oil supply system for
both lubrication and hydraulic capacity control, electrical disconnect, motor
starter, and microcomputer control panel, and all related inter-connecting piping
and electrical connections. Chiller shall be a factory assembled and packaged unit
comp1etc with full operating charge of oil and refrigerant. Refrigerant shall be
R22, HCFC 123, or HFC 134A.
1 Chiller shall be manufactured by the Trane Company unless approved
otherwise by FM Director.
B. Frcquency Drives for pumps and fans shall be manufactured by ABB. No
substituitions
C. Chiller Room Safety Equipment; The contractors' chiller manufacturer shall
furnish all necessary safety equipment as required to bring the existing or new
chiller mechanical room up to the current ANSI/ASHRAE Standard No. 15-1992
requiremcnts and in accordance with the furnished per Standard No. 32-1994. The
requirement includes signage identifying the type, quantity, pressure, and installer
of the refrigerant, oxygen deprivation and refrigerant sensors, monitoring panels,
occupancy sensors for automatic activation of the ventilation systems, plus one
nonna1 use and one backup use approved self contained breathing apparatuses
with storage cabinets. Proper mechanical room ventilation should be sized for
heat dissipation.
D. Alarms; All chiller rooms shall be equip with a carbon monoxide sensor and
alarm.
E. Pipes and Pipe- Fittings for Chilled Water Systems; Pipe shall be Schedule 40
black carbon steel type BCS-150 meeting requirements of ASTM A120 and AS3
for chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water, and vent system usages. All
piping shall utilize screw fittings for sizes 2" and smaller and butt welded joints
and flange fittings for sizes 2 1/2" and larger as required to join associated valves
and equipment flanges.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 45
IOE
1. No PVC piping on any chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water and
vent system usages.
F. Valves for Chilled Water Systems; Valves for isolation and shut-off services shaH
be gate type with dual supportcd rising stems for 125PSI working pressure service
with bronze valve bodies and screw fittings for pipe sizes up to and thru 2-inches
and with iron bodies and either t1ange or grooved fittings for aHlarger pipe sizes.
1. Balancing valves for fixing water flow rates shal] be ball and/or globe type
with calibrated orifices, indicating operating handl es and flow rate gauge
fittings as required for setting flow rates.
2. Variable water flow systcm control valves shall be globe and/or butterfly
single- and two-way types with manual and motorized operators as
required to operate within the EMS system. All valves shall be capable of
providing smooth proportioning flow control. Spring returns shall be
provided on all two position and/or reversible modulating valves where
required for fail-safe operation.
G. Piping Specialties for Chilled Water Systems; All required piping accessories
shall be provided and shall include, but not be limited to, air vents, pressure relief
valves, dielectric connectors, gauge piping, strainers, flexible connectors,
temperaturc sensors and wells, pressure gauges and ports, gaskets, and wall and
floor sleeves, expansion joints, pipe supports, and anchors and all other devices
necessary for a complete and operable installation.
H. Thermal Pipe Insulation for use indoors on all chilled water piping and SurfaCes
shall be minimum 1 1/2-inch thick fibrous glass insulation with vapor barrier. Use
2" foam glass insulation between chiller and ice tanks.
I. All chilled water piping shal] be color coded with label and arrows identifying
direction and contents of flow. Provide aluminum jacket over all insulated piping
where exposed to view and/or exterior to building above grade.
J. Each building shall have a chilled water line shutoff at the entrance to the building
and at each floor of the building.
236500 - COOLING TOWERS
A. Cooling tower shall be an induced draft, cross t1ow, factory assembled. It shall
consist of heavy gauge steel frame workcells housing bottom cold water basins,
central water spillways, and top hot water basins, fans and spccd reducing decks,
fan cylinders, electric drive motors, etc. The tower shalJ include all accessories as
required for safe and reliable operation. Structural framing, casing covers, basin,
and sump shall be stainless steel.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 46
IOE
1. Cooling Tower shall be manufactured by the Marley Company, Ballimore
Aircoil, or a County approved equal.
2. Cooling Tower shall be CTl certified.
B. Pumps shall be centrifugal types of two mounting arrangements, in-line pipe
mounted for secondary chilled water loop pumps and base mounted for all other
applications.
1. Pumps shaH be manufactured by Bcll & Gossett, Armstrong, Aurora,
EV APCO, Peerless, or an approvcd cqual.
2. Limit pump motors to nominal 1800 RPM wherever possiblc.
C. The base mounted pumps shall be installed on housekccping pads which are
installed in such a manner to insure accessibility to rcmove pump motors. The
pumps should be located near accessible doors allowing a portable hoist into and
accessing the pumps without any obstructions.
1. Locate motor out of airstream.
237300 - SPLIT SYSTEM HV AC UNITS
A. Split-system HV AC units shall be matched units provided by the same
manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, York, and
Weatherking.
B. Air Cooled Condensers
1. All air cooled condcnscrs shall be concealed from vicw from the front or
sides of the building. Condensers shall be located in a dry, dust-free
environment separated from landscaping and maintained lawns and not
confined in an cnclosed area. Provide bronzeglow protective finish where
units are located within one mile of the coast. Do not locate exterior units
directly undcr the edge of a roof ovcrhang or roof valley.
2. Provide sufficient c1car arca around thc unit to for maintenance and free
air circulation without rccirculation. Confirm the manufacturers minimum
recommended clearances between units and walls prior to design. Tn no
cases shall units be placed closer than two (2) feet from an adjacent wall
nor closer than three (3) fect between units. Provide additional clear arcas
for servicing as recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than (5)
feet on service side, plus a minimum five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear
work area. The work area must be a hard surface such as on a concrete pad
or pavement. Coil grill guards shall be installed on all air cooled
condensing units 5 ton and larger.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 47
IOE
C. Air Handling Units
1. All air handling units shall have not less than two (2) feet of clearance
around the entire unit, plus not less than five (5) feet clear On the service
side(s) of the equipment. Providc at lcast one five (5) foot by five (5) foot
clear floor area in the equipment room for servicing and maintenance of
the equipment. The clearances specified herein are minimum sizes and
may need to be increased as necessary to accommodatc the equipment
used. Thc size and maintenance requirements of the unit shall be used to
determine the requircd room size.
2. Air handlers shall not be located in attic space, but in mechanical rooms
with duct leading into the ceiling. (Exception only if an cxisting system is
installed in an attic space.
3. Provide double-wall Air Handler Units with sloped IAQ at drain pans.
237400 - ROOFTOP UNlTS
A. Avoid rooftop units whenever possible. Whcn locatcd on roof, units shall not be
visible from the ground. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, York, and
Weatherking. Provide bronzeglow protective finish where units are located within
one mile of the coast.
B. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards for flashing at all roof penetrations.
Coordinate work with other trades. Provide prefabricated roof curbs under all
roof mounted equipment. Pitch pans are not allowed. Provide walk boards at
rooftop locations.
238400 - DEHUMIDIFICA nON EQUIPMENT
A. Dehumidification equipment must be correctly sized to maintain 50% (or lowcr)
relative humidity levcl. Manufacturcr shall be Scorpion or FM approved equal.
B. Coordinate design requirements with other trades as required to meet this
specification. Vestibules are recommended at all high-traffic entrances to the
building.
DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
255000 - IIV AC CONTROLS
A. "EMS" Control systcms
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 48
IOE
1. All buildings over 4,000;Y;OO square feet will include a Building
Automation System. The system will be Johnson Control's Metasys
System. Included within the package will be all items currently being
utilized by the Facilities Management Department including but not
limited to remote monitoring at the main office.
2. Temperature sensors and controls to be located in each private office, zone
and/or open area as specified by engineer.
3. Zone and room temperatures to be controlled only by Facility
Management Department, not by room occupant. NON - adjustable
sensors are to be used in all areas except when specifically exempted in
writing by Facilities Management staff
4. Temperature, C02 and humidity sensors shall be located in space which
is being controlled. The seusors shall be mounted on wall 5 feet above the
floor, not in R/A ducts.
5. Individual DOC controller for each major piece of mechanical equipment
to insure opcration in casc of failure to our "EMS" system.
6. As part of the project, the system will dial into the work station at the
Facilities Management Headquarters. All equipment will be included in
the project.
7. All computer and electrical rooms will have temperature sensors with
alarmed ranges monitored 'Uld pageable.
B. "EMS" Network Design
1. System shall bc designed to a fault tolerant distributed system with
intelligence at each major piece of mechanical equipment.
2. Communication to all DDC controllers shall be by Network Control Unit
(NCU) in building.
3. Communication from NCU to Operator Workstation in Building W via
Fiber optic Cabling, if building is on campus, Or via modem if building is
off campus. System shall allow automatic beeper notification of critical
alarms as defined by FM department prior to software generation by
utilizing the existing automatic dialer if the building is on campus or a
new automatic dialer if building is off campus.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 49
10E
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260000 - GENERAL
A. Standards; Requirements of Division 1, the National Electric Code, NFPA,
NEMA, and UL apply to work of this section.
B. All automated lighting control systems shall be monitored and controlled through
Metasys, unless otherwise approved by the Department of Facilities Management.
C. All 3-phasc equipment shall have phase-loss protection.
D. All light fixtures must accept G.E. replacement lamps.
260010 - AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall provide accurate and updated as-built drawings detailing all
electrical installations, to include oullets, shown as they are actuaJl y instaJled.
260020 - RENOV ATION AND RETROFIT WORK
A. For all renovation, retrofit, and building additions projects, the Design
Professional and/or Contractor must consult with County maintenance personnel
for tie-in to cxisting equipment.
260030 - SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS
A. All mechanical rooms and exterior equipment areas shall be fitted with at least
two (2) ORe (1) 20 amp duplex electrical outlets, 115 volt single phase.
B. All mechanical rooms shall be fitted with sutIicientlighting to properly
illuminate all areas of the room taking into account light obstruction due to
equipment, provide approximately 100 Foot Candles of illumination.
C. Providc 2 scparate electrical rooms; one for building power and one for low
voltage applications such as computer networks, phone etc. The intent is to
physically separate functions while maintaning close proximity to each other.
D. If building is equipped with card access hardware, provide card reader at each
equipment room.
260040 -IDENTIFICATION
A Provide nearly typed panel schedules identifying all circuits in all new and
renovated work.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 50
lUt
B. All panels ano switchgear shall be identified with engraved plastic signs
indicating same designation shown on the as-built plans.
260500 n CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Only T.H.H.N. or eqlliva1ent copper wire shall be used in any electrical wiring.
B. Engineer shall design wiring with respect to the harmonic loads of the building.
C. Neutrals shall be installed using one of two approved methods:
1. Install separate neutrals with circuits.
2. Install oversized neutrals.
D. Raceways and Raceway Fittings shall be thin wall EMT type steel conduits for
indoor use, and PVC for exposed outdoor use. All raceways shall be complete
with fittings specifically designed for use with the associatcd raceways. Flcxiblc
metallic and PVC are acceptable.
E. J unction, Outlet, and Pull Boxes Shall be constructed of code gauge sheet stcel;
galvanized or sheradized or otherwise rust proofed, and sized in accordance with
the NEC per number of devices and wires within the boxes or the number and
sizes of conduits entering the boxes. Outlet boxes shall have suitable cover plates
or devices mounting plates as required for its associated device and/or accessory.
Junction and pull boxes shall have blank steel covers bolted to the boxes.
F. Sleeves for pipe and conduit penetrations through concrete or masonry walls shall
be minimum No. 22 gauge sheet steel.
260526 - GROUNDlNG
A. Pull ground wire with all circuits.
B. Grounds shall be cadwelded to steel frame structures.
C Ground rods shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet long
D. Step down transformers for lighting and receptacle loads shall have grOllllded
electrodes to each transformer.
260536 - CABLE TRAYS
A. Provide cable trays or hooks above corridor ceilings where required by Owners
building design program.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 51
lOE"'''
260620.16 - DlSCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. All circuit breakers shall be either Square D or 1TE type breakers.
B. Wafer style breakers shall not be used in new construction.
260620.26 - DEVICES
A. All receptacles shall twenty (20) amp combination devices.
B. Except as noted below, the color of all switches, cover plates, fixtures, devices,
exit lights, emergency lights, etc. shall be either White or as scheduled by Design
Professional. Trim shall be white color, aluminum, brushed aluminum, or
chrome.
1. Computer/UPS outlets shall be orange color.
2. Emergency generator outlets shall bc rcd color, unless entire facility is
powered by emergency generator.
262200 - TRANSFORMERS
A. Provide non-linear load transformers where required.
264100 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION
A. Where required by building design program, provide a complete UL listed
lightning protection system. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by
the Design Professional prior to installation. Minimize roof penetrations and
coordinate the work with other trades as needed for a complete and proper leak-
proof installation. Exposed pitch pans are not allowed.
264300 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION
A. Provide appropriate surge suppression device for all buildings.
265100 --INTERIOR LIGHTING
A. Fixtures types shall be limited to listcd standard fixtures to facilitate maintenance_
1. Basic interior lighting fixtures shall bc 2' x 4' t1uorescent lighting fixtures.
2. All lighting fixtures shall have electronic ballasts with T-5 tluorescent
lamps with safcty fuse.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 52
IOE
3. Recessed lamps shall use only standard PL 5,7,9, or 13 lamps. Do not use
quad or non-standard lamps.
4. Special fixtures must be approved by the County prior to completion of
design.
5. Tandem ballasts are not allowed.
6. Provide at least one non-switched fluorescent night light in Foyer, Lobby,
Corridors, and large Open Office areas
7. Lighting must be energy efficient
265200 - EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A Emergency lights shall be low-profile surface mounted dual head units, white
color.
1. Provide Surelight CU-l manufactured by Surelite.
2. Do not use EM backup units for recessed fixtures.
265300 - EXIT SIGNS
A. Provide LED exit signs.
B. Exit signs shall not use fluorescent lamps and nor any radioactive materials.
C. Exit signs shall bave brushed aluminum faces. Stencils sball be green.
265600 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING
A Exterior fixtures shall utilize metal halide lamps with standard mogul bases.
Acceptable sizes are limited to 150, 250, and 400 watt lamps.
B. Light poles shall be individually fused and numbered sequentially in order to
confirm exact pole location for bulb maintenance. Call Facilities Management
prior to installing numbers for approved number material, colors, and location on
pole.
C. Exterior fixtures shall be all aluminum or heavy duty vandal resistant plastic
construction with vandal resistant glass lenses.
D. Well or buried fixtures are not allowed
E. Flag pole lights: lOOW MH.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 53
IOE
F. Sign lights: 70W MH unless approved otherwise.
G. Exterior wraparound fixtures: not allowed (use vapor proof fixtures in exterior
cnvironments).
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
272000... INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT)
A. Use Catcgory 6 wire for all data lines in new construction and renovations.
272010 FIBER OPTIC LINES
A. All fiber optic lines must be traceablc. Acceptable tracing techniques are as
follows:
1. Install pull wires with each line.
2. Encase lines in a steel jacket.
273000 - TELEPHONE SYSTEMS
A. Refer to the Collier County Government Information Technology (IT) Standards
Manual.
B. Conceal all cables in walls, partitions, and ceiling spaces wherever possible. Run
lines in conduit from telephone board to telephone company connection. Do not
install unprotected lines or eq uipment on exterior walls of the building.
274000 CABLE TV SYSTEMS
A. Prewire for standard cable TV service to all Conference Rooms, Lobby,
Executive Offices and wherc identified in the Owncrs building design program.
Refer to the Collicr County Government IT Standards Manual.
DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
28tOOO - SECURITY ALARM
A. For new buildings or rcnovations where the security system is being removed, a
new integrated systcm shall be installed. In existing buildings where the security
system is not bcing replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the
security system as noted below.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 54
IOE
1. System shall pcrform as a stand-alone security system including all
rcquired control sequences per occupant's requirements including
necessary kcypads, card readers, motion detectors, door contacts, etc.
2. Security system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum,
zone by zone status.
3. FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be thc primary
reporting station.
4. All external hardware shall have tamper proof screws.
5. All roof hatchcs shall be monitored by the security system.
282300 - CCTV VIDEO SURVEILlANCE
A. Fixed Cameras shall be Pe1co model # CC3701H-2 Series Digital Color Camera.
B. Pan / Tilt j Zoom Cmner3s shall be Pclco model #Spectra III SE Series Dome
Systems.
C. CCTV DVR's recording devices shall be Dedicated Micros BX2 CA 1.2
Terabyte.
D. CCTV images shall be transmitted to FM Operations Center.
E. Two (2) WP elcctrical outlets shall be installed in locked panel on poles used for
CCTV pancl.
283100 - FIRE ALARM
A. Provide a complete Fire Alarm system where required by Code or Ordinance.
Refer to Division One for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards, including
FBC and NFPA codes.
1. Fire Alarm systems shall be provided by Johnson Controls or as directed
by FM staff.
2. Fire Alarm software shall be compatible with existing software utilized at
FM operations center.
B. Comply with the requirements of NFPA 72, National Fire Alarlll Code for all
work related to thc design and installation of the system. The Enginecr of Record
shall revicw and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application.
C. Thc fire control panel shall be an addressable fire panel that is ULFM listed. A
triple dialer with 3 phone lines coming from the fire panel is required; two (2)
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 55
l()!E
lines per tire code to the primary monitoring company, and the third line will
corne back to the Building "w" Operations Center for ancillary monitoring. For
new buildings or renovations where the existing fire alarm systcm is being
removed, a new integrated system shall be installed. In existing buildings where
the fire alarm system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall
monitor the fire alarm system as noted below.
1. System shall perfonJl as a stand-alone fire alarm system including all
required control sequences including Fire Department notification.
2. Fire Alarrn system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum,
zone by zone status.
3. FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be the primary
reporting station.
D. Maintain accurate as-built plans of all work.
1. Provide neatly typed zone schcdule at the fire alarm panel.
2. Provide CAD discs of any new or revised alarm system.
E. Provide a lockable exterior "fire fighter key box" located near the main entry of
each new building and containing the building's master key for use during fire
emergencies. Approval of thc box type and final location shall be determined
solely by the Fire Department and,l or f'-ire Marshall for each fire district.
F. Provide a "Stopper Il w/Horn Casing" (model # STI-1130 or equivalent) for all
Lobby and Entrance arca Fire Pull Stations.
G. All warning devices (Horn/Strobes etc.) shall bc ceiling mounted and not located
on thc wall unless required by code. Center the device within individual ceiling
tile when possible.
DIVISION 31- EARTHWORK
310000 - GENERAL
A. Comply with the Collier County Land Development Code, FBC, and
requirements of Division 1.
312000 - GRADING
A. Enclosed building floor slabs shall bc at least 8" above exterior finish grade. Do
not slope grades towards buildings. Final grading around the building is to be
sloped evenly away from structures and slabs to insure positive drainage.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 56
10E
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
329300 - lANDSCAPING
A. Except for grass, all landscaping must be at least three (3) feet away from any
exterior wall. Plants and other foliage must have a three (3) foot clearance
between outer limbs and each wall.
B. Trees are to be planted at least Fifteen (15) feet from any exterior wall.
C. Landscaping may not be planted within Four (4) feet of HV AC units, fire
protection assemblies, mechanical or electrical equipment. lncrcasc distance as
needed to provide requi red clearance for anticipated full-grown size of
landscaping.
D. Install not less than 10" wide border of gravel at thc perimeter of exterior walls
around each building. Gravel shall be not less than 4" thick, installed over weed
block fabric, with a suitable continuous edge trim. Top of gravel shall be alleast
8" below the finish floor slab.
E. Completely remove all compacted base and sub base material from areas intended
for landscaping and trees at landscape islands in parking areas.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 57
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION A
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lQE' ,~
APPENDIX B
COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS
IOE
Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards
Version 2.09/17/2007
Revision History
Date Initials Change
9/17/2007 INJ Document updated
08/5/2008 INJ Document Updated Section G-S Cabinet connections
Audience: General ( vendors, other department Project Managers)
Purpose: Outline IT's requirements for new construction and remodels
Prerequisites: None
Policy
Policy - Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards
Page 1 of 17
IOE
Table of Contents
Site Design
Communications Equipment Rooms
General
HVAC
Heat Load
Electrical
UPS
Electrical Requirements
Communications Racks
Environmental Monitoring
Stacked in Multi Story buildings
Physical Security
IDF
MDF
Computer Rooms
Fire Suppression
Cabling
Standards
Category 6
Fiber Optic
Patch Cables
Patch Panels
Page 2 of 17
IOE'.
Labeling
Terminations
Category 6
Fiber Optic
Patch Cables
Patch Panels
Labeling
Work Station Wiring
Installation
Definitions
Applicable Standards
Page 3 of 17
IOE 'I
1. Site Design
a. Entrance Conduit
i. Single Building Sites - Building will have two sets of two inch conduit from
the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to the right of way. Each set will follow a
different physical path.
b. Multi Building Sites
i. One building will be designated ac the Site MDF and the entrance conduit will
be inctalled ac cleccribed above.
Ii. Intra Building ConneGti\'ity f.ll Building MDF'c will be connected te the
Site MDF with t'....o, two inch conduitc.
iii. Conduit between Communications Rooms Each Communicationc Room
will be connected to the building MDF with two, two inch conduit.
c. Physical Security
i. Card Key /\11 buildingc will have at least one exterior door equippecl with
Card /\ccecc Lockc (see Facilities Management for delailc.) where available.
ii. Cipher Locks - In the event that Card Key locks are not available in a facility
cipher combination locks will be installed (insert example model here).
iii.
2. Communications Rooms
a. fiixGlusi'Je Use /\11 Communications Rooms are for the sole use of CCIT. No other
building facility equipment will be housed in any Communications Room including,
but notlimitecl to, fire alarm cystemc, monitoring cystemc, security systemc, janitorial
services, supply stora€!e, departmental storage, electrical, H'I^C, etc. or any other
equipment. Exception to these rectrictions for low 'Ioltage buildin€! automation
cyctems will be concidered on a cace by cace basic.
b. Room Specifications
I. Flooring
1. Size - Minimum of 100 square feet (10' x 10') for single rack
applications. An additional 2' of width is required for each additional
rack.
2. Floor Surface - Li€!ht colored cealed apoX)'. Computer Rooms will
have site specific floor surface requirementc VCT installation will be
completed at least two weeks before the rack installation.
3. Floor loading - Distributed floor loadin€! of 200 Ib/ft" minimum or ac
required 8Y applicable codes whichever is greater. The concentr-ated
loading in Equipment Roomc or MCc muct be 2000 Ib/ft" over the area
cupporting the communicationc equipment.
Ii. Ceiling Height - Minimum clear height 8 feet above finished floor without
obstructions.
ili. Doors
1. 36" wide and 80" tall with a 1800 outward swing
2. The door should have no center posts or doorsills.
iv. Lighting
1. Specify to have lights mounted at ceiling height with a minimum of
840 lux measured three feet above the floor. Special consideration
will be made regarding the placement of lighting fixtures to avoid
equipment racks and loaded cable trays from blocking much of the
lighting.
2. CCIT will have final approval over placement of the lights.
Page 4 of 17
IOE
d. Illumination shall not be controlled by automatic means only per NfOP/\
70 !\rticle 110 26 (3)(d)
v. Systems Power
1. Power Outlets per to be mounted in the ceiling above the each
Communications Rack utilizing ~lEMA5 T'....ist Lock Receptacles.
2. Most equipment used In this room contains switching power supplies
so many manufacturers are now recommending to oversize the
neutral conductor in the AC distribution panel.
vI. Convenience Power - Power outlets placed at six foot intervals in the room
for support and test equipment. These outlets should be on a single
dedicated, isolated, non-switched, 4-way, 120Vac 20Amp circuit.
vii. HVAC
1. Air-conditioned with separate supply and return ducting.
2. Maintain constant temperature of 640 - 750 F with one air change per
hour.
3. Relative humidity should be 40-50%.
4. Heat load specifications will be provided after network equipment
specifications are finalized.
c. Location
i. Room shall be located such that no single Category 6 horizontal cable shall
exceed a length of 90 meters or 295 feet from patch panel to station jack.
This distance allows for a service loop at each end of the station cable, wall
traversal distance, and allowing cables to run parallel and perpendicular with
the joists. Cable pathways run parallel and perpendicular to the building
walls. Running cables diagonally through the building or "as-the-crow-f1ies"
will not be accepted.
il. Minimum of one Communication Room per floor.
iii. Communic3tions Rooms in multi story building should be '/ertically congruent,
located near the middle of each floor and within 90 meters of each other ana
all work area outlets. If they cannot be stacked install a minimum of four 4"
conauits for a pathway between the rooms.
iv. Communications Rooms will not be located near or under bathrooms, laundry
rooms, kitchens, or janitorial sinks.
d. UPS
I. CCIT uses American Power Conversion (.'\PC) UPS equipment.
il. If generator backup power Is availablo to the building all Communications
Rooms will bo pO'lloroa by the generator, a trander switch must be incluaea
to power the UPS.
e Conduit and Sleeves
I. A minimum of 4-4" sleeves installed on the inside wall near the ceiling
adjacent to the hallway for horizontal pathways.
il. A minimum of 4 4" sleeves installed in the floor ana in tho ceiling for riser
cabling to Communications Rooms that are locatea on the floors above or
below other Communications Rooms.
IiI. All wall and floor penetrations for Communications Rooms must be made with
sleeved cores.
iv. A minimum of four 4" cores must be installed in Entrance Facilities,
Equipment Rooms, and Telecommunications Closets.
\'. In rooms or areaG that are heavily populated with Worl( ,^.rea Outlets, an
adaitlonaltwo 4" cores must De installed.
Page 5 of 17
10E
, ,
vi. All cores must be lined with sections of 4" EMT.
vii. All EMT sleeves must be reamed and have a plastic bushing installed on
each end.
viii. All sleeves must extend 4" beyond the wall or floor.
ix. A section of vertical ladder rack must be installed as a pathway from floor to
ceiling behind areas where cores stack between floors to secure pass-
through cables and service loops.
x. All corm: must be identified ana labeled with Builaing number, floor, ::md TC
"from," and tho Building numbor, floor, and TC "to".
f. Cable Trays
I. A continuous pathway of cable tray placed from all the conduits or sleeves up
the wall and along the ceiling around the perimeter of the walls and over all
equipment racks and cabinets.
ii. The pathway must be strong enough and well secured to support the weight
of the cables and any possible splice enclosures.
iii. Cable tray, also known as runway or ladder rack, to line the perimeter of the
room.
iv A minimum of 12" wide cable tray must be used for the pathway to the racks.
g. Communications Racks
i. Size - Enclosed 19" by 84" locking racks with holes that comply with the
1.75U TIAlEIA standard.
ii. Cable Management - Integral vertical cable management.
iii. Patch Panels
1. Type - Category 6, 24 port 568-B patch panels.
2. Standards - EIA/TIA TSB-40 standards
3. Labeling - Labeled with rack number and a alpha character. For
example a rack with 2 patch panels would be labeled 1 A, 1 B, etc.24
port only
4. Patch Cable Labeling - Patch cables are to be labeled with the
Patch Panel Label + the port number at the end connecting to the
device. The end at the patch panel is to be labeled with the name of
the device it is connected to.
5. All Cabinet to Cabinet connections need to be done with patch
panels not free wire
iv. Rack Layout - See Appendix 2
h. Environmental Monitoring - both temperature and humidity with remote alarming
capability. Monitors should be network enabled and capable of forwarding SNMP
traps.
i. Physical Security
i. Card Key .'\11 Communications Rooms will be equipped with Card /\ccosc
Locks (soo Facilities Managomont for details.) whoro availablo.
ii. Cipher Locks - In the event that Card Key locks are not available in a
facility cipher combination locks will be installed (insert example model here).
3. MDF
a. Adheres to specifications of Communications Rooms
b. Telecommunications Backboard - AC-grade 3/4" x 4' x 8' sheet plywood, with no
voids, covered on all sides with two coats flat black fire retardant paint mounted on
rear wall of room.
c. Grounding and Bonding - Install a contiguous Intra-building grounding and bonding
system in compliance with NEC Article 250 and TIAlEIA-607 using a minimum
Page 6 of 17
ImE j
conductor size of 6 AWG to be located on each Telecommunications Backboard with
Ground Bus Bar as directed
4. Site MDF
a. Adheres to specifications of MDF.
b. All cabling enters the building in this room
c. Typically, outdoor cables need to enter the building, terminate onto a grounded
device for lightning protection, and cross connect onto terminated indoor cables.
d. There shall be 6 ft between lightning conductors and communications cables and
wires per NFPA 70 Article 800-13.
e. All entrance cables that need to transition from outdoor cable to indoor cable must do
so within 50' of entering the building.
f. All outdoor inner duct must transition immediately upon entering the building.
g. No direct-buried cable is acceptable.
5. Computer Rooms
a. Will function as a Site MDF.
b. HVAC Requirements
I. Specify to have all Telecommunication Rooms provided with adequate HVAC
equipment to maintain a constant temperature and humidity level throughout
the day, evening, and weekend timeframes.
II. Most equipment manufacturers recommend a temperature range of 60 to 80
degrees Fahrenheit and a 40-60% non-condensing humidity level.
iii. The ambient temperature should not change more than 12 degrees in an
hour.
i.... Each room must not contain any '/later or drain pipes except to support the
HVAC equipment.
c. Fire Suppression
i. FM20Q System or equivalent
ii. No sprinkler!: or sprinkler pipin!j in the room.
d. Rai!:cd floor with a minimum of 12" clearance
e. Cable tray below raised flooring
6. Cabling
a. General
I. All cable must be new
ii. All cables shall be PVC, Outside Plant, Riser, or Plenum rated as required by
specific project specifications or local building code.
7. Category 6 UTP
a. Four-pair cables shall consist of four-pair, 24-gauge, UTP. All four-pair Category 6
cables shall conform to TIAlEIA 568-B Commercia/ Building Te/ecommunications
Cabling Standard, Horizontal Cable Section, Addendum 1-Transmission
Performance Specifications for 4-palr 100 Ohm Category 6 Cabling (TIAlEIA-568-
B.2-1).
b. The Category 6 cabling components shall be electrically backward compatible with
existing Category 3, 4 and 5, plus future networks. The components shall be
engineered and manufactured to compensate for any Category 3, 4, or 5 component
crosstalk and shall provide at least Category 3, 4, or 5 performance in all of the
Collier County Government's existing installed base of voice/data/video.
c. Cables shall be capable of supporting the applications such as:
I. Analog and digital voice
il. Analog Baseband Video/Audio (up to 77 channels, 550 MHz)
iil. 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and 1000 Mbps Ethernet with and without in-line power
Page 7 of 17
1 OE \~-
,
IV. 155 Mbps ATM
v. 622 Mbps ATM
8 S' VI 270 Mb
IAgle Mede Filla 0 p~ Digital Video
a +R r ptles
e opliciJl fiber bas
manuFacturer c . ea cabling syctom c
iJpphCiJtionc :"h~:~fled to dolivor system hall uco matchod com
, Th, .~,~, 'b;' ",;h~ """, .,ole. ..::"".'m,"~ ~" ", ~,:~,ob; fro. , """
.' ANS'/TINEI.' ,,:""h', ,,,,,. ~h'n'""""Y '''',eo' " "m, .,,",
.11' CENELEC E;J50~7" comply with tho fOIlO'N~~:trt
'" 'SOIlEC 118 0 " ,"d'''',
c. Core DI:Jmotor. The ~1 .
bo plus or minus 5 ore dlametor chall b .
d. Claddin" D' . microns e 8.3 mlcronc th .
" "',.~" +h. , ' ,d"mcl, ,
, . 'M'" ,''" , , '.oddm, d". ~ ' ,',,"" '"" I
=::,', ,~~~ :.::,~~~:::;; ,~:~';;';: ,h,,, " '" .",,"'. ", d"mol"
f. Mode Fiola' m iJna between:1 go modo flbor ch I
"" ,.,""~';~" Th, m,d, ;,,::~ ."bIk. ",,,'::;:':' bolwo" .35 ,"
Q. Dlc~ersion' TR p us or minus 10o{, iJmoter shall be bel'"
II S . ~ 0 zef8 a' . . ..een 8 a a
. 'N'" 'fro II ",,,.,, ..... , ' ".""..
roob "d ,,'" . """ .", ~;;, .eo,,""""" bo 131
,. e,,, O~;' ~::~,~:,::'II'" "N'" ~:::~ h;::'.' .m'm,m';: t.~'," .10" ",.
I TormlniJt' . .ssombliec ulred by specif . ervlco loop iJt
Ion Fmme Ie ~rOjocl 5 . .
"',d", " ' T"mm""" ,,,.~t1'"'
Inch vertlGal . riJmes shallll
:;;:::~:; ,t1,~" ro,:,'.::~:"'~" Th;~: ;;;,o,:::"'~'" "
'"' ""~~' "",d,d W," ,;,.:::" "~eo"~ C,.",':"''''' .,.0"" "
" S,h" 0"" ,10, 'bi" "",. .,d. "" 00""""'" ;; 01 ,,'"',,',"
~", ~'" '::ro;""'. ",,",,,m :::,,~'"' .od' 'bo~ ,,' H' ","
mounl:Jble In ctan In thiS specificiJtlon 0. provlaed to fiJCll1 .
,~'"',," ,",II, do" TO mob ,,",,", S,h" ".',"". 'h~:~ ,,"".01'
'~,""'m '" II oo'."m"'" 'mh' ,,,,m,. ro,k<; Th . '''ok
,''" 'ob"':" "",d, "'rn,~ ",,;'''' ,,' .,,",",~' " """
~,,,.~ 01 ","",.""" . ,,, .,u,d ,~","'"" .h'''. Th",
multi modo fl;4, 72 iJnd 144 flbeic iJ~~rgiJnlzers shall be ~~ t,~o ontiro lonQth
ili Miccellanoo or sUltiJble for both . ~.Ided '....Ith splice
."""'"00:: ~'~m' Th, Coo,,,. "'" .,do ""
;~"f', '''ok'', '::~,~;: md,'m, ,,' ,,::, :,:::::"do '" ...,'rod
"eratlonal fiber . mfHet kits c10c 0 ciJblo clam
" S pi" 00 M " ,pi" co," "..~ 'm, ,,' la, ..... , P'. *'"
shall be U~~~ iJnlcal fiber optiC spli~ or 3 cOfHplete
v. Insertion Los on both Single mode es shiJlI not be used
. '"' "" .:,'''''' "II" ',oo,,:'d, .,11, .", ",,' r"", ,,11.0'
VI Mounling 1\11 ~ ~ode n oss shiJlI not exceed 2
coo,,:::'" '.' ",,~;'.':;.::,::~""ole' '" 'ok'''' "" ,e """ m'"
~'M.OO.'" i.:",::"''" '''''"00 ~:::::;'" " '''" ,.,~:~" "~m'Y
,:~:::";;,::': " .~'::,~:::,ole~ IA~ :;.;:,,~::.:,,~':rom'''::'d
u s~ocliJl tools iJn shiJlI be ca~iJble f ~ Single mode fibers
o elng fHiJted iJnd
j.
Page 8 of 17
l~lE
i. Strain Relief Connector m;sembly shall include a rubber or plastic boot for
slr3in relief.
II. 1A!;ertioR Loss Connector insertion Im;s shall not exceed .4dB for single
mode and .5dB for multi mode fibers.
iii. ERviroRmeRtal ProtectioR Connector assembly shall protect against dust,
sand and dirt and permit cleaning when disconnected.
i>l. Repeatability Connector attenuation shall not exceed .2dB of change for
1000 reconnections
'I. StreR!ltl1 Coble pullout strength shall be greater than 25 pounds.
9. Work Station Wiring
a. Terminations - All pairs shall be terminated.
b. Outlet Boxes - Each Communications outlet box will be a single gang, steel outlet
box equipped with a mud ring securely mounted at planned locations.
c. Faceplates - Each outlet box will be equipped with a four position white modular
faceplates with blank inserts for all unused positions securely mounted at planned
locations.
d. Electrical - One duplex electrical outlet will be located on the same wall as the data
outlet and be within thee feet of the outlet.
e. Furniture-
i. Blocking Outlets - If furniture will be blocking a outlet secondary labeling for
the outlet will be placed in line with the outlet above the level of the furniture.
ii. Modular Furniture - Where modular furniture is being installed all Data
Outlets will be installed in the raceways integral to the furniture.
f. Jacks - Communications jacks for all Category 6 cable will be ANSI I TIA I EIA - 568
- B RJ-45 Category 6 compliant Ortronics or equivalent.
g. Labeling - Each Jack will be labeled with the Communications room number,
followed by the patch panel designator and finally the patch panel port number.
i. All faceplates must have printed, adhesive labels. Hand written labels are not
acceptable.
ii. CCIT uses colored icons inserted above the jack opening to identify the jack
application. Where applicable the top most position of the faceplate shall be
White, the middle position Orange and the bottom most position Blue.
iii. All patch panels are to be labeled with the Jack Number at the end of the
cable to be plugged into a computer or telephone.
10. Installation
a. General
i. All cabling shall be installed according to specifications given in TIAlEIA 568-
B Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, General
Requirements, Cabling Installation Requirement Section (TIAlEIA-568-B.1
Section 10).
ii. Conduit will be schedule 40 PVC.
iii. Each horizontal cable shall be installed in a "home-run" configuration. No
"daisy chained" conduit or cables shall be allowed.
iv. At no time shall pulling tension exceed 25 Ibs. on horizontal cables.
v. Traditional nylon synch style Tie Wraps shall not be used to bundle cables.
Only Velcro Tie Wraps are acceptable to bundle cables
VI. No Intra-building telecommunications cable shall be run adjacent and parallel
to power cabling A minimum of 5" distance is required from any fluorescent
lighting fixture or power line up to 2kVA and 24" from any power line over
5kVA. Similarly, cable should be routed and terminated as far as possible
Page 9 of 17
lClE ..
from sources of EMF, such as ballasts, generators, fans, motor control units,
motors, etc. Cable shall have no physical defects such as cuts, tears or
bulges in the outer jacket. Cables with defects shall be replaced.
vii. Cables jackets that are chaffed or burned exposing internal conductor
insulation or have any bare copper shall be replaced.
viii. Contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength
requirements of the cable during handling and installation
ix All cable routes to be approved by the BCCIT prior to installation of the
cabli ng.
x. Contractor shall provide the County with detailed diagrams for all cable runs
detailing exact locations of cable for review and approval by the BCCIT after
coordination with other contractors, architects, and general contractor.
Documentation will include at a minimum:
1. Cable lengths between terminations, amplifiers, splitters, patch
panels, and equipment;
2. Exact routing of cable;
3. Frequency rating, location and identification of amplifiers, splitters,
and patch panels;
4. Bonding and grounding methods and locations;
5. Location and description of all associated equipment; and
xi. Cable Trays - All wiring will be run in overhead cable tray systems.
1. The Cable Tray system shall be an open steel mesh tray system
designed for ease of access.
2. The Cable Tray system shall be "UL Classified" as suitable for use as
an electrical conductor for grounding and bonding.
3. Where physical considerations preclude the use of cable trays other
Cable Support Devices may be substituted. Acceptable Cable
Support Devices include "J Hooks" and Cable Slings that are
Category 6 compliant.
a. These Cable Support Devices shall be hung securely by either
"all-thread" material, or ceiling grid hanger wires dedicated
only to hanging the Cable Support Devices on and not ones
holding ceiling grid.
b. The Cable Support Devices may also be secured to walls
above ceilings.
c. If "J" hooks are used, avoid placing any pressure or creating
stress points on the cable Maximum spacing between "J"
hooks shall not exceed five feet.
b. Cable Routing
i. All horizontal cables, regardless of media type, shall not exceed 90 m (295 ft)
from the telecommunications outlets in the work area to the horizontal cross
connect.
ii. The combined length of jumpers, or patch cords and equipment cables in the
telecommunications room/closet and the work area should not exceed 10m
(33 ft)
Iii. Four horizontal cables shall be routed to each work area unless otherwise
specified and as shown on project drawings.
iv. Horizontal pathways shall be installed or selected such that the minimum
bend radius of horizontal cables is kept within manufacturer specifications
both during and after installation.
Page 10 of 17
IDE 'i ~~
v. Telecommunications pathways, spaces and metallic cables, which run
parallel with electric power or lighting, which is less than or equal to 480
Vrms, shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12 inches.
vi. Horizontal pathways should avoid being parallel to sources electromagnetic
interference when ever possible. Crossing perpendicular is preferred.
vii. The installation of telecommunications cabling shall maintain a minimum
clearance of 3 m (10ft) from power cables in excess of 480 Vrms.
viii. For voice or data applications, 4-pair UTP or fiber optic cables shall be run
using a star topology from the telecommunications room/closet serving that
zone to every individual information outlet
IX. Each run of UTP cable between horizontal portion of the cross-connect in the
telecommunication closet and the information outlet shall not contain splices.
x. In the communications room/closet where cable trays or cable racking are
used, the contractor shall provide appropriate means of cable management
such as reusable color-coded hook and loop cable managers (ties) to create
a neat appearance and practical installation.
xi. Continuous conduit runs installed by the General Contractor should not
exceed 30.5 m (100 ft) or contain no more than two (2) 90-degree bends
without utilizing appropriately sized pull boxes. If a conduit run not meeting
the above-mentioned criteria is encountered, contact Project Engineer. Do
not proceed with cable installation until Project Engineer provides written
notice that the conduit run has been corrected to meet these specifications.
xii. The number of horizontal cables placed in a cable pathway shall be limited to
a number of cables that will not cause a geometric shape change of the
cables and not exceed 60% fill ratio.
xiii. Pulling lubricant compound compatible with the cable manufacture's
specification should be used if making long or difficult pulls to reduce cable
drag. Other lubricants such as liquid detergent are not acceptable. Lubricant
is required on all fiber cable pulls.
xiv Maximum pathway capacity shall not exceed a 60% fill.
xv. Fiber optic warning signs should be placed on all inner-duct and conduits
containing fiber optic cable.
xvi. Horizontal distribution cables shall not be exposed in the work area or other
locations with public access.
11. Penetrations Through Fire Rated Structural Components - Fire Rated Structural
Components penetrated with conduits/sleeves shall be properly Fire Stopped, in compliance
with Fire Codes and UL Rated Penetration Systems. All Fire Rated Structural Component
penetrations are subject to inspection by the Collier County Government Master Fire
Technician and/or the State or County Fire Marshall and any other inspections required by
State and local building codes All attempts shall be made to prevent the spread of fire,
smoke, or water.
a. During construction all sleeves must have a firestopping pillow installed in it.
b. All firestopping pillows must be reinstalled daily during cable installation and at no
time will sleeves be left unprotected.
c. All sleeves must have a firestopping caulk applied to the outside circumference of
the sleeve on each side of the wall penetration and from the top of a floor
penetration.
d. Wherever it is not feasible to use a pillow or caulk, use firestopping putty.
e. All other firestopping methods need prior approval by Collier County BCC
Department of Facilities Management.
Page 11 of 17
lOlE '.'j
f. Firestopping methods include mechanical systems, putty, caulk, pillows, intumescent
sheets and wrap strips.
g. Firestopping materials must be prepared and installed using established quality
control procedures.
h. All products used inside a building shall have the highest UL ratings available and
will bear the UL stamp.
I. All copper cabling used in plenum areas must be stamped CMP.
j. All fiber optic cabling used indoors must be stamped OFNP.
k. All plenum rated innerduct used must be stamped "plenum."
I. Plenum-rated innerduct shall be used in all indoor locations except where EMT is
used.
m. Plenum rated fiber and innerduct must be used indoors to prevent possible future
disruptions from later renovations that may add plenum air returns.
n. CCIT will make the final decision on whether to purchase the upgrade to the cable.
9. 1\11 paint usod in Building Facility Rooms should contain an intumescent additive.
p. All floor mount penetrations for work area outlets will have a firestopping device
contained within the monument.
12. Communications Room Termination
a. Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels, horizontal and vertical
wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any other items necessary
to complete proper installation.
b. The Contractor will assemble and place all communication racks associated with the
installation of Infrastructure Fiber Optic cable and Computer room horizontal
twisted pair outlets. Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels,
horizontal and vertical wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any
other items necessary to complete proper installation.
13. Bend Radius
a. Manufacturer's recommendations for bending radius and pulling strength of the
Category 6 and fiber optic cable should be adhered to.
b. In spaces with UTP cable terminations, the maximum bend radius for 4-pair cable
shall not exceed four times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-
pair cable This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications.
c. During the actual installation, bend radius on 4-pair cable shall not exceed eight
times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-pair cable. This shall
be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications.
14. Slack
a. In Communications room/closets a minimum of 3-meter (10-ft) service loop should
be left for all cable types. This slack must be neatly managed on trays or other
support types and does not include length required to route the cable(s) to the proper
termination point.
b. The amount of fiber cable slack at terminations points should allow the cable to be
routed to the termination location with enough additional cable to reach a convenient
location for termination.
c. Service loops and outlet slack add to the overall horizontal link length. Care is to
taken to assure the service loop lengths and horizontal distances, when combined,
do not exceed the 1 OO-meter channel length as defined by TINEIA-568-A.
15. General Labeling Requirements
Page 12 of 17
IOE · 1
a. All cables, equipment racks, information outlets (face plates), patch panels,
termination equipment, pull boxes and inner-duct will require labels.
b. All labeling must meet EINTIA 606 standards
c. Labels will be placed in accordance with manufacturers' specifications.
d. All racks and cabinets will be labeled on the top, right corner, both front and rear.
e. Where cables are terminated (such as patch panels and information outlets), labels
are required to be installed on both sides of the equipment and shall identify each
cable that terminates on the equipment.
f. All information outlets will be labeled on the top center of the faceplate.
g. Only machine printed laminated labels that are mechanically fastened are acceptable
for equipment, panel, riser and outlet labeling.
h. Horizontal and backbone subsystem cables shall be labeled at each end. Labels will
be affixed 2" from each end. Handwritten markings on the cable will not be accepted.
Additional labeling is required on cables that pass through locations such as conduit
ends, backbone splice points, manholes and pull boxes at the point they pass
through these devices.
16. Riser and Backbone Labeling Requirements
a. Fiber distribution centers should be clearly labeled on the front cover as to the
location of the other end. This label should also indicate number of single-mode and
multi-mode strands in this unit.
b. Backbone labeling and numbering should mirror each end. Risers should be vertical,
top down with the same numbering sequence. Backbone cables shall be terminated
in the same size fiber distribution center at each end with the single and multi-mode
strands in the same positions.
17. Testing
a. All information outlet wiring shall be tested from the outlet device to the patch panel.
Each wire/pair shall be tested at both ends.
b. Testing shall be done utilizing a cable tester meeting EIAlTIA 568 standards; all
testing equipment shall be calibrated annually and shall have a dated certificate.
c Printed test results shall be assembled and delivered to the County's representative.
d Test results for each 4-pair UTP cable must be submitted with identification to match
labels on all patch panels and 8-position modular jacks.
e. Category 6 Cabling
i. All category 6 field-testing shall be performed with an approved, TIAlEIA
Level II field tester device. All installed channels shall perform equal to or
better than the minimum requirements as specified by the table below. The
results of all test and analyses shall be kept on file.
ii. All Category 6 channels are qualified for linear transmission performance up
to 300 MHz to ensure that high-frequency voltage phase and magnitude
contributions do not prove cumulative or adversely affect channel
performance.
iii. All UTP field testers shall be factory calibrated each calendar year by the field
test equipment manufacturer as stipulated by the manuals provided with the
field test unit. The calibration certificate shall be provided for review prior to
the start of testing
iv. Autotest settings provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling
shall be set to the default parameters.
v. Test settings selected from options provided in the field testers shall be
compatible with the installed cable under test.
Page 13 of 17
'In'E
~i v;'
vi. Category 6 UTP horizontal and backbone cables, whose length does not
exceed 90 m (295 ft) for the basic link, and 100 m (328 ft) for the channel
shall be 100 percent tested according to ANSI/TIAlEIA-TSB-67 and
ANSIITIAlEIA-568-A-5. Test parameters include wire map, length, NEXT loss
(pair-to-pair), NEXT loss (power sum), ELFEXT loss (pair-to-pair), ELFEXT
loss (power sum), return Loss, attenuation, propagation delay, and delay
skew.
vii. Category 6 tests should be made with a TIAlEIA Level II tester.
f. Filler OptiG Callie TestiAg
i. Factory Testing: Factory testing aocumentation (OTDR traces) shall be
provided '....ith the fiber optic c3ble. F3ctor OTDR readings shall be provided
for each fibor in each spool. These readings Sh311 be t3ken 3t 1310 nm and
1550nm for single mode fiber.
ii. After Inst3113tion Testing After inst311ation of the fiber, the Contr3ctor Sh311
take OTDR readings to ensure no damage has occurred during installations.
Contractor re3dings Sh311 be (',ubmitted to the Designer for comlJarison to
factory readings.
iii. Torminated Fiber Connec{or Test After comlJletion of terminations, the
Contractor shall verify connector insertion loss with an OTDR optic31IJower
FReter and m3tching light source. Decument at 1310nm and 1550nm
v.'avelengths for single moae fiber, in both directions through each connector
f*IiF,
iv. All testing results shall be submitted 3S p3rt of Owner's permanent 08.M
Manuals. All testing results shall be submitted to the Owner as a printed
cOIJY and CD copy a(', lJart of the Owner's Permanent 08.M Manuals.
'I ,^,II fiber optic cables te(',ted with light meters and recoras tal(en of the
reaaings.
vi. Power meters must be used to test single mode fiber at both 131 Onm and
1550nm in one direction.
'Iii. If thero is a splice in the cablo, each strand of fiber must be testod with an
OTDR in one direction.
viii. /\n OTDR must be used to test singlo mode fiber at 1210nm.
ix. Each test result must h3ve 3 printout of the test result labelod by strand with
the frem to information, the test slJeed, the test d3te and time, and the
oporator performing the tests.
x. /\11 fiber strands should have a maximum of 0.5db lo(',s per mated pair.
xi Single mode fiber shall not exceed 1 db loss!km at 121 Onm.
xii. /\11 strands with 10sGes greater than O.513b must be aleaned and re tosted.
xiii. Any strand 'Nith gre3ter th3n 1.0db loss must be re terminatea.
xiv. No more than .02ab loss at 1200nm through 3ny fusion splice 1J0int is
allowable.
)IN. The fiber optic p3tch c3bles will be provided and installed by the contr3ctor
on intor and intra building fiber.
xvi. /\11 fiber optic jumpers must bo cleaned before installation.
xvii. /\11 fiber optic jumpers must be a duplex or two strand cable of the same typo
as the bacl(bone 3nd of an indoor construction.
)lNiii. 1\11 fibor optic jumpers must be pre manufactured.
xix. /\11 extendea links must be tested from end to end
xx. /\11 fiber optic losses must meet the link loss budget of the design
slJecification.
Page 14 of 17
10EI'
18. Workmanship
a All work shall be done in a workman like fashion of the highest standards in the
telecommunications industry.
b. All equipment and materials are to be installed in a neat and secure manner, while
cables are to be properly dressed.
c. Provide proper temporary protection of cable during the time between when the
cable is pulled and when the final dressing and termination's are complete.
d. Do not leave cable lying on the floor.
e. Bundle and/or tie wrap the cables so they are off of the floor until they are ready to
be terminated.
f. The Contractor is required to be a member of BICSI and have RCDD-certified staff
overseeing the work or have work reviewed by an RCDD.
g. Where work dictates the extension, attachment, expansion, or augmentation of an
existing system(s) or subsystem(s), the vendor will use materials and other
necessary components compatible with those systems.
h. The building wiring shall be installed in a neat and secure professional manner that
provides mechanical integrity for the cabling media and any associated components.
The design and installation shall also offer ease of access and suitability for future
rearrangements and changes.
I. Cable paths above suspended ceilings, mechanical rooms, closets, etc. shall not be
blocked or covered in any way that would impede the addition of cable in the future
j. All cables shall be tested by the Contractor to verify that the cables are installed
properly, and that there are no kinks, cuts, or other damage to these cables
19. Walk-Thru
a. CCIT requires a full walk-through with the cabling contractor project manager to
review every Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, IDF, and all manholes, hand-holes,
and significant pull-boxes and junction boxes.
b. The walk-thru may include a full demonstration of termination and testing on the
various media.
20. Documentation
a. Testing Documentation
i. All test results must be submitted in an electronic format, if CCIT does not
have a program capable of reading the format, then the contractor must
provide the software or all test results must be printed out and placed in a
binder.
ii. All results must include the cable identification numbers, test date and times,
the operator performing the test, the make and model of the testers used.
iii. All results must include the setting used to test, and the from-to locations of
the cable.
iv. Testing documentation is the certification of the cable plant.
v. The Warranty period does not begin until the testing documentation is given
to CCIT.
b. As-Built Documentation
i. Fully documented scale drawings of the entire fiber optic and copper
distribution system. Documentation shall be provided in both a hard copy
binder and a soft copy on CD capable of being viewed and edited in
AutoCAD. This will include building and floor layouts with workstation
information outlet locations and labeling, distribution frames, cable routes,
interconnect locations, intermediate and main distribution frame location, riser
locations, and all other information pertinent to the installation.
Page 15 of 17
IDE
ii. Copies of mylars.
iii. All floor plans must document all Workstation Outlet locations and number.
iv. All floor plans must document all Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, and IDF
locations and numbers
v. All floor plans must document all horizontal pathway locations and numbers.
vi. All floor plans must distinguish between UTP and fiber locations.
vii. All cross-connects installed by the cabling contractor will be printed out in a
spreadsheet or in an automated cable management system.
viii. A spreadsheet identifying all faceplate locations by room and identifying the
outlet numbers for each faceplate location.
21. Warranty
a. All components used in the Category 6 cabling system shall be warranted for a
period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and
workmanship.
b. All components used in the optical fiber-based cabling system shall be warranted for
a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and
workmanship.
c. All labor and materials shall be covered with a one-year warranty from the date of
acceptance of work order.
d. The warranty should cover defects in materials and workmanship.
e. The contractor must cover any and all of the OEM extended warranties.
f. 1'.11 active 9qIJipm9nt manufacturers must be able to repl3c9 any defectiv9 m3teri31s
overnight.
22. Payment
a. All payment options will not be in conflict with the General Contractor's contract or
applicable County policies, ordinances, State and Federal laws.
b. CCIT reserves the right to withhold final payment until receiving all As-Built
documentation.
c. CCIT may withhold partial final payment until approving documentation.
23. Definitions
a. Building Wiring Infrastructure - The horizontal copper wiring between the
Communications Room and the wall jack, the vertical fiber optic and/or cooper wiring
between Communications Rooms and the fiber optic entrance cable.
b. Card Key - pegasys card key access locks.
c. Cipher Locks - push button combination locks
d. Computer Room - Room intended to house network equipment and server
equipment.
e. Entrance Conduit - conduit from a Buiding/Site MDF to the right of way.
f. IDF - Intermediate Distribution Frame
g. LAN - The integrated system of building wiring infrastructure and networking
equipment that allows computers and telephones to communicate within a building.
h. MDF - Main Distribution Frame
i. Networking Equipment - The active components necessary to implement an LAN
or WAN. This includes routers, switches, media converters and UPS equipment.
j. Site MDF - main wiring point for a campus.
k. WAN - The interconnection of multiple LANs allowing communications between
multiple buildings.
24. Applicable Standards
a. TIAlEIA 455-34 Attenuation
b. TINEIA 455-107 Return Loss
Page 16 of 17
IOE
.f
c. TIAlEIA 455-21 Durability
d. ANSI/NECAlBICSI-568 -- Standard for Installing Commercial Building
Telecommunications Cabling
e. ANSIITINEIA-568-B.1 -- Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling
Standard, Part 1: General Requirements
f. ANSIITIAlEIA-568-B.2 -- Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling
Standard, Part 2: Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components
g. ANSI/TINEIA-568-B.3 -- Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard
h. ANSI/TINEIA-569-A -- Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications
Pathways and Spaces
I. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606(A) -- The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications
Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings
j. ANSI/TINEIA-607(A) -- Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements
for Telecommunications
k. ANSI/TINEIA-526-7 -- Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode
Fiber Cable Plant
I. ANSI/TIAlEIA-526-14A -- Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed
Multimode Fiber Cable Plant
m. ANSIITIAlEIA-758(A) -- Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications
Cabling Standard
n. Install cabling in accordance with the most recent edition of:
i. BICSI -- Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual
ii. BICSI -- Cabling Installation Manual
iii. BICSI -- LAN Design Manual
iv. BICSI - Customer-Owned Outside Plant Design Manual
v. Federal, state, and local codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing
the work, are as fully part of the specifications as if herein repeated or hereto
attached. If the contractor should note items in the drawings or the
specifications, construction of which would be code violations, promptly call
them to the attention of the owner's representative in writing. Where the
requirements of other sections of the specifications are more stringent than
applicable codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances, the specifications shall
apply.
Approvals:
[8J Irene Johnson
o Approved by
o Approved by
o Approved by
o Approved by
o Approved by
Page 17 of 17
IDE
PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICA TrONS
Collier County Property Appraiser
Renovation Option B
3950 Radio Road
Naples, Florida 34112
Project 09-481
08-22-09
.,
.~. Victor J. latavish Architect, PA
Member of the American Institute of Architects AR 11942 '
4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100, Naples. Florida 34104
Telephone 239.643.1665
Telefacsimile 239.643.6192
JOE
PROJECT MANUAL
Proj ect:
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTION B
3950 Radio Road
Naples, Florida 34104
Date Issued:
08-22-09
Project No.
09-481
Client:
COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
3301 East Tamiami Trail
Naples, Florida 34112
Architect:
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100
Registration AA C001831
Naples, Florida 34104
239.643.1665 telephone
239.643.6192 telefacsimile
Mechanical
Engineer:
MARK A. BRANT, PE.
Fort Myers, Florida
Electrical
Engineer:
S. R. STAFFORD ENGINEERING, INC.
Bonita Springs, Florida
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS
00005 1-3
00800 1-2
009001-1
SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
010001-1
01015 1-1
010301-2
010401-3
010451-4
012001-3
013001-7
014001-4
01420 1-3
015001-5
016001-4
017001-5
01710 1-3
017201-6
COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES
ALTERNATES
COORDINATION
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PROJECT MEETINGS
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY CONTROL
REFERENCES
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
SUBSTITUTIONS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
FINAL CLEANING
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 1-5
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
033001-14 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
042001-8 UNIT MASONRY
DIVISION 5 - NOT USED
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
061001-5 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06400 1-6 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00005-1
JOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
072101-4 BUILDING INSULATION
07920 1-7 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
081101-5
082111-6
087121-7
087151-2
087161-3
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
DOOR HARDWARE
DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
092551-13
095111-5
09650 1-8
09680 1-3
099121-12
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
CARPETING
PAINTING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIAL TIES
104251-7
105201-4
106201-3
10801 1-4
SIGNS
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIAL TIES
SAFETY SPECIALTIES
TOILET ACCESSORIES
DIVISION 11 - NOT USED
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
12484 1-3 FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
12491 1-3 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
DIVISION 13 - NOT USED
DIVISION 14 - NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15010 1-5
15050 1-3
15140 1-7
15150 1-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING
00005-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
15200 1-5
15732 1-4
15815 1-5
15820 1-4
15855 1-3
15990 1-9
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
PACKAGED AlC UNITS
METAL DUCTS
DUCT ACCESSORIES
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16050 1-7
16120 1-1
16135 1-1
16143 1-2
16170 1-1
16452 1-1
16470 1-6
16482 1-1
16495 1-8
16515 1-6
16535 1-5
16615 1-1
16620 1-12
16720 1-2
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
WIRES AND CABLES
ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS
WIRING DEVICES
EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS
GROUNDING
P ANELBOARDS
MOTOR POWER EQUIPMENT WIRING
TRANSFER SWITCHES
INTERIOR LIGHTING
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
APPENDIX A - COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
APPENDIX B - COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS
IDE
NOTICE: BIDDERS INCLUDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS,
AND SUPPLIERS SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PROJECT MANUAL, SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND
ADDENDA PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS.
END OF SECTION 00005
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00005-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
IOE
A. Building Permit fees, Site Permit fees, and Impact fees shall be paid by the Owner.
1. SDP A is not required for this work.
2. Owner has applied for a building permit.
3. Unless indicated otherwise, all shop drawings and other permit application forms
and fees for other required permits and connections shall be prepared, delivered,
and paid for by the Contractor, including but not limited to fire sprinkler permit
and fire alarm permits and related permit fees.
B. Bid Awards: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive
formalities or irregularities in the bids.
C. Bids shall include all labor and material required for a complete and proper installation of
the work indicated in the Documents, including but not limited to field verification of
existing conditions, coordination, templates, adjustments, connections, patches, finishes,
fasteners, accessories, etc.
I. Materials shall be approved for intended use.
2. Provide patches as required to maintain integrity of assemblies and to provide a
neat workmanlike appearance of work.
D. Schedule of Values: The Contractor shall provide a complete schedule of values listing
the value of work for each trade by specification division not less than 5 days before
anticipated date of contract execution.
E. Scheduling of Not in Contract Work: Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of Owners
contractors for NI C work.
F. Jobsite Safety: The Contractor is solely responsible for jobsite safety.
G. Delays: No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the
commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for
which Owner or its agents may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve
Contractor of his duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional
compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall
receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner or its
agents will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time.
H. Submittals: Shop Drawings shall be provided not more than 30 days after the Owners
Notice to Proceed.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00800- I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
I. Change Orders: The Contractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed
10% of the actual expenses for extra materials and labor provided by the Contractor. For
extra items provided by subcontractors, the Contractors total markup for overhead and
profit may net exceed 5% of the subcontractors invoice, and the subcontractor's total
markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of actual expenses for materials and
labor. All subcontracts shall include these conditions and all Change Orders are subject
to audit by the Owner or the Owner's designated representative.
J. Non-compliant work: All costs related to non-compliant work shall be paid by the
Contractor, including but not limited to the removal of non-compliant work, bidding
expenses, related design professionals fees, and other costs related to the supervision of
corrective work. Approval by AHJ, Engineer, Contractor, or Owner does not constitute
approval by Architect.
K. Final Completion: Punchlist work shall be completed within 30 days of Substantial
Completion. The Owner reserves the right to immediately commence punchlist work 31
days after substantial completion using independent contractors, the cost of which shall
be charged to the Contractor.
1. Warranty: The Contractor shall provide the following warranties for all work:
1. One-year warranty on all work.
2. Manufacturers standard warranties, plus additional special warranties as specified
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
By acceptance of the sealed plans and specifications used for permits, the Contractor accepts all
terms and conditions of the Documents including these Supplemental Conditions. In cases of
conflicting requirements, the more stringent requirement as shall apply.
END OF SECTION
VICTOR 1. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00800-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE lid
SECTION 00900- SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the Work, for portions of the Work indicated, the
Contractor proposes to use the following subcontractors.
2. Portion of the Work: Subcontractor name and city:
Demolition
Insulation
Doors
Drywall
Painting
Acoustic Ceiling
Carpet
Fire Protection
HVAC
Electrical
Fire Alarm
Data- IT Wiring
3. The subcontractor list shall be attached to the bid form.
END OF SECTION 00900
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
00900-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01000 - COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
Material
Manufacturer Color
Paint
Interior Walls- Typical
Interior Accent Walls
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
Interior Soffits
Interior Door Frames
Interior Painted Doors
PI. Laminate Doors
Wilsonart
PI. Laminate Casework
Wilsonart
TBD
PI. Laminate Countertops
Wilsonart
TBD
Carpet, Alternate Bid
Mowhawk
Mowhawk One First. broadloom, direct glue-down
Popular Vote
VCT Floor Tile
Checkerboard
Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51804
Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51810
Burke Mercer 103 Espresso
Checkerboard
Vinyl Wall Base
Acoustic Ceiling
Armstrong Cortega Tegular 704, "White"
Notes:
I. Base Bid: Carpet NIC
2. Accent Wall locations to be determined onsite during construction
3. Onsite sample panels required for final verification of paint selections, 8' x 8'
4. Provide samples for scheduled colors
COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE
lOEI_
01000-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01015 - PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES
IOE '\11 ;
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1-16 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. It is the intent of the construction documents that the cempleted work conform to all
applicable codes, be constructed in accordance with any applicable permit and licensure
requirements, and that fees necessary fer occupancy be completely paid.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Contractor shall be required to schedule and coordinate for all inspections and similar
procedural items as required by the local government agencies having jurisdiction.
B. All building, structural, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, etc. work items shall be installed
in accordance with the adopted edition ofthe regulations of governing local, state, county
and other applicable codes, including the utilities company unless otherwise specified in
the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible and pay all required
licenses, fees and inspections associated with his work. The cost for such shall be included
in the Contractor's bid price.
C. In the event of a conflict between permits, drawings, specifications, and codes, etc. the
Contractor shall immediately issue an RFI (Request for Information) to request a
determination from the AE. The contractor is responsible for all work necessary te comply
with the most stringent requirement.
D. It is the Centractor's responsibility to contact the applicable utility company (or
companies) to determine if any fees, charges or costs will be due the utility company, as
required by the utility company for temporary power, installations, hook-ups, etc. This fee,
charge or cost shall be included in this contractor's bid price.
E. Except for impact fees, building permit fees and utility connection fees, which are to be
paid by Owner, the Contractor shall procure and pay for all licenses, pay all charges, fees,
and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution
of the work. All costs incurred shall be deemed as being included in the contractor's bid.
END OF SECTION 01015
PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES
01015-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 ~)i'E 'If
SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Centract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for
certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from
the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the
amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems,
or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
B. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. Ne other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully
integrate that Work into the Project.
B. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the
Alternate.
C. Notification: Immediately following the award ofthe Contract, notify each party involved,
in writing, ofthe status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted,
rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated
modifications to alternates.
D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract.
E. Alternates shall include all labor, materials, accessories, connections, etc. required for a
complete and proper assembly of work indicated.
ALTERNATES
01030 - 1
lOE
"
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
PART 2- SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
Alternate Number B-1:
Alternate Number B-2:
Alternate Number B-3:
Alternate Number B-4:
Alternate Number B-5:
Alternate Number B-6:
Alternate Number B-7:
ALTERNATES
Generator; In lieu of base bid Generator and related work indicated on
the drawings, provide alternate bid 600 kw Standby Generator,
Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS), wiring, conduits, and related work
required for a complete and proper installation, ref. sheet E5.0.
Computer Room Clean Agent Fire Suppression System; In lieu of
base bid dry-pipe pre-action system and acoustical ceiling indicated
on the drawings, provide alternate bid FM 200 fire suppression
system and gypsum board ceiling, seal all penetrations and openings,
provide thresholds, door sweeps, and weatherstrip on doors,
motorized duct dampers, controls, alarms, signs, tests, and related
work required fer a complete and approved FM200 system, ref. sheet
FPO.1.
Roof Drainage System; Provide 12" dia. PVC stormwater collection
system with connections to existing downspouts, concrete flume at
lake, and related work required for a complete and proper installation;
ref. keynote 15, sheet AO.3.
Dumpster Wall Repairs; Repair rear wall of dumpster enclosure
including demolition, masonry, reinforcing, stucco, paint, and related
work required for a complete and proper installation, ref. keynote 24
on sheet AOJ and details A&B on sheet A1.7.
Parking Lot Refurbishing: Re-stripe parking lot spaces, stop bars, and
related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref
keynote 26 on sheet AOJ.
Impact-Rated Doors and Windows; In lieu of hurricane screens
indicated on the drawings, remove existing storefront entrances,
windows, and exterior overhead doors, and provide new impact rated
aluminum storefront system equal to "Vistawall FG-5000" (NOA No.
03-0604.01). Alt. Bid includes installation of storefront entrances,
storefront windows, aluminum sill flashing, pulls, hardware, sealant,
patching existing fmishes, permit revisions, sealed shop drawings,
and other related work required for a complete and proper installation,
ref. sheet A2J.
Security Camera System: provide security camera system including
fixed cameras, conduit, wiring, connections, posts, etc. required for a
complete and proper installation; ref sheet AI.S.
01030 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION 8
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
Alternate Nwnber 8-8:
Alternate Nwnber 8-9:
Alternate Number 8-10:
Alternate Nwnber 8-11:
Alternate Nwnber 8-12
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 Alternates
Upgrade RoofInsulation: Remove existing roof insulation and
provide additional specified roof insulation, ref. section 07210.
Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and
soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match
existing colors; ref. section 09912.
Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 01000.
Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 220.1 and 220.2 in Lobby, as
specified in section 08715-2, complete with all required hardware,
controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a
complete and proper installation. Alternate bid automatic door
operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 abeve), not on
existing doors.
Window Treatment; Provide mini-blinds at each interior and exterior
window; ref section 12941.
A. The Centractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery,
storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid
work.
8. Direct Purchase Option
1. Ifrequested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct
purchase of alternate bid materials.
2. Alternate 8ids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of
alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include
credit for sales tax.
END OF SECTION 01030
AL TERNA TES
01030-3
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV ATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION
PART I - GENERAL
I.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for
coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the
following:
I. General project coordination procedures.
2. Conservation.
3. Coordination Drawings.
4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
5. Cleaning and protection.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to
assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction
operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper
installation, connectien, and operation.
I. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of ether
components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for
required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining
special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices,
reports, and attendance at meetings.
COORDINATION
01040 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l(lE .~
I. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where
coordination of their work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing ofrequired administrative
procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress
of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Preparation of schedules.
2. Installation and removal oftemporary facilities.
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings.
5. Project closeout activities.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out
with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
E. Quantities: The Contractor is responsible for determining the quantities of materials
required to properly complete the work.
F. Dimensions: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating and checking all dimensions
prior to start of construction.
I. VerifY field measurements before commencing with work of each related trade.
2. IdentifY all changes and adjustments on as-built plans and record documents.
3. Minor adjustments of dimensions may be required for proper coordination of all
trades, ie. masonry openings for doors and windows.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is
needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare
coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization
of space for efficient installation of different components.
B. Staff Names: Not less than 15 days prior to commencement of construction operations,
submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent
and other personnel in attendance at the Project Site. IdentifY individuals and their duties
and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Division 2 thru 16)
COORDINATION
01040 - 2
IOE .1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS
A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both
the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the
necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling
and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to assure operability without damaging effects.
C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Protect materials from
vandalism and theft.
END OF SECTION 01040
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
COORDINATION
01040 - 3
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B. Related Sections: The fellowing Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating cutting and
patching with other construction activities.
2. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting
and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to
mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division 15 Sections for other
requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and
electrical installations.
C. Special Requirements: All trenches and excavations for foundations and buried utilities
shall be hand-excavated.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner
that would change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components
in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut
and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that weuld result in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in
occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 - 1
lOE'1~1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
visual evidence of cutting and patching, Remove and replace construction cut and patched
in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
I. If possible retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed
Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage the original Installer or fabricator,
engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm,
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by
methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or
existing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 MA TERlALS, GENERAL
A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that
visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials
are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal
or surpass that of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching
is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered,
take corrective action before proceeding.
I. Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and
patching, including mechanical and electrical trades, Review areas of potential
interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts
before proceeding.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 -2
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might
be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. A void interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
D. A void cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be
removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting
and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
I. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching
required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using metheds least likely to damage elements retained
or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original
Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations.
I. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible,
neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished
side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum
saw or a diamond-core drill.
4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and
patching requires excavating and backfilling.
5. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility
services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or
partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe
or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing
and cutting.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 - 3
IOE
~
i
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORJDA
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with
specified tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and
refinishing.
3. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and
repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform
color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with
new materials, if necessary, te achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat
over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received
primer and second coat.
4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove
paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar
features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering
to its original condition.
END OF SECTION 01045
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045-4
IDE
~
.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART I - GENERAL
I.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings,
including, but not limited to, the following:
I. Preconstruction conference.
2. Progress meetings.
3. Other meetings as required for coordination of the work.
1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Architect will schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time
convenient to the Owner and the Contractor, but no later than 30 days after execution of the
Agreement. The conference will be held at the Project Site or agreed location and
conducted to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, the Contractor and its
superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties
shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the
Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
1. Tentative construction schedule.
2. Critical work sequencing.
3. Designation of responsible persennel.
4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
6. Distribution of Contract Documents.
7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
8. Preparation ofrecord documents.
9. Use of the premises.
10. Parking availability.
1 I. Office, work, and storage areas.
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 1
lOE ,~",
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
12. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
13. Safety procedures.
14. First aid.
15. Security.
16. Housekeeping.
17. Working hours.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES
A. The General Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project Site before
each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
B. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in
or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the
Architect of scheduled meeting dates.
1. Review the progress of other construction actJVltJes and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration at each preinstallation conference, including
requirements for the fellowing:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related Change Orders.
d. Purchases.
e. Deliveries.
f. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and quality-control samples.
g. Review of mock ups.
h. Possible conflicts.
1. Compatibility problems.
J. Time schedules.
k. Weather limitations.
1. Manufacturer's recommendations.
m. Warranty requirements.
n. Compatibility of materials.
o. Acceptability of substrates.
p. Temporary facilities.
q. Space and access limitations.
r. Governing regulations.
s. Safety.
t. Inspecting and testing requirements.
u. Required performance results.
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 2
lOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
v. Recording requirements.
w. Protection.
2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference,
and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone
concerned, including the Owner and the Architect.
3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully
concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to
performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.
1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Architect will conduct a progress meeting atthe Project Site at monthly intervals to review
progress efthe work with the Owner and Contractor.
1. Contractor shall provide copies of plans, addenda, shop drawings, and related
material at meetings.
2. Contractor shall prepare meeting minutes for distribution to all attendees.
3. Meeting shall be scheduled to coincide with review of Contractors monthly
application for payment.
B. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
C. Architect will conduct additional meeting(s) as needed on site and by telephone conference.
Contractor will receive telephone number and dial-in code for telephone conferences.
1.6 COORDINATION MEETINGS
A. Conduct project coordination meetings at regular intervals convenient for all parties
involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other
purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special preinstallation meetings.
END OF SECTION 01200
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 3
IDE \~..
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART] - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required
for performance of the Work, including the following:
I. Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submittal schedule.
3. Shop Drawings.
4. Product Data.
5. Samples.
6. Quality assurance submittals.
B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division I Sections and other Contract
Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but
are not limited to, the following:
I. Permits.
2. Applications for Payment.
3. Performance and payment bonds.
4. Insurance certificates.
5. List of subcontractors.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integratien of different construction
elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the
space provided or to function as intended.
B. Field samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coatings,
or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will
be judged.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - I
10E
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of
related construction activities to avoid delay.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the
Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently
for coordination.
a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received.
3. Precessing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required
to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for
resubmittals.
B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for
identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or
title block.
1. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on the label or beside the title block on
Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the
action taken.
2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action
taken.
SUBMITTALS
a.
b.
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of the Architect.
Name and address of the Contractor.
Name and address of the subcontractor.
Name and address of the supplier.
Name of the manufacturer.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
1.
01300 - 2
JOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form. The
Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.
1. On the transmittal, record relevant infermation and requests for data. On the form,
or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including
variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information
complies with Contract Document requirements.
D. Contractors Stamp: All submittals must be stamped with the Contractors shop drawing
stamp indicating the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. Each stamp must be
dated and signed by the Contractor.
E. Submittals not bearing the Contractors Stamp, date and signature will be returned without
revIew.
F. Portions of submittals not in compliance with the Contract Documents, including
referenced standards and codes, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the
Contractor.
G. Proposed substitutions or changes, if any, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink
by the Contractor.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar-chart-type, Contractor's
construction schedule. Submit not less than 10 days prior to the date established for
"Commencement of the Work."
1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a
continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same
breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values."
2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent
increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate
Actual Completion.
3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other
reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction
period.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 3
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements ofthe Work from parties
involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction
activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each
activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically the sequences necessary for
completion ofrelated pertions of the Work.
5. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of V alues, list
of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
schedules.
6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion.
Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's
procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
B. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where
revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the
report of each meeting.
1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit required shop drawings for the Work of this Contract, with information drawn
accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract
Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the
basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the
Project is not a Shop Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,
patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
I. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Final Submittal: Submit 6 or more copies. The Architect will retain 3 prints and
return the remainder.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 4
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
7. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action
taken.
1.7 PRODUCT DATA
A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions,
catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring
diagrams, and performance curves.
I. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data
includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to
indicate the applicable information. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with trade association standards.
c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.
2. Submittals: Submit 6 copies of each required submittal. The Architect will retain
three copies and will return the other copies marked with action taken and corrections
or modifications required.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
3. Distribution: Furnish copies offinal submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers,
manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of constructien
activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
1.8 SAMPLES
A. Submit Samples as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed.
Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or
containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
l. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship,
fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3
sets. The Architect will return one set marked with the action taken.
SUB MITT ALS
01300 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
2. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons
throughout the course of construction.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's
instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required
under other Sections of the Specifications.
B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a
product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized
certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements.
1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other
individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports
from independent testing agencies are specified in Division I Section "Quality Control."
1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the
Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.
I. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The
Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken, as follows:
I. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Reviewed," the
Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements
of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance.
2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Exceptions
Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with
notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract
Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance.
3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal" Revise and
Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, including
purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal
according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain
different action mark.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 6
10E
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked" Revise and Resubmit"
at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
4. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special
processing or other activity, the Architect will return the submittal marked "Action
Not Required."
C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender
without action.
D. Supplementary Conditions: Refer to Division I Supplementary Conditions for additional
requirements.
1. "Approval" or "Review" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions
or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red
ink and acknowledged in writing by both Contractor and Architect.
2. "Approval" of submittals by AHJ, Engineer, or Owner does not constitute approval
of substitutions by Architect.
3. Failure to clearly identifY proposed substitutions or changes shall be considered an
unauthorized change.
E. Do not proceed with the work of each trade er submit payment requests for the same until
processing ofrelated submittals are complete.
END OF SECTION 01300
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
SUBMITTALS.
01300 - 7
lOEHH
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control
serVIces.
B. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports
performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do
not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with Centract Document requirements.
D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures,
not production of standard products.
1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections
may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-
control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by
Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of
this Section.
1.3 RESPONSlBILITIES
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another
identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality-control
services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having
jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and
other quality-control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall
employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality-control
services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.
2. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and
other quality-control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ
and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services.
3. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and
other quality-control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will engage
the services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services.
Payment for these services will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance,
as authorized by Change Orders.
a. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part
of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the
same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by
the Owner, unless agreed to in writing by the Owner.
B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests,
or other quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with
Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's
responsibility.
1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the
Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction
indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements.
C. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections,
sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sectiens shall
cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The
testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests.
1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
D. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with
a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing
construction to accommodate inspectiens and tests.
I. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking
san1ples, and similar activities.
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
10E"
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing agency shall
submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to
the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written
report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor.
1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority,
when the authority so directs.
2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but
are not limited to, the follewing:
a. Date of issue.
b. Project title and number.
c. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
f. Designation of the Work and test method.
g. Identification of product and Specification Section.
h. Complete inspection or test data.
1. Test results and an interpretation oftest results.
J. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.
k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work
complies with Contract Document requirements.
I. Name and signature oflaboratory inspector.
m. Recommendations on retesting.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies,
including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the
American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for
Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and
tests to be performed.
1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Proj ect shall be
authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project
is located.
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 3
10E",_
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.6 REQUIRED TESTS
A. Contractor shall provide certified quality control tests as specified elsewhere in the
Documents and as required herein for the following trades:
I. Fire Protection System pressure tests
2. HV AC Test and Balance report
3. Other tests as may be required by AHJ and permitting agencies
END OF SECTION 01400
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TlONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "AHJ": Authorities having jurisdiction including but not limited to the Building Official
and the Fire Official.
C. The terms "approved," "required," and "as directed" refer to and indicate the work or mate-
rials that may be approved, required, or directed by the Architect acting as the agent of the
Owner. "Approval" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes
unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and
acknowledged in writing by the Architect.
D. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning
as "directed."
E. "Similar": Similar in its general sense and not necessarily identical.
F. "Final Completion": Final acceptance of the Work made by both the Owner and Architect
after final completion of all punchlist work and receipt of all closeout documents.
G. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," illustrated", "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as
"indicated. "
H. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
REFERENCES
01420 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOEIM
I. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
1. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
K. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
1. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,
Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operatien,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
M. "NIC": Not in contract.
N. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully
completed a minimum of 10 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements
of authorities having jurisdiction.
O. "Substantial Completion": In addition to requirements ofthe General Conditions, the work
will be deemed to be substantial complete upon receipt or completion of the following
items:
1. Certificate of Occupancy from AHJ, unless delayed due to incomplete portion( s) of
work for which the Contractor has no control; i.e. Owner contracts separately for
inspection-dependent work.
2. Contractors comprehensive punchlist listing incomplete work
3. Final Cleaning
4. Test and Balance report
5. Owners instructions for Lighting system
6. Certificate of Substantial Completion signed by Architect, Owner, and Contractor
P. "Limits of Construction", "Project Limits", and "Work Area": Space available for
performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and
mayor may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as
if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
REFERENCES
01420 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE'~ ;
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements
that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards
are not bound with the Contract Documents.
I. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,
obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.
END OF SECTION 01420
VICTOR 1. LA TAVISH ARCHITECT, P A
Naples, Florida
REFERENCES
01420-3
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Cenditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls,
including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection.
B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Water service and distribution.
2. Temporary electric power and light.
3. Telephone service.
4. Sanitary facilities.
C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Field storage sheds.
2. Temporary enclosures.
3. Hoists and cranes.
4. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards.
5. Waste disposal services.
6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Barricades.
2. Locked Storage Containers
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Building code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - 1
10E
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules.
5. Environmental protection regulations.
B. Standards: Comply with NFP A 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations,
and Demolition Operations," ANSI Al 0 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for
Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical
Facilities. "
I. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations
for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFP A 70 "National
Electric Code."
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and
termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the
Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service.
B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance.
Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the
Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress.
Take necessary fire-prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on-site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials suitable for intended use. Materials shall be either new or
undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition.
B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. General: Use new or undamaged previously used equipment in serviceable condition.
Provide equipment suitable for use intended.
B. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained, single-occupant toilet units. Provide units
properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar
nonabsorbent material.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - 2
tOE ~'.~I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class A fire extinguishers
for temporary effices and similar spaces. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for
classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they
will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of
the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized
use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or
connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company
recommendations.
I. Arrange with company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted,
if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Water Service: Connect to existing water service as required for construction. Owner will
pay utility services costs.
C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Connect to existing electric service as required for
construction. Owner will pay utility services costs.
D. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching.
I. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection
requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that
will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions.
Contractor shall immediately cease all construction activities when temporary
lighting is missing or inoperative.
E. Temporary Telephone: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction
period. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
~ ~'. {I
ji
F. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets. Comply with regulations and health codes for
the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1. Provide toilet tissue. Provide covered waste containers for used material.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES
A. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner.
B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs:
1. Contractors Sign: Contractor shall provide one job sign located near the main
entrance drive. Sign shall comply with current County standards
2. Temporary Signs: Provide temporary traffic signs to provide directional information
to construction personnel and visitors.
3. Subcontractor signs may not be posted at the site.
4. Post "Construction Site- No Trespassing" and "Warning- Hart Hat Required" signs
at each entrance to the work area.
C. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere
daily. Comply with requirements ofNFP A 241 for removal of combustible waste material
and debris. Dispose of material lawfully.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of the types needed to protect
against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFP A 10
"Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding
Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations."
B. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project,
complete installation of the permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services,
and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 - 4
IDE
!~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements fer
erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and
waming signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against.
Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
D. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and
minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted
or that other undesirable effects might result. A void use of tools and equipment that
produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise-making tools and equipment to hours that will
minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of
temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage by freezing temperatures and damaging elements.
I. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect or Owner requests that it be maintained
longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by
authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete
or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces,
and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
I. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's
property.
END OF SECTION 01500
VICTOR 1. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500-5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
~
J
SECTION 01600 - SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for
substitutions made after award of the Contract.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability
of industry standards to products specified.
2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the
Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modifY the meaning of other terms used in the
Contract Documents.
B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract
are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be
requests for substitutions:
1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted by Addendum prior
to award of the Contract, are included in the Contract Documents and are not subject
to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions.
2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect.
3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Centract
Documents.
SUBSTITUTIONS
01600 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OlE \t_
.
] .4 SUB MITT ALS
A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if
received within 15 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than
15 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion
of the Architect.
I. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests
using the enclosed CSI form and according to procedures required for change-order
proposals.
2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each
request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers.
3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for
substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate:
a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed
to other parts of the Work and te construction performed by the Owner and
separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed
substitution.
b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities ofthe proposed substitution with
those ofthe Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements, such
as performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect.
c. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication
and installation procedures.
d. Samples, where applicable or requested.
e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction
Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution.
Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time.
f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract
Sum.
g. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to
requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for
the applications indicated.
SUBSTITUTIONS 01600 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10[ f.',
h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to
perform adequately.
4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution.
The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution
within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional
information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of
a change order.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for
substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by
the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Architect will return the
requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.
I. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required.
2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents.
3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted.
4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the
Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request ifthe product or method
cannot be provided as a result offailure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate
activities properly.
5. The request is directly related to an "or-equal" clause or similar language in the
Contract Documents.
6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time,
energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may
include compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased
cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations.
7. The specified product or method of construction callilOt receive necessary approval
by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved.
SUBSTITUTIONS
01600 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that
is compatible with other materials and where the Centractor certifies that the
substitution will overcome the incompatibility.
9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other
materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be
coordinated.
10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required
by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed
substitution provides the required warranty.
II. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one prime contractor, each
contractor shall cooperate with the other contractors involved to coordinate the Work,
provide uniformity and consistency, and assure compatibility of products.
B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's receipt of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or
Samples for construction activities not in compliance with the Contract Documents do not
constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval.
END OF SECTION 01631
VICTOR 1. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SUBSTITUTIONS
01600 - 4
10E~..
,
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate
Sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
I. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date
Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these
Contract Docwnents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the
Contract Sum.
b. If I 00 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items,
the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.
2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 -1
1 OlE HII
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner umestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and
similar releases.
5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage
or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise
the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and
maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site,
along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either
proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect
will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the
Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will
be issued.
1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is
substantially complete.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
acceptance.
1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final
acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
I. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not
previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and
completed operations where required.
2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the
Contract Sum.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 2
liC)iE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record
documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access
to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of
Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where
the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which
drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings
are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings.
Give particular attention to concealed elements that weuld be difficult to measure and
record at a later date.
1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
variations in separate categories of the Work.
2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract
Drawings or Shop Drawings.
3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable.
4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper
cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each
set.
C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including
addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction
documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during
construction.
1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in
comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications.
2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on
concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct
observation.
3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
4. :Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related
Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications.
]. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in
comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to
the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.
2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot
otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.
3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the
Architect for the Owner's records.
E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor
shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine
which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the
Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area.
F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements
of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of
the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete
miscellaneous records and place in good order. IdentifY miscellaneous records properly and
bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's
records.
G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of
manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch, 3-ring,
vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate
identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information:
I. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties.
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Recommended "turn-around" cycles.
6. Inspection procedures.
7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
8. Fixture lamping schedule.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700-4
IDE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Divisions 2 thru 16)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that
requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in
proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives
if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a
detailed review of the following items:
I. Maintenance manuals.
2. Record decuments.
3. Spare parts and materials.
4. Tools.
5. Lubricants.
6. Identification systems.
7. Control sequences.
8. Hazards.
9. Cleaning.
10. Warranties and bonds.
II. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures:
1. Startup.
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Noise and vibration adjustments.
5. Safety procedures.
6. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7. Effective energy utilization.
END OF SECTION 01700
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700-5
IDE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at
Substantial Completion.
B. Environmental Requirements: Conduct cleaning and waste-disposal operations in
compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local
environmental and antipollution regulations.
I. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in
storm or sanitary drains.
2. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish, or other waste material on the premises is not
permitted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer
or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. De not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final-cleaning operations when indicated. Employ experienced workers
or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of Work to the
condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the Project.
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - I
1())'E
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I. Clean the Project Site, yard and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and foreign
substances.
2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to
a smooth, even-textured surface.
3. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from the site.
5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering ef exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
6. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
7. Broom clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces.
8. Vacuum clean carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap.
Shampoo, if required.
9. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision-
obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent
materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
10. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that
already show evidence of repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
nameplates.
12. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and
similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and
other foreign substances.
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 2
tOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
13. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
14. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces
of diffusers, registers, and grills.
15. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were eperated without filters during
construction.
16. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace burned-out bulbs and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury
vapor fixtures.
17. Leave the Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during
construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the
construction period.
D. Compliances: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning
operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01710
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOlE
SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents.
B. Project Record Documents required include the following:
a. Marked-up copies of Contract Drawings.
b. Marked-up copies of Shop Drawings.
c. Newly prepared drawings.
d. Marked-up copies of Specifications, addenda, and Change Orders.
e. Marked-up Product Data submittals.
f. Recerd Samples.
g. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
h. Record information on Work that is recorded only schematically.
C. Maintenance of Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field
office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record
Documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a
clean, dry, legible condition. Make documents and Samples available at all times for the
Architect's inspections.
D. All project Record Documents shall be delivered within dates scheduled herein, but not less
than 15 days before final completion.
E. Final payment shall be withheld until all required submittals and Record Documents are
approved.
l.3 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Markup Procedure: During construction, maintain a set of blue- or black-line white prints
of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for Project Record Document purposes.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 -1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10i[
I. Mark these Drawings to show the actual installation where the installation varies
from the installation shown originally. Give particular attention to information on
concealed elements that would be difficult to identifY or measure and record later.
Items required to be marked include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to the Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on the Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below the first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
1. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
J. Changes made by change order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following the Architect's written orders.
1. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
2. Mark record prints of Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most
capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where
Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings location.
3. Mark record sets with red erasable colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
4. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or
omitted from original Drawings.
5. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate nwnbers, change-order
numbers, and similar identification.
B. Responsibility for Markup: The individual or entity who obtained record data, whether the
individual or entity is the Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, shall prepare the markup
on record drawings.
I. Accurately and neatly record information in an understandable drawing technique.
2. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
prior to enclosing concealed installations.
3. At time of Substantial Completion, submit record drawings to the Architect for the
Owner's records. Organize into sets and bind and label sets for the Owner's
continued use.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
C. Preparation of Final As-Built Record Documents:
I. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on print sets.
Erase, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
2. Identify and date each drawing; include the printed designation "PROJECT
RECORD DRAWINGS" in a prominent location on each drawing.
3. All notations shall be neat and clearly legible.
4. Record documents with haphazard, incomplete, illegible, or poor notations will be
returned to the Contractor for corrections.
D. Copies and Distribution: After completing the preparation of record drawings, print 3
copies of each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.
Organize the copies into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable-paper cover sheets.
Include appropriate identification, including titles, dates, and other information on the cover
sheets.
1. Organize and bind original marked-up set of prints that were maintained during the
construction period in the same manner.
2. Submit the marked-up record set, and 2 copy sets to the Architect for the Owner's
records; the Architect will retain I copy set.
E. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new drawings instead offollowing procedures
specified for preparing record drawings where new drawings are required, and the Architect
determines that neither original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show
the actual installation. New drawings may be required when a change order is issued as a
result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification.
1.4 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. During the construction period, maintain 2 copies of the Project Specifications, including
addenda and modifications issued, for Project Record Document purposes.
I. Mark the Specifications to indicate the actual installation where the installation varies
from that indicated in Specifications and modifications issued. Note related project
record drawing information, where applicable. Give particular attention to
substitutions, selection of product options, and information on concealed installations
that would be difficult to identifY or measure and record later.
a. In each Specification Section where products, materials, or units of equipment
are specified or scheduled, mark the copy with the proprietary name and model
number of the product furnished.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E'tln~
b. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, installer, and other information
necessary to provide a record of selections made and to document coordination
with record Product Data submittals and maintenance manuals.
c. Note related record Product Data, where applicable. For each principal product
specified, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in
maintenance manual instead of submitted as record Product Data.
2. Upon completion of markup, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
1.5 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. During the censtruction period, maintain two copies of each Product Data submittal for
Project Record Document purposes.
I. Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where the installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submitted. Include
significant changes in the product delivered to the site and changes in manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations for installation.
2. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
3. Note related Change Orders and markup of record Drawings, where applicable.
4. Upon completion of markup, submit a complete set of record Product Data to the
Architect for the Owner's records.
5. Where record Product Data is required as part of maintenance manuals, submit
marked-up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead of submittal as record
Product Data.
1.6 RECORD SAMPLE SUBMITTAL
A. Immediately prior to date of Substantial Completion meet with the Architect and the
Owner's personnel at the site to determine which of the Samples maintained during the
construction period shall be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with
the Architect's instructions for packaging, identification marking, and delivery to the
Owner's Sample storage space. Dispose of other Samples in a manner specified for
disposing surplus and waste materials.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE~ ;
1.7 MAINTENANCE MANUAL SUBMITTAL
A. When each construction activity that requires submittal of maintenance manuals is
nominally complete, but before Substantial Completion, submit maintenance manuals
specified.
I. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size.
2. Bind data into individual binders for each manual, properly identified on front and
spine. For large manuals, provide an index sheet and thumb tabs for separate
information categories.
3. Provide heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, I to 2 inch thick as required to
contain information, sized for 8- 1/2-by-II-inch paper with inside pockets or pocket
folders for folded sheets.
4. In each maintenance manual, include information specified In individual
Specification Sections and the following:
a. Emergency instructions.
b. Spare parts list.
c. Copies of specific warranties.
d. Wiring diagrams.
e. Recommended maintenance procedures and turn-around times.
f. Inspection and system-test procedures.
g. Copies of applicable Shop Drawings and Product Data.
h. Listing ofrequired maintenance materials and services.
1. Names and addresses of sources of maintenance materials.
J. Maintenance drawings and diagrams.
k. Precautions against improper maintenance and exposure.
5. Each prime contractor is responsible for maintenance manuals for its own Work.
Where a manual includes infermation on installations by more than one contract, the
Contractor who is the principal source of information, as designated by the Architect,
shall receive information from other contractors, coordinate and collate information
for a unified manual, and provide binders and submittal as specified.
1.8 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and
submittals in connection with various construction activities. Immediately prior to
Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly
identified and bound or filed, ready for use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720-5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
IDE
I. Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous records include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. Field records on excavations and foundations.
b. Field records on underground construction and similar work.
c. Survey showing locations and elevations of underground lines.
d. Invert elevations of drainage piping.
e. Surveys establishing building lines and levels.
f. Authorized measurements utilizing unit prices or allowances.
g. Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products.
h. Batch mixing and bulk delivery records.
1. Testing and qualification of tradesmen.
J. Documented qualification of installation firms.
k. Load and performance testing.
I. Inspections and certifications by governing authorities.
m. Leakage and water-penetratien tests.
n. Fire-resistance and flame-spread test certificates.
1.9 RECORDING
A. Post changes and modifications to the Documents as they occur. Do not wait until the end
efthe Project.
END OF SECTION 01720
VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720-6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building.
2. Patching and repairs.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled,
salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.
B. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to
a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and
reinstalled in their original locations.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise
indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the
Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the
Contractor's option.
1.5 SCHEDULING
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule se as not to interfere with Owner's on-site
operations.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
I. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing
materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. VerifY that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent
of selective demolition required.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the
intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent
of the conflict.
D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might
result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or
adjacent structures during selective demolition.
E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective
demolition activities.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve
stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively
demolished.
I. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective
demolition.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lQE ~~ .
B. Provide barricades and temporary enclosures as needed to safely protect persons in and
adjacent to work areas.
I. Provide visqueen and plywood barricades at new openings between occupied areas
of existing building and new construction.
3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. Demolish and remove existing censtruction only to the extent required by new construction
and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing
regulations and as follows:
I. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level.
Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing
supporting members on lower levels.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining
construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power
tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily
cover openings to remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid
marring existing finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verifY condition and contents of
hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-
suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
s. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials
and promptly dispose ef off-site.
7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to
avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris
and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or
framing.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of
removed items is prohibited.
10. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before
start of selective demolition operatiens.
B. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures
with construction to remain, using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use
power-driven impact tools.
C. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain.
D. Remove existing pavement and base wherever required to properly install new work.
E. Remove existing benches, retaining walls, and similar items located in construction areas
unless scheduled for relocation or salvage.
1. Do not remove items or trees tagged "to remain"
3.4 PATCHING AND REPAIRS
A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by
selective demolition operations.
B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new
materials.
I. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an
approved masonry patching material, applied according te manufacturer's printed
recommendations.
D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining
construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or
partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of
uniform color and appearance.
F. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of
uniform appearance.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE i'~'
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demelished materials
to accumulate en-site.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's properly and legally dispose of
them.
END OF SECTION 02070
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
IOE
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design,
placement procedures, and finishes.
B. Cast-in-place concrete includes the following:
I. Slabs
2. Equipment pads and bases.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Not Required
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions ofthe following cedes, specifications, and
standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
I. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for
Buildings."
2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice."
B. Concrete materials and work not in compliance with these specifications shall be deemed
an unauthorized change.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OE i~t
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum
ef350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bend with, stain, or adversely
affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 (ASTM A 615M Grade 400), deformed.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
D. Supports fer Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing,
supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar-
type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
1. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base
material will not support chair legs.
2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with
forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class I) or
stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2).
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project.
B. Fly Ash: Not allowed.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a
single source for exposed concrete.
D. Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C 330.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
E. Water: Potable.
F. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp
surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements.
I. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated in the Werk include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co.
b. Spec-Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co.
c. Resi-Bond (1-58), Dayton Superior.
d. Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co.
e. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc.
f. Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
g. Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc.
h. Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
1. Metco Hi-Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries.
a. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp.
b. Stonset L V5, Stonhard, Inc.
c. R-600 Series, Symons Corp.
2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch
or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an
independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed
mix designs.
B. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least
15 days prior to start ef Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix
designs have been reviewed by Architect.
C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated
on drawings and not less than noted herein:
I. Minimum Compression Strength at 28 days (F'c): 3,000 psi
D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor
when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other
circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix
design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in
Work.
I. Field modifications to mix designs will not be considered unless approved by
manufacturer and reviewed by Architect not less than 15 days prior to pour.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
lIDE
,...... .'
',1-
2. Do not add water to mix on-site.
2.5 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
I. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F,
reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarderlbarrier, and other related
materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
3.2 FORMS
A. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to supper! vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such
loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,
alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface
irregularities complying with the follewing ACI 3471imits:
1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view.
2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
B. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate
alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for
openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers,
blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the
Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide
backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking.
C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces.
Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ImE
jioool/
,,.
bottom forms only. Kerfwood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like
for easy removal.
D. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork
is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings
and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in
forms at inconspicuous locations.
E. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate
work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from
trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
F. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive
cencrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete.
Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks
and maintain proper alignment.
3.3 VAPOR RETARDER/BARRlER INSTALLATION
A. General: Place vapor retarderlbarrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel
with direction of pour. Lap joints not less than 18 inches. Seal joints with duct tape or
better, at all lap joints.
3.4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Cencrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for
"Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and
supports and as specified.
1. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarderlbarrier during reinforcement placement
and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement ofloose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce
or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by
Architect.
D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position
during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not
toward exposed concrete surfaces.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least
one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction.
3.5 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength
or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect.
B. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and
between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be
used for slabs.
C. Place censtruction jeints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement
across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement
through sides of strip placements.
D. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete.
E. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at points
of contact between slabs-en-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals,
foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
I. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
F. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs-en-
grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one-fourth of
slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one- fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Form contractionjoints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strip
into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab
edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and
clean groove of loose debris.
2. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as
possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate.
3. If joint pattern is not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15 ft. in either direction
and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half
bays, third bays).
4. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.6 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS
i~mlE
A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items
required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use
setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items te
be attached.
B. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated on drawings.
C. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to
achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to
supper! screed strips using strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
3.7 PREPARING FORM SURFACES
A. General: Coat contact surfaces efforms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form-
coating compound before placing reinforcement.
B. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact
with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply
according to manufacturer's instructions.
3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,
reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded er cast in. Notify other trades to permit
installation of their work.
B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete," and as specified.
C. Depesit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be
placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness.
If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide constructionjoints as specified. Deposit
concrete to avoid segregation at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than
24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists
of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOEl:!
I. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by
hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation
of concrete complying with ACI 309.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators verticaIly at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible
effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and
at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of
concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time
necessary to consolidate concrete and cemplete embedment ef reinforcement and
other embedded items without causing mix to segregate.
E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation,
within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section.
I. Consolidate concrete during placement operatiens so that concrete is thoroughly
worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into comers.
2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use buIl floats
or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hoIlows. Do not disturb slab surfaces
prior to begilliling finishing operatiens.
3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as foIlows. Protect
concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost or
low temperatures.
G. When air temperature has faIlen to or is expected to faIl below 40 deg F, uniformly heat
water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less
than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.
I. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
H. Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and
strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified.
I. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of
placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be
used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total
amount of mixing water.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before
embedding in concrete.
3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and sub grade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
4. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity, or ether adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Architect.
3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not
expesed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the
concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used, with tie holes and
defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in
height rubbed down or chipped off.
B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed
surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with a texture matching
adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly
across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.10 SLAB FINISHES
A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to menolithic slab surfaces to receive concrete floor
tepping or mortar setting beds for tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded applied
cementitious finish flooring material, and where indicated.
I. After placing slabs, finish surface to tolerances ofF(F) 15 (floor flatness) and F(L)
13 (floorlevelness) measured according to ASTME 1155 (ASTME 1155M). Slope
surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surface before
final set with stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish te monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and
other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic
waterproofing, membrane er elastic roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo; and where indicated.
I. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until
ready for floating. Begin fleating, using float blades or float shoes enly, when
surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit
operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven
floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness)
measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E l155M). Cut down high spots and
fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat
surface te a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
C. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab
surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or
another thin film-finish coating system.
1. After floating, begin first trowel-finish operation using a pewer-driven trowel. Begin
final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over
surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling operation, free of
trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of
F(F) 20 (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to
ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E lI55M). Grind smooth any surface defects that would
telegraph through applied floor covering system.
D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin-set
mortar, apply a trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow by slightly scarifYing
the surface with a fine broom.
E. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps,
and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with
fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final
finish with Architect before application.
3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by
other trades, unless otherwise shown ar directed, after work of other trades is in place.
Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide
other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Wark.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still
green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with comers, intersections, and
terminations slightly rounded.
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations
as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct
elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and
equipment.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.12 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
10EtJ;\\1
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss
before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply
according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power
floating and troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing
and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound, by moist curing, by moisture-
retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified.
D. Provide moisture curing by the following methods:
1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
2. Use continuous water-fog spray.
3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover
with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage
of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
E. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows:
1. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in
widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by
waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing
period using cover material and waterproof tape.
F. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs, walks, and curbs
as fellows:
1. Apply curing compound to cencrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are
complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply
uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to
manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected te heavy rainfall within 3 hours
after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during
curing period.
2. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces te be covered with
finish materials applied directly to concrete.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 11
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OE ti~~j
G. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams,
supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the full
curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by
methods specified above, as applicable.
H. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and
other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method.
I. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-retaining
cover, unless otherwise directed.
3.13 SHORES AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring, and as specified.
B. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured
concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress
or deflection.
C. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, ifrequired,
until concrete has attained its required 28-day strength and heavy leads due to construction
operations have been removed.
3.14 REMOVING FORMS
A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls,
columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not
less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard
to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and provided curing and protection
operations are maintained.
3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Architect.
B. Mix dry-pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate
passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing.
I. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes
left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than I
inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Theroughly clean,
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 12
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
IOE'it
dampen with water, and brush-coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place
patching mortar before bonding agent has dried.
2. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland
cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test
areas at inconspicuous locatiens to verify mixture and color match before proceeding
with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than
surrounding surface.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if
defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and
texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other
projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by
cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone
plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
I. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the
concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for
smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low
and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope
and smoothness by using a template having the required slope.
1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's
durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or
that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely threugh nonreinforced sections
regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other
objectionable conditions.
2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least
14 days.
3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing
surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching
mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary
underiayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect.
4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch
in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective
areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch
clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete
and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 13
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE~'\r
concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to
blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
E. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry-pack
method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean ef dust, dirt,
and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound.
Place dry-pack before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and
finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72
hours.
3.16 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Interior control joints shall be sawcut.
B. Exterior control joints and slab edges shall be neatly tooled with radius edges.
END OF SECTION 03300
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 14
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY
10EI~
PART I - GENERAL
I .1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Cencrete unit masonry.
2. Masonry waste disposal.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent
their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants,
corrosion, and other causes. Ifunits become wet, do not install until they are in an air-dried
condition.
B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation
of dirt and oil.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply uniform floor or roofloads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for
at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns.
B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity
conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide
artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar
to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F and above.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. I MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Concrete Masonry Units:
a. CSR Rinker Materials.
b. Florida Reck Industries
c. Krehling Industries, Inc.
2. Portland Cement, Mortar Cement, Masonry Cement, and Lime:
a. Cement Industries
b. CSR Rinker Materials
c. Florida Rock Industries
d. Krehling Industries, Inc
3. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors:
a. AA Wire Products Co.
b. Dur-O-Wal, Inc.
c. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America.
d. National Wire Products Industries.
e. Southern Construction Products.
2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows for each form of concrete masonry unit
required.
1. Provide special shapes for lintels, comers, jambs, control joints, headers, bonding,
and other special conditions.
2. Provide square-edged units for outside comers.
B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Type II, Grade N, and as follows:
I. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimwn average net-area
compressive strength not less than 1900 psi.
2. Weight Classification: Normal weight.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE' ,i
2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.
B. Mortar: Comply with ASTM C270, Type M.
C. Water: Potable.
2.4 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615, grade 60.
B. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 496, with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 zinc coating.
C. Welded-Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185.
2.5 JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following:
I. Galvanized carben-steel wire, coating class as follows:
a. ASTM A 153, Class B-2.
b. 9 gauge. galvanized steel
B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and
plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated comer and
tee units, and complying with requirements indicated on the Drawings.
C. For single-wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods:
1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c.
2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless
otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, type M.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE Ii
C. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency indicated
or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fine or coarse) at time ef placement that will
cempletely fill spaces intended to receive grout. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches
or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other cenditions affecting perfermance of unit masonry. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verifY actual locations of piping connections
prior to installation.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full
thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness ofthe masonry units,
using units of thickness indicated.
B. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut
units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjeining construction. Use full-
size units without cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry
before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and,
where possible, cut edges concealed.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do
not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet, nor Yz inch in 40 feet or more. For
external comers, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not
exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor Yz inch in 40 feet or more. For vertical alignment of head
joints, do not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor Yz inch maximum.
B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal
grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor Yz inch in 40
feet or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/16
inch within width of a single unit.
C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of
columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed Yz inch in 20 feet, nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet or
more.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from
dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 114 inch nor plus Y, inch.
E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed-joint thickness indicated by
more than plus or minus 118 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to Y, inch. Do not
vary bed-joint thickness from bed-joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch.
Do not vary from head-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 118 inch. Do
not vary head-jeint thickness from adjacent head-joint thickness by more than 118 inch. Do
not vary from collar-joint thickness indicated by more than minus 114 inch or plus 3/8 inch.
3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.
A void the use ef less-than-half-size units at comers, jambs, and where possible at other
locations.
B. Lay walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced
and coordinated with other construction.
C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern;
do net use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at comers or
jambs.
I. One-half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses
above and below.
D. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half
running bond do net tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, and remove loose
masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other
Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
F. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise
indicated.
G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer
of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates,
beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I:QE
3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A. Lay hollow concrete masoruy units as follows:
I. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.
2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers,
columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout.
3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mertar
bed, including areas under cells.
4. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain
bond alignment. Ifnot indicated, lay walls with 3/8-inchjoints.
B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint
thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Cut joints flush for masoruy walls that are to receive plaster or ether direct-applied finishes
(other than paint), unless otherwise indicated.
3.6 CAVITIES
A. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike
joints facing cavities flush.
3. 7 HORIZONTAL-JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Provide continuous horizontal-joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire
length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior
side of walls, 'li inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches.
I. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c.
2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in parapet walls.
3. Provide reinforcement in mortar joint I block course above and below wall openings
and extending 12 inches beyond opening.
B. Cut or interrupt jeint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Provide continuity at cemers and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T"
sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at
returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE..
3.8 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced
masonry elements during construction.
I. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make
sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support
forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing ofreinferced
masonry.
2. De not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened
sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed
en them during construction.
B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained
sufficient strength to resist grout pressure.
I. Do not exceed the following pour heights for grout:
a. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches or for minimum grout space
ofhollew unit cells of 3 by 3 inches, pour height of 12 feet.
2. Provide cleanout holes at least 4 inches in least dimension fer grout pours over 16
inches in height.
a. Provide cleanout holes at each vertical reinforcing bar.
b. At solid grouted masonry, provide cleanout holes at not more than 32 inches
o.c.
3.9 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise
damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining
units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and
completely fill with mortar. Point-up joints, including comers, openings, and adjacent
construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of
sealants.
C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove
mortar fins and smears prior to tooling joints.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
l(llE
A. Recycling: Undamaged, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property and shall be
removed from the Project site fer his use.
END OF SECTION 04200
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
UNIT MASONRY
04200 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
lQE
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Wood blocking and nailers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the
following:
I. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority.
2. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
3. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
].4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Provide for air circulation areund stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.] WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORlDA
IOE
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the
American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
I. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp
on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade
compliance issued by grading agency.
3. Where neminal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for
moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum
dressed sizes for dry lumber.
4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing
fer 2-inch nominal actual thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERlALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: A WP A C2 (lumber), or approved equal.
Lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid
water may be treated according to A WP A C31 with inorganic boron (SBX), or approved
equal.
B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber
and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with
requirements for untreated material.
C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved
by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
I. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back
of each piece, or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance
issued by inspection agency.
D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
I. Wood, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar
members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in
contact with masonry or concrete.
3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade.
4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the
following:
1. Blocking.
2. Nailers.
3. Furring.
4. Grounds.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No.2 Standard, Stud,
grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species:
1. Southern pine; SPIB.
C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any
of the following species and grades:
1. Southern pine, No.2 grade; SPIB.
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements
specified in this Article for material and manufacture.
I. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high
relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with
ASTM A 153/A 153M.
B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer
heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being
fastened.
F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. (ASME BI8.2.3.8M.
G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property
Class 4.6; with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.
H. Expansion Anchors: Ancher bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when
installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed
in concrete as determined by testing per AS TM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent
testing and inspecting agency.
1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633,
Class Fe/Zn 5.
2. Material: Stainless steel with belts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and
ASTM F 594, Alloy Group I or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade Al
or A4.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with
requirements for attaching other construction.
B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are
too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
C. Apply field treatment complying with A WP A M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated
lumber and plywood.
D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
I. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer.
3. "Fastening Schedule," in the Florida Building Code.
E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not
fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish
materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting
wood; predrill as required.
F. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads
and fill holes with wood filler.
3.2 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to
shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate
locations with other work involved.
B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with
surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation
of masonry work. Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete
placement.
C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber
not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact
thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required.
END OF SECTION 06100
VICTORJ. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT PA
Naples, Florida
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 5
IOE ~.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 06400 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Plastic laminate-clad cabinets.
2. Plastic laminate-clad countertops.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division I Specification Sections.
B. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-
scale details, attachment devices, and other components.
C. Samples for initial selection of the following in the form of manufacturer's color charts
consisting of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns
available for each type of material indicated.
I. Plastic laminates.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar
to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work.
B. Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following standard:
1. A WI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the
Architectural Woodwork Institute for grades of interior architectural woodwork,
construction, finishes, and other requirements.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06400 - I
10E
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage and
deterioration.
B Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage, soil, or
deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be
stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions
meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions."
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction,
check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before
fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
I. VerifY locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that
support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record
measurements on final shop drawings.
2. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee
dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements.
Provide allowance for trimming at site and coordinate construction to ensure that
actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions.
1.7 COORDINATION
A Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other
related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural
woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the A WI quality standard for
each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are
part of interior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply
to product characteristics indicated:
B High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or ifnot indicated,
as required by woodwork quality standard.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06400 - 2
IDE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high-pressure
decorative laminates as selected by the Architect from the following sources:
a. Formica Corporation.
b. Nevamar Corp.
c. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co.
C Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement, Aliphatic resin, or Urea-
formaldehyde.
2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural
cabinets, as required for a complete and proper installation.
B Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this Section for cabinet hardware
required for architectural cabinets.
C Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to
BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard.
D Exposed Hardware Finishes: Bright chrome finish.
E For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product
class requirements ofBHMA AI56.9.
2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Preservative treated softwood, kiln dried to
less than 15 percent moisture content.
B Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with
ASME BI8.6.1 for applicable requirements.
1. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal-framing
manufacturer.
C Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-
105 for applicable requirements.
D Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure
anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside
face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed
steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06400 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide interior woodwork complying with the referenced
quality standard and of the following grade:
I. Grade: Custom.
B Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for
wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of
fabrication and in installation areas.
C Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated.
D Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before
shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as
necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample
allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
I. Trial fit assemblies at the fabrication shop that carmot be shipped completely
assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices
that can be removed after trial fitting. VerifY that various parts fit as intended and
check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on approved
shop drawings before disassembling for shipment.
E Shop-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing
fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates
or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges
of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water-
resistant coating.
2.5 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD CABINETS
A Quality Standard: Comply with A WI Section 400 requirements for laminate-clad cabinets.
BAWl Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay.
C Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate complying
with the following requirements:
I. Horizontal Surfaces Other than Tops: GP-50, 0.050-inch nominal thickness.
2. Vertical Surfaces: GP-50, 0.050-inch nominal thickness.
3. Edges: GP-50, 0.050-inch nominal thickness.
D Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below:
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06400 - 4
IOE'
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I Surfaces Other than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure laminate, Grade GP-28.
2 Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset overlay.
3 Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset overlay.
E Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and
textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:
I Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and
finishes in the following categories:
a. Solid colors.
b. Patterns. (Non-premium)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before
installing.
B Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion
and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with A WI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved.
B Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required
with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for plumb and level
(including tops).
C Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged
finish at cuts.
D Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure
to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing
as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing,
countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where transparent
finish is indicated.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06400 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
F Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are
accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide
unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as
indicated. Install cabinets with no more than 118 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation
from a straight line.
G Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Calk space
between backsplash and wall with specified sealant. Install countertops with no more than
1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual
defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform
appearance.
B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware.
C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes
to restore damaged or soiled areas.
3.4 PROTECTION
A Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a marmer acceptable to fabricator and
Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of
Substantial Completion.
3.5 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY SCHEDULE
A. BHMA numbers are used below to designate hardware requirements, except as' otherwise
indicated.
1. Concealed (European Type) Hinges: B01602.
2. Pulls: 13" centers, polished chrome wire pull
3. Catches: Magnetic Catches: B03141.
4. Drawer Slides: Side-mounted, full-extension, zinc-plated steel drawer slides with
steel ball bearings, complying with BHMA AI56.9, Grade I, rated 100 lbf.
5. Door Locks: E07121.
6. Drawer Locks: E07041.
END OF SECTION 06400
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA
Naples, Florida
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06400 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE '}~.1
SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
B. Provide insulation as specified herein and on the Drawings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division I Specification Sections.
B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building
insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with
requirements indicated without delaying the Work.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture,
soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting
during installation.
C. Protect plastic insulation materials as follows:
I. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and
concealment, protect against ignition at all times.
2. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time, and
complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in
each area of construction.
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. I MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
I. Glass-Fiber Insulation:
a. CertainTeed Corporation.
b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH.
c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation.
d. Schuller International, Inc.
2. CMU Insulation: Core-Fill 500
3. Rigid Insulation: Dow Chemical Company
2.2. INSULATING MATERIALS
A General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
standards.
I. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's
standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
B. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers
of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type I
(blankets without membrane facing).
I. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass.
2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed
indices of 25 and 50, respectively.
C. CMU core foam insulation: Core-Fill 500 or approved equal.
D. Rigid Insulation: Dow Thermax foil faced rigid insulation, or approved equal with FBC
approval for unprotected insulation in Type II construction.
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. I EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other
conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Close off openings in cavities receiving foamed-in-place insulation to prevent escape of
insulation.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and
application indicated.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION
A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's
written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with
adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of
units.
3.5 WALL INSULATION
A. Provide foam core fill insulation in all void cells of exterior CMU walls at the following
locations:
I. Building envelope of conditioned spaces
2. Gable end walls above interior and/or exterior ceilings.
B. Cut access holes at 6 locations as selected by Architect to inspect installed materials.
C. Patch and touchup all drill holes and access holes.
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OE ~:!\t~
3.6 ROOF INSULATION
A. BASE BID: Provide the following installation ofroofinsulation:
I. Provide unfaced batt insulation, supplementing existing insulation for a total
not less than R-30.
2. Where roof insulation is missing or damaged, ie near gable ends, provide
new R-30 unfaced batt insulation.
3. Secure insulation between roofpurlins with wire fabric fastened to bottom
of purlins/walls.
C. ALTERNATE BID: Provide the following installation of roof insulation:
I. Remove existing vinyl-faced batt roof insulation. Do not proceed until
substrate has been inspected and accepted.
2. Provide full thickness unfaced batt insulation; filling all voids between
bottom of metal roof deck and bottom of roof purlins.
3. Inspection of batt insulation is required prior to concealing work with rigid
insulation.
4. Provide 2 inch thick Dow Thermax rigid foil faced insulation fastened to
bottom of roof purl ins. Seal all joints, penetrations, and edges.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to
harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary
coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and carmot be
concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation.
END OF SECTION 07210
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications:
I. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal surfaces:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
b. Perimeter joints of openings where indicated.
c. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and
windows.
d. Other joints as indicated.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide elastomeric j oint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight
continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and
water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant provide product data and warranty.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint
sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose
work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in-service
performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single
manufacturer.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - I
IDE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life,
curing time, and mixing instructions for multi component materials.
B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to
prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures,
contaminants, or other causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the
following conditions:
I. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by
joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.
2. When joint substrates are wet.
B. Joint-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint
widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated.
C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until
contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace
elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements
specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
I. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric
joint sealants from the following:
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV ATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
I. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused
by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or eonstruction.
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications.
3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.
4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric
contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide premium products by Dow
Corning or approved equal.
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
2.3 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS
A. Silicone Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and
other requirements indicated.
I. Provide Dow 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone sealant, I O-yr., or approved equal.
2. Color: White
2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory
testing.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l())l
B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing
complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining
resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression
set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and
otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials
or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure.
Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion
of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-
substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of
staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and
formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting joint-sealant performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants
to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following
requirements:
I. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion
of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE'd
tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer),
old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and
frost.
2. Clean porous Jomt substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning,
mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound
substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose
particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out
joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following:
a. Concrete and cement plaster.
b. Masonry.
c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain,
harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint
sealants.
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
c. Porcelain enamel.
d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant
manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.
Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine
primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact
or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after
tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for
products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of
joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lr0E
C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative
to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
I. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application
and replace them with dry materials.
D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between
sealants and back of joints.
E. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time
backings are installed:
I. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
F. Tooling of Non sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth,
uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact
and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do
not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A III ASTM C 1193, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants
and of products in which joints occur.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE'
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so
sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite
such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or
deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are
indistinguishable from the original work.
END OF SECTION 07920
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOEI& I
SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes steel door frames and accessories.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division I Specification Sections.
B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction,
materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings,
profiles, and finishes.
C. Special Requirements: Provide manufacturers product data, proof of compliance with SOl
specifications, and certification of galvanized material treatment.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSVSDI 100 "Recommended Specifications
for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified.
B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and
frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are
labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Galvaneal "wipe-coat" materials are not acceptable.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver door frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and
job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish offactory-finished
doors and frames.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Inspect door frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided
refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and
replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store door frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inch- high wood
blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity
chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately.
Provide minimum 1/4-inch spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Steel Door Frames:
a. Amweld Building Products, Inc.
b. Ceco Door Products.
c. Cop co Door Co.
d. Republic Builders Products.
e. Steelcraft.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A 526
(ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642, drawing quality, hot-dip
galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 coating designation, mill
phosphatized.
B. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478-inch- thick steel sheet;
0.0516-inch- thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames.
C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built
into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as
applicable.
2.3 STEEL FRAMES
A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings,
according to ANSI/SOl 100, and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules.
Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.04 78-inch-
thick cold-rolled steel sheet.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110-2
r~--w
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE' i~/
I. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded comers.
B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on
strike jambs of single-door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double-door frames.
C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.01 79-inch- thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes
at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware
operation and to close off interior of openings.
D. Grout: When required in masonry construction, as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit
Masonry."
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate steel frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or
buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify
work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper
assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSVSOl 100 requirements.
B. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and
Frames."
C. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings from either
cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet.
D. Galvanized Steel Frames: At all locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from
galvanized steel sheet according to SOl 112.
E. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for
exposed screws and bolts.
F. Hardware Preparation: Prepare door frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware
according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier.
Comply with applicable requirements of SOl 107 and ANSI AI15 Series specifications for
door and frame preparation for hardware.
G. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, ifnot indicated, according to the Door
and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to
applying and designating finishes.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110-3
r----.-~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Comply with SSPC-P A I, "Paint Application Specification No. I," for steel sheet finishes.
C. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication.
2.6 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of
oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to
the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded
areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780.
I. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by
weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint 20.
B. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is
indicated, apply air-dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and
pretreatment.
I. Shop Primer: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer paint complying with performance
requirements ofFS TT-P-641, Type II.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's
data, and as specified.
B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SOl 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set
frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and
spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
I. Place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings.
2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge
location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable
anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry T-shaped anchors.
3. In metal-stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike
levels. In steel-stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws.
4. Install fire-rated frames according to NFP A 80.
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110 - 4
).---..-
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE..
C. Door Installation: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified
in ANSI/SOl 100.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Prime Coat T ouchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas
of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer.
B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings
from doors and frames.
END OF SECTION 08110
VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES
08110-5
r---.-
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E';t
SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provIsIOns of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Solid-core doors with plastic-laminate faces.
2. Factory machining for hardware.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction
and trim for openings.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind
of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of
hardware blocking; and other pertinent data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single
manufacturer.
B. Quality Standard: Comply with AWl's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards
Illustrated
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic
sheeting.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE
C. Mark each door on top or bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed,
wet work is complete, and HV AC system is operating and maintaining temperature
between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 43 and 70 percent during the
remainder of the construction period.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and
Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective
in materials or workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in
a 42-by-84-inch section, or show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers
exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span.
I. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due
to repair or replacement of defective doors
2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of
Substantial Completion: Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1. Flush Wood Doors:
a.
b.
Algoma Hardwoods Inc
Ampco Products, Inc.
Buell Door Company
Chappell Door Co.
Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.
Effers Industries; Architectural Door Division
GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp.
Haley Brothers, Inc.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 2
r"-"
lOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I. Ideal Wood Products, Inc.
J. IPIK Door Company
k. Lambton Doors
1. Marlite
m. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
n. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co.
o. Poncraft Door Co.
p. Southwood Door Co.
q. Vancouver Door Company, Inc.
r. VT Industries Inc.
s. Weyerhaeuser Company
2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL
A. Plastic- Laminate- Faced Doors:
I. Grade: Custom
2. Laminate Faces: High-pressure decorative laminates complying with NEMA LD
3, Grade HGS
3. Color Patterns, and Finishes: As selected by Architect from laminate
manufacturer's full range of products.
4. Stiles: Plastic-laminate matching faces, applied before faces, or impact-resistant
polymer edging, applied after faces.
2.2 SOLID-CORE DOORS
A. Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.l, Grade LD-I LD-2
2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as needed to
eliminate through-bolting hardware and as follows:
a. 5-inch top-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers.
b. 5-inch bottom-rail blocking, in exterior doors and doors indicated to have
kick, mop, or armor plates.
c. 5-inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices.
3. Provide doors with glued-block or structural composite lumber cores instead of
particleboard cores at locations where exit devices are indicated.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 3
't---.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Interior Plastic-Laminate-Faced Doors:
I. Core: Particleboard glued block, or structural composite lumber
2. Construction: Three or Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire
unit abrasive planed before faces are applied
C. Fire-Rated Doors:
I. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated
for manufacturer's standard mineral-core construction as needed to provide fire
rating indicated.
2. Blocking: For mineral-core doors, provide composite blocking with improved
screw-holding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated as
needed to eliminate through-bolting hardware.
3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide manufacturer's standard laminated-
edge construction with improved screw-holding capability and split resistance and
with outer stile matching face veneer.
4. Pairs: Provide fire-rated pairs with fire-retardant stiles matching face veneer that
are labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed-steel
edges and astragals.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project-site fitting.
B. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform
clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated:
I. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting.
Comply with requirements in NFP A 80 for fire-rated doors.
C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to
comply with DHI- WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop
Drawings, DHI A IIS- W series standards, and hardware templates.
I. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify
dimensions and alignment before factory machining.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 4
-..,.---
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
2. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for
pairs of fire-rated doors
D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements
of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required.
I. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.
I. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and
swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.
2. Reject doors with defects.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware"
B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's
written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
I. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFP A 80
C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as
indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or
permitted for fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces agter
fitting and machining.
I. Clearances: Provide I /8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors.
Provide I /8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering.
Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide I /4 inch from bottom of door to
top of threshold.
a. Comply with NFP A 80 for fire-rated doors.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
. i
..
2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors I /8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges
3. Bevel fire-rated doors I /8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only
to extent permitted by labeling agency.
D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
E. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is
required at Project site
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements.
Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no
evidence of repair or refinishing.
END OF SECTION 08211
VICTOR 1. LATA VISH, ARCHITECT P .A.
Naples, Florida
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08211 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E",~
SECTION 08712 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for hinged doors. Provide all hardware,
accessories, fasteners, fittings, connections, adjustments, etc. required for a complete and
proper installation.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing
fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams.
Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to
ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
I. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence
and Format for the Hardware Schedule."
2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets
indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening.
a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule
3. Content: Include the following information:
a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item.
b. Manufacturer of each item.
c. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTIONB
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE ;(;;,,1
d. Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on
floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
f. Mounting locations for door hardware.
g. Door and frame sizes and materials.
4. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of final schedule along with essential
Product Data to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project
construction schedule. Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule after Samples,
Product Data, coordination with Shop Drawings of other work, delivery schedules,
and similar information has been completed and accepted.
C. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final
keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to
unique door designations.
D. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Proj ect and whose work has resulted
in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's
vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available
during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door
hardware and keying.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single
manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following:
I. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA), the Florida Accessibility Code, latest edition, and as
follows:
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOfwl
a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that is
easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching,
or twisting of the wrist.
b. Door Closers: Comply with the following maxImum opening-force
requirements indicated:
I) Interior Hinged Doors: Slbfapplied perpendicular to door.
2) Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having
jurisdiction.
c. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope
of not more than 1:2.
2. NFP A 101: Comply with the following for means of egress doors:
a. Latches, Locks, and Exit Devices: Not more than IS lbf to release the latch.
Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for
operation.
b. Door Closers: Not more than 30 lbfto set door in motion and not more than
IS Ibf to open door to minimum required width.
c. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high.
E. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with
NFP A 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to
NFPA 2S2.
I. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure.
F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at the Owners office to comply with requirements
in Division I Section "Project Meetings." Incorporate keying conference decisions into
final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not
limited to, the following:
I. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security
required, and plans for future expansion.
2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram.
3. Requirements for key control system.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lQE _I
4. Address for delivery of keys.
G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division I Section "Project Meetings."
1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered
to Project site.
B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware
Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and
other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop
Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and
installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions ofthe Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under
requirements ofthe Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or
replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.
2. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware.
3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.
C. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise
indicated.
D. Warranty Period for Closers: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E ."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section,
door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule, and the Door Hardware Schedule
at the end of Part 3.
1. Door Hardware Sets: Requirements for quantity, item, design, grade, function,
finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated
in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by
descriptive titles corresponding to requirements specified in Part 2.
2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of
operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.
2.2 FINISHES
A. Standard: ComplywithBHMAAI56.18.
B. Finish: As listed on Hardware Schedule.
C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction,
and other conditions affecting performance of door hardware.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring
connections before electrified door hardware installation.
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI AIlS series.
1. Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to
SOl 107.
B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI AIIS-W series.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable
publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing
regulations:
I. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders'
Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames."
3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware
for Wood Flush Doors."
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where
cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later
to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of
surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not
install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
I. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment
substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners.
Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
C. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE,.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door
to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted
to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of
heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility
requirements.
I. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of70 degrees, the
door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured
to the leading edge of the door.
2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel on recommended maintenance
procedures.
3. Replace door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design,
materials, or installation of door hardware units.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 08712
VICTORJ. LATAVISH, ARCHITECTP.A.
Naples, Florida
DOOR HARDWARE
08712 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 0 E ~f~1\ 1. '.
SECTION 08715 - DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET
HARDWARE MFR MODEL/NOTES APPROVED
EQUAL MFR.
Locksets Schlage, L-Series, Athens lever, US32 or US26 As specified
Cylinders flocks Schlage B Series, 6 pin, US32 or US26 As specified
Exit Device Von Duprin Standard full-width exit device, #88, As specified
(full-width) with exterior Lever, US32 or US26
Threshold Pemko Pemko 2005V ADA compliant Reese, Zero
or exact equal; brushed aluminum
W eatherstri p Pemko Provide at jambs, head, & astragal where Reese, Zero
applicable, coordinate weatherstrip type w/
door frame mfr.
Door stops Ives 60, 61, or 62; Base mounted stop typical; use Rockwood
floor stop or hinge pin at other locations
where required.
Door Holder Ives 455 or 452; Kick-down hold holder; Provide Rockwood
same finish as levers /pulls
Butts Hager Provide same finish as levers or pulls. Open spec
All hinges shall be US26 or US32
Use BB hinges at all doors with closer.
Use NRP hinges at all exterior doors
Closers LCN 4040 Super Smoothie As specified
Bolts Ives Provide flush bolts at top & bottom of pair Open spec.
doors.
Kick plate Rockwood Width of door less 2" unless noted Open spec.
otherwise. US32 or US26
Silencers Open spec Provide silencers at all HM frames Open spec.
DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET
08715-1
-r--~.-
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
[!OE.~
Automatic
Operator
Dor-o-matic
Senior Swing, concealed operator, with
controls and 'push and go' feature
As specified
HARDWARE
FINISHES
US32 Bright Stainless Steel and/or US 26 Bright Polished Chrome
END OF SECTION 08715
VICTOR 1. LA TAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET
08715 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE ."
.,
SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Set Number
I. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additional/replacement hardware:
I ea. Card Reader
I pr. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices
I set Weatherstrip
I ea. Threshold
2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation;
Provide the following additional/replacement hardware:
I ea. Card Reader
I ea. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices
I ea. Cylinder Lock
I set W eatherstri p
I ea. Threshold
3.
1.5 pr
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
Butts
Closer
Lockset
Door Holder
4. 1.5 pr Butts
I ea. Lockset
5.
1.5 pr
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
Butts
Closer
Latchset
Door Holder
6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
7.
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
8.
3 pr
I pr
I pr
I pr
9.
3 pr
I ea.
lea
I pr
Card Reader
Electric Lockset
Closer
Door Holder
Butts
Closers
Full-width panic bar exit devices
Door Holders
Butts
Lockset
Dummy Lever
Flushbolts
10. Screen door manufacturer to provide the following hardware:
1.5 pro Butts
I ea Full-width panic bar exit device
I ea Horizontal rail to support exit hardware
I ea. Closer
11.
4pr.
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
I pr.
I set
I ea.
I pr.
12.
3 pr.
I ea.
I ea.
I ea.
I pr.
I set
I ea.
I pr.
Butts
Card Reader
Electric Lockset
Dummy Lever
Flush Bolts
Weatherstrip
Threshold
Door Holders
Butts
Card Reader
Electric Lockset
Dummy Lever
Flush Bolts
Weatherstrip
Threshold
Door Holders
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
lOEI'_
08716 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l:mE
IV.'/ """
_"}r.1'
13. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation
Provide the following additional/replacement hardware:
I ea. Card Reader
I pr. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices
I set W eatherstri p
I ea. Threshold
Hardware Schedule Notes:
I. Provide all hardware and accessories required for a complete and proper installation,
including power supplies, EPT, enclosures, backup batteries, controllers, door contacts,
wiring, connections, etc.
2. Provide silencers at all interior HM door frames
3. Provide stops at all interior doors.
4. Provide kick plates both sides all Restroom and Janitor doors
5. Provide locksets functions as follows:
a. Office Function: Offices, Files, Storage
b. Storeroom Function: Custodian, Janitor, Equipment Rooms
6. Confirm function oflockset hardware with Owner prior to ordering hardware.
7. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress
8. Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent.
9. Key all locks with grandmaster key system. Deliver keys to Owner at substantial
completion.
END OF SECTION 08715
VICTOR J. LATA VISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
08716 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l((l'E II
SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Nonload-bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies.
2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility for Steel Framing: Obtain steel framing members for gypsum
board assemblies from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Single-Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and
other panel products from a single manufacturer.
C. Single-Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from
either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from
a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer.
D. Fire- T est-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies
are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following
requirements:
1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire
Resistance Design Manual n or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory"
or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
2. Gypsum board assemblies indicated are identical to assemblies tested for fire
resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies indicated is labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l'Q'E ~~~I
,.. ..'"
!
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and
identification of manufacturer or supplier.
B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other
causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for
applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum
board manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain
not less than 40 deg F. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain
not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours before application and continuously after until dry.
C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. A void
drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
I. Steel Framing and Furring:
a. Clark Steel Framing, Inc.
b. Dale Industries, Inc.
coo Dietrich Industries, Inc.
d. Marino/Ware.
e. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
f. Unimast, Inc.
2. Grid Suspension Assemblies:
a. Armstrong Wodd Industries, Inc.
b. Chicago Metallic Corp.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE..
c. USG Interiors, Inc.
d. Worthington Steel Company.
3. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
a. Domtar Gypsum.
b. Georgia-Pacific Corp.
c. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
B. Fire-rated Products: Subject to compliance with UL requirements, products that may be
incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Firestop Type C; Georgia-Pacific Corp.
2. Fire-Shield G; National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
3. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core; United States Gypsum Co.
4. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, ULTRACODE Core; United States Gypsum Co.
2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS
A. General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
B. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 inch thick.
C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch diameter.
D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel and zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
E. Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.0598-inchminimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and
7/16-inch- wide flanges, and as follows:
I. Carrying Chmmels: 1- 1/2 inches deep, 475 lb/1 000 feet, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 lb/1000 feet, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Finish: Rust-inhibitive paint, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Steel Studs for FUlTing Channels: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90
degrees and doubled over to form 3/16-inch-wide minimum lip (return), and complying
with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for
depth:
I. Thickness: 25 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Depth: 3-5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required.
3. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant coating.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
G. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard
direct-hung grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross-furring members
that interlock to form a modular supporting network.
2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS
A. General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements:
I. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant coating.
B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees
and doubled over to form 3/16-inch- wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the
following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth:
I. Thickness: 20 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Depth: 3-5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required.
C. Deflection Track: Manufacturer's standard top runner designed to prevent cracking of
gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of the structure above
fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568. Thickness as
indicated for studs, and width to accommodated depth of studs, and of the following
configuration:
1. Top Runner with Compressible Flanges: 2-1/2-inch-deep flanges with V-shaped
offsets that compress when pressure is applied from construction above.
D. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard Z-shaped furring members with slotted or
nonslotted web, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568;
with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0179 inch, face flange of 1-1/4 inch
wall-attachment flange of 7/8 inch, and of depth required to fit insulation thickness
indicated.
E. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance,
holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members
securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board
manufacturers for applications indicated.
2.4 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will
minimize end-to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application.
I. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lltIDifif'
I
B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows:
I. Non-Rated: Half inch regular gypsum wallboard, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Rated: 5/8 inch Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.
3. Edges: Tapered.
2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control j oints complying
with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below:
1. Material: Formed metal or PVC plastic, with metal complying with the following
requirement:
a. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. I designations in ASTM C 1047:
a. Cornerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.
b. LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint
compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated.
c. L-bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound.
Use L-bead where indicated.
d. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without
application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated.
e. One-piece control joint formed with V -shaped slot and removable strip
covering slot opening.
2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the
recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment
materials for each application indicated.
B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached, open-weave, glass-fiber reinforcing tape
with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum
board and j oint treatment materials for application indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OIfl
C. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products
complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use.
I. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product.
a. Taping compowld formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over
fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories.
b. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats.
c. All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with
referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer.
B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications:
I. Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch thick.
C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel
members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow
metal frames, cast- in-anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation
of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages
to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their
full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings.
1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation
well in advance of time needed for coordination with other construction.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 6
lClE~'
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and
with ASTM C 840 rcquirements that apply to framing installation.
B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board
assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories,
furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with
recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with United States
Gypsum Co.'s "Gypsum Construction Handbook."
C. Isolate steel fran1ing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of
loading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings.
I. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling.
2. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor.
a. Provide slip- or cushioned-type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and
avoid axial loading.
b. Install deflection track top runner to attain lateral support and avoid axial
loading.
D. Do not bridge building control and expansionjoints with steel framing or furring members.
Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated.
3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS
A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows:
I. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system.
Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting
horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers
in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members
and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by
referenced standards.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 7
IOE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to
inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for
substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail.
4. Secure flat, angle, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing
members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are
secure and appropriate for structure as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a
manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail.
5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place
hanger inserts that extend through forms.
6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.
7. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members.
8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.
B. Sway-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support.
C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less
than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard.
I. Wire Hangers: 48 inches o.c.
2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c.
3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c.
D. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that
cross-furring or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet as measured
both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members.
E. Wire-tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as
indicated.
F. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension
system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members
to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track.
3.5 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS
A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum
board stud assemblies abut other construction.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 8
r~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l'O.if i~'
I. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or
foam gaskets between studs and wall.
B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening
surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent
framing.
C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended
ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue
framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions
above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board.
I. Cut studs Yz inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief.
D. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated.
E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated.
L Space studs 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
F. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each
gypsum board panel can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
G. Frame door openings to comply with GA-219, and with applicable published
recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Attach
vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door
frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
1. Install Two 20 gauge studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch
clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint.
3. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof
structure above.
H. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none
indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match
framing required above door heads.
3.6 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to
comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l~Q)!E 411.
B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints
and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end
joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.
C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp
panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1116
inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.
D. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where
intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do
not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides
of partitions. A void joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where
possible.
E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open
(unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including
floor joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient
channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.
H. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and
doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately
insert gypsum panels into frames.
1. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space
between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum
panels.
J. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces
(above ceilings, etc.), except in chases that are braced internally.
I. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or
smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft.
III area.
2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural
members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum
panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow
114- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l:,(l,JE ...
K. Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments,
except floors, as detailed. Provide 114- to I /2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim
edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints
between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
1. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer,
install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction.
M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and
finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.
I. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications.
3.7 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS
A. Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows:
1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the
greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.
2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing),
unless parallel application is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Use
maximum-length panels to minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate
courses of board.
B. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows:
I. Fasten with screws.
3.8 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners
used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory
manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners.
B. Install cornerbead at external comers.
C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge
trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are
indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - II
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE
I. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and
back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate.
2. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are
installed.
3. Install U-bead where indicated.
4. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated.
D. Install control joints at locations indicated.
E. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and
in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.
3.9 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim,
control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to
prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint
compound.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having
flanges not requiring tape.
D. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessones as
recommended by trim accessory manufacturer.
E. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per
GA-2l4.
I. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a
higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated
assemblies.
2. Level 5 for exposed gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
F. For Level 5 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill, and
finish coats of joint compound over wallboard, joints, angles, fastener heads, and
accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a
Level 5 surface free of visual defects and ready for paint.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 12
r.'-'
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
G. Where Levell gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound.
3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that
ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of
Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 09255
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09255 - 13
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension
systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed acoustical
panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and
with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Fire-Test -Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the
following requirements:
I. Surface-burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for
Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84.
2. Products are identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting
agency.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Proj ect site in original,
unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected
against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized
moisture content.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are
enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings
is complete, and an1bient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels
indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other
construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures,
HV AC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with
protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
I. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Armstrong World Industries Products:
1. Cortega series.
2. Mfr Number: 704.
3. Color: White.
4. Edge: Tegular.
5. Size: 24" by 24" by 5/8".
2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL
A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration
indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types & patterns
indicated.
2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOI
A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal
suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply
with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements.
B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for
Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating
finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of system
indicated.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table I,
Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wIres complying with the following
requirements:
1. Zinc-Coated Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 64I1A 64IM, Class I zinc coating,.
2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load
(ASTM C 635, Table I, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but
provide not less than 0.1 06-inch- diameter wire.
E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
F. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
G. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04-inch- thick,
galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A ,G90 coating designation; with
bolted connections and 5/16-inch- diameter bolts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths
at opposite edges of each ceiling. A void using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and
comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per
manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
I. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636.
B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
I. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension
system.
2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal
forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
3. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire-resistance-rated
ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing,
countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support
standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and
hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension
members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established
by referenced standards and publications.
5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a
minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to
inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate;
and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated
temperatures.
6. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate
framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure
and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger
involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail
due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
7. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten
hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or drilled-in
anchors that extend through forms into concrete.
8. Do not attach hangers to roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members.
9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly
from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches
from ends of each member.
C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of
four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for
hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten
bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and
where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
I. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of
moldings before they are installed.
2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not
more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance
of 118 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely.
3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one
another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system
runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide
a neat, precise fit.
1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows:
a. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to short axis of
space.
2. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges
of suspension system runners and moldings.
3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of
reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges.
4. Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed
panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical
panel manufacturer.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and
suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning
and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot
be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION 09511
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511 - 5
1---"-"-
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
101
SECTION 09650 - VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Vinyl composition floor tile.
2. Resilient wall base and accessories.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
B. Samples for Alternate Selections: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of
product indicated.
C. Samples for Verification: Full-size tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor
tile specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics.
D. Maintenance Data: For resilient floor tile to include in the maintenance manuals specified
in Division 1.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section
who has specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project
and with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of product specified from one
source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical
properties without delaying the Work.
C. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire-test-response
characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - I
r..----
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W/sq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648.
2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per
ASTM E 662.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers,
each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and
handling instructions.
B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures
maintained between 50 and 90 deg F.
C. Store tiles on flat surfaces.
D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation,
unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg For more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive
products for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48
hours after installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time
periods. After postinstallation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or
more than 95 deg F.
B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are
to be installed.
C. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation
recommended in writing by manufacturer.
D. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
completed.
E. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of
resilient tile flooring, install tile before these items are installed.
F. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry
to bond with adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and
moisture test.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with
protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
1. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type,
color, pattern, class, wearing surface, and size ofresilient tile flooring installed.
2. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each
type, color, pattern, and size of resilient accessory installed.
3. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Resilient
Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3.
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated
for each designation in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3.
2.2 RESILIENT TILE
A. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066 and with
requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule.
2.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES
A. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40, Type II and with requirements
specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule.
B. Vinyl Accessory Moldings: Products complying with requirements specified in the
Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule.
2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based
formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products
and substrate conditions indicated.
C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required
to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running
joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will
occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that
substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with
requirements specified.
B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the
following:
I. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other
materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness
characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
2. Subfloorfinishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-
Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring.
3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with resilient product manufacturer's written installation instructions for
preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products.
B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible
with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical
methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation.
After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3 TILE INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's written installation instructions.
B. Layout tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets,
so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using
cut widths that equal Jess than one-half of a tile at perimeter.
I. Lay tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as
manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard
broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles.
I. Lay tiles with grain running in checkerboard direction.
D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures,
including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and
nosmgs.
E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future
cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other
nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.
G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in finished floor
areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on
covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers.
H. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to
comply with tile manufacturer's written instructions, including those for trowel notching,
adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times.
I. Provide completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at
joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
liQE
1. Hand roll tiles according to tile manufacturer's written instructions.
3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install resilient accessories according to manufacturer's written installation
instructions.
B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, closed pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and
other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
I. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops
of adj acent pieces aligned.
2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in
continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.
3. Do not stretch base during installation.
4. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge
of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
5. Install premolded outside corners before installing straight pieces.
6. Install premolded outside and inside corners before installing straight pieces.
C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates
with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges offlooring that would otherwise be exposed.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products:
I. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by
resilient product manufacturers.
2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.
3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer.
4. Damp-mop floor to remove marks and soil.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10'E
B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction
operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction
period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by flooring
manufacturer.
I. Apply protective floor polish to floor surfaces that are free from soil, visible
adhesive, and surface blemishes, if recommended in writing by manufacturer.
a. Use commercially available product acceptable to flooring manufacturer.
b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service.
2. Cover products installed on floor surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until
inspection for Substantial Completion.
3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or
hardboard panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide
or roll objects over panels without moving panels.
C. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended
to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products
according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
1. Before cleaning, strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing
installation only if required to restore polish finish and if recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
2. After cleaning, reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish
according to flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with
Owner's maintenance program.
3.6 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SCHEDULE
A. Vinyl Composition Tile VCT: Where this designation IS indicated, provide vinyl
composition floor tile complying with the following:
1. Manufacturer: Listed on Color Schedule
2. Color and Pattern: Listed on Color Schedule
3. Wearing Surface: Smooth.
4. Thickness: 118 inch.
5. Size: 12 by 12 inches.
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOt: I'"
B. Vinyl Wall Base VWB: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl wall base
complying with the following:
I. Manufacturer: Open Specification
2. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors
and patterns produced for vinyl wall base complying with requirements indicated.
3. Style: Cove with top-set toe.
4. Minimum Thickness: 118 inch.
5. Height: 6 inches.
6. Lengths: Coils in lengths standard with manufacturer.
7. Outside Corners: Premolded.
8. Inside Corners: Premolded.
9. Surface: Smootll.
END OF SECTION 09651
VICTORJ. LATAVISHARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE
09650 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ImE
SECTION 09680 CARPETING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide carpeting and carpet accessories where shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
I. Base Bid includes removal of existing floor finishes in the scheduled work
areas.
2. Alternate Bids Section 0 I 030 includes carpet work.
3. Material and color selections are listed in Section 0 I 000 Color Schedule.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Product data: Within 10 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's
Notice to Proceed, submit:
I. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with
the specified requirements;
2. Samples of the selected colors and patterns of carpet.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CARPET
A. Base Bid: Carpet not included in contract.
B. Alternate Bid: Carpet indicated on Color Schedule
2.2 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Trim at intersection of carpet and resilient floor tile shall be Mercer Plastics
Company, Inc., "Custom Edge Carpet Bar No. 90," vinyl, or approved equal, in color
selected by the Architect.
CARPETING
09680-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
~10E
B. Adhesives, if required: Provide low VOC latex carpet adhesive recommended for
the purpose by the manufacturer of the proposed carpet.
C. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and
proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the
Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be
performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the
Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Inunediately prior to installation of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean
substrata and remove oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and other items which
would adversely affect the bond of adhesive.
B. Make substrata level and free from irregularities. Assure one constant floor height
after carpet is installed, filling low spots and grinding high spots as required.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
I. Install carpet in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions.
2. Scribe the carpet accurately to vertical surfaces.
C. In addition to the cleaning requirements stated elsewhere, thoroughly clean carpet
and adjacent surfaces prior to final acceptance of the carpeted areas by the Owner.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Provide a heavy non-staining paper or plastic walkway as required over carpeting in
direction of traffic, maintaining intact until carpeted space is accepted by the Owner.
CARPETING
09680-2
IOE'
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.5 SURPLUS MATERIAL
A. Allow the Owner to inspect and select from scrap carpet remaining after the
installation. Bundle and deliver to the Owner the carpet scraps selected by him.
Additionally, provide 5% stock of each color for the owners future use. Deliver to the
job site and store as directed by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
VICTOR 1. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
CARPETING
09680-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10'E
SECTION 09912 - PAINTING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior
items and surfaces.
I. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition
to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections.
B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or
material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not
specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or
surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and
finishes available.
I. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts
(including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of
mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory-applied final finish.
C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts,
and labels.
I. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components:
a. Architectural woodwork.
b. Acoustical wall panels.
c. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment.
d. Light fixtures.
e. Metal siding
f. Window frames
g. Storefront doors
PAINTING 09912 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
2. Concealed surfaces include generally inaccessible spaces including but not limited
to the following:
a. Closed attic spaces
b. Closed plenum spaces
c. Wall cavities
3. Finished metal surfaces include the following:
a. Anodized aluminum.
b. Stainless steel.
c. Chromium plate.
d. Copper and copper alloys.
e. Bronze and brass.
f. Prefinished galvalume
4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following:
a. Valve and damper operators.
b. Linkages.
c. Sensing devices.
d. Motor and fan shafts.
5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment
name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section.
I. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured
at an 85-degree meter.
2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.
3. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.
4. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured
at a 60-degree meter.
PAINTING 09912 - 2
IDE <;,j
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers.
I. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material
and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each
material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.
I. After color selection, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the
same manufacturer as the finish coats.
C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type
of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5.
Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals.
I. For final selection of colors and finishes, the Architect will select one room or
surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating
and substrate.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information:
I. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
PAINTING 09912 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
7. Color name and number.
8. VOC content.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean
condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
I. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and
waste daily.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
air are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F.
C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or
at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
I. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted
are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during
application and drying periods.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in
the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify
with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
I. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra paint materials in I gal. container in quantities
indicated below:
a.
b.
Exterior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied.
Interior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied.
PAINTING
09912 - 4
1 ClE i.
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.9 SAMPLE PANELS
A. Provide sample panels of selected colors for final verification of colors prior to ordering
materials. Samples shall be in sizes and locations as directed by Architect/Owner on site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
I. Sherwin- Williams Co. (SW).
2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service
and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality professional grade paint material of
the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by
manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying
manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.
I. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate
colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be
used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish
manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed
substitutions.
C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors.
PAINTING
09912 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
. ~'~~
2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS
A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior
application.
1. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
B. Interior Zinc-Coated Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer.
I. Sherwin-Williams; Galvite HS B50WZ30: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less
than 3.0 mils.
2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS
A. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel for
interior application.
1. Sherwin-Williams: Superpaint, semigloss 25-35 units at 60 degrees, applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils per coat.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4.
1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.
2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and
conditions within a particular area.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
I. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over
substrates primed by others.
PAINTING 09912 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
.1DE
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting
fixtures, and similar items already instalIed that are not to be painted. If removal is
impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied
protection before surface preparation and painting.
I. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed
using workers skilled in the trades involved.
B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances
that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning.
I. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning
process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
I. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster,
and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove
efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required
to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use
mechanical methods of surface preparation.
a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer.
b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing
appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint
to blister and bum, correct this condition before application. Do not paint
surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written
instructions.
3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.
PAINTING 09912 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
a. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged.
Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and
touch up with same primer as the shop coat.
4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents
so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from
galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.
D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
I. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as
required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary,
remove surface film and strain material before using.
3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended
limits.
E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when
multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish
coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate
coat.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and
techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
I. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules.
2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions
detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in
fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar
components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain
system integrity and provide desired protection.
PAINTING 09912 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently
fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible
through registers or grilles.
B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before
subsequent surface deterioration.
I. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of
application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as
recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even
surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications.
2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give
special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners
receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not
recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel
sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint
does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.
C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other
applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of
appropriate size for surface or item being painted.
2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as
recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required.
3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by
manufacturer for material and texture required.
PAINTING 09912 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film
thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer.
E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to
items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.
F. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Uninsulated metal piping.
2. Uninsulated plastic piping.
3. Pipe hangers and supports.
4. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
5. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets
and outlets.
6. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all-service jacket" or other paintable
jacket material.
7. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
G. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:
I. Exposed conduits and junction boxes.
2. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
H. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been
prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots
or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no bum-through or other
defects due to insufficient sealing.
1. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a
smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness,
PAINTING
09912 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections
will not be acceptable.
1. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no
evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface
imperfections.
K. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove,
refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other
discarded paint materials from Project site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove
spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent
finished surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by
Architect.
B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their
work.
I. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA PI.
3.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces:
I. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a.
b.
Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
PAINTING
09912 - 11
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal:
I. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
C. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc-coated metal
surfaces:
I. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
END OF SECTION 09912
VICTORJ. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A.
Naples, Florida
PAINTING
09912 - 12
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
, 1
SECTION 10425 - SIGNS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Panel signs.
2. Cast-metal plaques.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large-scale sections of typical members and
other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout, spacing,
reinforcement, accessories, and installation details.
I. Provide message list for each sign, including large-scale details of wording, lettering,
and braille layout.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign material indicated that involves color
selection.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of signage manufacturer for
installation and maintenance of units required for this Proj ect
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type through one source from a single manufacturer.
SIGNS 10425 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOlE
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and
with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Signs for Accessible Spaces: Included international symbols on all restroom
door signs
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces on
which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication and
indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. F or signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of
anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices and
similar items to be used for attaching signs.
I. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, furnish templates for
installation of anchorage devices.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PANEL SIGNS
A. General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials,
thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction.
I. Refer to Collier County Vertical standards for sign specifications.
B. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated
in the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing, content, mounting height and location,
material, finishes, and colors of signage.
SIGNS 10425 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
, I
C. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying
with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ ANSI A 117 .1. Text shall be accompanied by
Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs
and cut marks.
1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet or Clear acrylic sheet with opaque color
coating, subsurface applied
2. Raised-Copy Thickness: Not less than 1132 inch
D. Engraved Copy: Where scheduled for signage located in Equipment Rooms, provide
machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices into panel sign on
face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth.
2.2 CAST-METAL PLAQUES
A. General: Provide castings free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects. Comply with
requirements specified for metal, border style, background texture, and finish and in
required thickness, size, shape, and copy.
B. Subject to compliance with the specifications, available manufacturers include but are not
limited to the following:
I. ARK. Ramos.
2. American Graphics Inc.
3. Gemini Incorporated.
4. Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division.
5. Metal Arts; Div. ofL&H Mfg.
6. Mills Manufacturing, Inc.
7. Southwell Co.
8. York Bronze/Bryan.
C. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C83600 (No. I manganese bronze).
D. Border Style: Bevel
E. Background Texture: Manufacturer's standard leatherette finish
F. Mounting: Concealed studs for substrates encountered.
G. Size: 24" wide x 36" high.
SIGNS 10425 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
H. Text: Includes full names of Owner, list of Commissioners, list of Board Members,
Property Appraiser, Administrator, Architect, Builder, Year.
1. Format and Logo: Match standard Collier County format.
2.3 PANEL SIGN TYPES
A. Room Signs:
I. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards
B. Occupancy Signs:
I. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards
2. Text: Maximum occupancy shall not exceed ### persons.
3. Verify text quantity with Architect and/or AHJ
C. Toilet Room Signs:
I. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Mounting Methods: Use concealed fasteners and/or double-sided vinyl tape fabricated
from materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface.
B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts
for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed
steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as
required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.
2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
SIGNS 10425 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Finish: Unless indicated otherwise elsewhere in the Documents, provide manufacturer's
standard powder coat or baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written
instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting.
I. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors.
2.7 COPPER-ALLOY FINISHES
A. Cast-Bronze Plaque Finishes: Exposed surfaces free from porosity, burrs, and rough spots;
with returns finished with fine-grain air blast.
I. Raised Areas: Hand-tool and buffborders and raised copy to produce manufacturer's
standard satin finish.
2. Background Finish: paint standard SW color as selected by Architect
B. Clear Protective Coating: Coat exposed surfaces of copper alloys with manufacturer's
standard clear organic coating specially designed for coating copper-alloy products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
B. Verify that items including anchor inserts provided under other sections ofW ork are sized
and located to accommodate signs.
SIGNS 10425 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
C. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required
to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other deleterious
matter.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types
described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions.
I. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from
distortion and other defects in appearance.
2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where
applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on
nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without
encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door.
B. Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using applicable methods
indicated below:
I. Vinyl-Tape Mounting: Use double-sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth,
nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for rough surfaces.
2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through
predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure
attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer.
3. Confirm locations on-site with Architect prior to installation.
C. Attach brackets and fittings securely to walls and ceilings with concealed fasteners and
anchoring devices to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Cast-Metal Plaques: Mount plaques using standard fastening methods recommended
in writing by manufacturer for type of wall surface indicated.
1.
Concealed Mounting: Mount plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped lugs
on back of plaque. Set in predrilled holes filled with quick-setting cement.
2.
Confirm location on-site with Architect prior to installation.
SIGNS
10425 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE\ \H
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner.
3.4 SIGN SCHEDULE
A. Provide room signs with text and graphics as follows:
Locations:
Text:
International Graphics:
Existing Women
Women
Men and Accessibility Graphics
Women and Accessibility Graphics
Existing Men
Men
B. Except as scheduled above, provide one blank sign for each interior door location.
(text insert by Owner)
C. Provide Room Occupant Load Sign as specified in Training Room and Break Room.
END OF SECTION 10425
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SIGNS
10425 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 10520 - FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Portable fire extinguishers. (FE)
2. Fire-protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers. (FEC)
B. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout
construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties.
I. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
2. Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods,
relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet
type, trim style, and panel style.
I A QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets through one source from a
single manufacturer.
B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10,
"Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers."
C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
10520 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE..
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated
and provided by Owner under separate Contract are accommodated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and other
locations indicated.
B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: not less than UL-rated 2-A:20:B:C, 5-lb nominal
capacity, in enameled-steel container.
C. Multipurpose Clean Agent Type: not less than UL-rated 2-A:20:B:C, 5-lb nominal capacity,
in enameled-steel container.
2.2 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINETS
A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed and/or partially recessed units, with trim,
frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
I. All corners and edges shall be rounded.
2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth.
3. Provide semi-recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition.
4. Basis of Design: J. 1. Industries "Ambassador" Series, Modell 012F17, ADAC
option, or approved equal.
5. Cabinets shall be prefinished white color.
6. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire
rating of assembly.
B. Door Glazing: Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I,
Quality q3, clear.
C. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame.
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
10520 - 2
10E.-
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
D. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type
for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide recessed door
pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Door Locks: None.
B. Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter
style, color, size, spacing, and location.
I. IdentifY fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" applied
to inside of door glazing.
a. Application Process: Vinyl letters.
b. Lettering Color: White.
c. Orientation: Vertical.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing fire-protection specialties.
B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.
2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb.
3. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are
without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIAL TIES
10520 - 3
10 E ,'~,*.~
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout
construction.
1. Remove existing fire extinguishers and brackets after installation of FEC cabinets.
2. Contractor may re-use existing serviceable fire extinguishers in new FEC cabinets,
if size is not less than as specified.
3. Contractor shall patch existing finishes after of removal of existing brackets.
B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets shall receive contacts and wiring for alarm. Coordinate work
with Johnson Controls.
END OF SECTION 10520
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
10520 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 10620 - SAFETY SPECIAL TIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Automatic external defibrillator and cabinet. (A ED)
2. Emergency call box. (ECB)
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties.
I. Equipment: Provide manufacturers installation and maintenance instructions.
2. Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods,
relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet
type, trim style, and panel style.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type of equipment is accommodated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 AED Units
A. Provide Medtronic "Lifepak 500" AED units.
2.2 AED CABINETS
A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed and/or partially recessed units, with trim,
frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
SAFETY SPECIALTIES
10620 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10Et~
1. All corners and edges shall be rounded.
2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth.
3. Provide semi-recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition.
4. Cabinets shall be prefinished white color.
5. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire
rating of assembly.
B. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame.
C. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type
for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and sty Ie indicated. Provide recessed door
pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge.
2.3 ECB Units
A. Provide Johnson Controls "Code-Blue" Boxes
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide all labor, material, equipment, accessories, wiring, connections, etc.
required for a complete and proper assembly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing safety specialty equipment.
B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.
2. Fasten mounting brackets to framing and cabinets, square and plumb.
3. Fasten cabinets to framing, square and plumb.
SAFETY SPECIALTIES
10620 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation.
C Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are
without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Cabinets shall receive contacts and wiring for alarm. Coordinate alarm work with Johnson
Controls.
END OF SECTION 10620
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
SAFETY SPECIALTIES
10620 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
SECTION 10801 - TOILET ACCESSORIES
lOE~~
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes toilet and bath accessories.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses,
dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for
each type of accessory specified.
B. Setting Drawings: For cutouts required in other work; include templates, substrate
preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring
devices.
C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of
each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory
Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule.
D. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1. Provide lists of replacement parts and service recommendations.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit
and for units specified, unless otherwise approved by Architect.
B. Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes,
dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products indicated in
the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule.
I. Products of other manufacturers with equal characteristics, as determined solely by
Architect, may be provided.
TOILET ACCESSORIES
10801 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
2. Other manufacturers' products with equal characteristics may be considered. See
Division I Section "Substitutions." Where modifications are proposed, submit
comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances
required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning,
and servicing of accessories.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Manufacturer's Mirror Warranty: Written warranty, executed by mirror manufacturer
agreeing to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within minimum
warranty period indicated.
1. Minimum Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
accessories that may be incorporated into the Work include are limited to Bobrick
Washroom Equipment, Inc., AS I, and Bradley Corporation.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No.4 finish (satin), in 0.0312-inch
minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A, G60.
C. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service),
nickel plus chromium electrodeposited on base metal.
D. Baked-Enamel Finish: Factory-applied, gloss-white, baked-acrylic-enamel coating.
TOILET ACCESSORIES
10801 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
E. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class I, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with
silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with
FS DD-M-411.
F. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/ A, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
G. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and
theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior
surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed,
waterprooflabel or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model
number.
B. Surface-Mounted ToiletAccessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight
seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous
stainless-steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible.
C. Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all-welded
construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full-length,
stainless-steel hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed.
D. Framed Glass-Mirror Units: Fabricate frames for glass-mirror units to accommodate glass
edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that permits rigid,
tamper-resistant glass installation and prevents moisture accumulation.
I. Provide galvanized steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch and full mirror size,
with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler
material.
E. Mirror-Unit Hangers: Provide mirror-unit mounting system that permits rigid, tamper- and
theft-resistant installation, as follows:
I. One-piece, galvanized steel, wall-hanger device with spring-action locking
mechanism to hold mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts.
F. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and
resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.
TOILET ACCESSORIES
10801 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners
appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units
level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.
B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper-resistant manner with special hangers, toggle
bolts, or screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated, according to
manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated.
C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 Ibf, when tested according
to method in ASTM F 446.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms
function properly. Replace damaged or defective items.
B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.
C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDULE
A. Schedule is indicated on the drawings.
END OF SECTION 10801
VICTOR J. LATA VISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
TOILET ACCESSORIES
10801 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 12484 FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide entrance mats and frames where indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein,
and as needed for a complete and proper installation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340.
B. Product data: Within 10 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice
to Proceed, submit:
I. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section;
2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the
specified requirements;
3. Evidence that the approved frames are on hand at the job site, or will be at the job
site in ample time for setting in connection with placement and finish ofthe concrete.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and
the methods needed for proper performance ofthe work of this Section.
B. Floor mats shall comply with FBC and ADA.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Division I.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATS AND FRAMES
A. Where shown on the Drawings provide the following items manufactured by Arden
Architectural Specialties, Inc.; Balco, Inc., Witchita, KS; Construction Specialties, Inc.,
Muncy, P A; Kadee Industries, Cleveland, OH, Reese Enterprises, Inc., Rosemont, MN, or
equal products approved in advance by the Architect.
FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
12484 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10EI.
I. Mat recess frames: Provide manufacturer's standard design, of size and style to mate
with insert type and adjacent finish floor or wall construction, for permanent recessed
installation in subfloor, complete with comer pins or reinforcing and installation
anchorages.
a. Provide frames of extruded alloy aluminum. Coat surface of frame in contact
with concrete with zinc chromate paint or manufacturers standard protective
coating.
b. Provide frame members in single lengths, or where frame dimensions exceed
maximum available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible, with
hairline joints equally spaced, and with pieces spliced together by means of
straight connector pins.
2. Rigid Type Foot Grilles: "Pedigrid SA" or approved equal extruded aluminum floor
grid with approx 1-13/16" deep rail.
a. Top Surface: One-piece slip-resistant serrated aluminum top surfaced tread,
clear anodized aluminum.
2.2 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper
installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval ofthe Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed.
Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install the work of this Section where shown on the Drawings and in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's installation recommendations.
I. Assemble the frames and install during finishing operations of the concrete slab,
providing a uniform recess in the slabs to the specified depths, and assuring proper
squareness of corners. Tighten all fittings to insure the entire assembly is secure and
does not move.
FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
12484 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
2. Protect frames during progress of construction.
3. At completion of construction, and just prior to final inspection, remove the
protective coverings and clean the recesses.
4. Install the specified foot grilles and carpet. Tighten all fittings to insure the entire
assembly is secure and does not move.
END OF SECTION 12484
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
12484 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 12491 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provIsIOns of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes Horizontal Venetian mini-blinds with aluminum louver slats
and accessories installed at each interior and exterior window scheduled.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Blind: Mini-blind with nominall-inch- wide louver slat.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles, material
descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles,
features, finishes, and operating instructions.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each colored component of each type of horizontal
louver blind indicated.
I. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
C. Window Treatment Schedule: Include horizontal louver blinds in schedule using
same room designations indicated on Drawings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain horizontal louver blinds through one source from a
single manufacturer.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver blinds in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, and
location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in
a window treatment schedule.
HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
12491 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install horizontal louver blinds until construction
and wet and dirty finish work in spaces, including painting, is complete and ambient
temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Proj ect
when occupied for its intended use.
B. Field Measurements: Where horizontal louver blinds are indicated to fit to other
construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for
operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entire operating range.
Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
I. Horizontal Louver Blinds: Before installation begins, for each size, color,
texture, pattern, and gloss indicated, full-size units equal to 5 percent of
amount installed.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1. Horizontal Louver Mini-blinds, Aluminum Louver Slats:
a. Comfortex Window Fashions.
b. Hunter Douglas Window Fashions.
c. Levolor Contract; a Newell Company; Levolor.
d. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Bali.
e. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Graber.
f. Verosol USA, Inc.
B. Finish: clear anodized, satin finish.
HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
12491 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, and other conditions
affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
3.2 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND INSTALLATION
A. Install blinds level and plumb and aligned with adjacent units according to
manufacturer's written instructions, and located so exterior louver edges in any
position are not closer than I inch to interior face of glass. Install intermediate
support as required to prevent deflection in headrail. Allow clearances between
adjacent blinds and for operating glazed opening's operation hardware, if any.
B. Flush Mounted: Install blinds with louver edges flush with finish face of opening if
slats are tilted open.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust horizontal louver blinds to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from
binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean blind surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that horizontal louver blinds are without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
C. Replace damaged blinds that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect,
before time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 12491
VICTORJ. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A.
Naples, Florida
HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
12491 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOEIIII
SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of
Division 15.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the general administrative and procedural requirements for
mechanical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are
included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division I.
I. Submittals
2. Quality Assurance
3. Record documents
4. Maintenance manuals
5. Rough-ins
6. Mechanical installations
7. Construction Drawings
B. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall
comply with appropriate edition of the following codes as amended by the governing
body:
1. Florida Building Code
2. The National Fire Codes, NFPA
3. National Electrical Code, NFPA
4. Florida Plumbing Code, including all appendices
5. Florida Mechanical Code
6. Local/codes and Regulations
C. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall be in
compliance and agreement with requirements, whether or not specifically addressed by
construction documents, with local inspector's, plans examiner's and the authority
having jurisdiction's requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to coordinate
with the local authority having jurisdiction to determine exact requirements for
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
workmanship, materials, equipment and installation required by the governing
authority.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. No substitutions will be considered unless written request has been submitted to the
Engineer of Record at least ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Submittal shall include
the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, drawings, cuts,
performance and test date and any other data or information necessary for the Engineer
to determine that the equipment meets all specification and requirements.
B. Substituted equipment or optional equipment must conform to space requirements. Any
substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements, whether approved or not,
shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any modification of related systems as a
result of substitutions shall be made at the Contractor's expense.
C. Any contractor proposed value engineering requiring supplemental engineering work in
review, construction documents revisions or site visits to determine feasibility of
proposed change shall be reimbursed to engineer at engineer's hourly rate including all
applicable travel expenses, printing, reproduction and copying.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The contractor shall provide all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, machinery,
and any and all other items necessary to complete and leave all systems in working
condition.
B. Any apparatus, appliance, material, or work not shown on the drawings but mentioned
in the specifications or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the
work complete in all respects and ready for operation shall be furnished and installed by
the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner.
C. Check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding. Advise Engineer of
Record of any discrepancies or questions. Where existing conditions are referred to in
the construction documents, the contractor shall verify prior to bid that existing
conditions remain as depicted in the construction drawings.
D. Provide field superintendant who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous
successful experience on projects of comparable sizes and complexity. Superintendant
shall be present at all times that work under this Division is being installed or affected.
A resume of the Superintendant's experience shall be submitted to Engineer or
Architect upon request. At least one member of the Contracting Firm shall hold a State
Master Certificate of Competency.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 OE fI~.~
1.5 MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division I Section "Project
Closeout." In addition to the requirements specified in Division I, include the
following information for equipment items.
I. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations,
performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and
commercial numbers of replacement parts.
2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and
routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown
and emergency instructions.
3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and
troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting
instructions.
4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
1.6 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS
A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical
systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements:
I. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and material installation with other
building components.
2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components and
structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in
poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and
equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large
equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building.
6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems,
materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible.
7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and
overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing
regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide
required connection for each service.
8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal
data, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the
Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in
diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual
system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l~lEj
9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and
perpendicular to other equipment components where installed exposed in finished
spaces.
10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or
replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment
for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations.
Extend grease fittings to an accessible location.
II. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems
required to be installed at a specified slope as well as those systems and
equipment with physically large sizes, i.e. main ductwork lines, water heaters, air
handling units etc.
12. Prior to installation of any materials, coordinate with the work of other trades on
site to prevent conflicts. Where conflicts occur, refer conflicts to architect for
resolution. Where contractor installs material prior to gaining approval of
architect or coordinating work with other trades, the contractor shall be required
to move at no additional cost to owner piping to avoid conflicts.
13. Coordinate location of access panels with architect, owner and general contractor
on site. Whether specifically shown on drawings or not, provide access panels as
required for service access to all mechanical dampers, fire dampers, and
equipment requiring routine maintenance or code required access.
14. Coordinate on site and reference architectural drawings for location of all fire
dampers. Install fire dampers with adequate access for resetting fusible links.
Install fire dampers at all code required duct penetrations of fire rated partitions
whether specifically shown or not on plans.
1.7 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any
departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details
for such departure and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect or
Engineer of Record.
B. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of fixtures,
equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and
details for exact location of fixtures and equipment.
C. The Contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of
other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain head room and
space conditions at all points. Where head room or space conditions appear inadequate,
notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation.
D. This Contractor shall lay out his work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, and
measurements required for the installation of this work.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
E. All cutting and patching required for work under this section of these specifications
shall be done by the affected sub-contractor. All vertical piping shall be fire sealed
according to the penetration details on the construction documents; alternate methods
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction are acceptable.
F. If directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable
modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for
proper execution of the work.
G. This subcontractor is cautioned that the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) has very
stringent requirements for clearances above Electrical Switchboards and Panelboards.
Article #384-4, I st paragraph states: "an exclusively dedicated space extending 25 feet
from floor or to the structural ceiling with a width and depth of the equipment. No
piping, ducts, or equipment foreign to the electrical equipment..... shall be permitted
to be installed in, enter, or pass through such spaces". Any transgression of this space
by any sub-contractor shall be corrected at that contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION 15010
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TlONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE_1
SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, mechanical sleeve seals, and
identification materials and devices.
B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation for metal and wood supports and
anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment.
C. Coordination Drawings: As required in contract.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical
dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment
is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit
breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs
shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases.
If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must
meet design and commissioning requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to
provide the electrical contractor with one set of approved submittals indicating actual
electrical requirements for approved mechanical equipment, whether changed or the
same as specified on construction drawings.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pipes, ductwork and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps
through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent
entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.
B. Protect stored pipes, dcutwork and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade.
Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
15050 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE I.'!
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components.
B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during
progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations.
C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment
for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring
positioning before closing in building, structure and framing.
E. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead
utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised
service companies, and controlling agencies.
F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items reqmnng
access are concealed behind finished surfaces with architect, general contractor and
owner.
G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if
devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical
ceilings and similar concealment.
1.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not
indicated.
B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are
shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Architect.
C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or
replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with
minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible
locations.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
15050-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE!'!!: 1
E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope.
F. Install flexible COllilectors on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel
to equipment shafts if possible.
1.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partItIOns, ceilings, and other surfaces
necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades
involved.
B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
15050-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10EI~.
SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes domestic water piping from locations indicated to fixtures and
equipment inside the building.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water plpmg
systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise
indicated:
1. Domestic Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig on service side of any pressure
reducing valves.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
B. Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article in Part 3.
C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
15140 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
IOE..
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their
Appurtenances," and NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects;
Sections I through 9," for combined fire-protection and domestic water service piping
to building.
C. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic,
potable domestic water piping and components.
D. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections I
through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials.
B. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other
manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends
compatible with, piping to be joined.
I. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: A WW A C2l9, metal,
sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure
rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
2.2 COPPER TUBING
A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, annealed temper.
1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME BI6.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME BI6.22,
wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if
indicated.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME BI6.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish
Class 300 flanges if required to match piping.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-I23, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with
ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
15140 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
2.3 CPVC PIPING
A. CPVC Schedule 40 Pipe: ASTM F 4411F 441M.
I. CPVC Schedule 40 Fittings: ASTM F 438, socket type.
B. CPVC Schedule 80 Pipe: ASTM F 441/F 441M.
J. CPVC Schedule 80 Fittings: ASTM F 439, socket or ASTM F 437 threaded type.
c. CPVC Piping System: ASTM D 2846/D 2846M, SDR II, pipe and socket fittings.
1. CPVC Tubing System: ASTM D 2846/D 2846M, SDR II, tube and socket
fittings.
2.4 VALVES
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for bronze and cast-iron, general-duty valves.
B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for balancing and drain valves.
C. CPVC Union Ball Valves: MSS SP-I22, with full-port ball, socket or threaded
detachable end connectors, and pressure rating not less than 150 psig at 73 deg F.
1. Material Option: MSS SP-I22, of plastic other than CPVC and suitable for
potable water. Include threaded ends and pressure rating not less than 150 psig at
73 deg F, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may
be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Grooved joints may be used on aboveground grooved-end piping.
3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated,
the following requirements apply:
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
15140 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE .'
I. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use
cast-iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and
larger.
2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller.
Use cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.
B. Cast-iron, grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping.
C. CPVC ball, butterfly, and check valves may be used with CPVC piping.
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic
piping installation.
B. Extend domestic water service piping to exterior water distribution piping in sizes and
locations indicated.
C. Install underground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
D. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe
penetration through foundation waIL Select number of interlocking rubber links
required to make installation watertight.
E. Install aboveground domestic water piping and plumb.
F. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that
piping is full of water.
G. Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do
not operate water heaters before filling with water.
H. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.
I. Water-Pressure Regulators: Set outlet pressure at 80 psig maximum, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic
piping joint construction.
B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-
free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
15140-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lClf ,q
C. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed-coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and
bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Mechanically Formed Outlets: Form tee in copper tube according to equipment
manufacturer's written instructions. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole,
form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into
collar.
3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
B. Rod diameter may be reduced I size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of3/8 inch.
C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
I. NPS % and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8 inch rod.
2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8 inch rod.
3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8 inch rod.
D. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet or every floor whichever is less.
E. Install hangers for CPVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
I. NPS I and Smaller: 36 inches with 3/8 inch rod.
2. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8 inch rod.
F. Install supports for vertical CPVC piping every 60 inches for NPS 1 and smaller and
every 72 inches for NPS 1-1/4 and larger.
G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's
written instructions.
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.
C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water service piping. Use transition fitting to
join dissimilar piping materials.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
15140 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOlE . 1~
D. Connect domestic water piping to service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and
connect to the following:
I. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated,
but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections.
2. Plwnbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not
smaller than required by plumbing code.
3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than
equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection.
Use flanges instead of unions forNPS 2-]/2 and larger.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows:
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and
approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities
having jurisdiction:
a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing
or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having
jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with
requirements.
3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test
or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:
I. Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired before using.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having
jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either
A WW A C651 or A WW A C652 or as described below:
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not
appear at outlets.
b. Fill and isolate system with water/chlorine solution and allow to stand for
24 hours.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE ,~'..
c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming
from system after the standing time.
d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.
C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work
progresses.
END OF SECTION ]5]40
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
15140 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10'E
SECTION ]5150 - SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
] .1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes soil and waste, storm and sanitary drainage and vent piping inside
and outside the building.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic and rubber piping materials:
1. ABS: Acrylonitri1e-butadiene-styrene plastic.
2. EPDM: Ethy1ene-propy1ene-diene terpo1ymer.
3. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
4. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
5. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the
following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated:
I. Soil, Storm, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10 foot head of water.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
B. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements.
SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING
15150 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
IOE
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for
plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste,
and vent piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF-tubular" for plastic
continuous waste piping; and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials.
2.2 PVC PIPING
A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, solid-wall drain, waste, and vent.
]. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 331], drain,
waste, and vent patterns.
B. Cellular-Core, Schedule 40, PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Schedule 40.
I. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and
vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.
C. Cellular-Core, Sewer and Drain Series, PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Series PS 100.
I. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and
vent patterns and to fit Series PS 100 sewer and drain pipe.
D. PVC Special Fittings: ASTM F 409, drainage-pattern tube and tubular fittings with
ends as required for application.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic
piping installation.
SANIT ARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING
15150-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary and storm drains
connect to building sanitary sewers and storm drainage systems.
C. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force-main
plpmg.
D. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe
penetration through foundation walL Select number of interlocking rubber links
required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic
Mechanical Materials and Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals.
E. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation walL
Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials
and Methods" for wall penetration systems.
F. Make changes in direction for storm drainage, soil and waste drainage and vent piping
using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-
sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from
horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if2 fixtures
are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees,
elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more
than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of
different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is
prohibited.
G. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true
to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends
of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written
instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.
Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.
H. Install storm drainage, soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following
minimum slopes per Florida Plumbing Code, State of Florida Unified Code and at the
direction of authority having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated:
L Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Plan work and drainage systems to connect to site utility elevations. Verify elevation of
connection to site utilities prior to commencing work. Bring any discrepancies to the
architect or engineer of record prior to commencing any work.
SANIT ARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING
15150 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic
piping joint construction.
B. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665.
3.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
B. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8 inch minimum
rods.
C. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
I. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8 inch rod.
2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2 inch rod.
3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8 inch rod.
D. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches.
E. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's
written instructions.
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect storm drainage, soil and waste piping to exterior strom drainage system or
sewer systems respectively. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.
C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:
1. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes
indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities
having jurisdiction.
I. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING
15150 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lm:E\
2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or
inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Test, storm drainage, sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of
authorities having jurisdiction.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and
debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Exposed ABS and PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two
coats of water-based latex paint.
END OF SECTION 15150
SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING
15150 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
SECTION 15200 - FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of
Division 15.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies prinkler systems for buildings and structures.
B.
Products specified in this Section with installation not in
cabinets with spare sprinklers and sprinkler wrenches.
maintenance personnel.
Contract include sprinkler
Deliver to the Owner's
C. Scope of Work:
1. Contractor shall provide construction documents with hydraulic calculations, for
the sprinkler system for the building as further defined throughout scope of
performance specifications. Documents shall be provided on computer generated
drawings. Provide all documents for engineer of record review through submittal
process as described in other Sections and submit shop drawings for permit
application process.
2. Coordinate Construction Documents with Architectural Drawings, Structural
Drawings, and Mechanical Drawings to ensure adequate space for all other trades.
3. Fire Department Connection (FDC) to be provided on downstream side of
backflow preventer and at a minimum of 50 feet from a fire hydrant.
4. See Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for alarm devices not specified in
this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Pipe sizes used in this Section are nominal pipe size (NPS) specified in inches. Tube
sizes are standard tube size specified in inches.
B. Working plans as used in this Section refer to documents (including drawings and
calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in NFPA 13 for obtaining approval of
authority having jurisdication.
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Other definitions for fire protection systems are included In referenced N.F.P.A.
standards.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: System with automatic sprinklers attached to a pIpIng
system containing water and connected to water supply so that water discharges
immediately from sprinklers when they are opened by fire.
B. Sprinkler System Protection Limits: All spaces within areas indicated. Include closets,
toilet and locker room areas, and all other areas as required by N.F.P.A. 13.
1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and obtain approval from authority having jurisdiction for fire protection
systems specified prior to submission of permit drawings.
B. Conduct fire hydrant flow tests as required to obtain hydraulic data needed to prepare
design for hydraulically calculated systems.
C. Hydraullical1y design sprinkler systems according to:
1. Sprinkler System Occupancy Classifications in accordance with definitions and
interpretations of authority having jurisdiction related to N.F.P.A. 13.
2. Minimum Density Requirements for Automatic Sprinkler System Hydraulic
Design as follows:
a. Light Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 GPM over 1500 square feet area.
b. Ordinary Hazard, Group I Occupancy: 0.15 GPM over 1500 square feet
area.
c. Ordinary Hazard, Group II Occupancy: 0.20 GPM over 1500 square feet
area.
d. Note: any area and density calculation may be provided for hazard areas
provided that it complies with N.F.P.A. 13. The above are used as a
guideline only.
D. Components and Installation: Capable of producing piping systems with the following
minimum working pressure rating except where indicated otherwise.
1. Sprinker Systems: Minimum required pressure to attain required water flow per
N.F.PA 13.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
A. Provide the following product data for fire protection system components. Include the
following.
I. Piping
2. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and gaurds. Include sprinkler flow characteristics,
mounting, finish, and other data.
B. Sprinkler system drawings, identified as "working plans" and prepared according to
N.F.P.A. 13, N.F.P.A. 14 and N.F.P.A. 20, that have been approved by the authority
having jurisdiction. Include system hydraulic calculations.
C. Test reports and certificates as described in N.F.P.A. 13. Include "Contractor's
Material & Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping".
D. Maintenance data for each type of fire protection specialty specified, for inclusion in
"Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1 Section "Project
Closeout"
E. 2 copies of NFPA 13 "Recommended Practice for the Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems." Deliver to Owner's maintenance personneL
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories
are listed by product name and manufacturer in U.L. Fire Protection Equipment
Directory and FM Approval Guide and that confonn to other requirements indicated.
B. Comply with requirements of authority having jurisdiction for submittals, approvals,
materials, hose threads, installation, inspections and testing
C. NFP A Standards: Equipment, specialties, accessones, installation, and testing
complying with the following:
I. NFP A 13 "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
2. NFPA 26 "Recommended Practice for Supervision of Valves Controlling Water
Supplies for Fire Protection"
3. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code"
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE \ \\ ~,~
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1 . S prinkl ers:
a. Central Sprinkler Corp.
b. Gem Sprinkler Co., Div., Grinnel Corp.
c. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
d. Star Sprinkler Corp.
e. Viking Corp.
f Approved equal to the above.
2. Grooved Couplings for Steel Piping:
a. Grinnell Supply Sales Co., Grinnell Co.
b. Gustin-Bacon Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid., Tyler Corp.
c. Stockham Valves and Fittings, Inc.
d. Victaulic Company of America
e. Approved equal to the above.
2.2 PIPES AND TUBES
A. Ductile-Iron Pipe: A WW A C 115, ductile-iron barrel with iron-alloy threaded flanges,
250 psig minimum working pressure rating, and A WW A C 1 04 cement mortar lining.
4. Option: Pipe may be A WWA pattern, cut-grooved for grooved-coupling joints.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, Schedule 10 2.5 through 5 inch sizes and NFPA 13 specified
wall thickness for 6 inch size, with plain ends, black and galvanized, for rolled-groove
and welded joints.
C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, threadab1e lightwall, black and galvanized, for threaded
joints.
2.2 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS
A. Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Flanged Fittings: A WW A ClIO, 250 pSlg mlmmum
pressure rating, with A WW A C104 cement-mortar lining.
B. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.4, Class 250, standard pattern, with threads
according to ASME B1.20.1.
C. Grooved-End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47
malleable iron, A WW A pipe-size, designed to accept A WW A C606 grooved couplings.
Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved interior coating.
D. Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234 seamless or welded; ASME BI6.9, buttwelding; or ASME
BI6.11, socket-welding type for welding joints.
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lClE
2.3 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for joining
materials not included in this section.
B. Couplings for Grooved-End Steel Pipe and Grooved-End Ferrous Fittings: UL 213,
A WW A C606, ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable-iron housing, with
enamel finish. Include synthetic-rubber gasket with central-cavity, pressure-responsive
design; ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts and nuts; and locking pin, toggle, or lugs to
secure grooved pipe and fittings.
C. Couplings for Grooved-End Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings: UL 213, A WW A C606,
ASTM A 536 ductile-iron housing, with enamel finish. Include synthetic rubber gasket
with central-cavity, pressure-responsive design, and ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts
and nuts to secure grooved pipe and fittings.
C. Grooved-End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47
malleable iron, A WW A pipe-size, designed to accept A WW A C606 grooved couplings.
Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved interior
coating.
2.4 SPRINKLERS
A. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element conforming to U.L. 199
B. Sprinkler types and categories are as indicated and as required by application. Furnish
automatic sprinklers with nominal Yo inch orifice for temperature and occupancy
occupation as required and described by N.F.P.A. 13 and in compliance with
interpretation of local authority having jurisdiction.
C. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome-plated, bronze and all white
D. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types and finishes for following sprinkler
mounting applications. Chrome plated steel and white, 2 piece, with I-inch vertical
adjustment.
END OF SECTION 15200
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
15200 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10EI"
SECTION 15732 - PACKAGED AlC UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the rooftop air conditioning units for cooling and heating.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each model indicated, including
rated capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties,
and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads,
required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of
each field connection. Prepare the following by or under the supervision of a qualified
professional engineer:
1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and
for designing vibration isolation bases.
2. Detail mounting, securing, and attachment of curb to concrete pad structure.
3. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For rooftop air conditioners to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
rooftop air conditioners and are based on the specific system indicated.
PACKAGED AlC UNITS
15732 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFP A 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
C. Energy-Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1,
"Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."
D. ARI Certification: Units shall be ARI certified and listed.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
replace components of rooftop air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship
within specified warranty period. Provide 1 year parts and labor warranty and 5 year
compressor warranty for all packaged air conditioning units.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS LARGER THAN 20 TONS
A. Manufacturers:
I. AAON, Inc.l Scorpion
B. Description: Factory assembled and tested; designed for exterior installation; consisting
of compressor, indoor and outside refrigerant coils, chilled water cooling coil, indoor
fan, refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers.
C. Casing: Manufacturer's standard single-wall galvanized sheet metal construction with
exterior enamel paint finish, removable panels or hinged access doors with neoprene
gaskets for inspection and access to internal parts, minimum Yo inch thick thermal
insulation knockouts for electrical and piping connections, exterior condensate drain
connection, and lifting lugs.
D. Indoor Fan: Forward Curved, Backward Inclined or Airfoil centrifugal, belt driven with
adjustable motor sheaves, grease-lubricated ball bearings, and motor and fan internally
isolated.
PACKAGED AlC UNITS
15732 - 2
ImE
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
E. Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum-plate fin and seamless copper tube in galvanized-steel
casing with equalizing-type vertical distributor and thermal expansion valve; tested to
450 psig and leak tested to 300 psig with air under water.
F. Compressor(s): Hermetic or Semihermetic reciprocating or scroll compressors with
integral vibration isolators, internal overcurrent and overtemperature protection, internal
pressure relief and crankcase heaters
G. Refrigeration System:
I. Compressor(s).
2. Indoor coils and fan.
3. Expansion valves with replaceable thermostatic elements.
4. Independent refrigerant circuits.
5. Brass service valves installed in discharge and liquid lines.
6. Charge of refrigerant.
7. Refrigerant Circuits: Interlaced refrigerant-coil circuiting with circuit for each
compressor.
8. Capacity Control: Cylinder unloaders with steps as scheduled.
9. Compressor Motor Overload Protection: Manual reset.
10. Antirecycling Timing Device: Prevents compressor restart for five minutes after
shutdown.
H. Controls contractor shall provide and coordinate directly with factory to have controls
panel pre-wired at factory.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances.
B. Isolation Curb Support: Install units on manufacturer provided curbs.
3.2 CON'NECTIONS
A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection
requirements:
1. Install ducts to termination in roof curb.
B. Electrical System Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 16
Sections for power wiring, switches, and motor controls.
PACKAGED AlC UNITS
15732 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOEI...
C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Perform the following field quality-control tests and inspections and prepare test
reports:
1. After installing packaged air conditioners and after electrical circuitry has been
energized, test units for compliance with requirements.
2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps.
3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to
confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.
4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment
B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above.
3.4 STARTUP SERVICE
A Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions and do the following:
I. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing.
2. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, air-cooled outside coil, and fans.
3. Inspect internal insulation.
4. Verify that labels are clearly visible.
5. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
6. Verify that controls are connected and operable.
7. Verify that filters are installed.
8. Clean outside coil and inspect for construction debris.
9. Inspect operation of motorized dampers.
10. Lubricate bearings on fan.
11. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration
and binding.
12. Calibrate thermostats.
13. After startup and performance testing, change filters, vacuum heat exchanger and
cooling and outside coils, lubricate bearings, and adjust belt tension (where
applicable).
END OF SECTION 15732
PACKAGED AlC UNITS
15732 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE !t~1
SECTION 15855 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provlslOns of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes ceiling- and wall-mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles.
1 J DEFINITIONS
A Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in
the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various
directions and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary
room air.
B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can
be located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor.
C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following:
1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished;
indicate construction, finish, and mounting details.
2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise
ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet.
3. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room
location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
4. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet; indicate materials and
methods of assembly of components.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
15855 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers,
registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems
indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may
be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions."
B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A,
"Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A Diffusers, registers, and grilles are scheduled on Drawings.
2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating
the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
B. Manufacturers: Select grilles and registers equal to those specified on construction
drawings by one of the following approved manufacturers.
1. E.H. Price
2. Krueger Industries
3. Metal-Aire, Inc.
4. Air Guide, Inc.
5. Titus
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
15855-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOlE'.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's
written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced
standards.
B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts,
fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve
design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and
pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For
units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where
architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a
determination of final location. Cross-reference location of diffusers in ceiling on
mechanical plans with architectural reflected ceiling plans. Where architectural
ceiling plans differ from mechanical plans refer conflict to architect.
C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow
service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as
directed, before starting air balancing.
3.4 CLEANING
A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean
exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers,
and grilles that have damaged finishes.
END OF SECTION 15855
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
15855 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOEw-.
SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
I. ] RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provlSlons of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HV AC systems to produce
design objectives, including the following:
]. Balancing airflow and within distribution systems, including submains, branches,
and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances.
2. Adjusting total HV AC systems to provide indicated quantities.
3. Setting quantitative performance ofHV AC equipment.
4. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly.
5. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as
to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.
B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains,
branches, and terminals, according to design quantities.
C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more
factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby
more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated.
D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield
repeatable results.
E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order.
F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of
measurement In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump.
G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the
suction side.
TESTlNG, ADJUSTlNG, AND BALANClNG
15990 - ]
IOE '..
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
1.4
A
H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions
that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.
I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance
ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when
the fan was performance tested.
1. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or
leaves the distribution system.
K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment.
1. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and
reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.
AABC: Associated Air Balance CounciL
AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association.
CTI: Cooling Tower Institute.
NEBB: National Enviromnental Balancing Bureau.
SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by
either AABC or NEBB or a company whose sole business for at least the last 4 years
has been the testing adjusting and balancing of HV AC systems of similar size.
B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing,
adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following:
I. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified
testing, adjusting, and balancing reports.
2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved
testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced
in this Specification.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building
before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting,
and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to
discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting,
and balancing of systems and equipment
1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of
the Contract.
2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells,
flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers,
are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of
these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and
for efficient system and equipment operation.
B. Examine approved submittal data ofHV AC systems and equipment
C. Examine project record documents described in Division I Section "Project Record
Documents. "
D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate
performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects
that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all
or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings
of HV AC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented
when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system
effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and
Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HV AC Systems--Duct Design,"
Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions.
E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that
testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification
Sections have been performed.
F. Examine system and equipment test reports.
G. Examine HV AC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing
devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices,
balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and
their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient
system and equipment operation.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
,
\ .
H. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and
balancing.
L Examine air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings
are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is
ready for operation.
1. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for supply air, to verify that they are airtight.
Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed.
K. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight
fins.
L Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and
controls.
M. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following:
1. Dampers and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller.
2. Dampers are in the position indicated by the controller.
3. Integrity of dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed
and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing
boxes, and variable-air-volume terminals.
4. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold
walls.
5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions.
6. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system
reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from
design values.
7. Interlocked systems are operating.
8. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values.
N. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting,
and balancing procedures.
3.2 PREPARATION
A Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-
step procedures.
B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the
following:
1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete.
2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operationaL
3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
TESTING, ADmSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10EI~
4. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required
and access to balancing devices is provided.
5. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can
be met.
3.3 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures
contained in AABC national standards and this Section.
B. Cut insulation, ducts, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After
testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials
identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier.
C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification
material, including damper-control positions, valve indicators, fan-speed-control
levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings.
3.4 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors
and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet
volumes with required fan volumes.
B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.
C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.
D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow
measurements.
E. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the retum-
and exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
L Check for airflow blockages.
J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOlE j ~~
3.5 AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed
by the fan manufacturer.
I. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:
a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable
and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.
b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible
connection.
c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the
fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from
duct restrictions.
d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the
plenum that houses the fan.
2. Measure static pressure across each air-handling unit component.
a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance
personnel must change filters.
3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps,
heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions.
4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design
static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect
factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur.
Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions.
5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Architect.
Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections
to accommodate fan-speed changes.
6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult
equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and
measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure
amperage in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the
maximum required brake horsepower.
B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to
design airflows within specified tolerances.
1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and
adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for
Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and
inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E ;11
2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue
to adjust submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified
tolerances.
C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
I. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's
written instructions and calculating factors.
D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified
tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than
extractors and the dampers at the air terminals.
I. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of
design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed
by the Contract Documents.
2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
3.6 TEMPERATURE TESTING
A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature
regulation within the automatic temperature-control system.
B. Measure indoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2
successive 8-hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of
final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied.
C. Measure outside-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures.
3.7 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION
A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned.
B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely
affect control functions.
C. Record controller settings and note varIances between set points and actual
measurements.
D. Verify operation oflimiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers).
E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve
operators.
F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device
positions and correlate with airflow and water-flow measurements. Note the speed of
response to input changes.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990-7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E' j
G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers.
H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems.
L Verify main control supply-air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations.
1. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system
operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply.
K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations.
3.8 TOLERANCES
A. Set HV AC system airflow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Minus 5 to plus 10 percent
2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent.
3.9 FINAL REPORT
A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond
paper, in 3-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced
systems.
B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified
testing and balancing engineer.
1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of
calibration.
C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the
following:
1. Fan curves.
2. Manufacturers' test data.
3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include
approved Shop Drawings and Product Data.
D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following
data in the final report, as applicable:
1. Title page.
2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent.
3. Project name.
4. Project location.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15990-8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
5. Architect's name and address.
6. Engineer's name and address.
7. Contractor's name and address.
8. Report date.
9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report.
10. Summary of contents, including the following:
a. Design versus final performance.
b. Notable characteristics of systems.
c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings.
13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design
values.
14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following:
a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
b. Conditions of filters.
c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch
diameter.
f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems.
g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.
h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
END OF SECTION 15990
TESTING, ADm STING, AND BALANCING
15990 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
II 't!\i E
~,,,,'
SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A Section includes project supervision, coordination, cutting, patching, inspections,
permits and miscellaneous work.
B. This work includes all labor, materials, transportation, tools, and equipment
necessary to install, test and guarantee a complete system as specified and shown
on drawings, including providing and installing fire stop assemblies at fire rated
walls and ceilings.
C. Provide access doors where required in ceilings and walls to access concealed
equipment provided by the trade.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Submit fully coordinated submittals, with number of copies indicated in
Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. Submittals shall be complete and indicate all
electrical devices to be furnished on the project Partial or incomplete submittals shall be
returned un-reviewed.
1.3 SUPERVISION
A. Maintain competent Superintendent in charge of work. Superintendent shall be
qualified and have suitable experience in type of work involved. Should he be
deemed not capable by Architect, he shall be replaced immediately by a
Superintendent who is satisfactory. After a satisfactory Superintendent has been
assigned, he shall not be withdrawn without consent of Architect
1.4 WORKMANSHIP
A. Materials and equipment shall be installed in a neat and industry standard manner
as judged by the Engineer of Record and/or Architect.
B. Architect reserves right to direct removal and replacement of items, which, in his
opinion, do not present an orderly and reasonably neat appearance provided such
orderly installation can be made using customary trade methods. The removal and
replacement shall be done when directed in writing by Architect at sub-
contractor's expense and without additional expense to Owner.
BASIC MATERIALS. METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.5 CONNECTING TO WORK OF OTHERS
A. Before starting his work and from time to time as work progresses, the Electrical
sub-contractor's superintendent shall examine work and materials installed by
others insofar as they apply to his own work, and shall notify the Architect
immediately in writing of conditions which will prevent satisfactory results in
installation ofthe system.
B. Should the Electrical subcontractor start his work without proper notification, it
shall be construed as an acceptance by him of all conditions and as to suitability of
the work of others to receive his work.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work.
If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the sub-
contractor, details for such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted
to the Architect immediately.
B. These items shall be submitted, in writing, for approval. No such departure shall
be made without prior written approval of the Architect.
C. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of fixtures,
equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings
and details for exact location of fixtures and equipment.
D. The sub-contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the
drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed.
Maintain headroom and space conditions at all points. Where headroom or space
conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the
installation.
E. If directed by the Contractor or Architect, the sub-contractor shall, without extra
charge, make reasonable modifications (as judged by Contractor or Architect) in
the layout and installation of the electrical equipment, fixtures, and devices as
needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades, or for proper execution of
the work.
1.7 CLAIMS FOR EXTRA WORK
A. General Conditions of the Contract apply and proposed extra work must be
approved prior to performance of extra work. Change Orders will be audited.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
1.8 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND PERSONNEL
A. Each sub-contractor shall be responsible for proper protective measures when
working overhead or in finished areas. He shall repair, replace, or touch up
finished surface, which may be damaged as a result of his work or operations.
This is to include preparation, priming, and refinish of structure due to welding or
machining for attachment of electrical equipment.
B. Subcontractor shall carry suitable insurance as prescribed by law for protection of his
employees, other persons, materials and equipment on site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND EXCAVATIONS
A. Cutting and patching of walls, partitions, floors, concrete, pits and chases in wood
and masonry will be done by this sub-contractor as indicated or as directed by
Architect. Cutting of steel, wood, or other main structural parts must be approved
by Architect prior to commencing cutting.
B. Sub-contractor shall do necessary excavation and back-filling for his own work.
3.2 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
A. Subcontractor shall maintain premises free from accumulations of waste material
or rubbish caused by his employees or work. At completion of work he shall
remove tools, scaffolding, materials and rubbish from building site, and leave
premises and his work in a clean, orderly, and acceptable condition.
3.3 ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS
A. If the work as laid out, indicated, or specified is contrary to, or conflicts with local
ordinances or regulations, the sub-contractor shall report same to Architect before
submitting his bid. Architect will issue instructions as to procedure.
3.4 PERMITS AND FEES
A. Subcontractor shall obtain necessary permits and inspections required for his work
and pay charges incidental thereto. He shall deliver to Architect certificates of
inspection issued by authorities having jurisdiction.
3.5 SCHEDULES AND MATERIALS
A Materials and equipment are specified herein by a single or by multiple
manufacturers, to indicate quality, material, and type of construction desired. One
Manufacturer's product is indicated and has been used as basis for design.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Before purchase of equipment, submit (6) copies of shop drawings for approvaL
Submit as complete as possible. Identify each item submitted. Information on
shop drawings shall contain all that is necessary to show that equipment complies
with specifications and drawings. Show required modifications. One complete set
of approved shop drawings shall be kept at job site.
NOTE: All submittals of electrical materials or equipment shall be made at the same
time contained within one binder and one letter of transmittaL
C. Provide shop drawings within 30 days of notice to proceed.
D. Provide shop drawings for the following:
1. Light fixtures and lamps
2. Panel boards
3. Fire Alarm divices
4. Electrical devices (switches, receptacles, cover plates)
5. Occupancy Sensors.
E. Corrections or comments made on shop drawings during review do not relieve
contractor from compliance with requirements of drawings and specifications.
This check is only for review of general conformance with design concept of
project, and general compliance with information given in contract documents.
3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Upon completion of work, each sub-contractor shall clean, oil, and grease fans,
motors, and other running equipment and apparatus which he installs, and shall
make certain such apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and
ready for test.
3.7 INSTRUCTIONS
A. Each sub-contractor shall furnish (3) complete sets of operations and maintenance
instructions applying to each piece of equipment installed in conjunction with this
contract.
3.8 GUARANTEE AND SERVICE
A. In addition to guarantee of equipment by manufacturer of each piece of equipment
specified herein, each sub-contractor shall also guarantee such equipment and
make good any defect of material or workmanship occurring during a period of (1)
year from final acceptance test, without expense to Owner.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOlE
B. Each Subcontractor shall service systems for (]) year from final acceptance. Such
service will include lubrication, necessary adjustment, and/or replacement of
defective equipment and materials furnished. Light bulb replacement guarantee
shall be limited to 30 days after final acceptance.
C. The subcontractor shall coordinate the "DIP" switch settings on the occupancy
sensors with the owner prior to completion of the project.
3.9 CODES AND INSPECTIONS
A. Work shall comply with:
1. National Electric Code (2005 edition, Contractor to verify existing
jurisdiction requirements).
2. Local city and/or county amendments and all applicable codes
3. O.S.H.A Standards
4. Standards of National Board of Fire Underwriters
5. Regulation ofEJectric Utility Company concerning electrical installation.
6. Federal ADA Handicap Requirements
3.10 SCOPE
A. Furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for a complete and workable
system and installation.
3.11 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A Prior to and during installation, store materials to protect them from injury or
deterioration. Material shall not be stored in contact with ground or floor. If
suitable storage areas are not available at job site, provide temporary construction
or store material off-site in suitable warehouses. Do not remove manufacturer's
packing materials until ready to install.
3.12 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall read applicable sections of these specifications, and prepare and
assemble required test reports, maintenance manuals, certificates, guarantees and
letters of instruction. Contractor's representatives responsible for work under
Division 16 shall be present at time of acceptance inspections, and shall furnish
required mechanics, tools, and ladders to assist in inspection.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
B. Prior to requesting final inspection, the sub-contractor shall clean, and where
required, paint electrical equipment installed. Exposed conduits, exposed outlet
boxes, surface panel cabinets, etc. shall be finished to match walls or ceilings.
Cabinets, panels, panel covers, scratched or otherwise damaged shall be painted
with factory supplied color-matched paint. Interiors of panelboards, switchboards
and cabinets shall be vacuum cleaned, free of dust and debris.
C. List of items to be corrected as a result of acceptance inspection will be furnished
to the Architect for transmittal to the Genera] Contractor.
D. Notify Architect in writing of items appearing on list for correction, which are
disputed by the sub-contractor. When ready, request in writing a re-inspection of
work. Should items on the rejection list remain uncorrected, additional
inspections required to ascertain Contractor shall pay completion to the Engineer
at rate of$125.00 per hour.
3.13 ELECTRICAL SERVICE
A. Electrical service shall be as indicated. Consultation and coordination with
applicable utility company representative is a sub-contractor job requirement prior
to start of project. Coordination shall occur within 7-days of sub-contract award.
Advise Architect and Engineer immediately of any changes that will cause an
increase of cost to the Owner.
3.14 DIRECTORIES
A. Install typewritten directories in panel boards, for each branch circuit that
identifies the space and the equipment it controls. Label all panels; disconnect
switches, and time clocks with identification shown on plans using engraved
phenolic labels. Identify main service disconnect and switches ahead of mains
and indicate the equipment served.
3.15 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Provide electrical power and control systems to indicated equipment. Included are
wiring, raceways, disconnects, and other devices. Motor starters for mechanical
equipment, if not an integral part of the equipment, are to be the direct
responsibility of the electrical sub-contractor to provide, install, and connect as
directed by the mechanical sub-contractor. Heater sizes, etc. shall be coordinated
with the actual equipment installed. Non-fused combination type NEMA I
starters with 120-volt control shall normally be the requirement. Control wiring
shown on mechanical drawings shall be provided under this section. Maintain (l)
set of approved equipment shop drawings and control system wiring diagrams on
the job. Provide rough-in power and control in accordance with this set.
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10'E
B. Rough-in locations, type of connection (straight blade or twist-Ioc receptacle, wall
junction box with flex conduit to unit, or unit mounted J-box etc.), ampacity of
the connections, single phase circuits required are the responsibility of Electrical
Contractor. This applies to such equipment as: water coolers, water heaters, AlC
condensing units, AIC air handlers, and exhaust fans or equipment indicated.
Final information must be obtained from the actual "to be installed" equipment
drawings.
END OF SECTION 16050
BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS
16050-7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES
PART] - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A Section includes wires and cables.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 WIRES AND CABLES
A Conductors shall be copper. Conductor insulation type shall THWN or XHHW. All
conductor ampacities are to be based upon 75 degree C. insulation - no down-sizing
permitted of conductor size based upon use of90 degree Centigrade rated insulation.
B. Branch circuit outlets shall be connected as indicated. Conductors shall be color
coded throughout using three colors, Red, Black, and Blue for hot lines and White
for neutral. Switch legs shall be Brown, Yellow, and Orange. Ground conductor
shall be green. The same color shall be used for branch circuit wiring of a given
phase for the entire project. Conductors No.8 A WG and larger may be Black, but
shall be identified with colored tape in junction boxes, pull-boxes, panels, and service
equipment.
C. Continuity of neutrals of multi-wire branch circuits shall not be made on terminals
of any device, but shall be spliced and tap connected to device. This will assure no
opening of neutral in replacement of device.
D. Fixture and branch circuit wiring joints for conductors No.6 A WG and smaller in
junction and outlet boxes shall be made with 0.1. approved pressure type connectors.
Use only Ideal Industries Models 451,452,455, or 453 and Scotch-Lock types Y,
R, or B. Splices and taps for conductors No.4 A WG and larger shall be made using
2 bolt type solder-less connectors made of high conductivity bronze castings, taped
with at least 3 layers of insulating tape, half-lapped.
END OF SECTION 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
I OE "".
SECTION 16135 - ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes electrical boxes and fittings.
B. Related Sections:
]. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS
A. Outlet boxes shall be one-piece or projection welded galvanized stamped steel for
ganged sizes required. Sectional boxes will not be acceptable. Boxes larger than
standard shall be provided in accordance with National Electrical Code where
necessary to prevent crowding of wires. Outlet boxes required for communications
systems and mechanical control devices shall be installed under this section. Verify
outlet box size required for systems other than electrical power from shop and
manufacturer's drawings. Install outlets in accordance with those requirements.
B. Boxes for wall and ceiling outlets shall finish flush and straight at edge of finished
surface. Wall outlets in exposed concrete block, masonry and tile walls shall be
installed with extra-deep square corner boxes or with standard boxes and square
cornered tile wall covers, so that conduit off-sets are not required. Outlet boxes for
light fixture mounting shall be equipped with fixture studs. No outlets shall be
installed back-to-back.
C. Outlet boxes for switches shall be 4" from door jamb. Outlet occurring above
counters, cabinets, or mirrors shall be correlated by Contractor so that outlet clears
trim or is located in splash back as noted on drawings.
See architectural interior elevations for locations.
D. Fire rated walls and ceilings may require special consideration and hardware in order
to conform to UL. penetration details and requirements such as the size of allowable
openings (square inches) allowed in gross area or between vertical studs in walls.
Fire rated enclosures may also be required.
END OF SECTION 16135
ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS
16135-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 16143 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A Section includes installation of wiring devices.
B. Relation Sections:
1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating types of wiring devices to
be provided. Provide information indicating color options for color selection by Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LOCATION OF SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
A. Except where noted to contrary, switches and receptacles shall be located as follows:
(Dimensions to centerline)
1. Switches at 4'-0", or as noted.
2. Receptacles at 1'-6", or as noted.
3. Telephone, and Television outlets at 1'-6", or as noted.
4. The Electrical sub-contractor is responsible for coordinating the mounting
height of devices above counter tops, wall furniture, etc., with all other
trades.
B. Switches shall be mounted on strike side of doors, except where structurally
impracticaL Check Architectural drawings and details to determine actual swing of
each door, and locate switches accordingly.
3.2 WALL SWITCHES
A Wall switches shall be specification grade, quiet type, and high performance switches
rated at 20 amps. @ 125 volts.
WIRING DEVICES
16143-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
B. Switches shall have screw terminals and silver alloy contacts. No push wire
connections permitted.
C. Special switches shall be as indicated.
3.3 RECEPTACLES
A. Wall receptacles shall be specification grade, duplex 3-wire grounding type. Devices
shall be rated at 20 amps, 125 volt If a single receptacle serves only one piece of
equipment and is fed by a 20A or larger breaker, the device shall match the breaker
in ampacity.
B. Receptacles shall be side-wired with screw tenninals. No push wire connections
permitted.
C. Weatherproof receptacles shall have spring-closing, hinged, gasketed covers and
mounted long side horizontaL Use Hubbell #5205 WO for std. boxes and #5206 WO
for "FS" boxes.
D. Special outlets shall be as indicated, or ifnot indicated, shall be straight-blade type
of NEMA configurations according to size and type of branch circuit overcurrent
device.
3.4 WALL PLATES
A. Cover plates for devices shall be of same manufacturer as devices and shall be
smooth plastic; Verify color with Architect.
B. Gang plates shall be of one-piece construction.
3.5 DEVICE MANUFACTURERS
A. Leviton, Pass & Seymour, G.E., Bryant, Hubbell, and Slater are acceptable if they
meet requirements of 16143.02 and 16143.03. All devices on the project shall be by
the same manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 16143
WIRING DEVICES
16143-2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOEll'l\; '1
SECTION 16170 - EQUIPMENT & MOTOR DISCONNECTS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes installation of equipment and motor disconnects.
B. Related Sections:
I. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide submittals with manufacturers "Cut" sheets indicating type of
device, ampacity, voltage, enclosure rating, fusing, and other pertinent data. Submittal shall
be bound in a "Book" style.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DISCONNECTS
A. Furnish general duty disconnects Horsepower rated in accordance with Switched
Load Requirements. Disconnects shall be the product of the same manufacturer as
other distribution equipment, using quick-make, quick-break mechanism. Enclosure
shall be NEMA type conforming to area in which installed (NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, etc.)
or as called for on the drawings. Disconnects shall be protected (fused or circuit
breaker type) or non-protected (non-fused) as indicated on plans.
B. Fractional horsepower motors and other loads less than 10 amps may use
appropriately rated "snap" toggle switches; 1, 2, or 3 poles as required in lieu of
switches or breakers, H.P. rated manual starters may be used.
C. Equipment utilizing or permitting to utilize non-protected disconnects and those
equipments which NEe., U.L., andlor the equipment manufacture approve circuit
breakers (in lieu of fused switches) SHALL use enclosed circuit breakers or molded-
case switches for disconnecting purposes. Use of breakers andlor non-fused
disconnects for HV AC (combination loads) shall be verified with nameplate
requirements of the specific equipment installed and be "HACR" rated.
D. All disconnects 60 amps or less shall be deadfront with no exposed live pieces or
parts.
END OF SECTION 16170
EQUIPMENT & MOTOR DISCONNECTS
16170-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A nONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
tOE
SECTION 16452 - GROUNDING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A Section provides method of electrical system grounding.
B. Related Section:
I. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GROUNDING
A. Provide grounding and bonding systems in strict accordance with applicable edition
ofN.E.C. Art. #250
B. Service entrance ground shall consist of a set of electrodes as described and specified
in N.E.e. Art. 250-81 a) b) c) & d). "Made" electrodes described in N.E.C. 250-83
may be used in lieu of the above where conditions permit and other grounds are not
available. Interconnect conduits entering and leaving service entrance equipment
using grounding bushing and copper wire of the ampacity required by Art. #250.
Provide connection to service entrance ground.
C. All equipment which receives power from the electrical service shall be connected
to the premises grounding system with a conductor sized from Table 250-95 or thru
equivalent metal raceways as allowed by 250-72.
D. All metal interior piping shall be bonded to the electrical service equipment enclosure
with a conductor sized by 250.94.
E. All bonding and grounding shall be with copper conductors where wire type
conductors are utilized.
F. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accord with 250-94.
G. Outlet box to device shall be by use of self-grounding devices or a separate "pigtail"
to the racewaylbox grounded system.
END OF SECTION 16452
GROUNDING
16452-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 16470 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section:
1. "Basic Electrical Requirements."
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes lighting and receptacle panel boards and associated auxiliary
equipment rated 600 V or less.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): A device operative on excessive current that
causes and maintains the interruption of power in the circuit it protects.
1 A SUBMITTALS
A General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type panel board, accessory item, and component specified.
e. Shop drawings from manufacturers of panel boards including dimensioned plans, sections,
and elevations. Show tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating.
Include the following:
1. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1.
2. Bus configuration and current ratings.
3. Short-circuit current rating of panel board. Features, characteristics, ratings, and
factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components.
PANELBOARDS
16470 - I
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE ~f
D. Panel schedules for installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load
balancing.
E. Maintenance data for panel board components, for inclusion in Operating and
Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1 and in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical
Requirements." Include instructions for testing circuit breakers.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
1. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National
Electrical Code, Article 100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
B. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFP A
70, "National Electrical Code."
e. NEMA Standard: Comply with NEMA PB I, "Panelboards."
D. UL Standards: Comply with UL 61, "Panelboards," and UL 50, "Cabinets and Boxes."
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Keys: Furnish master key for panelboard cabinet locks. Provide six spares.
B. Touch-up Paint for panelboards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
1. Siemens
2. Square D Co.
3. Westinghouse Electric Corp.
4. General Electric
PANELBOARDS
16470 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
2.2 P ANELBOARDS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide type, rating, and features as indicated. Comply with Division 16 Section "Circuit
Breakers" to panel board installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used.
Multipole breakers shall have common trip.
B. Enclosures: Cabinets flush or surface mounted as indicted. NEMA Type 1 enclosure,
except where the following enclosure requirements are indicated.
1. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps except as indicated. Front for
surface-mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box. Fronts for flush panels
shall overlap box except as otherwise specified.
2. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panel door.
3. Bus: Hard drawn copper of98 percent conductivity.
4. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type.
5. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment
ground conductors. Bonded to box.
6. Transient Surge Suppression: Provide transient surge suppressors. (T.YS.S.)
2.3 GENERAL
A. Provide transient surge protector to panels as indicated on drawings. All suppressors
shall be manufactured by a company normally engaged in the design, development and
manufacture of such devices and shall have been in current production for at least one
year. The suppressors shall be constructed using hybrid MOV based modules and shall
be internally fused with current limiting devices of rating larger than the suppressor
rating, for parallel connection. Suppressors shall have visual indication of operation for
each phase, size, wave tracking, and EMlIRFI noise filtering.
2.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings, product data and manufacturer installation instructions. Submit
UL certification documentation.
2.5 PRODUCT
A. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria:
P ANELBOARDS
16470-3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E\11
1. Minimum single surge rating (L-N): 50,000 Amp per Phase.
(Branch circuit panel).
2. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 500 (*Biwave 6kv,3ka)
120/208 V.
2.6 INSTALLATION
A. Install panel per manufacturer instructions. Conductors shall be kept short and straight.
Device shall be close nippled to panel.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following:
a. Advanced Protection Technologies
b. Leviton
c. L.E.A Dynatech
d. Liebert
2.7 LIGHTING AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units.
B. Doors: In panel front, with concealed hinges. Secure with flush catch and tumbler lock,
all keyed alike.
2.9 IDENTIFICATION
A General: Refer to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labeling materials.
B. Panelboard Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic or metal nameplate for each
panelboard mounted with epoxy or industrial cement or industrial adhesive.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1,
"General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards
Rated 600 Volts or Less" and manufacturers' written installation instructions.
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6'-2" above finished floor, except as indicated.
PANELBOARDS
16470-4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panels uniformly
flush with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance panel
loads. Obtain approval before installing.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated.
B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated.
33 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in
accordance with manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL
486B.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Control Program: Conform to the following:
1. Protective Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings and settings to be
appropriate for final system configuration and parameters. Where discrepancies
are found, recommend final protective device ratings and settings. Use accepted
ratings or settings to make the final system adjustments.
B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include the following inspections and related work:
1. Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with
requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard schedules.
2. Exercise and perform of operational tests of all mechanical components and other
operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual.
3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and aligrunent and fit of
components.
4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench.
Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values.
P ANELBOARDS
16470 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE q.~
5. Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for overcurrent
protective devices as specified in Division 16 Section "Overcurrent Protective
Devices."
e. Electrical tests: Include the following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's
instruction:
3.5 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove
paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to
match original finish.
END OF SECTION 16470
PANELBOARDS
16470 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
SECTION 16482 - MOTOR POWER EQUIPMENT WIRING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Contractor shall provide all equipment, materials and wiring necessary for complete
installation of the systems herein specified and as shown on the plans, and on the
mechanical and plumbing drawings.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.
1.2 GENERAL
A. Furnish and install power wiring, disconnects, starters, and other devices for all
electrically operated equipment furnished by the Owner or other Contractors or as
shown on the mechanical plans and riser diagram.
B. This Contractor shall refer to other divisions of the specifications and specifically to
the mechanical drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all
wiring and electrical devices not specifically provided in other divisions.
e. Motor and equipment locations indicated on the drawings are approximate only.
Actual locations must be confirmed on the job site before conduits are installed.
Coordinate all motor and equipment exact locations with the mechanical drawings
and mechanical shop drawings.
D. Equipment connections shall include but not necessarily be limited to those noted on
the drawings.
E. All motors shall be fed with steel or PVC liquid-tite flexible conduit as noted on the
drawings with appropriate connectors. Provide and install a separate bond conductor,
sized from N.E.C. Table #250-95 in all flexible conduits to motors or equipment.
END OF SECTION 16482
MOTOR POWER EQUIPMENT WIRING
16482-1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 DE tf41
SECTION 16495 - TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
] .1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A This Section includes transfer switches rated 600 V and less. It includes the following
items: Automatic transfer switch (ATS).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Shop drawings or published product data for each transfer switch, including dimensioned
plans, sections, and elevations showing minimum clearances; conductor entry provisions;
gutter space; installed features and devices; and materials lists.
C. Wiring diagrams, elementary or schematic, differentiating between manufacturer-installed
and field-installed wiring.
D. Single-line diagrams of transfer switch units showing connections between automatic
transfer switch, bypasslisolation switch, power source, and load, plus interlocking
provlSlons.
E. Operation and maintenance data for each type of product, for inclusion in Operating and
Maintenance Manual specified in Division I. Include all features and operating
sequences, both automatic and manual. List all factory settings of relays and provide
relay setting and calibration instructions.
F. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance to the referenced standards and tested
short-circuit closing and withstand ratings applicable to the protective devices and current
ratings used in this Project, as indicated and as specified in paragraph "Tested Fault
Current Ratings."
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms are experienced in manufacturing equipment of the
types and capacities indicated and have a record of successful in-service performance.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
lOE
B. Emergency Service: Manufacturer maintains a service center capable of providing
emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project site with an 8-hour maximum response
time.
C. Comply with NFP A 70, "National Electrical Code," for components and installation.
D. Comply with NEMA ICS I, "General Standards for Industrial Control," ICS 2, "Industrial
Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies," and ICS 6, "Enclosures for Industrial
Controls and Systems."
E. UL Listing and Labeling: Items furnished under this Section are listed and labeled by UL
for emergency service under UL Standard 1008.
F. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Listing (NRTL) and Labeling: Items
furnished under this Section are listed and labeled by a NR TL for emergency service
under UL Standard 1008.
G. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code," Article 100.
H. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 19]0.7.
L UL Compliance: Comply with UL Standard 1008, "Automatic Transfer Switches," except
where requirements of these Specifications are stricter.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
Automatic Switch Co.
Kohler Co.
Onan Corp.
Russelectric, Inc.
Zenith Controls, Inc.
2.2 TRANSFER SWITCH PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Number of Poles and Current and Voltage Ratings: As indicated.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV ATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
B. Tested Fault-Current Ratings: Closing and withstand ratings exceed the indicated
available rms symmetrical fault current at the equipment terminals based on testing
according to UL Standard 1008, conducted at full-rated system voltage and 20 percent
power factor. Rate each product for withstand duration time as follows when tested for
rated short-circuit current correlated with the actual type of circuit protective device
indicated for transfer switches for this Project:
e. Control Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches for communicating control
panels have communications capability matched with the remote device.
D. Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings is plus or minus 2 percent or
better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 deg C to 70 deg e.
E. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components meet or exceed voltage surge
withstand capability requirements when tested according to ANSI C37.90.1, IEEE Guide
for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests. Components meet or exceed voltage im-
pulse withstand test ofNEMA ICS I.
F. Neutral Terminal: Where 3-pole switches are indicated, provide fully rated, solid,
unswitched neutral terminal except as indicated.
G. Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA I, conforming to UL Standard 508, "Electric
Industrial Control Equipment," except as otherwise indicated.
H. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and identify consistently with shop
drawings, either by color code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at
terminations.
L Designated terminals accommodate field wiring.
J. Power Terminals Arrangement and Field Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom
entrance of feeder conductors as indicated.
K. Terminals: Pressure-type, suitable for copper or aluminum conductors of sizes indicated.
L Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips.
M. Electrical Operation: Where indicated, accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized
solenoid or electric motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked
in both directions. Switches using components of molded-case circuit breakers or
contactors not designed for continuous-duty, repetitive switching between active power
sources are not acceptable.
N. Switch Action: Mechanically held in both directions for double- throw switches.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV ATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
O. Switch Contacts: Use silver composition for switching load current Units rated 225
amperes and more have separate arcing contacts.
P. Over current devices are not part of switch products.
2.3 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES (ATSs)
A. Comply with Levell equipment according to NFP A 110, "Standard for Emergency and
Standby Power Systems."
B. Switching Arrangement: Double-throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position
stops during normal functioning except as indicated.
e. Manual Switch Operation: Manually operated under load with the door closed with either
or both sources energized. Transfer time is same as for electrical operation. Control
circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation.
D. Signal-Before-Transfer Contacts: A set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts
operates in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval is adjustable from] to 30
seconds.
E. ATS Motor Loads Include factory- installed and factory-wired internal in-phase monitor
relay. The relay controls transfer so it occurs when the 2 sources are synchronized in
phase. The relay compares phase relationship and frequency difference between the
normal and emergency sources and initiates transfer when both sources are within 15
electrical degrees, and only if the transfer can be completed within 60 electrical degrees.
In-phase transfer is initiated only ifboth sources are within 2 Hz of nominal frequency
and 70 percent or more of nominal voltage.
2.4 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FEATURES
A. Voltage sensing for each phase of normal source. Pick-up voltage is adjustable from 85
percent to 100 percent nominal, and drop- out voltage is adjustable from 75 percent to 98
percent pick-up value. Factory set for pick-up at 90 percent and drop-out at 85 percent.
1. Time-delay override of normal source voltage-sensing delays transfer and engine start
signals.
2. Adjustable 0 to 6 seconds, and factory set at 1 second.
B. VoltagelFrequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer. Voltage pick-up is
adjustable from 85 percent to 100 percent nominaL Factory set to pick-up at 90 percent.
Pick-up frequency is adjustable from 90 percent to 100 percent nominaL Factory set to
pick-up at 95 percent.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
I
;
C. Retransfer Time Delay: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes and factory set at 10 minutes.
Provides automatic defeat of the delay upon loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of
the emergency source, provided the normal supply has been restored.
D. Test Switch: Simulates nonnal source failure.
E. Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which the load is connected.
F. Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via the transfer switch normal and
emergency source-sensing circuits.
G. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source
Available."
H. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency Source
Available."
I. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open SPDT contacts for each switch
position.
J. Rating: 10 amperes at 208 Va.c.
K. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so the A TS will remain
connected to the emergency power source regardless of the condition of the normal
source. A pilot light indicates the override status.
1. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated normally closed and 1 isolated normally open.
Contacts are gold flashed or gold plated and rated 10 amperes at 32 V d.c. minimum.
M. Engine Shut-Down Contacts: Instantaneous, to initiate shut-down sequence at remote
engine-generator controls after retransfer of the load to normal or preferred source.
N. Engine Shut-Down Contacts: Time delay adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes; factory set at 5
minutes.
O. Engine-Generator Exerciser: Solid-state programmable time switch starts
engine-generator set and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then
retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiate exercise cycle
at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods are adjustable from 10
to 30 minutes. Factory-set periods are for 7 days and 20 minutes, respectively. Exerciser
features include:
P. Exerciser transfer selector switch, which permits selection between exercise with and
without load transfer.
Q. Push button programming controls with digital display of settings.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
R. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available.
2.5 NA TS ACCESSORIES
A. Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which the load is connected.
B. Source Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via the transfer switch normal and
alternate source sensing circuits, respectively.
C. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source
Available."
D. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Alternate Source
Available."
E. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: One set of normally closed contacts for each switch
position, rated 10 amperes at 240 V a.c.
2.6 FINISHES
A. Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion- resistant pretreatment and
primer.
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A Factory test components, assembled switches, and associated equipment to ensure proper
operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for
conformance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test conforming to
NEMA lCS I.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting of Transfer Switches: Level and anchor the unit to the wall or floor.
B. Identify components according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten factory-made connections, including connectors, terminals, bus joints,
mountings, and grounding. Tighten field- connected connectors and terminals, including
screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening
values. When manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors
and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and
486B.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE
3.3 GROUNDING
A. Make equipment grounding connections for transfer switch units as indicated and as
required by the NEe.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide services of a factory- authorized service
representative to supervise field tests.
B. Preliminary Tests: Perform electrical tests as recommended by the manufacturer and as
follows:
C. Measure phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation resistance levels with insulation
resistance tester, including external armunciator and control circuits. Use test voltages
and procedure recommended by the manufacturer. Meet manufacturer's specified
minimum resistance.
D. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.
E. Field Tests: Give 7-day advance notice of the tests and perform tests in presence of
owner's representative.
F. Coordinate tests with tests of generator plant and run them concurrently.
G. Tests: As recommended by the manufacturer and as follows:
H. Contact Resistance Test: Measure resistance of power contacts for ATSs, NATSs, and
BP/ISs. Resolve values in excess of 500 micro-ohms and differences between adjacent
poles exceeding 50 percent.
L Ground Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing specified in Division 16 Section
"Overcurrent Protective Devices" to ensure sensors are properly selected and located to
optimize ground- fault protection where power is being delivered from either source.
1. Verify grounding points and sensor ratings and locations.
1. Apply simulated fault current at the sensors and observe reaction of circuit interrupting
devices.
K. Operational Tests: Demonstrate interlock, sequence, and operational function for each
switch at least 3 times.
1. Simulate power failures of normal source to A TSs and of emergency source with normal
source available.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
M. Simulate low phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source of A TSs.
N. Verify time-delay settings and pick-up and drop-out voltages.
O. Test Failures: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and prepare for retest. Verify that
equipment meets the specified requirements.
P. Reports: Maintain a written record of observations and tests. Report defective materials
and workmanship and retest corrected items. Record adjustable relay settings and
measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each
tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.
3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Training: Furnish the services of a factory-authorized service representative to instruct
Owner's personnel in the operation, maintenance, and adjustment of transfer switches and
related equipment. Provide a minimum of 4 hours of instruction scheduled 7 days in
advance.
END OF SECTION 16495
TRANSFER SWITCHES
16495 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1 alE
SECTION 16515 - INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures, lamps, ballast, emergency lighting units, and
accessones.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Fixture: A complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include
lamps and parts required to distribute the light, position and protect lamps, and connect
lamps to the power supply. Internal battery powered exit signs and emergency lighting units
also include a battery and the means for controlling and recharging the battery. Emergency
lighting units are available with and without integral lamp heads and lamps.
B. Luminaire: Fixture.
e. Average Life: The time after which 50 percent will have failed and 50 percent will have
survived under normal conditions.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange
product data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. Include data on features and
accessories and the following information:
1. Outline drawings of fixtures indicating dimensions and principal features.
2. Electrical ratings and photometric data with specified lamps and certified results of
independent laboratory tests.
3. Air and thermal performance data for air handling fixtures. Provide data required
under "Submittals" in Division 15 Section "Air Outlets and Inlets."
4. Sound performance data for air handling fixtures. Provide certified test reports
indicating sound power level and sound transmission class.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16515 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE'
-'1
, 14
5. Maintenance data for products for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual
specified in Division 1.
6. Product certifications signed by manufacturers of lighting fixtures certifying that their
fixtures comply with specified requirements.
7. Shop drawings from manufactures detailing nonstandard fixtures and indicating
dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and
accessones.
8. Coordination drawings for fixtures mounted on, in, or above the ceiling indicating
coordination with ceiling grids and other equipment installed in the same space.
C. Use only new products made by companies regularly engaged in the manufacture of the type
equipment specified. Use the products of a single manufacturer for similar type equipment,
i.e. safety switches.
D. Bids shall be based only on manufacturers of equipment named on the drawings, in the
specifications, or written addenda.
E. Substitutions, for inclusion in written addenda, will be considered under the following
condition:
1. A written request has been submitted to the engineer for approval at least 10 days
prior to the bid date. The request for substitution shall include the name of the
material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, along with drawings, catalog
cuts, performance data and any other data or information necessary for the engineer
to determine that the equipment meets all specifications and requirements.
2. Samples, ifrequired by the engineer, shall be provided.
F. Requests for substitution will not be considered after the bid date.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFP A 70 "National Electrical Code" for components and installation.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures and emergency lighting units that are listed and
labeled for their indicated use on the Project.
C. The terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
D. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualification: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory"
(NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
E. Coordination of Fixtures with Ceiling: Coordinate fixtures mounting hardware and trim with
the ceiling system.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16515 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Comply with the requirements specified in the Articles below, lighting fixture data sheet
at the end of this Section, and lighting fixture schedule.
2.2 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs and sharp corners and edges.
B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Components are formed and supported
to prevent warping and sagging.
C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating and free from light leakage
under operating conditions. Arrange to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange
doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during
relarnping and when secured in the operating position.
D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated:
I. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent.
5. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or water white,
annealed crystal glass except as indicated.
6. Plastic: HigWy resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat
and UV radiation.
7. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inches, minimum.
2.3 SUSPENDED FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy.
Finish same as fixture.
B. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch steel tubes with single canopy arranged to mount a single
fixture. Finish same as fixture.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16515 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch diameter cadmium plated, threaded steel rod.
D. Hook Hanger: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with
threaded attachment, cord, and locking- type plug.
2.4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES
A. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1570, "Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures."
B. Ballasts: Conform to UL 935, "Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts."
e. Certification: By Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL).
D. Labeling: By Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM).
E. Type: Class P, high-power- factory type except as indicated otherwise.
F. Sound Rating: A rating, except as indicated otherwise.
G. Voltage: Match connected circuits.
H. Low Temperature Ballast Minimum Starting Temperature: 20 deg e.
I. Electronic Ballasts: Solid-state, full light output, rapid start type compatible with T8 lamps;
Conform to FCC Regulations Part 15, Subpart J. for electromagnetic interference. Conform
to IEEE C62.41, "Guide for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits," Category
A, for resistance to voltage surges for normal and common modes. Capable of withstanding
surges in accordance with IEEE 587 catagory A standard.
1. Minimum Power Factor: 95 percent
K. Minimum Operating Frequency: 20,000 Hz.
1. Lamp Crest Factor: 1.6 maximum.
2. Harmonic Content of Ballast Current (THD): 10 percent maximum.
3. Manufacturers: Morotola, ETTA, Advance or approved equal
4. Dimming Ballasts: Solid-state type, for smooth dimming over a range from 100 percent
to 10 percent light output and listed for use with the specific fluorescent dimming system.
5. Energy-Saving Ballasts: Magnetic type, full-light-output, compatible with energy-saving
lamps.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16515 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
1. Electromagnetic Interference Filters: Integral to the fixture assembly. Provide one filter
for each ballast. Suppress electromagnetic interference as required by MIL-STD-46I ,
Electromagnetic emission and Susceptibility Requirements for the Control of
Electromagnetic Interference.
2.6 EXIT SIGNS
A. Conform to Life Safety Code NFPA 101, Section 5-10 (1994).
B. Conform to UL 924, "Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment," and the following:
C. Sign Colors: Conform to local code.
D. Minirnum Height of Letters: Conform to local code.
E. Lamps for AC Operation: LED
2.7 LAMPS
A. Conform to ANSI Standards
1. Provide four-foot medium bi-pin nominal 32 watt T8 units, minimum CRI of 85.
Color temperature of 41 OOoK.
2.8 FINISH
A. Steel Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish applied over corrosion- resistant primer,
free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and defects. Remove fixtures showing
evidence of corrosion during project warranty period and replace with new fixtures.
B. Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Setting and Securing: Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, and secure
according to manufacturer's printed instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Support For Recessed and Semirecessed Fixtures: Install units shall be supported from
structure. Install support wires at a minimum of two wires per fixture located not more than
6 inches from fixture corners.
C. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Center in the acoustical panel. Support fixtures
independently with at least two 3/4-inch metal channels spanning and secured to the ceiling
tees.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16515 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IDE
D. Install support clips for recessed fixtures, securely fastened to ceiling grid members, at or
near each fixture corners.
E. Support for Suspended Fixtures: Brace pendants and rods that are 4-feet long or longer to
limit swinging. Support stem mounted single-unit suspended fluorescent fixtures with
twin-stem hangers. For continuous rows, use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and
tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of chassis, including one at each end.
F. Lamping: Lamp units according to manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
B. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure
until all units operate properly.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean fixtures upon completion of installation. Use methods and materials recommended
by manufacturer.
B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities.
END OF SECTION 16515
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16515-6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 16535 - EMERGENCY LIGHTING
PART 1- GENERAL
I. I RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section:
I. "Basic Electrical Requirements."
2. "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
1.2 SUMMARY
A This Section includes emergency light sets, exit fixtures with integral emergency
battery backup, and emergency fluorescent fixture power supplies with integral
battery backup.
B. Related Sections: The following Section contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
C. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting Fixtures" for regular fixtures that may be
connected to emergency circuits to provide emergency lighting.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of emergency lighting unit specified. Assemble in booklet
form with separate sheet for each fixture, arranged in unit "type," alphabetical, or
numerical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each
sheet.
C. Samples of specific individual products for approval where indicated.
D. Maintenance data for units specified, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance
Manual specified in Division 1 and in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical
Requirements." Submit complete manual material concurrently with system
submittal and updated final versions of manuals with closeout procedures specified
in Division 1 Section "Project Closeout."
E. Installation instructions written by manufacturers for all specified products.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
16535 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with
NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code."
B. UL Compliance: Emergency lighting fixtures shall be UL listed and labeled.
e. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements ofNFPA 99, "Health Care
Facilities" and NFPA 101, "Life Safety Code."
D. Local Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local codes and regulations for
emergency lighting and exit signage including, but not limited to, colors and letter
heights for exit signs.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in factory containers. Store in clean, dry space in original container.
Protect products from fumes and construction traffic.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A Furnish stock of replacement lamps amounting to 15 percent (but not less than one
lamp in each case) of each type and size lamp used in each type unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, refer to light fixture
schedule on plans.
2.2 EMERGENCY LIGHT SETS, DECORATIVE
A. General: The following features apply to decorative emergency light sets:
B. Self-contained emergency lighting units with style, shape, and trim as indicated.
e. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type with ]0 year nominal life.
D. Charger: Minimum two-rate, fully automatic, solid-state type, with sealed transfer
relay.
E. Operation: Relay turns lamp on automatically when supply circuit voltage drops to
80 percent of nominal or below. Lamp operates for duration of outage, up to 1.5
hours. Lamp automatically disconnected from battery of voltage approaches deep-
discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, battery is automatically recharged
within 16 hours and then floated on trickle charge.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
16535 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10'E'.
F. Control panel contains low-voltage disconnect switch, LED indicator light, test
switch, and concealed terminals for remote lamp head connection.
G. Surface-Mounted Type With Lens: Wall- or ceiling-mounted unit with the following
features:
I. Lamps and reflectors as indicated.
a. Finish: Matte white for exposed parts or as indicated.
b. Lens: 0.125-inch thick prismatic acrylic.
2.3 EMERGENCY LIGHT SET, GENERAL PURPOSE
A. Self-contained, surface wall mounted, with two lamp heads and provisions for a third
lamp head, and having the following features:
1. Housing: 20-gage steel or high-impact thermoplastic, conforming to UL 94
V-O.
2. LED indicator light and test switch shall be on front panel, with concealed
terminals for remote lamp heads.
3. Integral lamp heads shall be mounted on housing with 180-deg, 2-way,
locking swivel joints for aiming. Lamps shall be 7.2-watt PAR 36 sealed
beam type, or as indicated.
4. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type, with IS-year normal life.
5. Charger: Minimum 2-rate, fully automatic, solid-state type, with sealed
transfer relay and fused output circuits.
6. Finish: Manufacturer's standard for exposed parts, baked enamel on steeL
7. Operation: Relay turns lamps on automatically when supply circuit voltage
drops to 80 percent of nominal or below. Lamps operate for duration of
outage, up to 1.5 hours. Lamps automatically disconnect from battery when
voltage approaches deep-discharge value. When normal voltage is restored,
battery is automatically recharged within 16 hours and maintained on trickle
charge.
2.4 EMERGENCY LIGHT SET, EXIT SIGN
A. Self-contained, a.c. battery-illuminated exit sign unit, universal mounting with
downlight.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
16535 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
~. (() E~I
B. Lamps: Manufacturer's standard, furnished with unit.
e. Style, shape, trim, material, finish, and arrangement of housing as indicated.
D. Faceplate: High-impact, UL 94 V-O rated, plastic with snap- out arrows and color of
letters as indicated.
E. Mounting provisions shall suit individual installation conditions.
F. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type, with 10-year nominal life.
G. Charger: Minimum 2-rate, fully automatic, solid-state type, with sealed transfer relay.
H. Finish: Matte white for exposed parts, or as indicated.
I. Operation: Sign is illuminated by a.c.-powered lamps under normal conditions. Relay
turns emergency lamps on automatically when supply circuit voltage drops to 80
percent of nominal or below. Lamps operate for duration of outage, up to 1.5 hours.
Lamps automatically disconnect from battery when voltage approaches deep-
discharge value. When normal voltage is restored, a.c.- powered lamps are relighted
and d.c. lamps are switched off Battery is automatically recharged within 16 hours
and maintained on trickle charge.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A Setting and Securing: Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls and
secure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved shop
drawings. Conform to the requirements ofNFPA 70.
B. Mounting heights specified or indicated are to bottom of fixture for suspended or
ceiling-mounted fixtures and to center of fixture for wall-mounted fixtures.
D. Lamping and Connection: Lamp units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Make external wiring connections required for proper functioning.
E. Coordinate with other electrical installations as appropriate for proper installation of
emergency lighting fixtures.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean emergency units light set upon completion of installation.
B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide light intensities in egress paths.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
16535 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE \~.
3.3 GROUNDING
A Ground non-current-carrying parts of equipment. Where the copper grounding
conductor is connected to a metal other than copper, provide specially treated or lined
connectors suitable for this purpose.
B. Tighten grounding connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL
Standard 486A.
34 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests: After emergency lighting units have been installed and building circuits have
been energized with normal power source, apply and interrupt electrical energy to
demonstrate proper operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new
units and proceed with retesting. Give the Architect advance notice of dates and
times for all field tests. Provide instruments as required to make positive observation
of test results. Include the following in tests:
]. Duration of supply.
a. Low battery voltage shutdown.
b. Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normaL
c. Low supply voltage transfer.
B. Insulation Resistance Test: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and
Cables" both before and after connection of fixtures and equipment.
C. Electrical Continuity Tests: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and
Cables."
D. Lamp Replacement: Prior to tests, install new lamps in emergency lighting units.
After testing, place malfunctioning lamps.
END OF SECTION 16535
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
16535 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
ICE
I ~ Ii
"'11
SECTION 16615 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Transient Surge Protector. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria:
1. Service Entrance: UL 1449 listed for category C3 locations per ANSIlIEE 662.41-
1991 (20 KV, 10 KA, 90 deg. phase). Modes of suppression: L-N, N-G. Minimum
single surge rating (L-N): 50,000 amp per phase. UL ] 449 clamping voltage: Class
1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3 KA) 120/208V.
2. Maximum continuous operating voltage: Nominal + 15%. Pulse life: 1000 category
C impulses.
3. Panelboards: UL 1449 listed for category B locations. Modes of suppression L-L, L-
N, L-G. Minimum single surge rating (L-N): 20,000 amp per phase. UL 1449
clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3KA) 277/480V. Operating voltage:
Nominal + 15%.
B. Device shall not bond neutral and ground under failure mode. Pulse Life: 500 category B
impulses.
1.2 INSTALLATION
A Install on service switchboard and panel boards per manufacturer instructions. Conductors
shall be kept short and straight. Device shall be nippled to paneL
B. Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following:
1. Advanced Protection Technologies
2. Leviton
3. L.E.A. Dynatech
4. Liebert
5. EFI
END OF SECTION 16615
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION
16615 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE"1
SECTION 16620 - PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes a packaged diesel engine generator system including engine
generator set, engine generator enclosure, cooling system, fuel system,
combustion air intake and engine exhaust systems, starting system, accessories,
connections, fuel, permits, and all related work and accessories required for a
complete and proper assembly.
].3 DEFINITIONS
A Emergency or Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the
generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the
duration of a power outage.
B. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to the highest value of
a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of
the nominal value of the parameter.
C. Power Output Rating: Gross electrical power output of generator set minus total
power requirements of electric motor-driven accessories normally constituting
part of the engine assembly.
D. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage
within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hz or cycles per second.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A System Includes: Standby-rated, automatically started diesel engine coupled to an
a.c. generator unit. Engine and generator are factory-mounted and -aligned on a
structural steel skid. Subsystems and auxiliary components and equipment are as
indicated.
B. Functional Description: When the mode selector switch on the control and
monitoring panel is in the "automatic" position, remote control contacts in one or
more separate automatic transfer switches initiate the starting and stopping of the
generator set When the mode selector switch is placed in the "on" position, the
generator set starts manually. The "off' position of the same switch initiates
shutdown of the generator set When the unit is running, specified system or
equipment failures or derangements automatically shut the unit down and initiate
alarms. Operation of a remote emergency stop switch also shuts down the unit.
Automatic transfer switches are specified in another Section of these
Specifications.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division
I Specification Sections.
B. Product data for products specified in this Section. Include data on features,
components, ratings, and performance. Include dimensioned outline plan and
elevation drawings of engine generator set and other system components.
e. Maintenance data for system and components for inclusion in Operating and
Maintenance Manual specified in Division I. Include the following:
D. Detailed Operating Instructions: Cover operation under both normal and
abnormal conditions.
E. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication, piping, wiring, and installation of the
field-installed portions of the system. Include general arrangement drawings
showing locations of auxiliary components in relation to the engine generator set
and duct, piping, and wiring connections between the generator set and the
auxiliary equipment Show connections, mounting, and support provisions and
access and working space requirements.
F. Wiring Diagrams for System: Show power and control connections and
distinguish between factory-installed and field-installed wiring.
G. Performance characteristic curves including generator damage, 3 phase
decrement, single phase decrement on a log-log graph paper.
H. Certified Test Reports of Components and Accessories: Submit for devices that
are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit.
I. Exhaust Emissions Test Report.
J. Muffler Sound Report.
K. Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Conform to NFPA 110.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing equipment of
the types and capacities indicated that have a record of successful in-service
performance.
B. Emergency Service: System manufacturer maintains a service center capable of
providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project
site with 4 hours maximum response time.
C. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code."
D. Comply with NFP A 110, "Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems,"
for requirements for a Level 2 emergency power supply system.
E. NRTL Listing: System components of types and ratings for which NRTL listing
or labeling service is established and components are listed and labeled.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV ATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
to'E
F. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code"
G. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
H. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable Federal, State, and local
government requirements.
I. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain enginc generator system components from
a single manufacturer with responsibility for entire system. Unit shall be a
representative product built from components that have proven compatibility and
reliability and are coordinated to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of
prototype testing.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in
protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and
moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection
only after equipment is made safe from such hazards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Engine Generator Sets:
Cummins/Onan
Caterpillar, Inc.
Kohler Co.
Generac
2. Storage Batteries:
Chloride Systems.
Exide Corp.
Kohler Co.
Onan Corp.
2.2 SYSTEM SERVICE CONDITIONS
A Enviromnental Conditions: Engine generator system withstands the following
environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation
of performance capability:
]. Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 deg C to plus 40 deg C.
2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent.
3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet (300 m).
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERA TED SYSTEMS
16620 - 3
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV ATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
1L~E
2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM
A. General: System is a coordinated assembly of compatible components.
B. Ratings: as indicated.
C. Output Connections: as indicated
D. Safety Standard: Comply with ASME BI5.1, "Safety Standard for Mechanical
Power Transmission Apparatus."
E. Nameplates: Each major system component is equipped with a conspicuous
nameplate of the component manufacturer. Nameplate identifies manufacturer of
origin and address, and the model and serial number of the item.
F. Limiting dimensions indicated for system components are not exceeded.
2.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 4 percent of rated output voltage
from no load to full load.
B. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: Less than 1 Hz.
C. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10 percent variation for 50
percent step-load increase or decrease. Voltage recovers to remain within the
steady-state operating band within 2 seconds.
D. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency
from no load to full load.
E. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When the system is operating at any constant
load within the rated load, there are no random speed variations outside the
steady-state operational band and no regular or cyclical hunting or surging of
speed.
F. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 3 Hz variation for a 50 percent
step-load increase or decrease. Frequency recovers to remain within the
steady-state operating band within 3 seconds.
G. Output Waveform: At no load, the harmonic content measured line-to-line or
line-to-neutral does not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics.
The telephone influence factor determined according to NEMA MG I, "Motors
and Generators," does not exceed 50.
H. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase bolted short circuit at the system
output terminals, the system will supply a minimum of250 percent ofrated
full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault
automatically, without damage to any generator system component.
I. Temperature Rise of Generator: Within acceptable limits for insulation systems
used according to NEMA MG I when operating continuously at standby rating
conditions.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 4
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrON OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
J. Nonlinear Load Performance: System performance is not degraded from that
specified in this Article by continuous operation, with the load current having a
minimum total harmonic content of 15 percent rms, and minirnum single
harmonic content of 10 percent rms.
K. Starting Time: Maximum total time period for a cold start, with ambient
temperature at the low end of the specified range, is 5 seconds. Time period
includes output voltage and frequency settlement within specified steady-state
bands.
2.5 ENGINE GENERATOR SET
A. Power Output Rating: Nominal ratings as indicated on Drawings.
B. Skid: Adequate strength and rigidity to maintain alignment of the mounted
components without dependence on a concrete foundation. Skid is free from sharp
edges and corners. Lifting attachments are arranged to facilitate lifting with slings
without damaging any components. Provide vibration isolators between
engine-generator and steel base or steel base and mounting pad.
C. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on a metal plate permanently attached to the skid.
Diagram indicates location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and
location of the center of gravity.
2.6 ENGINE
A Comply with NFPA 37, "Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines."
B. Fuel: Diesel fuel oil grade DF-2.
e.. Lubrication System: Pressurized by a positive displacement pump driven from
the engine crankshaft. The following items are mounted on the engine or skid:
D. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 microns and smaller
while passing full flow.
E. Oil Cooler: Maintains lubricating oil at the manufacturer's recommended
optimum temperature throughout 2 hours of operation of the generator set at 110
percent of system power output rating.
F. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in the system to maintain optimum oil
temperature. Unit is capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe.
G. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable
container with no disassembly and without the use of pumps or siphons or special
tools or appliances.
H. Engine Fuel System: Comply with NFP A 30, "Flammable and Combustible
Liquids." System includes:
I Integral Injection Pumps: Driven by the engine camshaft. Pumps are adjustable
for timing and cylinder pressure balancing.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERA TED SYSTEMS
16620 - 5
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
l(l):E
J. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on the engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel
flow under starting and load conditions.
K. Parallel Fuel Oil Filters: Ahead of the injection pumps. Changeover valves allow
independent use of either filter.
1. Relief/Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in the fuel line and retwns
excess fuel to the source.
M. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric immersion type, factory-installed in the jacket
coolant system. Unit is rated and thermostatically controlled to maintain an
engine temperature of 25 deg C at the low end of the ambient temperature range
specified under "Environmental Conditions" above.
N. Speed Governor: Adjustable isochronous type, with speed sensing.
2.7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
A. Description: Closed-loop, liquid-cooled, with radiator factory-mounted on engine
generator set skid and integral engine-driven coolant pumping.
B. Radiator: Factory-piped and -rated for specified coolant.
e. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol and 50 percent water.
D. Temperature Control: Self-contained thermostatic control valve modulates
coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as
recommended by the engine manufacturer. Features include:
E. Thermostatic Elements: Interchangeable and nonadjustable.
F. Actuator Design: Normally-open valves to return to open position when actuator
fails.
G. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with nonporous rubber inside surface and aging,
ultraviolet, and abrasion-resistant fabric outer covering.
H. Rating: 50 psi (345 kPa) maximum working pressure with 180 deg F (82 deg C)
coolant, and noncollapsible under vacuum.
I. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and
equipment connections.
J. Coolant piping external to engine generator set is as specified in Division 15
Section "Hydronic Piping."
2.8 ENGINE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE
A. Provide a weatherproof insulated enclosure designed to withstand pressured
developed by wind speeds of 130mph.
B. The enclosure shall be impact resistant.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620-6
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Provide sound attenuation insulation.
D. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA Class I wall-mounted cabinet.
2.9 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
A. System complies with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code,"
and NFPA 37, "Standard for Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines."
B. Pump Capacity: Exceeds the maximum flow offuel drawn by the
engine-mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel
returned from the engine.
e. Unit, Including Alarm Contacts: Complies with UL 142, "Steel Aboveground
Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids."
D. Low- Level Alarm Sensor: Separate device operates alarm contacts at 75 percent
of normal fuel leveL
E. Piping Conections: Include fuel suction and retum lines to fuel storage tank, fuel
supply, and return lines to engine, local fuel fill, vent line, overflow line, and tank
drain line complete with shutoff valve.
F. Skid Oil Tank: 500 gallons, built to UL standards, double wall.
2.10 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
A. Muffler: Critical-type, sized as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
Measured sound level, according to the "DEMA Test Code for the Measurement
of Sound from Heavy-Duty Reciprocating Engines" at a distance of 1 0 feet from
the exhaust discharge, is 85 dB "A" or less.
B. Connections from Engine to Exhaust System: Flexible section of corrugated
stainless steel pipe.
e. Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless-steel expansion joint with
liners.
D. Insulation for Mufflers and Indoor Exhaust Piping: As specified in Division 15
Section "Pipe Insulation."
E. Supports for Muffler and Exhaust Piping: Vibration isolating-type specified in
Division 15 Section "Vibration ControL"
F. Thimbles for Exhaust Piping: Conform to NFPA 211, "Chinmeys, Fireplaces,
Vents, and Solid-Fuel Burning Appliances."
2.11 COMBUSTION AIR-INTAKE SYSTEM
A Air-Intake Silencer: Filter-type providing filtration as recommended by the
engine manufacturer.
B. Mounting: Factory-installed on engine generator set at a location readily
accessible for servicing.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 7
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
e. Supports for Air-Intake Piping and Filter-Silencer: Vibration isolation-type as
specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration Control."
2.12 STARTING SYSTEM
A. Description: 24 V electric with negative ground and including the following
items:
B. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking
cycle with the ambient temperature at the maximum specified in paragraph
"Environmental Conditions."
e. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from
the engine flywheel without binding.
D. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFP A 110 for system level specified.
E. Battery complies with SAE J537, "Storage Batteries," and has adequate capacity
within the ambient temperature range specified in paragraph "Environmental
Conditions" to provide the specified cranking cycle series at least twice without
recharging.
F. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by the generator set manufacturer for the
cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and
connection accessories.
G. Battery Compartment: Factory-fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and
thermal insulation. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in
place.
H. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory-mounted on engine with solid-state
voltage-regulation and 35 ampere minimum continuous rating.
I. Battery Charger: Current limiting, automatic equalizing and float charging-type
designed for operation from a 120 V 60 Hz supply source. Unit complies with UL
508, "Electrical Industrial Control Equipment," and includes the following
features:
J. Operation: Equalizing charging rate of 10 amperes is initiated automatically after
the battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at the
battery terminals. The unit then automatically switches to a lower float-charging
mode, and continues operating in that mode until the battery is discharged again.
J. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts the float and equalizes voltages
for variations in the ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to
prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures.
1. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of
input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent.
M. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters indicate charging rates.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 8
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
N. Safety Functions: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltage arranged to
close contacts providing "low battery voltage" indication on control and
monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of a.c.
input or d.c. output of battery charger. Either of these conditions closes contacts
that provide "battery charger malfunction" indication at system control and
monitoring panel.
2.13 CONTROL AND MONITORING
A Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system
controls, and engine gages are grouped on a common control and monitoring
panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method isolates the control panel
from generator set vibrations.
B. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded case type with solid state LSGI adjustable trip
setting as indicated in drawings.
e. Shunt Trip Device: For generator breaker, connected to trip breaker when
generator set is shut down by protective devices.
D. Current and Potential Transformers: Instrument accuracy class.
E. Indicating and Protective Devices, and Controls: Include those required by NFP A
110 for a Level 2 system plus the following:
F. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other
devices, and wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other
supporting items on engine, generator, or elsewhere as indicated. Where not
indicated, locate to suit manufacturer's standard.
G. Connection to Data Link: A separate terminal block factory-wired to Form C dry
contacts for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connection for
transmission of indications by data link to remote data terminals. Data system
connections to terminals are covered in another Section.
2.14 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A. Comply with NEMA MG I, "Motors and Generators," and specified performance
requirements.
B. Drive: Generator shaft is directly connected to the engine shaft. Exciter is rotated
integrally with generator rotor.
e. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F.
D. Station Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future
reconnection for other voltages if required.
E. Construction permits mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration,
overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of
rated capacity.
F. Excitation uses no-slip or collector rings, or brushes, and is arranged to sustain
generator output under short circuit conditions as specified.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 - 9
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
G. Enclosure: Drip-proof.
H. Instrument Transfonners: Mounted within generator enclosure.
I. V oltage Regulator: Solid-state-type, separate from exciter, providing performance
as specified.
1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel provides plus or minus 5
percent adjustment of output voltage operating band.
2.15 ELECTRIC MOTORS
A. Comply with UL, NEC, and referenced standards.
2.] 6 FINISHES
A Indoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over
corrosion-resistant pretreatment and primer.
2.17 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Tests: Conform to those required for Level I energy converters in paragraphs
3.2.1,3.2.1.1, and 3.2.1.2 ofNFPA 1] O.
B. Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are not
identical to those on tested prototype have been acceptably tested to demonstrate
compatibility and reliability.
C. Protype Equipment Tests: Test items assembled and connected as a complete
system at the factory in a manner equivalent to that required at the Project site.
Record and report test data. Conform to SAE 8528, "Engine Power Test
Code-Spark Ignition and Diesel," and the following:
D. Test Equipment: Use instruments calibrated within the previous 12 months and
with accuracy directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST).
E. Hydrostatic Test: Perform on radiator, heat exchanger, and engine water jacket.
F. Generator Tests: Conform to IEEE 115, "Test Procedures for Synchronous
Machines."
G. Complete System Continuous Operation Test: Includes nonstop operation for a
minimum of 8 hours, including at least 1 hour each at 1/2, 3/4, and full load. If
unit stops during the 8-hour test, repeat the complete test. Record the following
minimum data at the start and end of each load run, at IS-minute intervals
between those times, and at IS-minute intervals during the balance of the test:
H. Fuel consumption.
I. Exhaust temperature.
J. Jacket water temperature.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERA TED SYSTEMS
]6620 - 10
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
K. Lubricating oil temperature and pressure.
1. Generator load current and voltage, each phase.
M. Generator system gross and net output kW.
N. Complete System Performance Tests: Include the following to demonstrate
conformance to specified performance requirements:
O. Single-step load pickup.
P. Transient and steady-state governing.
Q. Transient and steady-state voltage performance.
R. Safety shutdown devices.
S. Observation of Test: Provide 2-week advance notice of tests and opportunity for
observation of test by Owner's representatives.
T. Report test results within 10 days of completion of test.
2.18 WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE:
A. Provide impact-rated drip-proof enclosure with removable hinged doors custom
made to house the skid mounted tank and generator.
B. Enclosure shall be designed to withstand pressures developed by 130 mph wind,
and shall be insulated with thermal and acoustic insulation.
C. Provide all materials and accessories required for a complete and proper assembly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 I INSTALLATION
A. Anchor generator set and other system components on concrete bases conforming
to Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" and as indicated. Provide
anchorage according to manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Exhaust Pipe Installation: Conform to NFP A 211, "Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents,
and Solid-Fuel Burning Appliances. "Use thimbles where indicated.
e. Maintain minimum working space around components according to
manufacturer's shop drawings and NEC.
D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Arrange and pay for the services of a
factory-authorized service representative to supervise the installing, connecting,
testing, and adjusting of the unit.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS
16620 -II
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
JOE
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical
Identification" and Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Battery Test: Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery
terminals for full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level
and specific gravity under both conditions. Test for contact integrity of all
connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery.
Verify acceptance of charge for each element of battery after discharge. Verify
measurements are within manufacturer's specifications.
B. Battery Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and
float-charging conditions.
e. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and
integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system
operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks.
D. Simulation of malfunctions to verify proper operation of local and remote
protective, alarm, and monitoring devices.
E. Efficiency Tests: Perform at 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of rated
load.
F. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until
specified requirements are met.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint
splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish
to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and
materials recommended by manufacturer.
3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Training: Arrange and pay for the services of a factory-authorized service
representative to demonstrate adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the
system and to train Owner's personnel.
B. Conduct a minimum of 4 hours of training as specified under Instructions to
Owner's Employees in the Project Closeout Section of these Specifications.
C. Schedule training with at least 7-day advance notice.
3.6 COMMISSIONING
A. Battery Equalization: Equalize charging of battery cells according to
manufacturer's instructions. Record individual cell voltages.
END OF SECTION 16620
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERA TED SYSTEMS
16620-12
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
SECTION 16720 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Fire Alarm System including all panels, wiring, devices, accessories, connections,
permits, etc. required for a complete, operational, and approved system.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Contractors shall have not less than 5 years experience installing systems of equal size and
complexity.
1. Name of installer shall be included on subcontractors list attached to bid form.
B. Do not apply for fire alarm permits until shop drawings have been reviewed and approved
by Design Professional.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide sealed shop drawings and complete manufacturers product data in 3-ring binder
in not more than 30 days from Notice to Proceed.
B. Comply with Division 1 requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Refer to drawings for basis of design.
B. Provide complete UL listed system including panel, devices, appliances, wiring,
connections, accessories, permits, etc., required for a complete and operational fire alarm
system approved by local AHJ.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
16720 - 1
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
C. Fire Alarm system shall report to primary monitoring system as designated by the Owner,
and also report to existing backup monitoring system at Collier Country Facilities
Management Operations Center at Building W.
I. System shall be addressable and compatible with existing system at Collier Country
Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W.
2. System shall report specific trouble conditions to Operation Center.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment, devices, wiring, etc. shall be installed in accordance with approved shop
drawings, approved permit drawings, and manufacturers instructions.
B. Installation shall comply with the American with Disabilities Act.
C. Coordinate inspections and tests with local AHl
D. Provide neatly typed panel schedules and engraved labels. Handwritten labels and
schedules will not be accepted.
3.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Provide AutoCAD file of as-built plans and wiring diagrams.
3 J WARRANTY
A. All material and installation shall be guaranteed to be free of defects in material and
workmanship for one year.
END OF SECTION
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
16720 - 2
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOVATIONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
IOE
APPENDIX A
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
COLLIER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF FACILITIES MANAGEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERTICAL STANDARDS
FOR
COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
Revised 11/13/07
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
010000
010020
014200
017700
017839
017823
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS
CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
022600
023200
024200
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
030000
030010
033000
033010
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
040000
042000
DIVISION 5 - METALS
050000
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT
GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS
SALVAGE
GENERAL
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
CONCRETE W ALKW A YS
GENERAL
UNIT MASONRY
GENERAL
DIVISION 6- WOOD AND PLASTICS
060000
061000
GENERAL
ROUGH CARPENTRY
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 1
ICE
062023
064023
FINISH CARPENTRY
CASEWORK
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
070000
072100
072419
075 ]()O
075216
075323
076100
076200
077200
079200
GENERAL
INSUI AnON
EXTERIOR INSULATION FlNISH SYSTEMS - EIFS
BUILr UP ROOFING
SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
EPDM ROOFING
METAL ROOFING
METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES
ROOF ACCESSORIES
JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
080000
081113
081416
083113
081116
083323
085113
086200
087100
088000
089000
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
090000
092400
092900
093013
095123
096500
096513
096812
096816
097200
099100
GENERAL
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS
ACCESS DOORS
ALUMINUM DOORS At'lD FRAMES
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
ROOF SKYLIGHTS
DOOR HARDWARE
GLAZING
LOUVERS AND VENTS
GENERAL
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
CERAMIC TILING
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
TILE CARPETING
SHEET CARPET
WALL COVERINGS
PAINTING
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 2
IOE
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
100000
101400
102113
102800
102810
104300
104400
GENERAL
SIGNS
TOILET COMPARTMENTS
TOILET ACCESSORIES
MIRRORS
EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
110000
112423
GENERAL
WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT
DlVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
120000
120010
124800
GENERAL
OFFICE FURNlTURE
RECESSED FOOT GRILLES
DlVISION 13 ... SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13 0000
133419
GENERAL
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS
DlVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
140000
142000
144000
GENERAL
ELEVATORS
WHEELCtIAIR LlFfS
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
211100
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
221000
223100
224000
224010
DIVISION 23 - HV AC
230000
FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
WATER DlSTRIBUTION PIPING
GENERAL
PLUMBING FIXTURES
WATER HEATERS
GENERAl.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
tOE
PAGE 3
230010
230020
230021
230548
230553
230563
230593
23071 3
232300
233113
233116
233233
233346
234000
236400
236500
237300
237400
238400
MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
AS-BUILT DRA WINGS
FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE
VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
Ac"<TI-MICROBIAL TREATMENT
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
DUCT INSTALLATION
REFRIGERANT PIPING
METAL DUCTWORK
FIBROUS-GLASS DUCTWORK
PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS
FLEXIBLE DUCTS
AIR FILTERS
CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING
COOLING TOWERS
SPLIT - SYSTEM HV AC UNITS
ROOFTOP UNITS
DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT
DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
255000
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260000
260010
260020
260030
260040
260500
260526
260536
260620.16
260620.26
262200
264100
264300
265100
265200
265300
265600
HV AC CONTROLS
GENERAL
AS-BUILT DRA WINGS
RENOV A TlON AND RETROFIT WORK
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS
IDENTIFICATION
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
GROUNDING
CABLE TRAYS
DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
DEVICES
TRANSFORMERS
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION
INTERIOR LIGHTING
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
EXIT SIGNS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 4
IOE
272000
272010
273000
274000
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT)
FIBER OPTIC LINES
TELEPHONE SYSTEMS
CABLE TV SYSTEMS
DIVISION 28 -- ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
281000
282300
283100
SECURITY ALARM
CCTV VIDEO SURVEILLANCE
FIRE ALARM
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
310000
312000
GENERAL
GRADING
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
329300
APPENDICES
LANDSCAPING
PROJECT CHECKLIST
PROJECT DATA FORM
SPACE ALLOCATION & UTILIZATION PLAN
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 5
IDE
1,0tE ..
DIVISION] GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
010000 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The Department of Facilities Management is assigned the responsihility of
publishing building standards that are to be followed by all Departments and
design teams. Any exceptions to these standards must be approved in writing hy
the Facilities Management Department. All construction design drawings are to
be approved by the Facilities Management Department prior to commencement of
the project. The Department responsible for the construction of the project will
invite tbe Facilities Management Department to visitlhe site during the
construction phase to insure that the County Standards are being followed.
B. These guidelines shall he considered minimum standards which do not relieve the
Design Professional or Contractor from mandatory cede cempJiance or
coordination with specific project requirements. These standards may be used
only as the basis for specifications written for specific County projects. No
portion of this document may be copied and used as the sole specification for any
project.
C. GREEN ITEMS: Design must include: Bicycle I pedestrian systems including
bike racks, bus shelters when appropriate, operable windows when appropriate,
energy efficient appliances and equipment, placement of trees to reduce solar heat
gain, orientation of structures to reduce solar heat gain, structural shading
whenever practical.
010020 - SPECfAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The Design Professional shaU cemplete a Project Data Form for each project. The
Project Data Form shaIl include the following information:
1. Name of Project
2. Address or Location of Project
3. Enclosed S.F. Area Tabulation listing all floors and total
4. Project Budget
5. Summary of Program Requirements
6. Project Checklist
The Project Checklist must be reviewed with the Facilities Management Project
Manager. A copy of a sample Project Data Form and Checklist is attached to the
end of the Vertical Standards Document, and may be expanded as needed to suit
the project. The Project Data Form must he submitted to the Facilities
Management Department with a written Program for each project. 111e form shall
be updated at the completion of Schematic Plans. Design Development Plans,
Construction Documents, and Closeoul Documents.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 6
.-..-..-.--."'-
tOlE 'II
B. All new public safety facilities (EMS, Fire, Sheriff, Designated Shelters, Public
Utilities, Emergency Management, etc.) shall be designed to meet the following
minimum standards:
1. All public safety building structures shall be designed to withstand wind
pressures resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile), or 160 mph 3-
second gust.
2. Components, cladding, doors, windows, and opening protection coverings
used at neW public safety buildings shall be designed to withstand wind
pressures resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile). All openings shall
be protected to withstand impacts from wind-bome debris in accordance
with FBC section 1606.1.4 except test Or design velocities shall be
increased 25%.
3. The finish Door elevation of all public service buildings, including vehicle
bay areas, shall be not less than 12" above the base flood elevation
establisbed by FEMA
4. The first floor elevation of all enclosed portions of public service
buildings used for offices, habitable areas, or essential equipment and
maintenance areas shall be raised or Dood-proofed to a height not less than
36" above the base flood elevation established by FEMA.
5. The Contractor shall furnish the County a signed and scaled Flood
Elevation Certificate certifying the finished Door elevations for all new
construction and leased property.
C. Johnson Controls is the County approved sole source provider for security and
building automation control systems.
D. Metasys System
1. Metysis shall be provided in all new buildings greater than 4,000 Sq, Fe
2. It is the responsibility of the controls contractor to install and set the alarm
set Points under the direction of Facilities Management.
E. Card Access
1. Card access shall be installed on aH new buildings constructed as directed
by FM staff All components of Ihe system shall be backed up with UPS
and generator if generator is available. Provide proximal readers with
keypads if required. Contractor is responsible for programming back to the
operations center. Contractor shall provide 100 HID cards.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 7
tOE
2. Doors controlled by card access will use County approved subscription
service Cylinders supplying two (2) keys per door.
3. Any door during a construction/remodel project that has card access on it
shall have a subscription key on the lock with the only copy(s) inventoried
electronically in the ops center.
F. FD Lock Box
1. A Fire Dept. approved lock box shall be installed in close proximity to the
front door.
G. Emergency Call Boxes
1. Provide "Code Blue" assistance box where designated by FM Security
Staff
H. ccrv
1. Each building will have appropriate CCTV coverage as directed by
Facilities Management.
I. Uninlerruptcd Power Supply (UPS) systems, when required on a project, shall be
monitored with existing software in the Facilities Management Operations Center
in Building W.
J. Facilities Management's policy encourages recycling. To that end, any area that
would generate recyclable materials should have sufficient space to place a
suitable container to handle the type and quantity of waste generated. Typical
examples would be large trashcan near copiers and a metal I glass I paper
separator in break or lunch rooms, etc. Design Professional shall consider
locations of trash receptacles, recycle bins, and dumpsters to facilitate ease of use.
K. Design Group shall provide a color rendering for building projects of $1,000,000
or larger, unless directed otherwise by FM staff Rendering shall be matted and
framed to match existing projects.
1. Frame size: 24" x 36"
2. Frame finish: Chrome, polished face, brushed sides
3. Matt colot: Match existing, unless directed otherwise by FM staff
4. Provide digital copy of rendering, 300 dpi, TIF
5. Deliver rendering and digital copy to Facilities Management prior to
completion of Construction drawings.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 8
lOl'E
014200 ~ REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All huildings must be designed to meet all ADA standards as they apply to
government buildings.
1. FM policy encourages user-friendly design with accessibility features
above the minimum level of standards established be the ADA.
a. Provide automatic door openers at main entrance of new and
renovated public buildings, ie. Tax Collector, Elections, etc.
b. Provide areas of refuge at each stairs.
B. All work installed is to comply with the Florida Building Code and all Federal,
State, and Collier County Ordinances and Codes legally adopted by the authorities
having jurisdiction, including applicable appendices and editions. In case of
differences between these Codes, Ihe most stringent shall govern.
C All work shall comply with applicable portions of the Referenced Standards listed
in the FBC including hut not limited to AAMA, ACI, AISC, ANSI, ASCE,
ASHRAE, ASTM, FM, GA, OSHA, SJI, and VL standards.
D. All work shall comply with the latest edition of all adopted Collier County
Ordinances.
E. It is the responsibility of the Design Professional to contact the appropriate
Authority having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to confirm adopted rules, codes, editions,
and subsequent amendments, revisions andlor additional codes and ordinances.
F. Provide all documents required for permit applications including but not limited
to:
L Fire Protection Plan Suhmittal, required by Collier County Firc Official.
2. Building permit application checklist.
017700 - CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS
A. Contractor shall provide 2 copies of Closeout Documents at the time of final
completion for review at least fivc (5) days prior to application for final payment.
Closeout Documents include all warranties, users manual, written maintenance
instructions for all materials and equipment, and Record Documents. All materials
except as-built plans shall be organized by specification section number and bound in
3-ring binders.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 9
IOE
017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Record Documenls include as-built plans, supplemental drawings and diagrams,
as-built specifications, approved submittals, and records of all changes, incl uding
but not Iimitcd to Addenda and Change Orders.
B. Upon submittal for permitting, Design Professional shall provide (1) CD-Format
Disk containing Floor Plan drawing(s) in AutoCAD format (DWG Files) to
Facilities Management.
C. The Contractor shall maintain and regularly update 'as-built' drawings and shop
drawing/submittal file indicating exact locations. material, equipmcnt, etc., as
installed. Include locations of buried sleeves, hidden piping and conduits, sizes,
etc. not specifically shown on the Drawings.
D. Keep one set of record documents at the site for the duration of construction. Do
not use record documents for daily construction use. Clearly identify, date, and
initial all changes with a red pencil Oil the plans, specifications, and submittals.
Transfer all changes to the final as-built documents at the completion of
construction.
E. Contractor shall provide two (2) sets oUinal as-built drawings and two (2) CD-
Fonnat Disks containing a set of final as-built drawings in PDF format upon
completion of work. Deliver as-built drafing and CD disks to FMS Design
Professional prior to application for final Payment.
F. Upon approval of Record Documents received from Contractor, the Design
Professional shall update the Floor Planes) to includc as-built information.
Provide one (1) CD with AutoCAD file of revised Floor Planes) to I'M prior to
closeout of contract.
017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A Provide manufacturers operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment,
fixtures, and all materials requiring maintenance as part of the Closeout
Documents.
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
022600 - HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT
A. Unless indicated otherwise for renovation projects, a hazardous material report
may be provided by an independent firm currently under a continuing services
contract with the County.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 10
tOE
'. ,
023200 - GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS
A Geot.echnical report may be provided for the Contractors usc, but is uot a
guarantee Or warranty of subsurface conditions.
024200 - SALVAGE
A Unless indicated otherwise as salvage material, items indicated or scheduled for
demolition shall become property of the ContJactor and shaH be removed from the
jobsite.
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
030000 - GENERAL
A. ACI, CRSI, WRl, FBC and Division 1 requirements apply to all concrete work.
B. Testing: Provide the services of a licensed materials testing laboratory to measure
slump and test compressive strength of concrelc used in footings, slabs, and
beams. Provide tests daily for each batch mix and as required by Code, Building
Official, and Contract Documents. Concrete nOlmeeting specificd strength
requirements shall be removed and replaced.
030010 - DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A Floor slabs shall be designed not less than 8" above finish grade.
1. AI! floor slabs shall be design cd for not less than 125 psf live load.
2. IT room floors shall be designed for not less than 200 psf live load.
B. Delegated Engineering; Structural components such as precast panels shall be
designed and sealed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All
shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of
Record prior to fabrication.
033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A Comply with ACl318 standards. Ready-mix concrete is to comply with ASTM
C94.
1. Do not place concrete more than 90 minutes after batch mix at the plant,
and do not place concrete more than 60 minutes after batch mix when the
temperature exceeds 90d F.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICA L STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 11
IOE
2. Do not use concrete mix containing fly-ash in floor slabs or walkways.
3. Do not add water to concrete on-site. Field modifications to concrete mix
arc not allowed. Concrete watered-down on-site shall be removed.
B. All slabs shall be finished to a tolerance of not over 1/4" depressions in 10'-0" in
any direction when checked with a 10' straigIl1edge. Interior slab control joints
may be sawcut or tooled.
C. Provide diagonal reinforcing in floor slahs at all reentrant corners. Cure all poured
concrete to minimize cracking.
033010- CONCRETE WALKWAYS
A All exterior concrete walkways shall receive a heavy broom finish texture to
provide a slip resistant surface Broom texture shall be perpendicular to the
direction of travel. There shall be no steps in the accessible route from accessible
parking stalls to the main building entrance.
. B. Provide expansion joints at not more than 20'-0" o.c., at each change of direction,
and between exterior slabs and adjacent walls. Provide control joints at not more
than 6'-0" o.c. Exterior slab edges, expansion joints, and control joints shall be
neatly tooled.
C. Exterior walkways shall not be painted.
D. Provide concrete stoop at each exterior door.
E. No steps allowed at doors.
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
040000 - GENERAL
A FBC, NCMA, ACI, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section.
042000 - UNIT MASONRY
A. Where CMU construction is used, provide standard weight, ASTM C90, Grade N-
1 units. CMU exterior load bearing walls are to he reinforced vertically and
horizontally. All reinforced cells shall be grouted solid full-height. Provide
inspection holes at bottom of all vertically reinforced block cells. Provide mortar
and grout installed in strict compliance with provisions of the codes. Bottom
course shall be laid in a full bed of mortar. Lay up walls plumb and true and with
courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Do not use
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 12
IOE i
chipped or broken units. Do not wet units or lay block in the rain. Propcrly
dispose of excess mortar and materials off-site; do not hury materials on-site.
Rcmove all loose mortar and repoint as needed prior to application of finishes.
Masonry walls shall be straight, true. and plumb to within 1/4" in 8'-0" when
checked with a straightedge in any direction.
B. Brick vcneer or dccorative masonry may be used with appropriate waterproofing
materials, subject to compliance with Collier County Ordinances and FMS
approval.
DlVISIOJ\ 5 - METAL'>
050000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, AISC, A WS, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section.
]. All exposed mctal components shall be stainless steel, galvalume, hot-
dipped galvanized steel, copper, zinc, bronze, anodized aluminum,
painted aluminum, or similar non-corroding metal. Plain or paintcd steel
shall not be used in exterior locations.
B. All steel construction shall comply with AISC Specifications for Structural Steel
Buildings and Code of Standard Practice. Steel plates to comply with ASTM
A36, anchor bolts to comply with ASTM A307, all fasteners to be 5.S. or
galvanized. Shop and touch-up primer to be "10-99 Tnemec Primer" or
Rustoleum 5769 or equal.
C. Structural steel construction shall be designed by a Structural Engineer licensed in
the Slate of Florida. Delegated Engineering for structural components shall be the
responsibility of the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of
Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design
Professional of Record prior to fabrication.
D. Aluminum construction shall comply with the Aluminum Association
Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Design Manual, Part 1 and
the FBe.
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
060000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, AITC, APA, A Wl,AF&PA, NDS, TPI, NFOPA, and Division 1
requirements apply to work of this section.
B. Dclegated Engineering; Prefabricated structural components shall be designed and
sealed by the manufacturers Stmclural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 13
IOE
All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of
Record prior to fabrication.
C. When pre-engineered wood trusses are used, the ContraclOr shall provide truss
shop drawings and sealed truss engineering within 14 days of notice to proceed.
Failure to do so wiJI nol be accepted as a reason for an extension of the contract
time.
061000 ~ ROUGH CARPENTRY
A Provide pressure treated wood where sills, nailers, andlor furring are in contact
with concrete or masonry. Produce joints that are tight, true, well nailed, with
members assembled and fastened in accordance with the drawings and with
pertinent codes and regulations. Provide solid wood blocking andlor shims for
finish materials as required to maintain a tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10'-
0" when measured with a 10'-0" straightedge, plumb and true, for all substrate
framing where finish materials will be exposed to view. Do not use warped
members.
B. Stud framing and furring shall be not more than 16" o.c.
C. Provide blocking for all accessories, grab bars, wall mounted door stops, etc.
Provide all necessary hardware such as nails, bolts, anchors, ties, etc., required for
a complete and proper installation. Bolts, washers, nuts, etc., shall be
noncorrosive material. Isolate dissimilar metals.
D. Interior Door Frame Blocking:
1. Metal Stud Partitions: Provide conI. 2 x 4 blocking fastened to 20gauge
stud at the jambs of all interior door frames. Blocking shall be fire-treated
where required by Codc.
2. Wood Stud Partitions: Provide double 2 x 4 studs at the jambs of all
intcrior door framcs.
3. Vertical blocking at door jambs shall be full-height of partition, securely
braced to the structure above.
4. Provide horizontal 2 x 4 conI. blocking at the head of all door framcs
5. Increase size of blocking to 2 x 6 or larger as required to match size of
partition studs.
062023 ~ FINISH CARPENTRY
A. WWPA recommendations apply. Select material for straightness and do not use
warped members. Finished woodwork is to be proper! y framed, closely fitted,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 14
I'()E
and accurately set to the required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place.
Miters Or other fitted joints shall be planed or sanded ,Use only hot-dipped
galvanized or s.s. fasteners .Countersink all finish nail fasteners. Staple fasteners
will not be accepted. Provide solid wood blocking and/or shims for finish
materials as required to maintain a straightness tolerance of max, 1/4" deviation in
10'-0" whcn measured with a 10'-0" straightedge.
064023 - CASEWORK
A. Comply witb A WI standards for custom work.
1. Cabinet material: not less than 5/8" plywood.
2. Cabinet base: Preservative-treated (PI') wood,
3. Countertop material: '/.," plywood.
4. Plastic laminate all exposed casework surfaces.
5. Solid surfacc or solid plastic countertops shaB be used in high abuse areas.
6, Cabinets are to be true European-style fuB-overlay construction, with 1/8"
joint between doors/drawers, without vertical styles between paired doors,
Use concealed heavy duty l70-degree hinges, with white melamine liner
inside cabinets and drawers, Use heavy duty drawer guides, and provide
pull at each door/drawer.
7. Securely fasten all casework to blocking or solid substrates, Adjust and
clean all casework prior to acceptance,
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
070000 - GENERAL
A. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section,
B. Roof design shall comply with referenced standards and Documents shall include
all details required for a complete, proper, and watertight roof assembl y.
]. All new roof surfaces shall be sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure
proper drainage.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 15
IOE
2, Roof designs shall not rely primarily on internal roof drains for drainage
unless approved by Facilities Management.
3. Penetratioos through roof surfaces shall be minimized wherever possible,
ie, collect plumbing vent lines in attic to minimize vents through roof, use
soffits vents or wall louvers under overhangs where possible, and use
curbed penetration details for multiple conduits and pipes wherever
practical. Do not use pitch pans except where approved by FMS. Use
NRCA and SMACNA details with curbs and hoods to protect roof
penetrations from leaks,
4, Roof drains, scuppers, gutters, and downspouts shall bc oversized. Provide
piped underground collection system tied into the site storm water
management system.
5. Reroofing of dead-flat roof structures shall include installation of
appropriatc tapcred rigid insulation or sloped light-weight concrcte fill, ie,
Zonolitc or equal, sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure proper
drainage.
072100 - JNSULATlON
A. Comply with Florida Energy Code requirements. Provide rcquired insulation at
the building envelope of all conditioncd areas,
I. Provide insulation at roof deck over all conditioned areas. Insulation at
the cciling or bottom of framing is not allowed.
072419 - EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS ElFS
A. EIFS shall not be used as the primary exterior wall finish or as trim material.
075100 BUILT UP ROOFING
A, Where applicable, provide premium 20-ycar 4-ply built-up roofing with premium
SBS modified bitumen cap sheet. Gravel surface material shall not be used.
Comply with NRCA and SMACNA standards to insure a complete and proper
roofing system.
1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in
the FBC for cach specific building, location, and substrate. Provide
manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is
designed to meet all applicable code requirements.
B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty to
FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 16
IOE
075216 - SBS MODIFIED BJTUMEN ROOFJNG
A. Premium IS-year SBS single-ply roof materials may be used for repairs and/or
new buildings with limited flat roof areas whcn approved in advance by FMS,
1. Roofing system shall bc dcsigncd to withstand wind pressures indicated in
the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate, Providc
manufacturers certificatc and engineering data indicating that systcm is
designcd to meet all applicablc code requirements.
B. Providc copics of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty
to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents,
075323 - EPDM ROOFING
A. EPDM, PVC, rubber roof systems, ballasted systems, and similar single-ply roof
systems shall not be used,
076100 - METAL ROOI'lNG
A. Standards: All work shall comply with SMACNA and NRCA recommendations.
1. Mctal roofing shall not be used with less than 1/12 slope,
2. V -crimp metal roofing shall not be uscd except to patch or repair small
sections of existing v-crimp roofing. Metal re-roofing materials must be
installed as a standing-scam system specified bclow.
B. Where metal roofs are used, provide standing seam metal roof with ridge trim,
edge flashing, wall flashing, countcr-f1ashing, fasteners, clips, and aJl related
components required for a completc and watertight assembly,
1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind prcssurcs indicated in
the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate, Providc
manufacturcrs certificate and engineering data indicating that system is
designed to meet all applicable code requirements.
2. Metal roofing material shall be not thinner than 24 gaugc Galvalumc.
Panels shall be not more than 1 6" wide unless approved otherwise by FM
staff. Standing seam shall be not less than 1" high, Standing seam may be
180d foldcd scam, or covcrcd with continuous clip. Fastener clips shall be
completely concealed, spaccd at not more than 12" oc, Covcr seams at top
end with ridge cap flashing or wall flashing. All mctal roofing is to bc
smooth and straight without bends or kinks, propcrly flashed and counter-
flashed with compatible materials,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 17
JOE
3. Approved manufacturers include but are not limited to Englert and
Berridge.
4. Installation is to bc neat and straight; level and true to required lines. Hem
all cxposed flashing edges and use concealed fasteners wherever possible.
5. Use prcmolded rubber-boot flashing at vent stacks. Cover top of vent
stack with insect screen, neatly fastened to stack with a galvanized metal
draw band, Where flashing occurs at roof-to-walllocations, provide
counter flashing that will allow replacement of either the roofing or wall
finish without the damage or removal of the othcr material. Flashing is to
be set in sealant.
076200 - METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards, Provide all details required to
illustrate industry-standard assemblies suitable for intended use and capable of
providing a complete, proper, durable weather proof, and water proof installation.
1. Use stainless steel, hot-dipped galvanized metal, galvalume, or suitably
protcctcd aluminum materials. Do nOl use plain or painted steel or mill
finish aluminum,
2, Do not use details that rely soleI y on sealant or paint to prevent the
intrusion of water into the building.
3, Provide sill flashing and a full bed of sealant at all window sills.
4. Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic dcterioration of materials. All
materials shall be non-corrosive,
5. Roof expansion joints shall be constructed with metal fabricated in
accordancc with referenced standards, Avoid prefabricated Expando-Flash
details,
6. Provide details of terminations and corners of parapets, expansion joints,
compression bars, and similar non-typical conditions.
B. Flashing assemblies shall be counterflashed and constructed in a manner which
will allow re-roofing without damage to adjacent finishes.
c. Quality Assurance: the Contractor shall provide a five (5) year warranty for all
flashing work including all materials and costs rcquircd to correct defective
flashing work.
COLLlER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 18
IDE
077200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
A. Provide anchor points and safety tie-off hardware for ladders at cach sidc of
building, and not more than SO' o.e.
B. Provide guardrails at roof hatches.
C. Providc fixed ladders for access to upper roof areas; ie elevator penthouse roof,
stair roof, etc, Fixed ladders shall be constructed from non-corroding materials,
ie, G-90 galvanized s(eel.
079200- JOINT SEALANTS
A. Provide and install one or two-part exterior e1astomeric sealant at all window and
door jambs, sills, heads, surface joints, t1ashing edgcs, and wherever else required
to provide a weather-tight building envelope and a ncat and trim installation. All
scalants shall be paintable premium grade 20-year or better products
manufacturcd by Dow, GE, Tremco, Vulkem, or equal.
1. Providc all infiltration seals as required by the FBC and as stated in
Energy Calculations,
B. Provide non-yellowing premium grade caulking at all countertop and cabinet
edges, trim edges, and at other interior conditions where required to provide a
neat and trim installation.
C. Provide tested penetration system sealants and materials at all pipes, conduits, and
misc. penetrations through rated waIls and ceilings.
OlVlSION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
080000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, SOl, and requirements of Division 1 apply to work of (his section,
B. Exterior Doors shall be impact rated in aecordance with FBC Ch. 16.
C. The Facilities Management Department may require higher design standards for
wind loads and storm protection than that required by the FBC Section 1626. As
part of the design process, Facilities Management must be consulted to establish
the design criteria.
81113 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
A Comply with SOl standards. Use of steel doors and frames are limited to fire-
ratcd applications and servicc arcas only.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 19
IDE
1. Provide corrosion resistant coatings:
a. Steel doors and frames shall be G60 galvanized or A60 galvaneal
material and factory primed.
b, Wipe coat and WCGS products may not be used.
2. Doors and frames shall be not less than 16 gauge thick,
3, Frames in masonry construction shall be fully grouted. Provide not less
than 3 anchors at each jamb,
4. Frames in stnd construction shall be spot grouted at each anchor, min 3 per
jamb.
5, All steel frames are to be fully welded for new construction, KD frames
may he used only for retrofit installations.
6. Provide fire rated units where required to maintain integrity ofrated
assemblies.
081416 - PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS
A. Typical interior doors for Offices, Restrooms, Meeting Rooms, etc., shall bc
hinged, flush, solid core units with plastic laminate faces and edges.
1. Doors shall not he less than 36" wide,
2, Frame material shall be fully welded galv. steel or aluminum,
B. Wood veneer doors may be used only where approved by FM staff.
083113 - ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide access panels in floors, walls, ceilings, and/or soffits where required for
maintenance access to all concealed valves, fixtures, and equipment.
1. All panels components and fasteners shall be constructed of non-corroding
material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or
factory primed galvanized steel.
2. Unless required otherwise by program, all access panels shall be
commercial grade units with a full length hinge, operable with standard
tools.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 20
IOE
OS]] 16 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Exterior doors and frames shall be Aluminum except as notcd below.
1. A60 or G60 galv. stecl doors may be used where fire rating is required,
2, FRP doors may be used as exterior doors in utility and high-abuse areas.
B. Approved Manufacturcrs include Kawneer, Cline, and Special Litc.
OS3323 -.. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
A. Provide overhead coiling doors where required by program.
1. Lock mechaJlism shall be accessible from the exterior side.
2, All door components including fasteners, slats, guides, and housing shall
be constructed of non-corroding matcriallimited to stainless steel, painted
or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel.
B. Provide submittal indicating the units and attachment fasteners meet or exceed
current FBC requirements.
OS5113 - ALUMlNUM WINDOWS
A, All windows shall be fixed storefront, curtain wall, or commercial grade operable
units,
1. All exterior components shall be extrudcd aluminum.
2. Finish shall be anodized or factory applied finish such as Kynar 500. Mill
finish aluminum, residential units, or units with wood components
exposed to the exterior may not be used.
3. To maintain proper indoor air quality, windows shall be fixed unless
opcrable units are required otherwise by Code or design program approved
by Facilities Management.
B. Provide submittal indicating the units, glazing, and attachment fasteners meet or
exceed FBC requirements,
1. All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind-borne
dcbris in accordance with FBC sections 1606.1A and 1626,
2, Special requiremcnts apply to public safety buildings. Opening protection
in accordancc with FBC scction 1606.1A tcst or design velocities shall bc
increased 25% in all public safety facilities.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTlCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28,2006
PAGE 21
IOE
086200 - ROOF SKY LIGHTS
A. Roof skylights are not allowed.
087100 - DOOR HARDWARE
A Provide all hardware needed for a complete and propcr installation including but
not limitcd to locks, levers, pulls, exit devices, closers, butts, wcatherstripping,
astragals, coordinators, door holders, kick plates, push plates, and silenccrs.
1. Minimum hardware standards:
a. Provide Grade 1 hardware
b. Materials: All door hardware shall be non-ferrous; plain or painted
steel hardware may not be llsed.
c. All hardware shall be ADA compliant.
2. Approved manufacturcrs arc Schlage, LCN, Yon Duprin, Desco, Hager,
Ives, Rockwood, and Pemko.
a. Locks shall be Schlage B-Series 6-pin cylinder with E-keyway
only. No substitutions. Key to match County keying system. C-
keyway may not be used.
b. Standard locksets and leversets shall be Schlage D-series. Use L-
Series where requircd for sccurity or othcr program requirements.
c. Standard pulls shall be Rockwood Barrier-frec series or County
approved cqual.
d. Standard closers shall be LCN modcl 4041 Super Smoothie scries,
no substitutions, Adjust to meet ADA and fAC requirements.
e, Exit Devices shall be Yon Duprin, model 88 unless approved
otherwise by fM staff.
f. Exterior threshold shall be Pemko 2005 with raised vinyl seal, or
exact equal. Do not use flush or saddle-type threshold at exterior
locations.
4. All keys shall be brass. Stamp keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE". Discard
construction keys and re-key entrance lock after final acceptance.
COLLIER COUNTY YERTICALSTAr~DARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 22
leE
5, Provide grand-master, master, entrancc, and office keys as directed by I'M
staff.
6, Adjust hardware for proper operation, including adjustment of levers and
closers to comply with ADA and Florida Accessibility Code requircmcnts,
7. Check adjustments after 90 days use and readjust as needed.
088000 - GLAZING
A. Glazing shall comply with referenced codes including FBC reqnirements for
hazardous locations.
B. Exterior glazing shall be either tinted or reflective.
C. Exterior glazing shall be impact resistant laminated glass complying with FBC
Ch.16.
1. Shuttered applications may be used only with prior approval by County,
D. Small windows and narrow windows shall be avoided except where required by
the building users design program. In general, windows shall be curtain wall or
storefront glazing, generousl y sized in all offices, lobbies, work areas, etc.
Windows shall be architecturally proportioned in a manner that is appropriate to
the building design without thc use of small or narrow windows. One example of
an acceptable ribbon-window arrangement is the Development Services Center on
Horseshoe Drive,
E. Must use energy efficient fcaturcs in widow dcsign,
089000 - LOUVERS AND VENTS
A. All louvers shall be storm resistant extruded aluminum with anodized or
appropriate protective coating. Mill finish units or stamped metallollvers are not
allowed. Acceptable products include but are not limited to the following:
1. Ruskin "Extruded Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers"
2. Ruskin "Hurricane Louvers"
B. Locate louvers to minimize watcr intrusion, Provide sill flashing, gutters, and
curbs as needed to prevent rain water damage.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28. 2006
PAGE 23
ICE \ ;> ,
DIVISlON 9 - FINISHES
090000 - GENERAL
A. Comply with codes and referenced standards listcd in Division 1, including but
not limited to FBC requirements,
1. Workmanship shall be proper and neat in appearance conforming to
nationally recognized standards and spccified tolerances.
2. Work that is not in compliance with refcrcnced codcs and standards shall
be removed and replaced at no extra cost to the County.
092400 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
A. Standards: Comply with PCA 'Portland Ccment Plaster Manual' and applicable
ASTM/USG requirements and recommendations.
B. Use PVC accessories throughout, including corner beads, casing beads, expansion
joints, and pcrforated vent strips. Metal trim shall not be used,
1. Provide bonding agent at concrete substrates.
2. Use galv. self-furring lath with ]5# felt underlayment where over a framed
substrate,
3. Fasteners shall be stainless steel.
4. Provide expansion joints as recommended in referenced standards, where
abutting dissimilar materials, and as needed to prevent cracking. Lath
shall be discontinuous at expansion joints and control joints.
C. Install all trim straight, plumb, and level. Install stucco finishes with a tolerance
not to exceed 1/4" in 10'-0" or 1/8" in 4'-0" in any direction when measured with a
10'-0" straightedge.
L Panels with visible rough textures or scaffold lines wiIJ not be accepted.
D. Thickness shall be not less than 5/8" thick (2-coat) on cmu and concrete, and not
less than 7/8" thick (3-coat) on galv. metal lath
E. Styrofoam and/or ElFS trim may not be used on County buildings,
1, Exterior decorativc moldings, if any, shall be cast stone or cement plaster.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTlCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 24
IOE
092900 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Comply with FBC, Gypsum Association, USG, and UL requirements and
recommendations, the requirements of Division 1, and manufacturers specific
instructions.
B. Materials:
1. Provide 5/8" type-X gypsum board at fire rated locations
2. Provide 5/8" or 112" gypsum board at typical interior locations,
3, Provide l/2" cement board at all ceramic tile and wet locations,
4. Do not use green board,
5. Do not use gypsum board products at exterior locations.
C. Provide a smooth finish suitable for painting on all exposed surfaces. Visible tape
or sanding marks in work will not be accepted. Contractor may provide smooth
hard coat in lieu of smooth drywall finish,
1. Use screw fasteners throughout.
2. Trim drywall at external corners with plastic corner beads,
093013 - CERAMIC TILING
A. Comply with Tile Council of America (TCA) standards and details.
1. Tile joints are to be aligned and straight, plumb, level, and true, with
equally spaced cut units at ends,
2, Provide tile movement joints at the following locations:
a. Perimeter of each room
b. Risers, ramps, changes of and planes
c. Corridor corners and intersections
d. Spacing as determined by Design Professional
B. Provide tile finishes at the following locations:
1. Tile floors are required in all Restrooms and Janitors Closets.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 25
10E \ ilL!
2, Provide tile wainscot not less than 4;J;' 60" high in Restrooms, at mop
sinks, and at drinking fountains.
3. Extend wainscot not less than 18" to each side of mop sinks and drinking
fountains.
C. Floor tile shall be porcelain ceramic tile. All grout shall be sealed.
D, Provide product certificate indicating the coefficient of friction complies with
ADA requirements for both wet and dry conditions.
E, Tile base and all corners shall be sanitary cove style.
F, Floors must slope towards drains.
G. Wall tile substrate shall be CMU, concrete, or cement board.
1. Do not use gypsum board as tile substrate.
H, Use aluminum or bronze edge strips where abutting carpet floor finishes.
095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
A. Standard acoustical tile shall be Annstrong World Industries #770 (flat tile) or
#704A (reveal edge), white color, size 24" x 24".
B. Suspended grid shall be white color, Armstrong World Industries manufacturer
system same as acoustic tile,
1. Installation shall comply with ASTM C635 and C636.
C. Alternate acoustical tile manufacturers and styles may be considered for special
rooms with limited areas such as a Lobby, subject to FM approval and 15% extra
stock tile material supplied to the FM in unopened boxes at the completion of
construction.
096500 - RESILIENT TJLE FLOORING
A. Standard 12" x 12" x ]/8" Vinyl Composition Tile shall be used in service areas,
1. Tile material and adhesives shall not contain asbestos materials of any
kind.
B, Clean, wax, and polish tiles prior to final acceptance. Provide 5% extra stock
materiaL
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 26
mE
' : .: 1-"
1, - -. '~'ii
096513. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Provide 4" vinyl base where scheduled, Use prcmolded corner pieces at all
outside corners, Provide 5% extra stock matcrial.
B. Provide matching transition strips where VCT /1oors abut tile or carpct floors,
096812 _. TILE CARPETING
A. Provide Carpet Tile unless directed otherwise by FM staff :
1, Product: Mohawk Stati- Tuft []J Modular
2, Construction: Tufted/Ultra Performance System
3, Fibcr: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy with Static Control and soil resistant
4. Yarn Weight: 28.3 oz.!sq. yd.
5, Gauge: 1/8
6. Size: 17 5/8 x 17 5/8
7. Density: 7,898
8. Weight Density: 223,504
9. Stitches per inch: 8.4
10, Pilc Thickncss: 0.129"
11. Warranties: Mohawk Modular 20 yr warranty 20 yr. wear, 20 yr. no edge
ravel, 20 yr. no delamination, Cushion Resiliency 20 yr., and Lifctime
static,
096816.~ SHEET CARPET
A. Where approved by FM Staff, provide one of the following broadloom carpet
products:
1. Mohawk Commcrcial Carpct "Stati-Tuft" liPS 16706
a. Construction: Tufted Loop Pile
b. Gauge: 1/8
c. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy RC.F. and soil resistant
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 27
-~.,.----
IOE
d. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per square CM
e, Total thickness: .234 in.
f. Yarn Weight: 28,30 oz. square yard
g. Backing Materials: Warp, stuffer, filling all synthetic
h. Total Weight: 61.8 oz. square yard
1. Density: 7,898
J. Weight Density: 223,504
k. Pitch: 216
I. Stitches Per Inch: 8.4
m. Pile Thickness: 0,129"
n, Stock width: 12"
0, Smoke density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA-258): Less
than 450
p. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC- 134: Under 3.5 KV
q. Warranties: UPS Warranty Guaranteed 20 lb. tuft binds, Moisture
resistant, Dimensionally stable, Guaranteed for 20 yrs., no
delamination for 20 yrs" and Lifetime static
2. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Regents Row"- 30663
a. Construction: Woven Cut and Loop
b. Pitch: 216 Equivalent
c. Pile Thickness: .192"
d. Rows per inch: 8,0
e. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy BCF Nylon with Static
control and soil resistant
f. Yarn Weight: 34.5 oz/ sq. yd.
g, Total Weight: 68.16 oz/ sq. yd,
h Total Thickness: .312 in.
i. Backing Materials: Synthetic
J. Density: 6,468
k. Weight Density: 223,146
l. Stock Width: 12'
m, Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds.45 walts per sq. CM
n. Smoke Density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA-258) Less
than 450
o. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC-134: Under 3.5 KV
p. Warranties: Lifetime Limited Woven Wear, and Lifetime Static
097200 - WALL COVERINGS
A. Wall coverings are not allowed in County buildings.
099100 - PAINTlNG
COLLIER COUNTY VERTJCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 28
IGlE
A Provide ShelWin-Williams "Superpaint", S-W Industrial Enamel, and related
premium S-W products throughout.
1. All color selections shall be standard SW colors.
2, Provide a typed Paint and Color schedule for each building, This record
shall include the job name, job location, date contractors name, the
material manufacturer's name, product name, color name and number, and
color formula, A copy of this record shall be delivered to the Facilities
Managemcnt Contract Manager at the end of the work, A duplicate copy
shall be bound into the Closeout Documents,
B. Backprimc all exposed wood materials scheduled for paint finish prior to
installation.
C. Provide primer plus two finish coats on all wood, gypsum board, concrete and
stucco finishes,
D. Provide two coats of rust inhibitive primer on all surfaces of metal doors and
frames and prior to installation, then 2 finish coats of S-W industrial enamcl on
exposed metal surfaces,
E, Topcoat shall be either S- W eggshell, semi-gloss, or full-gloss. Restroom walls
shall be either semi-gloss or full-gloss. Do not use flat paint as top coat at any
wall location. Ceilings and soffits may have flat paint.
F. Deliver materials to site in unopened containers with manufacturers labels.
Protect adjacent finishes and materials, prepare surfaces, and apply materials in
strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions, Verify
material compatibility with substrates. Do not apply paint to wet or damp
materials. Do not paint exterior surfaces in the rain, All coats shall be thoroughly
dry before appl ying succeeding coats,
1. Provide temporary barricades, 'WET PAINT' signs, and protect all work
until dry, Remove masking when finished. Carefully remove paint from
materials not intended for paint finish. Clean and touch-up as required.
2. All paint finishes must be evenly spread, free of runs, sags, or other
defects.
G. Provide medium grey penetrating stain at Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
Room floors.
COLUER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 29
lQE
DIVISION lO-SPECIALTfES
100000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, ADA, and rcquirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section,
101400 - SIGNS
A. Exterior Signs shall be manufactured by Barco Prodncts Company or FM
approved equivalent manufacturer.
B, Interior Room Signs, Office Signs, Elevator signs, etc., shall be Scott Series
S1500, or approved equal.
C. Provide raised letters and contrasting color backgrounds with braille strip at
bottom of all room signs, Use international symbols in addition to tcxt where
applicable, Coordinatc sign colors with interior finishes using only manufacturers
standard basic colors, Install room idcntification signs in strict accordance with
ADA requirements,
D. Required signage at Parking Garage Decks.
]. Directional signage required pointing to the locations of all Assistance
"Blue" Boxcs,
2. "Notice" posted that the parking deck is under Closed Circuit Television
surveillance.
3. Low clearance warning signs utilizing tubular plastic materials, not metal.
4, Speed limit signs at each cntrance and each deck; "5 MPH" and/or "Slow"
E. Bronze Plaques.
1. All new buildings shaIl have a bronzc plaque installed showing the
dedication of the building, Typical content will show the year opened,
contractors firm name, architects firm name, Commissioners at time of
conception / approval (alphabetical), County Manager, etc. May includc
Constitutional Officer if they are the primc occupant. See Facilities
Management for plaque layout and content during thc initial building
design process. See eud of standards for sample,
2, Locatc dedication plaques in Lobby or secure area whenever possible.
COLLJER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 30
10E
3, Where exterior dedication plaques are used, locate plaques in area
supervised by CCTV camera, i.e. near main entrance, or monitor plaque
with security system contact switch.
102113 - TOJLET COMPARTMENTS
A. Provide overhead braced solid plastic 1" thick toilet compartments manufactured
by Santana, Capitol Partitions, or approved equal.
1. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, restroom stall partitions shall be
ceiling and wall hung toilet partitions, not floor mounted systems.
2. All fasteners and hardware shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or chrome
plated brass, Plastic accessories, hinges, latches, or similar components
arc not acceptable.
3. Provide latch, hinges, door stop, and coat hook for each door. Coat hook
shall not project more than 2" from face of door.
4. lnswing doors shall remain slightly open when not latched, Accessible
stall doors shall be self-closing,
5, Brace all compartments at the face of partitions and doors. Size bracing
components as needed to avoid perpendicular braces.
102800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES
A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established
herein,
B. All accessories shall be commercial grade, brushed stainless steel, formed and
welded with all exposed edges hemmed and ground smooth, with no sharp edges
and no sharp corners.
C. Provide all accessories needed for a complete and proper installation including
but not limited to grab bars, hand-dryers, toilet paper holders, sanitary napkin
receptacles, wall mounted soap dispensers, and coat hooks.
1. Hand Dryers shall be Excel Dryer, lnc. Model XL-W (automatic, white,
11O/120V) with ADA compliant S.S. recess kit. Unit may protrude not
more than 4" from face of wall. Separate 20A circuit required tor each
unit.
2. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, paper towel dispensers shall not
be used in restrooms,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 31
IOE
3, Coat hooks shall be low-profile, projecting not more than 2" from face of
wall or door.
4, Approved manufacturers are Bobrick, Bradley, and Excel Dryer, Inc.
D. Coordinate with the work of other trades. Securely install accessories plumb and
square, fastening units to solid wood blocking, studs, compartment partitions, or
cmu walls, Do not use toggle bolts or expansion shields.
1. All accessories and grab bars shaH safely support 250 Ibs, LL.
102810 - MIRRORS
A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established
herein.
B. Standard mirrors shall be tempered glass with stainless steel frames, Provide
tilted mirror at accessible stalls only. Use only stainless steel vandal resistant
hardware and fasteners, concealed wherever possible. Provide polished stainless
steel or unbreakable units where required by program and at all unsupervised
public facilities.
104300 - EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES
A. All new construction and major remodeling projects shall have Automated
External Defibrillator (AED) equipment and cabinets installed, Sole source is
Medtronic Physio-Control Corp. See Collier County Facilities Management
Department for location and type of cabinets. Generally, the "Guidelines for
Public Access Defibrillation Programs in Federal Facilities" will be followed.
1. AED units shall be located adjacent to the fire extinguisher cabinets.
2. Provide oxygen cabinet and first aid station at each AED location.
3. Fire extinguisher, AED, oxygen, and first aid cabinets shall be grouped
together as one convenient safety station,
a, Provide alarm system contacts to indicate when any of four
cabinets are opened, monitored in the Facilities Management
control room located in Building W using the Pegasys alarm
system.
b. Digital closed eircuit television camera is required to monitor the 4
cabinet safety station, monitored at Facilities Management.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 32
lOE
c. All equipment, wiring, controls, etc, shall be compatible with the
existing Johnson Controls system,
104400 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
A. Comply with ADA requirements, Provide extinguishers of the types and sizes
where required by NFPA 10 and local AHJ, but not less than one 2A:20B:C unit
near each required egress door.
1. Use either semi-recessed or fully-recessed cabinets for all units located in
occupied interior rooms, Interior cabinets shall have unlocked hinged
door with tempered glass view panel. .
2. Provide standard bracket-mounted extinguishers without cabinet at
enclosed unoccupied utility rooms, mechanical rooms, storage rooms, and
similar service areas.
3, Where required at exterior locations, use aluminum or heavy-duty all-
plastic cabinets with clear safety-type break-plastic fronts, Steel cabinets
shall not be used at exterior locations,
107100 - STORM PANELS
A. New Construction and Additions: Provide impact rated doors and windows, not
shutters.
B, Renovations and Alterations: Provide impact rated doors and windows, or ,
provide low-maintenance, user-friendly impact rated shutters as follows:
1. Coiling overhead shutter
2, Accordian-style shutter
3. Fixed or hinged impact rated s.s, screens
C. Removable hurricane panels or fabric screens are not allowed,
D. Hurricane shutters, tracks, accessories, and fasteners shall be fabricated from
corrosive resistant materials, rated to withstand pressures developed by140 mph
wind speeds,
DJVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
110000 - GENERAL
A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 33
l'0'E
.,
\ ~"
B. All equipment shall be commercial grade.
112423 - WINDOW W ASHJNG EQUJPMENT
A. All buildings over three stories in height shall have hangers anchored on the roof
structure to facilitate exterior window washing equipment.
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
120000 - GENERAL
A. ADA, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division I apply to work of this
section.
120010 - OFFICE FURNITURE
A. Contact FMS for current furnishing contract requirements.
124800 - RECESSED FOOT GRILLES
A. Provide recessed foot grilles at all building entrances. Use Pedigrid entrance mats
or one of the following approved equal manufacturers:
1. Balco, Inc.; Wichita, KS
2, Construction Specialties, Inc.; Muncy, P A
3. Reese Enterprises, Inc.; Rosemont, MN
4. Arden Architectural Specialties, lnc,
5. Kadee Industries, Inc,; Bedford, OH.
B. Entrance Mat Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard design, of size and style to
mate with insert type and adjacent finish floor or wall construction, for permanent
recessed installation in sub-floor; complete with corner pins or reinforcing, and
installation anchorages.
1. Provide frames of extruded 6063-TS alloy aluminum. Coat surface of
frame which will contact cementitious material with zinc chromate paint
or manufacturer's standard protective coating,
2. Provide frame members in single lengths or, where frame dimensions
exceed available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible,
with hairline joints equally spaced, and with pieces spliced together by
means of straight connecting pins.
c. Rigid-Type Foot Grilles: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum
floor grid of top surfaced tread rails and spacer cross bars, 6063-TS or 6061-T6
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 34
If.O:E
alloy and mill finish, 1-5t16" wide continuous trcads spaced 1-1/2" O.c. (3/16"
openings), top surfaces as indicated, 1-5/8" maximum ovcrall thickness of grid
system,
1. Top Surface: Fusion-bonded Icvel-cut-pile nylon carpet insert; DuPont
"Antron Ill" filament, 1/4" high, 28 oz, per sq. yd.
D. Level Bed Applications: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl cushion support
systcm,
E. "Pedimat" or similar loose-lay malts in recessed framcs shall not be considered
equal to approved "Pedigrid" recessed foot grilles
DIVISlON 13 ... SPEClAL CONSTRUCTION
130000 - GENERAL
A. FBC, MBMA, and the requiremcnts of Division 1 apply to work of this section.
133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS
A. Pre-engineered metal buildings may be used for storage and maintenanee
buildings, and where approved by FM staff.
B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structures shall be designed and sealed by
the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida, All shop
drawings shall be reviewed and approvcd by the Design Professional of Record
prior to fabrication,
C. Contractor shall coordinate the design and installation of anchor bolts.
D. Provide rigid steel channel or framing at each door and window opening. Do not
use door frame to support wall girt framing.
E, Provide concrete cnrb and flashing at bottom of metal siding, raised not less than
8" above Concrete floor slab.
DlVlSION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
JAOOOO - GENERAL
A. FBC, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this
section.
142000 - ELEVATORS
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 35
10E
A. Comply with ANSIIASME AI7,l and Addenda, CABO/ANSI A117.1, and all
State of Florida codes and regulations for Elevators.
B. All elevators specified shall be of generic manufacture with no proprietary items
included within the installation, The elevator shall have the capabilities of being
served by any elevator manufacture or without the assistance of any
manufacturers diagnostic tools,
C. Elevator Emergency Telephones shall be Code Blue Corporation's model # CB
3100 FPl standard speakerphone with single red "Push for Help" button and
flush mounted,
1. AlJ emergency elevator telephones, whether new or replacemcnt will be
programmed to dial extcnsion 7721 (Facilities Management Building
Operations Center) automatically upon lifting of receiver.
2, All emergency elevator telephone replacements or installations will be
coordinated with the Building Automation Coordinator of the Facilities
Management Department (239-252-8380) as well as the
Telecommunications Managcr of the Information Technology Department
(239-252-8888),
3. All emergency elevator telephones will be programmed via the
Telecommunications Manager of the Information Technology Department
to include the following caller ID information:
3.1, Identifying Building Letter/ Name
3.2. ldentifying Elcvator Number
3.3, Identifying Phone Extension/Number (for phonc in elevator)
Example: Bldg F, Elevator 1, 7548
4. All emergency telephones will be tested and information correctly verified
before contractor leaves worksite.
5, Contractor to provide written documentation to the Facilities Management
Building Automation Coordinator that thc above steps were followed and
verified.
6. Code Blue speaker phone must be programmed to the Code Blue test
computer in the Building "W" operations center.
D. Card Readers
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 36
JCE
1. Exterior Elevators: Provide card reader at each elevators door location at
each floor.
2. Interior Elevators: Provide card reader in each elevator cab unless directed
otherwise.
E, Provide CCTV camera in each clevatnr cab.
F. A1l3-phase equipment shall have phase-loss protection,
144000 - WHEELCHAIR LIFTS
A, Wheel Chair Lift may not be used except with pnor written approval from FMS
and the Building Official.
DIVISION 21... FlRE SUPPRESSION
211100 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
A. Provide a completc automatic fire sprinkler system where required by Code or
Ordinance, Refer to Division I for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards.
B. Comply with NFPA 13 and Collier County Ordinance 98-74 Fire Prevention and
Protection Code for the design and installation of all r'irc Supprcssion System
work. The system shall be designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the
State of Florida. When the Contractors PE is responsible for the system design,
the Engineer of Record for the building shall review and approve the installers
shop drawings prior to permit application,
C. Sprinkler heads shall be recessed or semi-recessed in all occupied rooms, centered
in acoustic ceiling tiles.
1. Maintain centerline alignment with adjacent fixtures in a neat, OI'derly, and
workmanlike appearance,
D, Maintain accurate as-built plans of the work,
E, All computer rooms, hub rooms, and electrical rOOI11S shall be protected by a gas
fire suppression system, no wet sprinklcrs are allowed in these areas.
F. Pumps: 3-phasc equipment, if any, shall havc phase-loss protection.
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
220000 - GENERAL DESlGN REQUIREMENTS
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 37
IDE .tj
A Provide plumbing fixtures and restroom facilities as required by the Code, plus
additional requirements as foIlows:
1. Exterior Requirements; Each building will have at least one (J) hose bib
per exterior waIl, spaced at not more than 100'-0" o,c. Hose bibs shaIl have
removable metal T-handlcs, not plastic handles, All hose bibs shaIl have a
vacuum breaker and shall be firmly secured to the building. Provide
recessed unit where ins taIled in exterior waIls directly abutting exterior
walkways. Isolate copper materials from cementitious materials to prevent
deterioration.
2. HV AC Equipment Rooms; Provide at least one (1) hose bib and one (I)
floor drain in each HV AC Equipment Room. Provide trap primer at FD
unless FD is used as condensate drain.
3. AJI Mechanical Rooms shaIl be fitted with sufficient floor drains to all ow
for drainage of any leaks, condensation, or spillage.
4. Janitorial Closets; Each floor of each building shaIl have one (1) janitorial
closet for every 10,000 sq, fL and located at each set of restrooms. The
Janitors Closet will contain a water heater, floor mop sink, shelves, floor
drain, at least one (1) electrical outlet, and sufficient lighting to illuminate
room.
5. Restroom FlOOr Drains; AJ] restrooms, public and private, are to be fitted
with floor drains, number and location of which wiIl be determined by size
and layout of restroom. Floor drains may be omitted in private restrooms
only when located at the first floor.
6. Restroom lavatories and sinks in public areas shall be supplied with cold-
water only.
7. Provide flush valve fixtures where adequate water pressure is available,
Provide pressure-assist tank type water closets where low water pressure
occurs.
8. Provide at least one (1) hose bibb at each deck in parking garages, not
more than 100'-0" oc.
9. Lavatory faucets in restrooms shall be hands-free automatic faucets.
10. Flush valves shall be hands-free automatic units.
COLLlER COUNTY VERTlCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 38
IDE
11. Unless approved otherwise by FM slaff, automatic fauccts and automatic
flush valves shall be hard wired, not battery operated units, Conceal all
wiring inside walls or removable covers, Provide aCCeSs panel for all units
located inside walls.
12, Provide waterless urinals where direcled by FM staff. Where waterless
urinals are inslalled, provide water line inside wall for future connection to
fI ush valvc,
13. Pumps: All 3-phase equipment shall havc phasc-Ioss protection.
14, Water closets with a max of 3.5 nush, shower heads and faucets with a 3.0
max.
221000- WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
A, All pipes shall have appropriate shutoff valves located near fixtures to allow for
shutoff without shutting down entire systems. Locate valve at fixture, at access
pancl, or abovc rcadily accessible ceiling tile,
B. All pipes and fix lures shall have immediate and sufficient access through walls
and obstructions lo facilitate maintenance and repair.
C. All pipes shall have sufficient c1eanouts installed to expedite maintenance. Back
to back cross-tee assemblies shall have cleanouts above or below cross-tee.
D. Insulate all hot water lines. Insulate all exposed drains undcr sinks in accordance
with ADA. Exposed insulation shall be white color; concealed insulation shall bc
black color.
E, Exposed pipes and valves in public restrooms shall be chrome platcd,
F. Wrap and protcct all buried lines to inhibit corrosion where in contact with
concrete.
G, All main valvcs shall bc brass full-ported ball valves.
H, All valves shall be numbered and tagged. Provide typewritten chart indicating
each valve number and location, laminated in clear plastic. cover and posted ill
Eqnipment Room,
I. Provide recirculating pump and retum lilles f()r hot water lines over 75' developed
length,
COLLIER COUNTY YERTlCALSTANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 39
IOE
224000 - PLUMBJNG FIXTURES
A. Acceptable Product Manufacturers:
], Lavatories, Service Sinks, Water Closets, Urinals, Bath Tubs:
a, Amcrican Standard,
b. Crane Co.
c. Eljcr PJumbingwarc Div.
d, Kohler Co,
2. Stainless Steel Sinks:
a, American Standard.
b. Elkay Mfg. Co.
c, Dayton,
3. Faucets:
a. American Standard.
b. Chicago Faucet Co,
c. Delta Faucet Co.
d. Eljer Plumbingware Div,
e. Kohler Co.
f. Sloan.
g, Speakman.
h. T & S Brass
4. Flush Valves:
a, Sloan Valve Co. (Royal, no substitutions)
5. Water Closet Seats: open front;
a. Bemis Mfg. Co,
b. Beneke Corp.
c, Forbes-Wright Industries, Inc.; Church Products,
d. Olsonite Corp,; Olsonitc Seats.
6. Urinals:
a. Falcon
b. Sloan
7. Fixture Supports:
a. Josam Mfg. Co.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 40
JOE
, I
b. Kohler Co,
c. Tyler Pipe,
d, Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydomcchanics Div.
B. All plumbing fixtnres shall be white color.
C. Faucets and trim shall be chrome-plated brass
224010 - WATER HEATERS
A. Provide commercial grade water heaters using only industry standard components
and sizes, limited to 110,208, and 240-volt units manufactured by Rheem or
Ruud. Units requiring 480-volt service or special heating elements may not be
used without prior written approval by FMS,
DIVISION 23 - HV AC
230000 - GENERAL
A. Requirements of Division 1, Standard Plumbing and Mechanical Codes, NEC,
NFPA, AMSE, State Board of Health Sanitary Code, OSHA, ASHRAE, AMCA,
SMACNA, UL, Florida Energy Code, and Collier County Government Vertical
Construction Standards apply to work of this section.
B. All materials and equipment provided shall be assembled, erected, and installed in
such a manner as to insure proper operation of the system of which they are a
part, including air-handlers, direct-expansion units, temperature controls, chillers,
cooling towers, condenser pumps, brine pumps, the chilled water primary and
secondary pumping systems, the EMS control system, and the electrical services.
Equipment, devices, and accessories, not covered by Codes and/ or Standards
governing their installation shall be installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturers' printed instructions.
C. All design concepts and drawings, shop drawings submittals, equipment listings,
etc. will be reviewed by Facility Management for their approval.
E, After the installation is complete, Facilities Management shall review [he
contractor's commissioning plan and testing and balancing results. After tests and
commissioning work is approved the equipment shall be officially accepted by
Collier County, warranty and guarantee periods shall begin, and the equipment
shall be turned over to Collier County in operating condition.
230010 - MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The HV AC system shall be designed in accordance with the above referenced
codes and standards and the requirements and specifications of the building,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 41
IOE
B. Humidity levels shall be maintained at 45% to 50% relative humidity.
C. Indoor Air Quality; All buildings shall be designed in accordance with the latest
issue of ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Air Quality for
building outdoor air. Where the requirements of the Vertical Standards are more
stringent than the referenced ASHRAE standards, the Vertical Standards shall be
used,
D, Air conditioning system must provide a positive pressure throughout the building,
E. Coordinate with the work of other trades to insure access panels are provided at
aU required locations.
F. All mechanical rooms arc to be air-conditioned.
G, Electrical equipmcnt rooms shall be air conditioned to maintain 70d F, with not
less than 125% excess capacity to cool equipment.
H. Exhaust fans in vehicle areas shall be controlled with manual switch and CO
detector.
a. CO detector overrides manual switch.
I. All 3-phase equipment shall have phasc-loss protection.
230020 - AS-BUILT DRA WINGS
A. Contractor must provide accurate and updated as-built drawings detailing all
mechanical installations shown as they are accurately installed.
230021 - FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Special care should be taken during construction as to not let any foreign particles
into the occupied area air stream.
1. The Contractor shall clean all AHlJ coils and replace all filters prior to final
acceptance,
B, The Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall meet on-site and review thc As-built
Plans, Test and Balance Report, thc Manufacturers Operation manuals, and the
Maintenance manuals and instructions prior to acceptance,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICALSTAc'1DARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 42
IOE
230548 - VJBRATlON Ai'\!D NOlSE CONTROL
A. All units shall be equipped with propcr vibration control sprinb'S and/or pads
specified by manufacturer to minimize vibration and noisc,
B, Mcchanical rooms adjacent to offices must be quiet operating and sound lcvels
shaJJ be abated and subdued with insulation and silencers so that tbe pressure
levels within thrcc feet from any surface on the chiJJer and within the mechanical
room do not exceed 90DB.
C. Coordinate with the work of othcr trades as required to insure adequate sound
attenuation of all equipment. Providc fuJJ height partitions and sound batt
insulation at all mechanical room walls. Seal all waJJ penetrations, and provide
continous seal at top, bottom, cnds and all edges of mechanical room walls,
230553 - MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. All supply grilles shall be marked with vinyl letters to identify the grille and
corresponding air handling units and as directed by Facilities Management Staff.
All grilles will be assigned a number by the Senior HV AC technician and
included on the master ventilation plan, These numbers will coincide with
METASYS identification nlJJl1bers for ease of identification for remote use.
B. All condcnsers, air handler units, fans, and other major components of the
mechanical system shall be identified with the same designation used on the
drawings and suppJemental numbers as designated by FMS, Use eitber neatly
stenciled signs painted directly on equipment, or plastic signs with 1" high
engraved letters permanently fastened to the units.
230563 - ANTI-MJCROBlAL TREATMENT
A. Not Required.
230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BAlANCING
A. All air handlers shaH be properly balanced at designed static pressure of the unit
manufacturer prior to occupancy. Each zone should be properly balanced, each
diffuser should have proper amount of CFM making up the total for each
individual V A V box. The total CFM of all V A V hoxes should equal the CFM
output of their air handler to be properly balanced, This must be achieved for
acceptance of the air testing and balancing report.
1. Provide written qualifications of aH personnel used to perform any testing,
adjnsting, or balancing on site, Provide written certification to the COUllty
that work was done on site,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTlCALSTAi'\!'DARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 43
lOEtn"
2. Install clean filters at AHU and at all R/ A grilles prior to testing and
balancing.
3, All ceilings shall be instaHed and all doors and windows shall be closed
during test and balance work.
B. Test and balance services shall be included in the contract for construction.
C. For building projects exceeding $200,000.00 in construction cost or mechanical
equipment contracts exceeding $25,000,00, provide the serviccs of an
independent, ccrtified tcst and balance firm,
230713 - DUCT INSTALl.A TION
A. All ducts shall bc externally insulated, There shaH be no fiberglass material in the
air streaIl1.
232300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING
A. AH piping shaH be type "K" or type "L" copper piping. AU elbow piping shaU be
of long radius to increase flnw and prevent restrictions. Provide 45d elbows in
liciu 0 90d elbows wherever possible. All taps, tces, joints, oil-traps, and other
connections shall be made only with appropriate fittings designed and selected for
the use of the piping system. All connections shaU have brazed joints.
233113 - METAL DUCTWORK
A, All snpply and return ductwork shall bc externaHy insulated galvanized shcet
metal with no fibcrglass insulation in thc air-stream. All exhaust fan ducts and
outdoor air ducts shall be aluminum with external insulation,
B. Ductwork Accessories; All materials needed such as anchors, hangers, screws,
canvas comleClOrs, "S" and "Drivc" clcats, duct scalant shall be properly installed
as to insure proper safe operation of system.
233116 - FIBROUS-GLASS DUCTWORK
A. Fiberglass duct systems are not allowed in new building or renovations,
233233 - PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS
A. Plenum rcturn systems arc not allowed in new buildings,
233346 - FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Maximum length 6'-0",
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 44
IOE
234000 - AIR FILTERS
A. All air handling units should have clean pleated filters, min 2" thick, 25% to 35%
efficient per ASHRAE 52.
B, Install filter grilles at all returns serving occupied spaces.
236400 - CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PlPING
A. Chiller shall be an electric motor driven centrifugal or rotary screw liquid type,
equipped with flooded evaporator, water cooled condenser, oil supply system for
both lubrication and hydraulic capacity control, electrical disconnect, motor
starter, and microcomputer control panel, and all related inter-connecting piping
and electrical connections. Chiller shall be a factory assembled and packaged unit
complete with full operating charge of oil and refrigerant. Refrigerant shall be
R22, HCFC 123, or HFC 134A.
1. Chiller shall be manufactured by the Trane Company unless approved
otherwise by FM Director.
B, Frequency Drives for pumps and fans shall be manufactured by ABB. No
substituitions
C. Chiller Room Safety Equipment; The contractors' chiller manufacturer shall
furnish all necessary safety equipment as required to bring the existing or new
clIilJer mechanical room up to the current ANSI/ASHRAE Standard No. 15-1992
requirements and in accordance with the furnished per Standard No. 32-1994, The
requirement includes signage identifying the type, quantity, pressure, and installer
of the refrigerant, oxygen deprivation and refrigerant sensors, monitoring panels,
occupancy sensors for automatic activation of the ventilation systems, plus one
normal use and one backup use approved self contained breathing apparatuses
with storage cabinets. Proper mechanical room ventilation should be sized for
heat dissipation.
D, Alarms; All chiller rooms shall be equip with a carbon monoxide sensor and
alarm,
E. Pipes and Pipe- Fittings for Chilled Water Systems; Pipe shall be Schedule 40
black carbon steel type BCS-150 meeting requirements of ASTM A120 and AS3
for chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water, and vent system usages. All
piping shall utilize screw fittings for sizes 2" and smaller and butt welded joints
and flange fittings for sizes 2 1/2" and larger as required to join associated valves
and equipment flanges,
COLLJER COUNTY VERTlCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 45
IDE
I, No PVC piping on any chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water and
vent system usages,
F. Valves for Chilled Water Systems; Valves for isolation and shut-off serviccs shall
be gate type with dual supported rising stems for l25PSI working pressure service
with bronze valve bodies and screw fittings for pipe sizes up to and thru 2-inches
and with iron bodies and either flange or grooved fittings for all larger pipe sizes,
I, Balancing valves for fixing waler flow ratcs shall be ball and/or globe type
with calibrated orifices, indicating operating handl es and flow rate gauge
fittings as required for setting flow rates,
2. Variable water flow systcm control valves shall be globe and/or butterfly
single- and two-way types with manual and motorized operators as
required to operate within the EMS system, All valves shal1 be capable of
providing smooth proportioning flow control. Spring returns shall be
provided on al1 two position and/or reversible modulating valves where
required for fail-safe operation.
G, Piping Specialties for Chilled Water Systems; All required piping accessories
shall be provided and shall include, but not be limited to, air vents, pressure relief
valves, dielectric connectors, gauge piping, strainers, flexible connectors,
temperaturc scnsors and wells, pressure gauges and ports, gaskets, and wall and
floor sleeves, expansion joints, pipe supports, and anchors and all other devices
necessary for a complete and operable instal1ation.
H. Thermal Pipe Insulation for use indoors on all chilled water piping and surfaces
shall be minimum 1 l/2-inch thick fibrous glass insulation with vapor barrier. Use
2" foam glass insulation between chiller and ice tanks.
1. All chilled water piping shall be color coded with label and arrows identifying
direction and contents of flow, Provide aluminum jacket over aU insulated piping
where exposcd to vicw and/or exterior to building above grade.
J, Each building shall have a chilled water line shutoff at the entrance to the building
and at each floor of thc building.
236500 - COOLING TOWERS
A. Cooling tower shall be an induced draft, cross flow, factory assembled, It shall
consist of heavy gauge steel frame workcells housing bottom cold watcr basins,
central water spillways, and top hot water basins, fans and spccd reducing decks,
fan cylinders, electric drive motors, etc. The tower shall include all accessorics as
required for safe and reliable operation. Structnral framing, casing covers, basin,
and sump shall be stainless steel.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STAt"lDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 46
IOE
1. Cooling Tower shall be manufacturcd by the Marley Company, Baltimore
Aircoil, or a County approved equal.
2. Cooling Tower shall be en certified.
B. Pumps shall be centrifugal types of two mounting arrangements, in-line pipe
mounted for secondary chilled water loop pumps and base mounted for all other
applications.
1. Pumps shall be manufactured by Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, Aurora,
EV APCO, Peerless, or an approved equal.
2. Limit pump motors to nominal 1800 RPM wherever possible.
C. The base mountcd pumps shall be installed on housekeeping pads which arc
installed in SLlch a manner to insure accessibility to remove pnmp motors, The
pumps should be located near accessible doors allowing a portable hoist into and
accessing the pumps without any obstructions.
1. Locate motor out of airstream.
237300 - SPLIT SYSTEM HV AC UNITS
A. Split-system HV AC units shall be matched units provided by the same
manufacturer. Approved manufacturers arc Carrier, Trane, York, and
Weatherking,
B. Air Cooled Condensers
1. AU air cooled condensers shall be concealed from view from the front or
sides of the building. Condensers shall be located in a dry, dust-free
environment separated from landscaping and maintained lawns and not
confined in an enclosed area. Provide bronzeglow protective finish where
units are located within one mile of the coast. Do not locate exterior units
directly under the edge of a roof overhang or roof valley.
2, Provide sufficient clear area around the unit to for maintenance and free
air circulation without recirculation. Confirm the manufacturers minimum
recommended clearances between units and waUs prior to design. Tn no
cases shall units be placed closer than two (2) fect from an adjacent wall
nor closer than three (3) feet between units, Provide additional clear areas
for servicing as recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than (5)
feet on service side, plus a minimum five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear
work area, The work area must be a hard surface sueh as on a concrete pad
or pavemem. Coil grill guards shall be installed on all air cooled
condensing units 5 ton and larger.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTlCALSTANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 47
IOE
C. Air Handling Units
1. All air handling units shall have not less than two (2) feet of clearance
around the entire unit, plus not less than five (5) feet clear on the service
side(s) of the equipment. Providc at lcast onc five (5) foot by five (5) foot
clear floor area in the equipment room for servicing and maintenancc of
the equipment. The clearances specified herein are minimum sizes and
may need to be increased as necessary to accommodate the equipment
uscd. The size and maintenance requiremcnts of the unit shall be used to
detennine the required room size,
2, Air handlers shall not be located in attic space, but in mechanical rooms
with duct leading into [hc ceiling, (Exccption only if an cxisting system is
installed in an attic space.
3. Provide double-wall Air Handler Units with sloped IAQ.-al drain pans.
237400 - ROOFTOP UNITS
A. Avoid rooftop units whcnever possible, Whcn locatcd on roof, units shall not bc
visible from the ground. Approved manufacturcrs are Carrier, Trane, York, and
Weatherking, Provide bronzeglow protective finish where units are located within
one mile of thc coast.
B. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards for flashing at all roof penctrations,
Coordinate work with other tradcs. Provide prefabricated roof curbs under all
roof mounted equipment. Pitch pans are not allowed, Provide walk boards at
rooftop locations.
238400 - DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT
A. Dehumidification equipment must be correctly sized to maintain 50% (or lower)
relative humidity level. Manufacturer shall be Scorpion or FM approved equal.
B. Coordinate design requirements with oLher trades as required to meet this
specification. Vestibules are recommended at all high-traffic entrances to the
building,
DIVISION 25 - INTEGRA TED AUTOMA TJON
255000 - IIV AC CONTROLS
A. "EMS" Control systems
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 48
IOE
I. All buildings over 4,000 ~ square feet will include a Building
Automation System, The system will be Johnson Control's Metasys
System. lncluded within the package will be aJ] items currently being
utilized by the Facilities Management Department including but not
limited 10 remote monitoring at the main office.
2, Temperature sensors and controls 10 he located in each private office, zone
and/or open arca as specified by engineer.
3. Zone and room temperatures to be controlled only by Facility
Management Department, not by room occupant. NON - adjustable
sensors are to be used in all areas except when specijkally exempted in
writing by Facilities Management stafT
4. Temperature, C02 and humidity sensors shall be located in space which
is being controlled. The scnsors shall be mounted on wall 5 feet above the
floor, not in R/A ducts,
5. Individual DDC controller for each major piece of mechanical equipment
to insure operation in case of failure to our "EMS" system.
6. As part of the project, the system will dial into the work station at the
Facilities Management Headquarters. All equipment will be included in
thc project.
7. All compnter and electrical rooms will have temperature sensors with
alarmed ranges monitored and pageable.
B. "EMS" Network Design
1. System shall hc designed to a fault tolerant distributed system with
intelligence at each major piece of mechanical equipment.
2, Communication to all DDC controllers shall he by Network Control Unit
(NCU) in building,
3_ Communication from NCU to Operator Workstation in Building W via
Fiber optic Cabling, if building is on campus, or via modem if huilding is
off campus. System shall allow automatic beeper notification of critical
alarms as defined by FM department prior to software generation by
utilizing the existing automatic dialer if the building is on campus or a
new automatic dialer if building is off campus.
COLLJER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 49
IOE
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260000 - GENERAL
A. Standards; Requirements of Division 1, the National Electric Code, NFPA,
NEMA, and UL apply to work of this section.
B. All automated lighting control systems shall be monitored and controlled through
Metasys, unless otherwise approved by the Department of Facilities Management.
C. All 3-phase equipment shall have phase-loss protection,
D. All light fixtures must accept G.E. replacement lamps,
260010 - AS-BUILT ORA WlNGS
A. The Contractor shall provide accurate and updated as-built drawings detailing all
electrical installations, to include outlets, shown as they are actually installed.
260020 - RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK
A. For all renovation, retrofit, and building additions projects, the Dcsign
Professional and/or Contractor must consult with County maintenance personnel
for tie-in to existing equipment.
260030 - SPECIAL EQUlPMENT ROOM REQUlREMENTS
A. All mechanical rooms and cxterior equipment areas shall be fitted with at least
two (2) ORC (1) 20 amp dnplex electrical outlets, 115 volt singlc phase.
B, All mechanical rooms shall be fitted with sufficient lighting to properly
illuminate all areas of the room taking into accountlighl obstruction due to
equipment, provide approximately 100 Foot Candles of illumination.
C. Providc 2 separatc electrical rooms; one for building power and one for low
voltage applications such as computer networks, phone etc, The intent is to
physical1y separate functions while maintaning close proximity to each other.
D. If building is equipped with card access hardware, provide card reader at each
equipment room.
260040 -IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide neatly typed panel schedules identifying all circuits in all new and
rcnovated work.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTlCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 50
lOE ' n~
B. All panels and switchgear shall be identified with engraved plastic signs
indicating same designation shown on the as-built plans.
260500 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Only T.H.H.N. or equivalcnt coppcr wire shall be used in any electrical wiring.
B. Engineer shall design wiring with respcct to the harmonic loads of the building,
C. Neutrals shall be installed using one of two approved methods:
1. lnstall separate neutrals with circuits,
2, Install oversized neutrals.
D. Raceways and Raceway Fittings shall be thin wall EMT type steel conduits for
indoor use, and PVC for exposed outdoor use. All raceways shall be complete
with fittings specifically designed for use with the associated raccways. Flexible
metallic and PVC are acceptable.
E. J unction, Outlet, and Pull Boxes Shall be constructed of codc gauge sheet steel,
galvanized or sheradized or otherwise rust proofed, and sized in accordance with
the NEC per number of devices and wires within the boxes or the number and
sizes of conduits entering tbe boxes. Outlet boxes shall have snitable cover plates
or devices mounting plates as required for its associated device and/or accessory.
Junction and pull boxes shalJ have blank steel covers bolted to the boxes.
F. Sleeves for pipe and conduit penetrations through concrete or masonry walls shall
be minimum No, 22 gauge sheet steel.
260526 - GROUNDlNG
A. Pull ground wire with all circuits.
B. Grounds shall be cadwelded to steel frame structures.
C. Ground rods shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet long
D, Step down transformers for lighting and receptacle loads shall have grounded
electrodes to each transformer.
260536 - CABLE TRAYS
A. Provide cable trays or hooks above corridor ceilings where required by Owners
building design program.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 51
tOE
260620,16 - DlSCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. All circuit breakers shall be either Square D or ITE type brcakers.
B, Wafer style breakers shall not be used in new construction.
260620.26 - DEVICES
A. All receptacles shall twenty (20) amp combination devices.
B, Except as noted below, thc color of all switches, covcr plates, fixtures, devices,
exit lights, emergency lights, etc. shall be cither Whitc or as scheduled by Design
Professional. Trim shall bc white color, aluminum, brushcd aluminum, or
chrome.
1. Computer/UPS outlets shall be orange color.
2. Emergency gcncrator outlets shall be red color, unless cntire facility is
powered by emergcncy generator.
262200 ~ TRANSFORMERS
A. Provide non-linear load transformers whcre required.
264100 - LlGHTNlNG PROTECTION
A. Where required by building design program, provide a complete UL listed
lightning protection systcm. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by
the Design Profcssional prior 10 installation, Minimize roof penetrations and
coordinate the work with othcr trades as needed for a complete and proper leak-
proof installation. Exposed pitch pans are not allowed,
264300 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION
A. Provide appropriate surge suppression device for all buildings.
265100 -- INTERIOR LIGHTING
A. Fixtures typcs shall be limitcd to listed standard fixtures to facilitate maintenance,
L Basic interior lighting fixtures shall be 2' x 4' fluorescent lighting fixtures.
2, All lighting fixtures shall have electronic ballasts with T-5 f1uoreseent
lamps with safety fuse.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTlCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 52
lClE
3. Recessed lamps shall use only standard PL S, 7, 9, or 13 lamps. Do not use
quad or non-standard lamps,
4. Special fixtures must be approved by the County prior to completion of
design.
5, Tandem ballasts are not allowed.
6. Provide at least one non-switched fluorescent night light in Foyer, Lobby,
Corridors, and large Open Office areas
7. Lighting must be energy efficient
265200 - EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A. Emergcncy lights shall be low-profile surface mounted dual head units, white
color.
1. Provide Surelight CU-l manufactured by Surelite.
2. Do not use EM backup units for recessed fixtures.
265300 - EXIT SIGNS
A Provide LED exit signs.
B. Exit signs shall not use fluorescent lamps and nor any radioactive materials.
C. Exit signs shall have brushed aluminum faces. Stencils shall be green.
265600 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING
A. Exterior fixtures shall utilize metal halide lamps with standard mogul bases,
Acceptable sizes are limited to 150, 250, and 400 watt lamps.
B. Light poles shall be individually fused and numbered sequentially in order to
confirm exact pole location for bulb maintenance. Call Facilities Management
prior to installing numbers for approved number material, colors, and location on
pole,
C. Exterior fixtures shall be all aluminum or heavy duty vandal resistant plastic
construction with vandal resistant glass lenses,
D. Well or buried fixtures are not allowed
E. Flag pole lights: WOW MH.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 53
JOE
F, Sign lights: 70W MH unless approved otherwise.
G, Exterior wraparound fixtures: not allowed (use vapor proof fixtures in exterior
environments),
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
272000.. INFORMATJON TECHNOLOGY (IT)
A. Use Category 6 wire for all data lines illllew construction and renovations,
272010 FIBER OPTIC LINES
A. All fiber optic lines must be traceable, Acceptable tracing techniques are as
follows:
J. lnstall pull wires with each line,
2. Encase Jines in a steel jacket.
273000 .. TELEPHONE SYSTEMS
A. Refer to the Collier County Governmcnt Information Tecbnology (IT) Standards
Manual.
B. Conceal all cables in walls, partitions, and ceiling spaces wherever possible, Run
lines in conduit from telephone board to telephone company connection. Do not
install unprotected lines or equipment on exterior walls of the building.
274000 CABLE TV SYSTEMS
A. Prewire for standard cable TV service to all Conferencc Rooms, Lobby,
Executive Offices and where idcntified in the Owners building design program,
Refer to the Collier County Government IT Standards Manual.
DJVISION 28.. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
281000 - SECURITY ALARM
A. For new buildings or renovations where the security system is being removed, a
new integrated systcm shall be installed. In existing buildings where the security
system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the
security system as noted below.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTlCALSTANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 54
tOE 'I
1. System shall perform as a stand-alone security system including all
rcquired control sequences per occupant's requirements including
necessary keypads, card readers, motion detectors, door contacts, ete,
2. Security system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum,
zone by zone status.
3. FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be the primary
reporting station.
4. All external hardware shall have tamper proof scrcws,
5. All roof hatches shall be monitored by the security system.
282300 - CCTV VIDEO SURVEJLfANCE
A. Fixed Cameras shall be Pelco model # CC3701H-2 Series Digital Color Camera.
B. Pan / Tilt / Zoom Cameras shall be Pelco model #Speetra III SE Series Dome
Systems.
c:. CCTV DVR's recording devices shall be Dedicated Micros BX2 CA 1,2
Terabyte,
D, CCTV images shall be transmitted to FM Operations Center.
E, Two (2) WP electrical outlets shall be installed in locked panel on poles used for
CCTV panel.
283100 - ERE ALARM
A. Provide a complete Fire Alarm system where requircd by Codc or Ordinancc,
Refer to Division One for Gcncral Requirements, Codes, and Standards, including
FEC and NFP A codes.
1. Firc Alarm systems shall be provided by Johnson Controls or as directed
by FM staff.
2, Fire Alarm software shall be compatible with existing software utiJized at
FM operations center.
B. Comply with the requirements of NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Codc for all
work rclatcd to thc design and installation of the system. The Engineer of Record
shall review and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application.
c:. The firc control panel shall be an addressable fire panel that is ULFM listed, A
triple dialer with 3 phone lines coming from the fire panel is required; two (2)
COLLIER COUNTY VERTJCAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 55
IDE
lines per fire code to the primary monitoring company, and the third line will
come back to the Building "W" Operations Center for ancillary monitoring, For
new buildings or renovations where the existing fire alarm system is being
rcmovcd, a new integrated system shall be installed, In existing buildings where
the fire alarm system is not being replaced, thc Facility Management System shall
monitor the fire alarm system as noted below.
1. System shall perfoml as a stand-alone fire alarm system including all
required control sequences including Fire Department notification.
2. Fire Alarm system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum,
zone by zone status.
3, FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be the primary
reporting station.
D, Maintain accurate as-built plans of all work.
1. Provide neatly typed zone schcdule at the fire alarm pancl.
2. Provide CAD discs of any new or revised alarm system.
E. Provide a lockable exterior "fire fighter key box" located near the main entry of
eaeh new building lmd containing the building's master kcy for usc during fire
emergencies. Approval of the box type and final location shall be determined
solely by the Fire Department and / or Fire Marshall for each fire district.
F. Provide a "Stopper 11 w/Hom Casing" (model # STJ-l130 or equivalent) for all
Lobby and Entrance arca Fire Pull Stations.
G, All warning devices (Horn/Strobes etc,) shall be ceiling mounted and not located
on the wall unless required by code. Center the device within individual ceiling
tile when possible.
DIVISlON 31-EARTHWORK
310000 - GENERAL
A. Comply with the Collier County Land Development Code, FBC, and
requiremcnts of Division 1.
312000 - GRADING
A. Enclosed building noor slabs shall he at Icast 8" above exterior finish grade. Do
not slope grades towards buildings, Final grading around the building is to be
sloped evenly away from structures and slabs to insure positive drainage,
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 56
lOE
'I rl
DlVISlON 32.-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
329300 - LANDSCAPING
A. Except for grass, all landscaping must be at least three (3) feet away from any
exterior wall. Plants and other foliage must have a three (3) foot clearance
bctween outer limbs and each wall.
B, Trees are to be planted at least Fifteen (15) feet from any exterior wall.
C. Landscaping may not bc planted within Four (4) feet of HV AC units, fire
protection assemblies, mechanical or electrical equipmcnt. InCl'case distance as
needed to provide rcquired clearance for anticipated full-grown size of
landscaping.
D. Install not less than 10" wide border of gravel at the pcrimeter of exterior walls
around each building. Gravel shall be not less than 4" thick, installed over weed
block fabric, with a suitable continuous edge trim. Top of gravel shall be at least
8" below the finish floor slab.
E. Completely remove all compacted base and sub base material from areas intended
for landscaping and trees at landscape islands in parking areas.
COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS
SEPTEMBER 28, 2006
PAGE 57
COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER
RENOV A TrONS OPTION B
NAPLES, FLORIDA
10E
APPENDIX B
COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS
IOE
Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards
Version 2.09/17/2007
Revision History
Date Initials Change
9/17/2007 INJ Document updated
08/5/2008 INJ Document Updated Section G-S Cabinet connections
Audience: General ( vendors, other department Project Managers)
Purpose: Outline IT's requirements for new construction and remodels
Prerequisites: None
Policy
Policy- Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards
Page 1 of 17
IDE
Table of Contents
Site Design
Communications Equipment Rooms
General
HVAC
Heat Load
Electrical
UPS
Electrical Requirements
Communications Racks
Environmental Monitoring
Stacked in Multi Story buildings
Physical Security
IDF
MDF
Computer Rooms
Fire Suppression
Cabling
Standards
Category 6
Fiber Optic
Patch Cables
Patch Panels
Page 2 of 17
IDE
Labeling
Terminations
Category 6
Fiber Optic
Patch Cables
Patch Panels
Labeling
Work Station Wiring
Installation
Definitions
Applicable Standards
Page 3 of 17
IOE
1. Site Design
a. Entrance Conduit
i. Single Building Sites - Building will have two sets of two inch conduit from
the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to the right of way. Each set will follow a
different physical path.
b. Multi Building Sites
i. One building will be designated as tho Site MDF and tho entranco conduit ,viII
be installed as deecribed 3bove.
ii. Intra Building Connectivity .'\11 8uilding MDF's will be connected to the
Site MDF with two, two inch conduits,
III. Conduit between CommuniGations Rooms Each Communications Room
viill be connected to tho building MDF with two, PNO inch conduit.
c. Physical Security
i. Card Key - All buildings will have at least one exterior door equipped with
Card Access Locks (see Facilities Management for details,) where available.
ii. Cipher locks In the event thot Cord Key locke oro not available in 0 facility
cipher combinotion locks will bo instolled. (ineert e)(omple model here).
2. Communications Rooms
a. EXGlusi'le Use .'\11 Communic3tione Rooms ore for the sole use of CCIT, No other
building bCilit,. equipment will be housed in any Communicotione Room including,
but not limited to, fire olorm syeteme, monitoring systems, security systems, jonitorial
cervicos, eupply etorage, deportmentol storage, electricol, HVJ'.C, etc. or ony other
equipment. Exception to these restrictione fDr low voltoge building automotion
syetems will be considered on 0 cose by cose boeis.
b, Room Specifications
i. Flooring
1. Size - Minimum of 100 square feet (10' x 10') for single rack
applications. An additional 2' of width is required for each additional
rack.
2, Floor Surface - Light colored seoled opo>(y. Computer Rooms will
ha'/e site specific floor surface requirements, VCT installation will be
completed at least two weeks before the rack installation.
3. Floor loading - Distributed floor looding of 200 ItI!ft~ minimum or os
required by opplicatlle codos whichever is greoter. The concontroted
looding in Equipment Rooms or MCe must bo 2000 lblft~ ovor the oreo
supporting the communicotions equipment.
ii. Ceiling Height - Minimum clear height 8 feet above finished floor without
obstructions.
iii. Doors
1. 36" wide and 80" tall with a 1800 outward swing
2. The door should have no center posts or doorsills,
iv, Lighting
1. Specify to have lights mounted at ceiling height with a minimum of
540 lux measured three feet above the floor. Special consideration
will be made regarding the placement of lighting fixtures to avoid
equipment racks and loaded cable trays from blocking much of the
lighting.
2. CCIT will have final approval over placement of the lights,
<l. Illumination shall not be controlled by outomotic means only per NFP^
70 Article 110 26 (<l)(d),
Page 4 of 17
IOE
v. Systems Power
1. Power Outlots per to be mountod in tho coiling abo'lo the each
Communications Rack utilizing NEMl\a Twist Lock Rocoptacles.
2. Most equipment used in this room contains switching power supplies
so many manufacturers are now recommending to oversize the
neutral conductor in the AC distribution panel.
vi. Convenience Power - Power outlets placed at six foot intervals in the room
for support and test equipment. These outlets should be on a single
dedicated, isolated, non-switched, 4-way, 120Vac 20Amp circuit.
vii. HVAC
1. Air-conditioned with separate supply and return ducting,
2. Maintain constant temperature of 640 - 750 F with one air change per
hour.
3, Relative humidity should be 40-50%.
4. Heat load specifications will be provided after network equipment
specifications are finalized
c. Location
i. Room shall be located such that no single Category 6 horizontal cable shall
exceed a length of 90 meters or 295 feet from patch panel to station jack.
This distance allows for a service loop at each end of the station cable, wall
traversal distance, and allowing cables to run parallel and perpendicular with
the joists, Cable pathways run parallel and perpendicular to the building
walls. Running cables diagonally through the building or "as-the-crow-flies"
will not be accepted.
ii. Minimum of ono Communication Room per floor.
iii. Communications Rooms in multi story building should be vertically congruent,
locatod nom the middle of oach floor and within 90 meters of oach othor and
all work GrOG outlots, If they cannot be stackod install a minimum of four 4"
conduits for a pathway botwoen tho rooms.
iv. Communications Rooms will not be located near or under bathrooms, laundry
rooms, kitchens, or janitorial sinks.
d UPS
i. CCIT uses Amorican Power Convorsion (I'.PC) UPS equipmont.
ii. If generator backup power is available to the building all Communications
Rooms will be powered by the generator, a transfer switch must be included
to power the UPS.
e, Conduit and Sleeves
i. A minimum of 4-4" sleeves installed on the inside wall near the ceiling
adjacent to the hallway for horizontal pathways.
ii. A minimum of 1 4" sloo'les installea in tho floor ana in tho coiling for risor
cabling to Communications Rooms that mo locatod on the floors abo...o or
bolow othor Communications Rooms.
iii. All wall and floor penetrations for Communications Rooms must be made with
sleeved cores.
iv. A minimum of four 4" cores must be installed in Entrance Facilities,
Equipment Rooms, and Telecommunications Closets.
.... In rooms or aroas that am heQ'.'ily populated .....ith Work /'.roa Outlets. an
additionaltv/o 4" cores must bo installod,
vi. All cores must be lined with sections of 4" EMT
Page 5 of 17
IOE
VII. All EMT sleeves must be reamed and have a plastic bushing installed on
each end,
viii. All sleeves must extend 4" beyond the wall or floor.
ix. A section of vertical ladder rack must be installed as a pathway from floor to
ceiling behind areas where cores stack between floors to secure pass-
through cables and service loops.
x. All coree mUGt be identified and labeled with Building number, floor, and TC
"from," ::md the Building number, floor, and TC "to".
f. Cable Trays
A continuous pathway of cable tray placed from all the conduits or sleeves up
the wall and along the ceiling around the perimeter of the walls and over all
equipment racks and cabinets.
ii. The pathway must be strong enough and well secured to support the weight
of the cables and any possible splice enclosures
iii. Cable tray, also known as runway or ladder rack, to line the perimeter of the
room,
iv, A minimum of 12" wide cable tray must be used for the pathway to the racks.
g. Communications Racks
i. Size - Enclosed 19" by 84" locking racks with holes that comply with the
1.75U TIAlEIA standard.
ii. Cable Management - Integral vertical cable management.
iii. Patch Panels
1. Type - Category 6,24 port 568-B patch panels.
2. Standards - EIAlTIA TSB-40 standards
3. labeling - labeled with rack number and a alpha character. For
example a rack with 2 patch panels would be labeled 1A, 1B, etc.24
port only
4. Patch Cable labeling - Patch cables are to be labeled with the
Patch Panel Label + the port number at the end connecting to the
device, The end at the patch panel is to be labeled with the name of
the device it is connected to,
5. All Cabinet to Cabinet connections need to be done with patch
panels not free wire
iv. Rack layout - See Appendix 2
h. Environmental Monitoring - both temperature and humidity with remote alarming
capability. Monitors should be network enabled and capable of forwarding SNMP
traps,
i. Physical Security
i. Card Key - All Communications Rooms will be equipped with Card Access
Locks (see Facilities Management for details,) where available,
ii. Cipher Lasks In the event that Card Key looke are not available in a
taoility cipher combination looks will be inst:Jlled. (insert example model hero).
3. MDF
a. Adheres to specifications of Communications Rooms
b. Telecommunications Backboard - AC-grade 3/4" x 4' x 8' sheet plywood, with no
voids, covered on all sides with two coats flat black fire retardant paint mounted on
rear wall of room.
c. Grounding and Bonding - Install a contiguous Intra-building grounding and bonding
system in compliance with NEe Article 250 and TIAlEIA-607 using a minimum
Page 6 of 17
IOE
conductor size of 6 AWG to be located on each Telecommunications Backboard with
Ground Bus Bar as directed.
4. Site MDF
a. Adheres to specifications of MDF.
b. All cabling enters the building in this room
c, Typically, outdoor cables need to enter the building, terminate onto a grounded
device for lightning protection, and cross connect onto terminated indoor cables.
d, There shall be 6 ft between lightning conductors and communications cables and
wires per NFPA 70 Article SOO-13.
e. All entrance cables that need to transition from outdoor cable to indoor cable must do
so within 50' of entering the building,
f. All outdoor inner duct must transition immediately upon entering the building,
g. No direct-buried cable is acceptable.
5. Computer Rooms
a. Will function as a Site MDF.
b. HVAC Requirements
I. Specify to have all Telecommunication Rooms provided with adequate HVAC
equipment to maintain a constant temperature and humidity level throughout
the day, evening, and weekend timeframes.
il. Most equipment manufacturers recommend a temperature range of 60 to SO
degrees Fahrenheit and a 40-60% non-condensing humidity level.
iii. The ambient temperature should not change more than 12 degrees in an
hour.
iv. Each room must not contain any water or drain pipes except to support the
HVAC equipment.
c. Fire Suppression
i. FM200 System or equivalent
ii. No sprinklers or sprinkler piping in the room
d. Raisod floor with a minimum of 12" clearanco.
o. Cable tray bolow raised flooring
6. Cabling
a. General
I. All cable must be new
ii. All cables shall be PVC, Outside Plant, Riser, or Plenum rated as required by
specific project specifications or local building code
7. Category 6 UTP
a. Four-pair cables shall consist of four-pair, 24-gauge, UTP, All four-pair Category 6
cables shall conform to TIAlEIA 56S-B Commercial Building Telecommunications
Cabling Standard, Horizontal Cable Section, Addendum 1-Transmission
Performance Specifications for 4-pair 100 Ohm Category 6 Cabling (TIAlEIA-56S-
B.2-1).
b. The Category 6 cabling components shall be electrically backward compatible with
existing Category 3, 4 and 5, plus future networks, The components shall be
engineered and manufactured to compensate for any Category 3, 4, or 5 component
crosstalk and shall provide at least Category 3, 4, or 5 performance in all of the
Collier County Government's existing installed base of voice/data/video,
c. Cables shall be capable of supporting the applications such as:
I. Analog and digital voice
ii. Analog Baseband Video/Audio (up to 77 channels, 550 MHz)
III. 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and 1000 Mbps Ethernet with and without in-line power
Page 7 of 17
IOE
iv. 155 Mbps ATM
v. 622 Mbps ATM
vi. 270 Mbps Digital Video
8, Single Mede Fiber Optics
a. The optiC31 ~ber b3sed cabling system Sh311 uco matched components from 3 single
manufLlcturer, certified to deliver system performance over the lifetime of the
applications, which the cabling system was originally designed to support.
b. The eptical fiber b3sed cabling system shall comply with the following st3ndardc:
I. /\NSI!TI/\/EI/\ 568
ii. CENELEC EN50173
III. ISO/IEC 11801
c, Core Diameter: The core diameter shall be 8.3 microns, the diameter tolerance shall
be plus or minus ,5 microns.
d, Cladding Diameter: The cladding di3meter shall be 125 microns, the diameter
tolerance chall be plus or minus 2 microns.
e, Ntenu3tion: The attenuation of the single mode ~ber Sh311 be bel'.'ieen .35 and
,6db!km at 131 Onm 3nd bel'.veen ,2 and5db!km 3t 1550nm.
f. Mode Field Diameter: The mode field diameter shall be bet'Neen 8 and 10 microns,
with tolerance a pluc or minus 10%.
g. Dispersion The zero dispercion wavelengthc shall be 131 Onm plus or minus 10nm,
h. Serviee Loops /\11 fiber optic oable shall have a minimum 25 foot service loop at
9ach end, unlesc additional servioe loop is required by specific project speoifioationc.
i. Fiber Optic Dictribution /\ccemblies
I. Termination Frames Terminalion frames shall be rack mountable in
standard 1 9 inoh vertic31 equipment raokc. Thece fr3mec shall be modular in
conctruction utilizing connector/coupling panols. Combination of termination
frames chall be provided 'Nith termination capacities of 21, 72 and 111 fibers
3nd be cuit3blo for both single mode 3nd multi mode fiberc.
ii. Splice Organizers: Splice organizers shall be provided to faoilitate cplicing all
cable typec covered in this specification. Splice organizers chall be rack
mountable in st3ndard 1 9 inch vertical equipmont racks The splice
organizers shall accommodate both fusion and mech3nical splices. These
org3nizors shall provide cufficient ctorage and protection for the entire length
of un c3bled fiber and splices. Splice org3nizers Ch311 be pro'"ided 'Nith splice
capacities of 24,72 and 111 fibers and cuitable for both cingle mode and
multi mode fiber.
ill. Miscollaneouc Hardw3ro: The Contmctor Sh311 pro'lide all required
miscellaneous hardware including but not limited to cable clamps, ctrain
relief's, blocking and grommet kitc, closures and km outc for a complete
operational fiber optio c3ble cyctem.
IV. Splicec: Mechanical ~ber optic splicec chall not be uced. Fucion splicing
ch311 be uced on both single mode and multi mede fiber.
v, Insertion Loss: Fusion cplice insertion locs chall not mcceed ,2d8 single mode
3nd .25d8 multi mode.
vi. Mounting: /\11 cplicec and associated un c3bled fiber shall be cosuroly
mounted in cplice organizers ac decoribed in this specification.
j, Cenne6tors Thic section decoribes the perform3noe requirements and
charactoristicc for ~ber optic connectors that chall be used on cingle mode fibers.
Conneotors shall be SC oonneotorc and chall be oapable of being mated and
unmatod witheut speoialtools
Page 8 of 17
IOE
i. Strain Relief Connector assembly shall include a rubber or plastic boot for
stroin relief,
ii. Insertien Loss Connector insertion loss sholl not exceed, 1dB for single
mode and .5dB for multi mode fibers.
iii. Environmental PreteGtien Connector ossembly sholl protoct ogainst dust,
sand and dirt and permit cleaning when disconnected
iv. Repeatability Connector attenuation shall not exceed ,2dB of change for
1000 reconnections
v, Strength Cable pull out strength shall be greater than 25 pounds.
9. Work Station Wiring
a, Terminations - All pairs shall be terminated.
b. Outlet Boxes - Each Communications outlet box will be a single gang, steel outlet
box equipped with a mud ring securely mounted at planned locations.
c. Faceplates - Each outlet box will be equipped with a four position white modular
faceplates with blank inserts for all unused positions securely mounted at planned
locations.
d. Electrical - One duplex electrical outlet will be located on the same wall as the data
outlet and be within thee feet of the outlet.
e. Furniture-
i. Blocking Outlets - If furniture will be blocking a outlet secondary labeling for
the outlet will be placed in line with the outlet above the level of the furniture.
ii. Modular Furniture - Where modular furniture is being installed all Data
Outlets will be installed in the raceways integral to the furniture.
f. Jacks - Communications jacks for all Category 6 cable will be ANSI/ TIA / EIA - 568
- B RJ-45 Category 6 compliant Ortronics or equivalent.
g. Labeling - Each Jack will be labeled with the Communications room number,
followed by the patch panel designator and finally the patch panel port number.
i. All faceplates must have printed, adhesive labels. Hand written labels are not
acceptable.
ii. CCIT uses colored icons inserted above the jack opening to identify the jack
application. Where applicable the top most position of the faceplate shall be
White, the middle position Orange and the bottom most position Blue.
Hi. All patch panels are to be labeled with the Jack Number at the end of the
cable to be plugged into a computer or telephone.
10. Installation
a. General
i. All cabling shall be installed according to specifications given in TIAlEIA 568-
B Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, General
Requirements, Cabling Installation Requirement Section (TIAlEIA-568-B.1
Section 10).
ii, Conduit will be schedule 40 PVC.
iii. Each horizontal cable shall be installed in a "home-run" configuration, No
"daisy chained" conduit or cables shall be allowed
iv. At no time shall pulling tension exceed 25 Ibs. on horizontal cables.
v. Traditional nylon synch style Tie Wraps shall not be used to bundle cables,
Only Velcro Tie Wraps are acceptable to bundle cables,
vi. No Intra-building telecommunications cable shall be run adjacent and parallel
to power cabling, A minimum of 5" distance is required from any fluorescent
lighting fixture or power line up to 2kVA and 24" from any power line over
5kVA. Similarly, cable should be routed and terminated as far as possible
Page 9 of 17
IOE
from sources of EMF, such as ballasts, generators, fans, motor control units,
motors, etc. Cable shall have no physical defects such as cuts, tears or
bulges in the outer jacket. Cables with defects shall be replaced.
vii. Cables jackets that are chaffed or burned exposing internal conductor
insulation or have any bare copper shall be replaced.
viii. Contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength
requirements of the cable during handling and installation,
ix. All cable routes to be approved by the BCCIT prior to installation of the
cabling.
x, Contractor shall provide the County with detailed diagrams for all cable runs
detailing exact locations of cable for review and approval by the BCCIT after
coordination with other contractors, architects, and general contractor.
Documentation will include at a minimum:
1, Cable lengths between terminations, amplifiers, splitters, patch
panels, and equipment;
2 Exact routing of cable;
3. Frequency rating, location and identification of amplifiers, splitters,
and patch panels;
4, Bonding and grounding methods and locations;
5. Location and description of all associated equipment; and
xi. Cable Trays - All wiring will be run in overhead cable tray systems.
1, The Cable Tray system shall be an open steel mesh tray system
designed for ease of access,
2, The Cable Tray system shall be "UL Classified" as suitable for use as
an electrical conductor for grounding and bonding.
3, Where physical considerations preclude the use of cable trays other
Cable Support Devices may be substituted. Acceptable Cable
Support Devices include "J Hooks" and Cable Slings that are
Category 6 compliant.
a. These Cable Support Devices shall be hung securely by either
"all-thread" material, or ceiling grid hanger wires dedicated
only to hanging the Cable Support Devices on and not ones
holding ceiling grid.
b. The Cable Support Devices may also be secured to walls
above ceilings.
c. If "J" hooks are used, avoid placing any pressure or creating
stress points on the cable Maximum spacing between "J"
hooks shall not exceed five feet.
b. Cable Routing
i. All horizontal cables, regardless of media type, shall not exceed 90 m (295 ft)
from the telecommunications outlets in the work area to the horizontal cross
connect.
ii. The combined length of jumpers, or patch cords and equipment cables in the
telecommunications room/closet and the work area should not exceed 10m
(33 ft).
iii. Four horizontal cables shall be routed to each work area unless otherwise
specified and as shown on project drawings.
iv. Horizontal pathways shall be installed or selected such that the minimum
bend radius of horizontal cables is kept within manufacturer specifications
both during and after installation.
Page 10 of 17
l'OiE
v, Telecommunications pathways, spaces and metallic cables, which run
parallel with electric power or lighting, which is less than or equal to 480
Vrms, shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12 inches,
VI. Horizontal pathways should avoid being parallel to sources electromagnetic
interference when ever possible, Crossing perpendicular is preferred.
vii. The installation of telecommunications cabling shall maintain a minimum
clearance of 3 m (10ft) from power cables in excess of 480 Vrms.
viii. For voice or data applications, 4-pair UTP or fiber optic cables shall be run
using a star topology from the telecommunications room/closet serving that
zone to every individual information outlet
ix, Each run of UTP cable between horizontal portion of the cross-connect in the
telecommunication closet and the information outlet shall not contain splices.
x. In the communications room/closet where cable trays or cable racking are
used, the contractor shall provide appropriate means of cable management
such as reusable color-coded hook and loop cable managers (ties) to create
a neat appearance and practical installation
xi. Continuous conduit runs installed by the General Contractor should not
exceed 30.5 m (100 ft) or contain no more than two (2) gO-degree bends
without utilizing appropriately sized pull boxes. If a conduit run not meeting
the above-mentioned criteria is encountered, contact Project Engineer. Do
not proceed with cable installation until Project Engineer provides written
notice that the conduit run has been corrected to meet these specifications.
xii. The number of horizontal cables placed in a cable pathway shall be limited to
a number of cables that will not cause a geometric shape change of the
cables and not exceed 60% fill ratio,
xiii. Pulling lubricant compound compatible with the cable manufacture's
specification should be used if making long or difficult pulls to reduce cable
drag Other lubricants such as liquid detergent are not acceptable. Lubricant
is required on all fiber cable pulls.
xiv. Maximum pathway capacity shall not exceed a 60% fill.
xv. Fiber optic warning signs should be placed on all inner-duct and conduits
containing fiber optic cable.
xvi. Horizontal distribution cables shall not be exposed in the work area or other
locations with public access.
11. Penetrations Through Fire Rated Structural Components - Fire Rated Structural
Components penetrated with conduits/sleeves shall be properly Fire Stopped, in compliance
with Fire Codes and UL Rated Penetration Systems, All Fire Rated Structural Component
penetrations are subject to inspection by the Collier County Government Master Fire
Technician and/or the State or County Fire Marshall and any other inspections required by
State and local building codes. All attempts shall be made to prevent the spread of fire,
smoke, or water.
a. During construction all sleeves must have a firestopping pillow installed in it.
b. All firestopping pillows must be reinstalled daily during cable installation and at no
time will sleeves be left unprotected,
c. All sleeves must have a firestopping caulk applied to the outside circumference of
the sleeve on each side of the wall penetration and from the top of a floor
penetration.
d. Wherever it is not feasible to use a pillow or caulk, use firestopping putty.
e. All other firestopping methods need prior approval by Collier County BCC
Department of Facilities Management.
Page 11 of 17
lOE ...
f. Firestopping methods include mechanical systems, putty, caulk, pillows, intumescent
sheets and wrap strips.
g. Firestopping materials must be prepared and installed using established quality
control procedures,
h, All products used inside a building shall have the highest UL ratings available and
will bear the UL stamp.
i. All copper cabling used in plenum areas must be stamped CMP.
j. All fiber optic cabling used indoors must be stamped OFNP.
k. All plenum rated innerduct used must be stamped "plenum."
l. Plenum-rated innerduct shall be used in all indoor locations except where EMT is
used.
m. Plenum rated fiber and innerduct must be used indoors to prevent possible future
disruptions from later renovations that may add plenum air returns.
n. CCIT will make the final decision on whether to purchase the upgrade to the cable,
o. 1\11 paint used in Building Facility Rooms should contain an intumescent additive.
p. All floor mount penetrations for work area outlets will have a firestopping device
contained within the monument.
12, Communications Room Termination
a, Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels, horizontal and vertical
wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any other items necessary
to complete proper installation.
b. The Contractor will assemble and place all communication racks associated with the
installation of Infrastructure Fiber Optic cable and Computer room horizontal
twisted pair outlets. Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels,
horizontal and vertical wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any
other items necessary to complete proper installation.
13. Bend Radius
a. Manufacturer's recommendations for bending radius and pulling strength of the
Category 6 and fiber optic cable should be adhered to,
b. In spaces with UTP cable terminations, the maximum bend radius for 4-pair cable
shall not exceed four times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-
pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications.
c. During the actual installation, bend radius on 4-pair cable shall not exceed eight
times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-pair cable. This shall
be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications,
14 Slack
a. In Communications room/closets a minimum of 3-meter (10-ft) service loop should
be left for all cable types, This slack must be neatly managed on trays or other
support types and does not include length required to route the cable(s) to the proper
termination point.
b. The amount of fiber cable slack at terminations points should allow the cable to be
routed to the termination location with enough additional cable to reach a convenient
location for termination.
c. Service loops and outlet slack add to the overall horizontal link length. Care is to
taken to assure the service loop lengths and horizontal distances, when combined,
do not exceed the 1 DO-meter channel length as defined by TIAlEIA-568-A.
15. General Labeling Requirements
Page 12 of 17
lOE
a. All cables, equipment racks, information outlets (face plates), patch panels,
termination equipment, pull boxes and inner-duct will require labels,
b. All labeling must meet EIAlTIA 606 standards.
c. Labels will be placed in accordance with manufacturers' specifications,
d All racks and cabinets will be labeled on the top, right corner, both front and rear.
e, Where cables are terminated (such as patch panels and information outlets), labels
are required to be installed on both sides of the equipment and shall identify each
cable that terminates on the equipment.
f. All information outlets will be labeled on the top center of the faceplate.
g. Only machine printed laminated labels that are mechanically fastened are acceptable
for equipment, panel, riser and outlet labeling
h. Horizontal and backbone subsystem cables shall be labeled at each end. Labels will
be affixed 2" from each end. Handwritten markings on the cable will not be accepted,
Additional labeling is required on cables that pass through locations such as conduit
ends, backbone splice points, manholes and pull boxes at the point they pass
through these devices,
16. Riser and Backbone Labeling Requirements
a. Fiber distribution centers should be clearly labeled on the front cover as to the
location of the other end. This label should also indicate number of single-mode and
multi-mode strands in this unit.
b. Backbone labeling and numbering should mirror each end, Risers should be vertical,
top down with the same numbering sequence, Backbone cables shall be terminated
in the same size fiber distribution center at each end with the single and multi-mode
strands in the same positions.
17. Testing
a, All information outlet wiring shall be tested from the outlet device to the patch panel.
Each wire/pair shall be tested at both ends.
b Testing shall be done utilizing a cable tester meeting EIAlTIA 568 standards; all
testing equipment shall be calibrated annually and shall have a dated certificate.
c. Printed test results shall be assembled and delivered to the County's representative,
d. Test results for each 4-pair UTP cable must be submitted with identification to match
labels on all patch panels and 8-position modular jacks.
e. Category 6 Cabling
i. All category 6 field-testing shall be performed with an approved, TIAlEIA
Level II field tester device, All installed channels shall perform equal to or
better than the minimum requirements as specified by the table below, The
results of all test and analyses shall be kept on file.
II. All Category 6 channels are qualified for linear transmission performance up
to 300 MHz to ensure that high-frequency voltage phase and magnitude
contributions do not prove cumulative or adversely affect channel
performance.
iii. All UTP field testers shall be factory calibrated each calendar year by the field
test equipment manufacturer as stipulated by the manuals provided with the
field test unit. The calibration certificate shall be provided for review prior to
the start of testing.
IV. Autotest settings provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling
shall be set to the default parameters,
v. Test settings selected from options provided in the field testers shall be
compatible with the installed cable under test.
Page 13 of 17
IDE
vi. Category 6 UTP horizontal and backbone cables, whose length does not
exceed 90 m (295 ft) for the basic link, and 100 m (328 ft) for the channel
shall be 100 percent tested according to ANSIITIAlEIA-TSB-67 and
ANSIITIAlEIA-568-A-5. Test parameters include wire map, length, NEXT loss
(pair-to-pair), NEXT loss (power sum), ELFEXT loss (pair-to-pair), ELFEXT
loss (power sum), return Loss, attenuation, propagation delay, and delay
skew,
vii. Category 6 tests should be made with a TIA/EIA Level II tester.
f, Filler Optic Cable Testing
i. factory Testing: factory testing documentation (OTDR traces) shall be
pro'lided with the fiber optic c::lble. factor OTDR re::ldin9S shall be provided
for mch fiber in each speol These re::ldingc shall be taken at 1310 nm and
1550nm for single mode fiber.
II. After Installation Testing After inst::lll::ltion of the fiber, the Contractor sh::lll
take OTDR readings to encure no damage h::ls occurred during installatiens.
Contractor re::ldings shall be submitted to the Desi9ner for comp::lrison te
f3ctory readings
iii. Terminated fiber Connector Test: /\fter completion of terminations, the
Contr3ctor sh::lll verify connector insertion loss 'Nith 3n OTDR optical power
meter ::lnd m::ltching li9ht source. Document 3t1:il10nm and 1550nm
wa'lelen9ths fer single mode fiber, in both airections through each connector
~
iv. Alltestin9 results shall be submitted as part of Ownor's permanont O&M
Manuals. /\11 tosting rosults shall be submitted to the Owner as ::l printed
copy ::lnd CD copy as part of tho O'Nner's Permanent O&M Manuals.
.. /\11 fiber optic cables tested with 1i9ht meters and records taken of the
rmdings.
vi. Powor meters must be usod to tost single mode fiber ot both 1 :J10nm ::lnd
1550nm in ono direction,
vii. If thero is a splice in the cable, oach strand of fiber must be tected 'Nith an
OTDR in one direction.
viii. An OTDR must bo usod to test singlo mode fioer ot1310nm.
ix. Each tost result must have a printout of the test resulllabeled by strand with
the from to information, tho tost speed, the test d::lto and time, ond the
operator performing the tests.
x, All fibor str::lnds should have a maximum of 0,5db loss por m3ted pair.
xi. Single mode fiber sh::lll not oxceed 1 do loss/km ::It 131 Onm.
xii. 1\11 strands with losses greater than 0.5db must be cleanod and ro testod.
xiii. Any strand with gro::ltor than 1.0ao loss must bo ro termin::ltod.
xiv, No moro th3n ,03db loss at 1300nm through any fusion splice point is
::lllowable.
xv. Tho fiber optic patch c::lblos will be providod ::lnd installed by the contractor
on intor and intra building fiber.
xvi. ,^.I1 fiber optic jumpers must be cleaned before installation.
xvii. 1\11 fiber optic jumpers must be a duplox or t'....o strand c3blo of the S3mo type
as tho oackbone and of an indoor construction.
le'/iii. /\11 fioor optic jumpers mustoe pro monufoc-tured.
xix. /\11 extendod links must be tested from ond to end.
loe /\11 fibor optic losses must meot the linl\ locs buaget of the aesign
specification.
Page 14 of 17
IDE
18. Workmanship
a, All work shall be done in a workman like fashion of the highest standards in the
telecommunications industry.
b. All equipment and materials are to be installed in a neat and secure manner, while
cables are to be properly dressed.
c, Provide proper temporary protection of cable during the time between when the
cable is pulled and when the final dressing and termination's are complete.
d. Do not leave cable lying on the floor.
e, Bundle and/or tie wrap the cables so they are off of the floor until they are ready to
be terminated.
f. The Contractor is required to be a member of BICSI and have RCDD-certified staff
overseeing the work or have work reviewed by an RCDD.
g. Where work dictates the extension, attachment, expansion, or augmentation of an
existing system(s) or subsystem(s), the vendor will use materials and other
necessary components compatible with those systems.
h. The building wiring shall be installed in a neat and secure professional manner that
provides mechanical integrity for the cabling media and any associated components.
The design and installation shall also offer ease of access and suitability for future
rearrangements and changes.
i. Cable paths above suspended ceilings, mechanical rooms, closets, etc. shall not be
blocked or covered in any way that would impede the addition of cable in the future.
j, All cables shall be tested by the Contractor to verify that the cables are installed
properly, and that there are no kinks, cuts, or other damage to these cables
19. Walk-Thru
a. CCIT requires a full walk-through with the cabling contractor project manager to
review every Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, IDF, and all manholes, hand-holes,
and significant pull-boxes and junction boxes.
b. The walk-thru may include a full demonstration of termination and testing on the
various media.
20. Documentation
a. Testing Documentation
i. All test results must be submitted in an electronic format, if CCIT does not
have a program capable of reading the format, then the contractor must
provide the software or all test results must be printed out and placed in a
binder.
Ii. All results must include the cable identification numbers, test date and times,
the operator performing the test, the make and model of the testers used,
iii. All results must include the setting used 10 test, and the from-to locations of
the cable.
iv. Testing documentation is the certification of the cable plant.
v. The Warranty period does not begin until the testing documentation is given
toCCIT,
b. As-Built Documentation
i. Fully documented scale drawings of the entire fiber optic and copper
distribution system. Documentation shall be provided in both a hard copy
binder and a soft copy on CD capable of being viewed and edited in
AutoCAD. This will include building and floor layouts with workstation
information outlet locations and labeling, distribution frames, cable routes,
interconnect locations, intermediate and main distribution frame location, riser
locations, and all other information pertinent to the installation.
Page 15 of 17
tOE ! ~.~
ii, Copies of mylars.
iii All floor plans must document all Workstation Outlet locations and number.
iv. All floor plans must document all Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, and IDF
locations and numbers
v. All floor plans must document all horizontal pathway locations and numbers.
vi. All floor plans must distinguish between UTP and fiber locations,
vii All cross-connects installed by the cabling contractor will be printed out in a
spreadsheet or in an automated cable management system.
viii A spreadsheet identifying all faceplate locations by room and identifying the
outlet numbers for each faceplate location.
21. Warranty
a. All components used in the Category 6 cabling system shall be warranted for a
period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and
workmanship.
b. All components used in the optical fiber-based cabling system shall be warranted for
a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and
workmanship.
c. All labor and materials shall be covered with a one-year warranty from the date of
acceptance of work order.
d, The warranty should cover defects in materials and workmanship.
e. The contractor must cover any and all of the OEM extended warranties.
t. All active equipment manufacturers must be able to replace any defective materials
overnight.
22. Payment
a. All payment options will not be in conflict with the General Contractor's contract or
applicable County policies, ordinances, State and Federal laws,
b. CCIT reserves the right to withhold final payment until receiving all As-Built
documentation.
c, CCIT may withhold partial final payment until approving documentation,
23. Definitions
a. Building Wiring Infrastructure - The horizontal copper wiring between the
Communications Room and the wall jack, the vertical fiber optic and/or cooper wiring
between Communications Rooms and the fiber optic entrance cable,
b. Card Key - pegasys card key access locks.
c. Cipher Locks - push button combination locks
d. Computer Room - Room intended to house network equipment and server
equipment.
e. Entrance Conduit - conduit from a Buiding/Site MDF to the right of way.
f. IDF - Intermediate Distribution Frame
g. LAN - The integrated system of building wiring infrastructure and networking
equipment that allows computers and telephones to communicate within a building.
h. MDF - Main Distribution Frame
i. Networking Equipment - The active components necessary to implement an LAN
or WAN, This includes routers, switches, media converters and UPS equipment.
j. Site MDF - main wiring point for a campus,
k. WAN - The interconnection of multiple LANs allowing communications between
multiple buildings,
24. Applicable Standards
a. TIAlEIA 455-34 Attenuation
b, TIAlEIA 455-107 Return Loss
Page 16 of 17
IOE
c. TIA/EIA 455-21 Durability
d ANSI/NECAlBICSI-568.. Standard for Installing Commercial Building
Telecommunications Cabling
e. ANSIITIAlEIA-568-B.1.. Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling
Standard, Part 1: General Requirements
f. ANSIITIAlEIA-568-B.2.. Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling
Standard, Part 2: Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components
g. ANSIITIAlEIA-568-B.3.. Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard
h. ANSIITIAlEIA-569-A u Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications
Pathways and Spaces
i, ANSIITIAlEIA-606(A) .. The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications
Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings
j. ANSIITIA/EIA-607(A).. Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements
for Telecommunications
k. ANSIITIAlEIA-526-7.. Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode
Fiber Cable Plant
I. ANSIITIAlEIA-526-14A u Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed
Multimode Fiber Cable Plant
m. ANSIITIAlEIA-758(A).. Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications
Cabling Standard
n. Install cabling in accordance with the most recent edition of.
I. BICSI u Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual
ii. BICSI u Cabling Installation Manual
iii, BICSI.. LAN Design Manual
iv. BICSI - Customer-Owned Outside Plant Design Manual
v, Federal, state, and local codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing
the work, are as fully part of the specifications as if herein repeated or hereto
attached. If the contractor should note items in the drawings or the
specifications, construction of which would be code violations, promptly call
them to the attention of the owner's representative in writing. Where the
requirements of other sections of the specifications are more stringent than
applicable codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances, the specifications shall
apply
Approva Is:
I:8l Irene Johnson
D Approved by
D Approved by
D Approved by
D Approved by
D Approved by
Page 17 of 17